•OREGON
State System of
HigheT ~ducation
BULLETIN
.,----- i\"~ i'
" ."
University of Oregon
Catalog Issue
1944-45
Eugene, Oregon
•
University of Oregon
CATALOG
1944-45
I:ugene, Oregon
Table of Contents
Page
STAn BOARD OF HIGHtR EDUCATION.................................................................... 5
MAP OF THIt UNIVItRSITY CAMPUS .
ORltGON STAn SYSTltM OF HIGHtR EDUCATION .
THIt UNIVItRSITY AND THIt WAR. .
PART I. UNIVJ;;RSITY STAFF
OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION, ORltGON STAn SYSnM OF HIGHtR
EDUCATION ~ . 6
8
9
CAUNDAR _............. 10
12
OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION, UNIVItRSITY OF ORltGON 15
UNIVItRSITY FACULTY 18
Oregon St~t~ System
of H i g her Education
au LLET N
Published by
Oregon State Board of
Higher Education
Entered as aecond·clus matte\' December 24,
1932, at the post office at EU/ilene, Oreaon,
under Act of AUlrust 24, 1912, with pointa
of additional eutry at Ashland, CorYallia,
La Grande, and Monmouth.
Number
142
I1luecfMontbly
Issued
Monthly
April
1944
PART n. GJ;;N:i;:RAL INFORMATION
ORGANIZATION AND F ACII,ITIJtS 41
History _ _ 41
Income _ _ _ _. 42
£i~~ri: :::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::=: :~
Mu.eum. and Collections _ ;_._ _ _........ 46
Official Publication _.................................................. 48
ACADItMIC RllGULAnoNs •••••••••••••_ ~............................... 50
Admi••ion _ _••._•..•..__ 50
Placement Examination _............................................. 52
Degrees and Certificates _ _ _.......... 52
Academic Procedure 55
Fee. and Deposits _ ~ _........................... 58
STUDItNT LIFIt AND WJU.FARlt 62
Student Per.onnel Program _............................................................................. 62
Fre.hman Week _._ _.... 63
~~~~:~~ Ii:~~ s;;:;i;;':::::::::::=::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::=:::::: ~~
Student Loan Fund _.......................................................................... 67
!!::Ic:~~:~t!:i~~:;~;.~:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: ::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: ~i
Alumni Association _ _............................. 77
PART III. RJ;;SIDJ;;NT INSTRUCTION
The Univer.ity Catalog sell. for 25 cent. a
copy. Free di.tribution i. re!'tricte~ tc! e~ter.
ing .tudent. and to educational lD.titutlon.
with which the Univer.ity exchange. pub-
lication•.
Liberal Arts and Sciences
LowtR DmsIoN _............................................................................ 81
COLUGIt OF LIBItRAL ARTS 85
Special Curricula _ _ _ _ _ _.............. 86
Interdepartmental Course _ __ 90
~ioV~~~~.~~.~..:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: ;~
[3]
COLUGt OF LIBtRAL AR'tS (continued) _................................. 85
Professional Schools
SCHOOL OJ? ARCHlTEC'I'URt AND Aunro ARTS 146
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINIS'tRA'tION 163
SCHOOL OF EI)UCAnON _ 176
SCHOOL OF JOURNALISM ••••••_•••••.•••••••__••_•••_ _•••••••••••••••__ 191
SCHOOL OF LAW _ 196
MWlCAL SCHOOL 203
SCHOOL OF MUSIC •.••.•••••.•••••.•••••••••••_•••••••••.••••••••••••.••••..•••.•••••••••_•••••.••.••••.•••.•••••••• 204
SCHOOL OF PHYSICAL EDUCAnON •••••••.•••••••••.••••••••••••••.••••..•••••..•••••••••••••••••••••••.•• 214
Military Programs
MILlTAllY SCItNCt AND T AC'tICS _. ••_•••••••••_ ••••_••••_._••••• 223
W AllTIME MILlTAllY PROGRAMS __ _ 225
Graduate Study
GRADUATt DIVISION •••.....••.••..•.....•••••......•.......•.•......................•......•.....•..••....•••••.•.•. 229
PART IV. RJ;:S~ARCH,EXTJ;;NSION, ETC.
RtStAllCH .' _ 243
EXTtNSION ••.•••••••••••••.•.••••.•••••••••.••..•••••••••••_ 246
ENROLLMEN't AND DtGRtES .••_•••••_ _•• 249
INDEX OF NAMllS _ 251
SUB]EC't INDEX _._••••••••••••.•••.•••••.••.....•..........•.•......•.••.....• 254
[4)
State Board of J..Iigher Education
Term
E"pirea
ROB~RT W. RUHL) Medford 1945
EDGAR W. SMI'l'H, Portland 1946
WILLARD L. MARKS, Albany•..•...............•........1947
R. C. GROJ;;SBJ;;CK, Klamath FalIs 1948
MAC HOKJ;;, Pendleton 1949
R. E. KLEINSORGJ;;, Silverton 1950
BJ;;ATRIC~ WALTON SACKJ;;TT, Marshfield 1951
tEll" S. FINSETH, DaIIas 1952
E. C. SAMMONS, Portland 1953
OFFICERS
WILLARD L. MARKS President
BEAl'RICE WALTON SACKJn'T Vice-President
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
WILLARD L. MARKS BEATRICJ;; WALTON SACK~'rT
E. C. SAMMONS
FREDERICK M. H UNl'~R, Chancellor
CHARLES D. BYRN~, Secretary
Office of the State Board of Higher Education
Eugene, Oregon
[5]
Oregon State System of J-ligher Education
Executive Officers
FREDItRICK MAURICIt HUNTI>R, Ed.D., LL.D., Chancellor
WILLIAM JASPI>R KI>RR, D.Sc., LL.D., Chancellor Emeritus
ORLANDO JOHN HOLLIS, B.S., J.D. AUGUST LI>ROY STRAND, Ph.D.
Acting President, University of Ore- President, Oregon State College
gon
Deans and Directors*
DAVID w. E. BAIRD, M.D Dean and Director of Medicine; Director of
Health Services
tWILLIAM GILBI>RT Br;;ATTII>, B.A Acting Dean and Director of
General Extension
Hr;;RBI>RT ARNOLD BORK, M.S., C.P.A Acting Budget Officer and Comptroller
CHARLI;S DAVID BYRNI>, Ed.D Director of Information
RICHARD HAROLD DI>ARBORN, A.B., E.E Dean and Director of
Engineering and Industrial Arts
PAUL MILLARD DUNN, M.S.F Dean and Director of Forestry
J AMES HENRY GILBI>RT, Ph.D Dean of the College of Liberal Arts;
Director of Arts and Letters and Social Science
FRANCOIS ARCHIBALD GILFILLAN, Ph.D Dean of the School of Science;
Director of Science
OLANDO JOHN HOLLIS, B.S., J.D __ Acting Dean and Director of Law
CHARLI;S A HOWARD, M.A., LL.D Director of Elementary Teacher Training
JAMI>S RALPH JI>WI>LL, Ph.D., LL.D Dean of Education; Director of High
School Teacher Training
THI>ODORE KRA'I'T. Mus.M., Mus.D Dean and Director of Music
OLOF LARSI>LL, Ph.D., Sc.D Dean and Director of Graduate Division
ELLIS FULLI;R LAWRENCI>, M.S., F.A.I.A....•........Dean and Director of Architecture
and Allied Arts
RALPH WALDO LI>IGHTON. Ph.D Dean and Director of Physical Education
Lucy MAY LItWIS. A.B., B.L.S Director of Libraries
AVA BI>RTHA MILAM, M.A Dean and Director of Home Economics
VICTOR PII>RPONT MORRIS, Ph.D Dean and Director of Business Administration
EARL LI>ROY PACKARD, Ph.D........•..............Dean and Director of General Research
ALFRI>D POWI>RS. A.B Dean and Director of Creative Writing and Publishing
WILLIAM ALFRI>D SCHOI>NI'I;LD, M.B.A Dean and Director of Agriculture
MAHLON ELLWOOD SMITH. Ph.D•..................Dean and Director of Lower Division
GI>ORGI> STANLI;Y TURNBULL, M.A Acting Dean and Director of Journalism
GI>NI>VII>VIt GRIFFITH TURNIPSEI>D, M.A Director of Dormitories
ADOLPH ZII>FLI;, M.S., Phar.D Dean and Director of Pharmacy
DAVID W. E. BAIRD, M.D.
Dean, University of Oregon Medical
School
WALTI>R RI>DFORD, Ph.D.
President, Southern Oregon College
of Education
CHARLI>S ABNI>R HOWARD, M.A, LL.D.
President, Oregon College of Educa-
tion
ROBI>N JOHN MAASKI>, Ph.D.
President, Eastern Oregon College oi
Education
Service Division Officers
OFFICE OF THE CHANCELLOR
CHARl,.I;;S DAVID BYRNIt. Ed.D Assistant to the Chancellor;
Secretary, State Board of Higher Education
HI>RBI>RT ARNOLD BORK, M.S., C.P.A Acting Statistician and Budget Officer
·RICHARD LYLlt COLLINS, M.A, C.P.A Statistician and Budget Officer
FRANCI>S MARIlt DOUGLAS, B.A Secretaryto the Chancellor
BUSINESS OFFICES
HI>RBI>RT ARNOLD BORK, M.S., C.P.A Comptroller
THItODORE PUTMAN CRAMI>R, B.S .Assistant Comptroller and Disbursing Officer
PAUL AUGUST WALGREN, B.B.A Assistant Comptroller in Charge of Accounts
ARTHUR ALONZO BROOKS Chief Requisition Clerk
RAY ELMI>R HI>RMAN Auditor
HAROLD Rowu:y, B. S Auditor
SI>UI;LL HUBBARD RONDI>AU Auditor Emeritus
WILLARD MAXON CRAIG, M.B.A, LL.B. Assistant Accountant and
Property Custodian
DORMITORIES
GtNI>Vlr>VIt GRIFFITH TURNIPSI>I>D, M.A Director of Dormitories
HEALTH SERVICE
DAVID W. E. BAIRD, M.D Director of Health Service
D. C. RtYNOLDS, M.D Assistant Director of Health Service
DIVISION OF INFORMATION
CHARUS DAVID BYRNI>. Ed.D Director of Information
GEORCIt N. BI>LKNAP, M.A Supervisor. Mailing Department
LIBRARIES
Lucy MAY LItWIS, AB., B.L.S Director of Libraries
ELZIlt VANCil HtRBllRT Head of Orders Department
MARIII HULL JACKSON, B.A, B.S. in L.S Cataloger for Union Catalog
MYRTLI; ANN BoswoRTH ; Boo~eper and Accountant
, ,I '
[6 ]
* Each dean and director in this list is interinstitutional in function, and the Chancellor's
principal adviser in his field. Academic deans and directors are responsble, jointly with the
presidents of institutions where nonmajor work is offered, for keeping nonmajor course offer-
Ings in proper relation to the work of major schools.
t JOHN FUN CIS CUllER, Ed.D., will become Dean and Director of General Extension on
July I, 1944.
HIGH-SCHOOL RELATIONS
DANIEL VANDOSAI,L POLI~G. M.S:,· :LL~D._ ~ ~igh-~chool Visitor
• On leave for military oervice.
[ 7 ]
Oregon State System
of 1-1 ig her Education
THE Oregon State System of Higher Education, as organ-ized in 1932 by the State Board of Higher Education fol-
lowing a Federal survey of higher education in Oregon,
includes all the state-supported institutions of higher learning.
The several institutions are now elements in an articulated sys-
tem, parts of an integrated whole. The educational program is
so organized as to distribute as widely as possible throughout
the state the opportunities for general education and to center
on a particular campus specialized, technical, and professional
curricula closely related to one another.
The institutions of the State System of Higher Education
are the University of Oregon at Eugene, Oregon State College
at Corvallis, the Oregon College of Education at Monmouth,
the Southern Oregon College of Education at Ashland, and
the Eastern Oregon College of Education at La Grande. The
University of Oregon Medical School, located on a separate
campus in Portland, is administratively autonomous but tra-
ditionally and academically an integral part of the University
of Oregon.
Each of the five institutions provides the general studies
fundamental to a well-rounded education. At the three colleges
of education general and professional studies are combined in
the teacher-training curriculum. At the Southern Oregon
College of Education and the Eastern Oregon College of
Education students who do not plan to become elementary-
school teachers may devote their time exclusively to lower-
division studies in the liberal arts and sciences.
At the University and the State College two years of un-
specialized work in liberal arts and sciences are provided on a
parallel basis in the Lower Division. Major curricula, both
liberal and professional, are grouped on either campus in ac-
cordance with the distinctive functions of the respective insti-
tutions in the unified State System of Higher Education.
The educational program thus developed, as shown in the
following insert, includes: (1) Liberal Arts and Sciences, (2)
Professional and Technical Curricula, (3) Graduate Study
and Research.
-._-_._._.- ....._11_''---' ",_._.---••- ••-------...-.~!i1
The University and the War
THE impact of the war has brought about striking changesin life and work at the University of Oregon. The most
visible change during 1943-44 was the presence on the cam-
pus of large numbers of soldiers, sent to the University by the
Army to receive intensive specialized training under Univer-
sity instructors. These men, carefully selected for ability and
superior educational background, began to arrive in the spring
of 1943; by the opening of the fall term, nearly 1,000 men were
enrolled in Army programs.
When many of the Army's specialized training programs
were terminated in March 1944, most of the University'S sol-
dier students were transferred to active duty. Approximately
200 premeteorology trainees remained to complete their work
in May 1944, and a new group was assigned to the University
for premedical training. The premedical trainees will probably
be joined, in the fall of 1944, by 17-year-old volunteers who
will be given preinduction instruction at Army expense.
With nearly all men of college age in military service, civil-
ian enrollment is smaller than in normal years. There is also
a smaller faculty; many faculty members have entered military
service, and others are on leave for civilian war work. How-
ever, the University continues to offer its regular program of
liberal and professional studies in all schools and departments.
Because there are fewer students and fewer instructors, there
has been some curtailment of offerings at the upper-division
and graduate level-for the most part through an extension
of the plan of "alternating courses" already traditional in many
departments. The University's program for lower-division stu-
dents, however, will be maintained in 1944-45 substantially as
announced in this Catalog.
During 1943-44 all University halls of residence were
transformed into A!"my barracks to house soldier students;
dormitory accommodations for civilian students were provided
in houses occupied in peacetime by men's living organizations.
With the curtailment of the Army programs, regular halls of
residence will again be available for civilians in 1944-45.I!i""'----------.-._._._._._...- ._,, l!!J
[8]
[ti. • • I • II II
[9 ]
In certain fields grad1iA.W
may b. laken at the
tens iOll Cent~, leadi
from the Univer.sity 0<'.1
College, according to llu:
subject.
Correspondenc:e Stud
Portland Extension Center
Radio Station KOAC
State-Wide ExwR -c
Visual Instruction
General Extension Division
The General Extensiotl
the State S,..te", atendlllJi., ..
ices aDd instruction or t 1'1'11'
to the people of tbe ala tbfu.
the 10Ilowlng departrQ,
Federal Cooperative
The F~eral Cooperatl
StOll Service lQ agri
hOID~ ~onomica of tb
lege is closely coord'
work 01 the GeneniJ
Division.
ETI1TCA1:!ON
Ore Q State College, Corvallis
Ore.. n College of Education, Monmouth
Sou rn Oregon College of Education, Ashland
Elementary Teacher Training (B.S. in Elementary Education)
At OREGON COLLEGE OF EDUCATION. Monmouth, EASTERN
OREGON COLLEGE OF EDUCATIO:o<, La Grande, and SOl:THER:O:
OREGON COLLEGE OF EDUCATION. Ashland, three- •.nd four·year
curricula prepare students for teachillg in the elementary schools. The three·year
curriculum leads to a diploma, the lour'year curriculum to a bachelor's degree.
Both curricula qualify the student for the State Teacher's Certificate.
The work includes: (J) Training in the subjec\>; to be taugbt, .and ill the
effective leaching o' tho.e 'ubjccts, (2) Broad general education for the pro-
spective teAcher as an individual and citizen.
Lower Division (Junior Certificate
At SOUTHERN OREGON COLLE OF EDUCATION, Ashland, and
EASTERN OREGON COLLEGE EDuCATION, La Grande, fresh-
man and sophomore work in Liberal A mand Sciences (Language aDd Litera·
ture, Science, aud Social Selence) is within the limits of tbe college-of·
education curriculum.
Secretarial Science (Associate in Science)
A two-year curriculum ill Secretarial Science is offered at SOUTHERN ORE·
GO:O< COLLEGE OF EDUCATION and EASTERN OREGON COLLEGE
OF EDUCATION.
Prenursing
At EASTER~ OREGO~ COLLEGE OF EDLTATIO~, a program oi
one academic )'ear of training admits to clinical s~n'jce as a Junior Cadet and
later as a Senior Cad.", lJnitecl States Cadet X nr.e Corp~.
OREGON STATE COLLEGE
Division of Business and Industry (B.A., B.S., B.S.S.)
Business and Industry with major emphasis On General Business and IndustTy, In·
dustrial Organization ant! Operation, Industrial Finance, Industrial Accounting and
Cost Control, Industrial Marketing and Selling, [ndltstrial Relations and Persollnel
Management; Secretarial Science, inch.:.ding Stenography, Typc~-riting,Office Methods.
School of Forestry (B.S., B.F., M.S., M.F., F.E.)
Logging El1!{ioe....ing, T.ehnical Forestry (Foro.t Recreation option), Wood Producta
(Light Building Construction option).
School of Home Economics (B.A., B.S., M.A., M.S.)
Clothinll', Textiles, and Related Arts; Foods alld Nutrition 1 Household Administration;
Institutmn Economics; Home Economics Educatjon~
School of Pharmacy (B.A., B.S., M.A., M.S.)
Pharmacy, including' Pharmaeeutical Analysis, Phannaoology. and Pharmacognos;y;
preparation for certifieation 3s regiswred pharmacist.
In addition to the major profe.sional curricula listed abovc, thc State College offe..
lower-division and service cOursCS in Architecture and Allied Arts, Journalism, 1th~5ict and
Physical Education.
School of Agriculture (B.S., B.Agr., M.S., Ph.D.)
Animal Indu,tries (Animal, Dair;', and Poultry H u.Landry, Dah';' ~fanufacluring,
Fish aDd Game Managemcnt, Fish.ries); Agricultural Economics including Farm
Management; Plant Industries (Farm Crops, Soils. Hortieult","", Landscape Con.truc.
tion and Mamtenance, Food Industries); Agricultural Education; Agricultural Engi·
neering; Agricultural Technology.
School of Education (B.A., B,S., Ed.B., M.A., M.S., Ed.M., Ed.D.)
Major curricula prcparlllg' for teaching of Biological aud l'hysieal Sciences, Mathe-
matics, Agriculture, Home Economics, Industrial Arts, Commercial Educatioll, alld ap·
proved combinatiottS of subjects. Training for educational and vocatiollal guidance.
Preparation for part.time pbysical-education teacbing and coaching. The School 01
Education operates jointly at the Uuivetsity and the State College.
School of Engineering and Industrial Arts (B.A., B.S., B.I.A., M.A., M.S.,
Ch.E., C.E., E.E., M.E., Met.E., Min.E.)
Ch"'Qical Enginecring, Ci"il Enginccring (General curTiculum, Business and Hl~h·
way option.). Electrical Engin"""ing (Power and Communications options), Industrial
Engineerillg, Mechanical Enginccring (General curriculum, Aeronautical option),
:\Ietallurgical Enl{ineeri'lg, :\1 ining F,J:gin".riug, Industrial Arts Education, Industrial
Administration; Structural Design in J\t"chitec:turc, a joint curriculum with Architecture
and Allied Art~.
Lower Division (Junior Certificate)
Freshman and sophomore w<,rk in Lib.nl A,'ls and Sciences (Language and Lit-
erature, Science, and Sodal SCieJl("e) is oth'rcd on e~senti.:Lll>· the ~rne basis at both
tbe Stat. College aud thc Unive:sity.
School of Science (B.A., B.S., M.A., M.S., Ph.D.)
Major curricula in GeneT:l.1 Science, and in Bacteriology. Botany, Chemistry, Ento·
mology, Geology. Mathematics, Pbysics, and Zoology. Premedical and Preparatory
1\ursing t:urricul a.
TH~ OR~GON STAT~ SYSTEM OF HIGHER ~DUCATION
NIVERSITY OF OREGON
School of Law (B.A., B.S., LL.B., J.D.)
A professional curriculum oi three )-'ear.• ahove lower division (five years in all),
leadiog to LL.B. degree: a proressional curriculum 01 three years followinl{ a tbree·
year general curriculum (.ix )-'ears in all), leadi"g to baocaJaureate and law degree•.
Medical School (Portland) (B.A., B.S., }"LA., M.S., Ph.D., M.D.)
Four.year p-rofesSlonal curriculum in Medicine (following three-year premedical curricu.
lum offered at both the University and the State College); graduate study in Ihe
Medical Science•. Four.y""r degree curriculum in Nursing Education, including prepar'
at0rr. work at the University or tbe State College; gradullte curricula leading to
cutl/leat"" in nursing specialties.
School of Music (B.A., B.S., B.M., M.A.. M.S., M.M.)
Music History and Apprcciation, Theory and Compositio~, Applied Music, Puhlic·
School ~[u;;ic.
School of Business Administration (B.A., B.S., B.B.A., M.A., M.S., M.B.A.)
Accounting. Adve-rlisin<; a nrt Selling. Finance, Foreign Trade, General Busilless. In·
dustriAl Management, :Jarketing and Merc!l<,"dising; combined curriculum in Busi·
ness Administ["atiotJ and Law.
School of Education (B.A., B.S., REd., M.A., M.S., ~LEd., D.Ed., Ph.D,)
Genenl Education Course; and preparation lor Educational Administration. Major
curricula preparing lor teaching of Literatt,re. Languages, Art, Music, Physical Edu·
cation, Biological ar.d Phy:sica~ Science::ih }!iltbemilticsJ Social Sciences, Business
Administration. and approved combinations of subjects. Trailling lor t"",chers of atypical
children. The School of Education ope=tes jointly at the University and the State
College.
School of Journalism (B.A., B.S., B.J., M.A., :M.S.)
Reporting, Editing, Adyertising, P"blishin8', Typography and Fine Printillg.
School of Physical Education (B.A., B.S., B.P.E., M.A., M.S.)
Professiollal eurriculum combining ....ork in physical education, health edocation, and
r"creation. Preparation for roaching and for teaching of pbysical education and health
education.
School of Architecture and Allied Arts (B.A., B.S., B.An:h., S.L.A., M.A.,
M.S., ~1.Arch., M.F.A., ?lLL.A.)
Archit~turalDesign. Interior D.sig-n, La-cdseape Architecture (with one year at State
College), Dnwing ar.d Paintinl':, Seul!>ture, Art Education, and Gener..l Art; Structural
Design in Archit(:ctun:. a joint curriculum. with Engineering.
Lower Division (Junior Certificate)
Freshman and sophomore work in Liberal Arb 3nd Science. (Language and Lit·
erature, Science, and Social Seier.ce) is offcred on eS$L't1tially the Sanlc basi. at both the
Uri.veraity and the State Co~;eJe.
College of Liberal Arts (B.A., B.S., ~L ,~f.S., Ph.D.)
Majnr curricula in General Arts and Lettcr> Gencral Social Science. Geoeral Science,
and in Anthropology, Biology, Chemistry, lassics, Economics, Engliah (including
options in Speecb and Dramaic Arts and in 1elibrary Training), Geology and Geog.
l"l'.phy, Cerma"ic Languag.s. lIi~tor;" ~[" ematic., PhilosOpby, Physics, Political
Sciettce. PsycholoirY, Rom;moe Languages, and Sociology. Premedical aod Prepan.lory
Nursing curncu;t1.
In addition to the major professional curricula listed above, the University offers lowa"
di....-isioD and service cours~s in Home Economics, and service courses in Sf:cr~tarialScience.
University of Oregon, Eugene
University of Oregon Medical School, Portland
Eastern Oregon College of Education, La Grande
81'--------......------------·-......--··-------------......- .....--------------------~ ....--~-- .....~~--~-- ...~.....-.-----------.....----------------....-----......-1----------------------------~.
---.------------.----t-----~------------ ..------+_-
Graduate Division
All ,radu:"e instruction i. administered by
the Interinstitutional Graduate Division.
General Research Council
Research is assisted through the interin·
stitutional General Research Connell, aDd
through institutional ~cies.
Graduate Division
Graduate smdy leading to advaoced degrees has been allocated to the Unlvenity in the
iollowing f.eids;
Liberal Arts alld Sciences, Architecture and Allied Arts, Business Ad ministratioD,
Education, Journalism. Law, Medic.,l Sciences, Music, and Pbysical Education.
Advanced degrees granted are listed above, follo....ing the name of each major coll~a-e or
scbool
Graduate Division
Graduate study leading to advanced degrees bas been allocated to tbe State College in
tbe following fields;
Biological Sciences, Physical Sciences (ine!udillg MathentaticI), Agriculture, Edu·
cation, Engineel'"ing, li'ore!itr)" ~ Home Econornics l and Pharma.cy.
Advance d degrees granted are listed above, following the name of each major sebool
1IIIr- ~-~ _.Ji.._, • ~_,...._-+----~---~...--____.l_,
~--------_......__..... ., ~~ ~l___~_---_ _'_ ....,
1944
October 1944
SMTWTFS
123 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31 ..
November 1944
S M T W TF S
.... .... .... 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 ..
December 1944
SMTWTFS
.... .... .... ........ 1 2
3 4 5 6 789
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31 ..
ACADEMIC CALENDAR
June 10, Saturday First session begins
July 18, Tuesday First session ends
July 19, Wednesday Second session begins
August 25, Friday Second session ends
September 18-23, Monday to
Saturday Freshman Week
September 22-23, Friday
and Saturday Registration·
September 25, M onday Classes begin
October 7, Saturday Last day for addi-
tion of new courses or new registrations
November 30, Thursday....Thanksgiving Day,
holiday
December 9, Saturday Classes end
December 11-15, Monday to
Friday Final examinations
* Graduate students are allowed until the end of the first
week of classes for registration.
UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
Winter Tenn, 1944-45
January 2, Tuesday Registration·
January 3, Wednesday Classes begin
January 13, Saturday....Last day for addition
of new courses or new registrations
March 17, Saturday Classes end
March 19-23, Monday to
Friday Final examinations
Spring Tenn, 1944-45
April 2, Monday Registration.
April 3, Tuesday Classes begin
April 14, $aturday Last day for addition of
"'1" , ".' !. ; •
. new co~rses or neW regIstrations
May 30, q;'ednesday ~emorial Day, holiday
June 9, Saturday Classes end
June 11-15, Monday to
Friday·· · final examinations
June 16, Saturday Alumni Day
June 17, Sunday Baccalaureate and
Cdmmencement Da#
!
* Graduate students are allowed until the end of the first
week of classes for registration.
1945
January 1945
SMTWTFS
.... 123456
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31 ...•.......•
February 1945
SMTWTFS
.... .... .... .... 1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 .
March 1945
SMTWTFS
.... .... .... .... 1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
April 1945
SMTWTFS
123 456 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
19 30 .
May 1945
SMTWTFS
........ 12345
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31 ......,.
June 1945
SMTWTFS
.... .... .... .... .... 1 2
345 6 789
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 1.7 28 29 30
July 1945
SMTWTFS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31 .
i!i. II II •
[ 10]
• II
[11 ]
.aI!i. •
University of Oregon Campus
~oo
fRO.Toe
Uni......, HiJh PIl"""
<1b
\!d_
E]Field
IoIl11i<
r
nl II II II
[ 12]
Part I
University Staff
University of Oregon
Officers of Administration
FRtDICRICK MAURICt }lUNnR, Ed.D., LL.D _ Chancehor
ORLAN.OO JOHN HOLl,IS, B.S., J.D .Acting President
t DONAI,D ·MII,TON ERB, Ph.D President
BURT BROWN. BAJl.KIlR, A.B., LL.D Vice-President
EARL MANI,!lY PAI,UTT, Ph.D Executive Secretary
;ERIC WII,I,IAM AI,I,!lN, AB Dean of Journalism
DAVID W. E. BAIRD, M.D _ _ Dean of Medicine
DAN EUIERT CI,ARK, Ph.D Director of Summer Sessions
VIRGII, DtI,MAN EARL, M.A Dean of Men
JAMtS HtNRY GIUlIlRT, Ph.D Dean of Liberal Arts
ORLANDO JOHN HoI,l,Is, B.S., ].D Acting Dean of Law
J AHICS RAI,PH JtwtI,I" Ph.D., LL.D Dean of Education
THIlODOUKRATT, Mus.M., Mus.D M.Dean of Music
OWl' LAltst!.I" Ph.D _ Dean of Graduate Division
EUIS FUI,I,ICa LAWRtNCt, M.S., F.A.I.A Dean of Architecture and Allied Arts
RAI,PH WAI,DO LtIGHTON, Ph.D _ Dean of Physical Education
VICTOR PItRPONT MORRIS, Ph.D Dean of Business Administration
KARL WII,I,IAM ONTHANK, M.A Dean of Personnel Administration
EARL MANI,ItY PAUIlTT, Ph.D _ Registrar
HAZlU, PaUTSKA!i SCHWtRING, M.A Dean of Women
MAHI,ON EUWOOD SMITH, Ph.D .Dean of Lower Division
HowARD R~TAYWR, Ph.D Associate Dean of Graduate Division
WII,I,IS C. WARRJCN, M.A .Acting Librarian
Service Divisions
OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT
- I
~MANUy,PAUltT1', Ph.D Executive Secretary
GLADYS Kur..Q.... _ _._ Secretary to the President
LuCII.ll C. THOHPSON, B.A _.._ _ _ Sec:retary
BUSINESS OFFICE
JOHN- Oavw.t·LINDSTROH, B.S _._ Bu.ineu Manager
-LoUIS HowlC JOHNSON _•...._.. _ Comptroller Emeritus
CI,IPPORD K. STAI,SBICRG, B.B.A _ ....•.._ _ _._...•._ _ ..Cashier
MARDI WICATHtRLY SUDICR, B.A _ _ _ _ .Assi.tant Cashier
Nn.J. C. .MosHOPSKY Secretary to Busine.s Manager
EII,tICN M. JUHI, _ Requisition Clerk
MARGARtT HURLIlY HUTCHISON, B.A _ _ ; Payro11 Clerk
EI,IZABtTH W. BROwN Student Loan Clerk
t Deceased December 23. 1943.
*Deceased March 5, 1944. [ 15 ]
16 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
SERVICE DIVISIONS 17
DORMITORIES
GENIWItVU GRIFFITH TURNIPSEED, M.A•...•........._ ··Director of Dormitories
HEALTH SERVICE
FRtD N. MILLER, M.D ····•······ Director?f H~lth Se~.ice
MARIAN H. MILLER, M.D ·.Assistant Un~vers!ty Phys~c~an
.N. PAUL E. ANDERSON, M.D.....•......................._ -Assistant UnJver~lty Physlc~an
H~NRD!TTA HILTON, R.N ······· Sup~rvlsor,.Hospltal
Lou VOGEL, R.N.......................................•.....•...•·_ Supervlsor, ~IS~~~ry
HANNA McCLAIN FOOTIl, R.N..........................•_ ...x-ray and Laboratory ec n!c~n
GLADYS SAMIlL, RN Assistant X-ray and Laboratory Technician
E;~~?~~~~~~~~~~E~
DIVISION OF INFORMATION
GEORGE N. BItLKNAP M.A _ _ ·•······..•........._ Editor
.GEORGE HOWARD GO~FREY, B.S _ ·..·..····•.Associate in News Bureau
GEORGE STANLn' TURNBULL, M.A•••._ _ -Acting Director of ~ews Bur~u
JOHN EDWIN BAILEY, B.A....................•...............·..·.··········............•........Asslstant EdItor
LIBRARY
.WILLIS C. WARREN, M.A. · ············ :.Acti.ng Libra~ian
MA'M'HEW HALE DOUGLASS, M.A.._ _ _ •••._ ··.!-Ibrar~an ~merJ!US
BERNICE MARGUERITE RISE, A.B., B.S. in L.S ....:......•....••.Clrculatlon L!brar~
MARIAN PEARL W A'M'S, A.B., B.S. in L.S _ ·.·-Reference L!~rar~n
CLARICE KRIItG, M.A. --•.---..•.•...- •.- ·_············ ~tal?g LI ra~lan
BEATRICE JANE BAUD, Ph.B.. ..••_ _ _ •.····Catalog LlbrarlaJl ~merJ!Us
LoIS INloiAN BAKER, M.A...__._.._._.__ _·.•••··-..··..·..·•····••••··..····•.Law Llbr:"rlaJl
ELLA S. CARRICK, B.A......•......••.••.._ __._._· ··..··S~nior Catalog Ass~stant
ELIZABETH FINDLY, A.B., B.S. in L.S•..•...•.....•...............Senlor Reference Ass!stant
•JOHN ABE MARCH, M.S _ _ __...;........··••_···_·Senior Reference ASSIstant
MARJORIE REYNOLDS _ .••Museum Librarian; Supervi~rof Re~rves
MARTHA FOSTER B.A., B.S. in L.S.._ __ _····Senior Cata~ogAss!stant
ADELINE A. AD~MS, B.A., B.S. in L.S .]unior CirculatIon Ass!stant.
MYIlNA BARRETT M.A.....•......._........•.....Junior Circulation and Refer~ce Ass!stant
lONE EATON BRC:OKE ·.•·.··._ _ .••....Circulatlon Ass!stant
MARGUEIlITE CAIlP&NTER, B.A., B.S. in L.S.._ .._ .._ •••..••···Junior Catalog Ass~tant
.BEVE!lLJtY CAVERHILL, M.A. _ ··· _·Junior Reference Ass~stant
PA'M'I PATTON A.B. in L.S., M.A _ .•......•...•·.··.]unior Reference Ass~stant
ALICW; GARDINU, B.A._ _._..··••··• ••···•··· Order J\~ls~nt·
ELAINE HOLMES MILLER _ .••• .._ _·__•·· ·Secretary to LI. ranan
MABEL AUSTIN HOucK ·.Librarian, Sch.ool of .Archlt~cture
TRUE MORRIS, M.A.............•...•...•.........·· ······•·..•·..····· .]unior CIrculation AsscF~
CoRWIN V. SlUTZ, B.A - ·-······· Order • er
BItTl'YMAE STAMM B.A _ - - -·····..··..··---·Order ASSIstant
PAULIN& ELLEN W~LTON, M.A. Librarian of Special Collections and Indexer
------;-On leave for miUtary Rn'1ce.
PHYSICAL PLANT
DONALD LYMAN LEWIS Superintendent of Physical Plant
ARTHUR HENIlY FOOTE Supervisor of Buildings
SAM MIKKIlLSON Supervisor of Campus
UNIVERSITY PRESS
ROBERT CARR HALL Superintendent, University Press
MINNU: GUy Secretary, University Press
EVELYN J. J. MUIlPHY Secretary, Multigraph and Office Supply Stores
REGISTRAR'S OFFICE
EARL MANLEY PALLETT, Ph.D Registrar
CLIFFORD LLEWELLYN CONSTANCE, M.A. Assistant Registrar
VIOLET RUNTE, B.B.A Recorder
EMMA GENE HOFFMASTER, B.A Assistant Recorder
W ATRINE SPENCER, B.S Examiner
LUCILE C. THOMPSON, B.A Secretary; Nonresident Clerk
ELAINE N. GILMORE .Information Clerk
STUDENT WELFARE, PERSONNEL, AND PLACEMENT
KARL WII,LIAM ONTHANK, M.A Dean of Personnel Administration
VIRGIL DELMAN EARL, M.A Dean of Men
HAZI!L PRUTSMAN SCHWERING, M.A Dean of Women
ALICE BAKER MACDUFF, B.A Assistant Dean of Women; Housing Secretary
L. KENNETH SHUMAKER, M.A Director, Lower-Division Advisory Group
LEONA E. TYLER, Ph.D Director, Bureau of Personnel Research
HORACE W. ROBINSON, M.A Acting Educational Activities Manager
·RICHARD C. WILLIAMS, B.S Acting Educational Activities Manager
ANSON B. CORNELL, B.A Athletic Manager
JANET M. SMITH, M.A Employment Secretary
IDA M. PoPE, A.B Placement Secretary
ELIZABETH Fox DECou, B.A Secretary, Y.W.C.A.
A. F. HOLMER, B.A Secretary, Y.M.C.A.
ALUMNI SECRETARY
·ELMEIl C. FANSETT, M.B.A. General Secretary, Alumni Association
DORIS HACK, B.A Acting Secretary, Alumni Association
LAUREL GILBERTSON Alumni Records Clerk
MARGIE ROBINSON Editor, Old Oregon
• On leave for military service.
UNIVERSITY FACULTY 19
[ 18 ]
Universi~ Faculty t
FIuiDE:RICK MAURICE: HUNTE:R, Ed.D., LL.D., .Chancellor , Oregon State System of
Higher Education; Professor of Education. Cal'f • LL D (1930)
) C I b'· Ed D (1925) I ornla; ., ,A.B. (1905), Neb~asLkaL;DA.M(·lm)19Univ~i;;'of 'C~lorado; 'LL.D. (1939), Nebraska.
Colorado College, ". '
Chancellor, State System, SinCe 1935.
J H B S J
D Acting President· Acting Dean of the SchoolORLANDO OHN OLLIS, .., . ., '
of Law' Professor of Law.
B.S. (1;26), J.D. (1928), Oregon. At Oregon since 1928. .
+DONALD MILTON ERB Ph.D., President; Professor of Economics.
+ ' . (1927) Ph D (1930) Harvard. At OregonB.S. (1922) M.S. (1924), IlhnOls; M.A. ,. • ,
1927.33, 1938·43.
A A B B S Assistant Dean of the School of Architecture andPE:RCY P AGtt DAMS, . ., .., .
Allied Arts; Professor of GraphiCS. .
A.B. (1901), B.S. (1902), Oregon. At Oregon smce 1901. • •
HowARD JOHN AKE:RS, M.A., Instructor in Education; SupervIsor of SOCial
Studies University High School. . 1942
B.A. (I~31), M.A. (1934), Colorado State College of Education. At Oregon smce •
• ARME:N ALBE:RT ALCHIAN, A.B., Instructor in Economics.
A.B. (1936), Stanford. At Oregon since 1942. • •
FLoIU:NCE: DE:LIA ALDE:N, M.A., Professor Emeritus of P~yslcalEducation.
A.B. (1904), Smith; M.A. (1928), Columbia. At Oregon SIDCe 1921.
ESTHE:R JUNE: ALKIRE:, B.S., Instructor in Mathematics.
B.S. (1941), Walla Walla. At Oregon since 1943. .
Sch I f J I sm' Professor of§ERIC WILLIAM ALUN, A.B., I?ean .of the 00 0 ourna I ,
Journalism; Manager of Umverslty Press.
A.B. (1901), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1912. •
WILLIAM FITCH ALUN, Ph.D., Professor of Anatomy, Medical School; Head of
Department. . At 0 gon since 1916
A.B. (1900), A.M. (1902), Stanford; Ph.D. (1915), Minnesota. re. :
.N. PAUL E. ANPE:RSON, ¥p., Associate Professor of Physical Education; ASSist-
ant University PhySICIan. . 1940
B.A. (1929), Nebraska Wesleyan; M.D. (1935), Nebraska. At Oregon SinCe •
BE:RNE: E. ANDRE:ws, Instructor in Norwegian History and Geography.
At Oregon since 1943.
ROY CHE:STE:R ANDRE:ws, M.A., Instructor in Ch.emistry.
B.A. (1915), M.A. (1926), Oregon. At Oregon smce 1935.
• On leave for military or ci.vi1\an waJ s!'ryice.( fficials and the heads of departments
t This list includ~s th!, PrlfncOIPal a mMmd~tri Sch:al For a complete list of the members
and divisions of the University 0 regon. e Ica C . 10
of the Me;dical School faculty, set the 1f~~lcab~;~~~!ty~~~ff~'and of interi!'stitutional ~ffice~s
An mdex of names of mem ere '! ef th Oregon State System of Higher Educatlon, ISof administration, researc:h, a.nd extenSion 0 e
printed in the back of thIS Catalog.
~ Deceased December 23, 1943.
~ Deceased March 5, 1944.
LoUIS ARTAu, B.A., Assistant Professor of Music.
B.A. (1939), Oregon. At Oregon since 1924.
VICTORIA AVAKIAN, M.F.A., Associate Professor of Applied Design.
B.A. (1927) Oregon; M.F.A. (1939), Southern California. At Oregon since 1920.
WILLIAM S. AVE:RILL, B.S., Major Infantry; Professor of Military Science and
Tactics; Head of Department.
B.S. (1917), Oregon State. At Oregon since 1942.
ELsm McDOWALL BAIUY, M.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1926), Montana; M.A. (1930), Oregon. At Oregon since 1943.
RALPH G. BAIUY, D.Ed., Instructor in Physics.
B.A. (1928), M.A. (1934), Iowa; D.Ed. (1939), Oregon. At Oregon since 1943.
DAVID W. E. BAIRD, M.D., Dean of the Medical School; Professor of Medicine.
M.D. (1926), Oregon. At Oregon since 1927.
WILl-lAM ROBE:RT BAKE:R, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
B.S. (1930), Oregon; M.A. (1932), Columbia. At Oregon since 1943.
Llta CUVE:LAND BALL, M.B.A., Associate Professor of Business Administration.
M.Accts. (1909), Marion Normal (Indiana); B.S. (1922), Oregon State; H.B.A. (11130),
Washington. At Oregon since 1932.
WE:SLItY CHARUS BALLAINIt, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Business Adminis-
tration.
A.B. (1927), M.B.A. (1930, Washington; Ph.D. (1940), Chicago. At Oregon since 1941.
BItATRIct JANE: BARKE:R, Ph.B., Cataloging Librarian Emeritus.
Ph.B. (1895), Brown, Certificate (1904). Alban:r Librar:r School. At Oregon since 111011•
BURT BROWN BARKltR, A.B., LL.D., Vice-President.
A.B. (1897), Chicago; LL.B. (1901), Harvard, LL.D. (1935), Linfield. At Oregon
since 1928.
·HOME:R GARNE:R BARNltTT, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Anthropology; Assistant
Curator of Anthropology.
A.B. (1927), Stanford; Ph.D. (1938), Califomia. At Oregon since 1939.
JAMItS DUFF BARNltTT, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Political Science.
B.A. (1690), College of Emporia; Ph.D. (1905), Wisconsin. At Oregon sinee 1906.
KATHRYN SARTAIN BARRllTT, B.S., Instructor in Speech and Dramatic Arts.
B.S. (1927), Oregon. At Oregon since 1943.
CHANDLE:R BAKE:R BE:ALL, Ph.D., Professor of Romance Languages.
DiplOme (1921), Sorbonne; A.B. (1922), Ph.D. (1930), Johns Hopkins. At Oregon
since 1929.
·LltSTE:R F. BE:CK, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology.
B.A. (1930), M.A. (1931), Oregon; Ph.D. (1933), Brown. At Oregon since 1934.
FRANCIS WILLIAM BE:CKMAN, D.V.M., Captain, Infantry; Assistant Professor of
Military Science and Tactics.
D.V.M. (1921), Colorado State College. At Oregon since 1943.
LAWRE:NCE: STE:PHE:N BE:E:, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Sociology.
B.A. (1936), Brigham Young; M.S. (1937), Iowa State; Ph.D. (1939), Cornell. At Ore-
gon since 1939.
GE:ORGE: N. BE:LKNAP, M.A., University Editor.
B.A. (1926), M.A. (1934), Oregon. At Oregon since 1934.
·HAROLD WRIGHT BltRNARD. Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Education.
A.B. (1930), Spokane; M.A. (1933), Stanford; Ph.D. (1938), Northwestern. At Ore-
gon since 1938.
• On leave for military or civilian war service.
20 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON UNIVERSITY FACULTY 21
ELMER BERRY, Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
B.S. (1901), Nebraska' M.P.E. (190~), Intemational Y.M.C.A. College; M.E. (1924),
Ed.D. (1925), H ..rvard. At Oregon smce 1942.
JOSEPH BROWN BILDERBACK, M.D., Professor of Pediatrics, Medical School; Head
of Department.
M.D. (1905), Oregon. At Oregon since 1911.
FRANK GEES BLACK, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English. .
A.B. (1921), Dickinson; A.M. (1923), Ph.D. (1936), Harvard. At Oregon sInce 1936.
JESSE HICKMAN BOND, Ph.D., Professor of Business Administration..
B.A. (1909), M.A. (1913), Oregon; Ph.D. (1915), Wisconsin. At Oregon sInce 1928.
• EARL EUGENE BOUSHEY, M.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education. 1930
Ed.B. (1930), California at Los Angeles; M.S. (1933), Oregon. At Oregon since .
RAy PRESTON BOWEN, Ph.D., Professor of Romance Languages; Head of Depart-
ment. 0 . 1925A.B. (1905), Harvard; A.M. (1915), Ph.D. (1916), Cornell. At regon smce •
CLARENCE VALENTINE BOYER, Ph.D., Professor of English; H~d of Department.
B.S. (1902). M.A. (1909), Ph.D. (1911), Princeton. At Oregon s.nce 1926.
QUIRINUS BREEN, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History and Social Science;
Chairman, Social-Science Group. .
A.B. (1920), Calvin; Ph.D. (1931), Chico.go. At Oregon amce 1938.
EYLER BROWN M.Arch., Associate Professor of Architecture. .
B.A. (1916), B.S. in Arch. (1917), Oregon; M.Arch. (1922). M"s88chuaetts InstItute of
Technology. At Oregon since 1922. •
RAY WOODMAN BRYAN, M.D., Professor of Military Science and TactiCS, Med-
ical School.
M.D. (1897), University of Louisville. At Oregon since 1940.
CHARLES R. BUBB, JR.• M.A., Instructor in Mathematics.
A.B. (1934), M.A. (1936), Sto.nford. At Oregon since 1942. •
RALPH C. BURKE, Sergeant, D.E.M.L. ; Instructor in Military Science and TactiCs.
At Oregon since 1941.
O K B ftft"LL MAC P A Professor of Business Administration.RIN AY U""" , .., ' • " A 0 . 1927
B.S. (1921), M.A. (1927), Iowa; C.P.A. (1928), Sto.te of Oregon. t regon sm~ . .
C D CABL" LL B Captain Air Corps' Assistant Professor of MIlitaryHARLES. .., .., , '
Science and Tactics.
A.B. (1929), LL.B. (1932), Pittsburgh. At Oregon since 1943.
• FRED V. CAHILL. JR., Ph.D., Instructor in Political Science. .
B.A. (1937), M.A. (1938), Nebraska: Ph.D. (1941), Yale. At Oregon Stnce 1941.
DORIS HELEN CALKINS, B.M., Instructor in Harp.
B.M. (1931), Oregon. At Oregon since 1931.
• ALBI!RT EDWARD CASWELL, Ph.D., Professor of Physics; H~d of Department.
A.B. (1908), Ph.D. (1911), Stanford. At Oregon 1913·32 and smce 1934.
RICHARD ELMORE CHAMBERS, B.S., Instructor in Physics.
B.S. (1940), Oregon. At Oregon since 1943.
ARTHUR WILLIAM CHANCE, D.D.S., M.D., .J\s~ociateClinical Professor of Dental
Medicine Medical School; Head of DIVISion.
D.D.S. (1896). Temple: M.D. (1901), Oregon. At Oregon since 1924.
MARJORIE FRANcES CHESTER, B.A., Instructor in Library Training.
B.A. (1930), Oregon. At Oregon since 1941.
---.-O-n-leave for milito.ry or civili..n war service.
·CLARltNCE WILLIAM CLANCY, Ph.D., Instructor in Zoology.
B.S. (1930), M.S. (1932), Illinois; Ph.D. (1940), Stanford. At Oregon since 1940.
DAN ELBERT CLARK, Ph.D., Professor of History; Head of Department; Director
of Summer Sessions.
B.A. (1907), Ph.D. (1910), Iowa. At Oregon since 1921.
ROBERT DONALD CLARK, M.A., Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic Arts.
A.B. (1931), Pasadena; M.A. (1935), Southern California. At Oregon since 1943.
tLUCIU CLIFTON, M.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1935). M.A. (1936), Ohio State. At Oregon 1943.
ERNEST HOBART COLLINS, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics.
A.B. (1919), William Jewell; M.S. (1923), Ph.D. (1928), Iowa. At Oregon since 1941.
FREDERICK MALCOLM COMBELLACK, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Latin and
Greek.
B.A. (1928), Stanford; Ph.D. (1936), Califomia. At Oregon since 1937.
ROSE COMBELLACK, Ph.D., Instructor in English.
A.B. (1928), M.A. (1930), Stanford: Ph.D. (1937), California. At Oregon since 1943.
NEWEL HOWLAND COMISH, Ph.D., Professor of Business Administration.
B.S. (1911), Ut..h St..te; M.S. (1915), Ph.D. (1929), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1932.
WILLIAM JOHNSON CONNER, M.A., Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
B.A., B.S. (1932), Texas College of Arts and Industries; M.A. (1940), University of
Texas. At Oregon since 1943.
CLIFFORD LLEWELLYN CONSTANCE, M.A., Assistant Registrar.
B.A. (1925), M.A. (1929), Oregon. At Oregon since 1931.
.VAUGHN CORLEY, M.A., Instructor in Physical Education; Assistant Athletic
Coach.
B.S. (1929), Texas Technological College; M.A. (1938), New Mexico College of Agri.
culture and Mechanic Arts. At Oregon since 1939.
ANSON BLACK CORNELL, B.A., Instructor in Physical Education; Athletic Man-
ager.
B.A. (1916), Oregon. At Oregon since 1936.
GEORGE RICHARD COSTELLO, B.S., Instructor in Mathematics.
B.S. (1943), Oregon. At Oregon since 1943.
RALF COUCH, B.A., Executive Secretary and Business Manager of the Medical
School; Administrator of Hospitals.
B.A. (1923), Oregon. At Oregon since 1925.
CHRISTINA ADELLA CRANE, Ph.D., Instructor in Romance Languages.
A.B. (1926), Colorado College; M.A. (1931). Ph.D. (1939), Oregon. At Oregon since
1926.
LUTHER SHEELEIGH CRESSMAN, Ph.D., Professor of Anthropology; Head of
Department; Curator of Anthropology; Director, Museum of Natural His-
tory.
A.B. (1918), Pennsylvania Sto.te; S.T.B. (1923), General Theologico.l Seminary; M.A.
(1923), Ph.D. (1.?25), Columbia. At Oregon since 1929.
HAROLD RANDOLPH CROSLAND, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology.
A.B. (1913), South Carolina; M.A. (1914), Ph.D. (1916), Clark. At Oregon since 1920.
CALVIN CRUMBAKER, Ph.D., Professor of Economics.
B.S. (1911), Whitman; M.A. (1927), Washington; Ph.D. (1930), Wisconsin. At Or......
gon since 1930.
----
• On leave for military or civilian war service.
t Resigned December 16, 1943.
22 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
UNIVERSITY F ACULTY 23
ROBl\RT EARL CUSHMAN, Ph.D., Professor of Religion. .
A.B. (1936), Wesleyan University: B.D. (1940), Ph.D. (1942), Yale. At Oregon sIDce
1943.
• FRtDl\RICK ALIlXANDER CUTHBERT, M.L.D., Associate Professor of Landscape
Architecture. .
A.B. (1926), M.L.D. (1928), Michigan. At Oregon smce 1932. •
WALFRED ANDREW DAH~B~~G, M.A., Associate Professor of Speech and Dramatic
Arts' Director of DIvIsIon.
A.B. ~1925),Michigan: M.A. (1930), Northwestern. At Oregon since 1932.
EDWARD G. DANIIlL, Ph.D., Miner Professor of Business Administration; Pro-
fessor of Economics. .
B.A. (1929), M.A. (1930), Oreg",,; Ph.D. (1943), Harvard. At Oregon smce 1941.
NORMAN AUSTIN DAVID, M.D., Professor of Pharmacology, Clinical Instructor
in Medicine, Medical School; Head of Department of Pharmacology.
A.B. (1925), M.D. (1931), Califomia. At Oregon since 1937.
HARRY B. DAVIS, A.B., Instructor in Education; Supervisor of Boys' Health and
physical Education, University High School.
A.B. (1931), Colorado State Co1lege of Education. At Oregon since 1943. • •
ROBERT G DAVIS, B.B.A., First Lieutenant, Infantry; Assistant Professor of Mllt-
tary Science and Tactics.
B.B.A. (1932), Washington. At Oregon since 1942.
EDGAR EZIlKIIlL DECOU, M.S., Professor Emeritus of Mat~ematics.
B.S. (1894), Wiscons;n; M.S. (1897), Chicago. At Oregon smce 1902.
DALLAS SMITH DEDRICK, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry. .
B.A. (1927), Oklahoma City; M.S. (1929), Ph.D. (1931), Iowa. At Oregon slDee 1941.
LEROY ELLSWORTH DETLING, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Botany; Curator of
Herbarium. F h) (1923) AM (Botanv)~i:j3}~Pb.D.c(B~I~~i:a,eS~ie~.,9.Wb~36f~sia~i~d. ~trOr~gon 1927.io a~d 'since 19i6.
RICHARD BIlNJAMIN DILLEHUNT, M.D., Dean Emeritus of the Medical School.
M.D. (1910), Chicago. At Oregon since 1912. •
.Hl\NRY HADLEY DIXON, M.D., Clinical Professor of Pathology and PsychIatry,
Medical School; Head of Division of Psychia~ry.
M.D. (1928), Washington University. At Oregon smce 1932. •
HENRIETTA DOLTz, M.N., R.N., Associate Professor of Nursing EducatIon; Act-
ing Director of Department.
A.B. (1928), Park; M.N. (1938), Washington; R.N. (1931), State of New York.
At Oregon since 1940.
MATTHEW HALE DOUGLASS, M.A., Librarian Emeritus.
B.A. (1895), M.A. (1898), Grinne1l. At Oregon since 1908.
VIRGIL DilLMAN EARL, M.A., Dean of Men.
B.A. (1906), M.A. (1932), Oregon. At Oregon since 1923.
ARNOLD ELSTON, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Music. .
B.A. (1930), College !,f the City of New York: M.A. (1932), ColumbIa; Ph.D. (1939),
Harvard. At Oregon smce 1941.
HOWARD R. ENNOR, M.A., Acting Assistant Director, Bureau of Municipal Re-.
search and Service.
B.A. (1935), Willamette; M.A. (1937), Chicago. At Oregon since 1942.
ALICl\ HENSON ERNST, M.A.. Associate Professor. of English.
B.A. (1912), M.A. (1913), Washington. At Oregon smce 1924.
-~leave for military or civilian war service.
RUDOLF HERBERT ERNST, Ph.D., Professor of English.
~.A. (1904), Northwestern C01lege; M.A. (1912), Ph.D. (1918). Harvard. At Oregon
slDce 1923.
JOHN STARK EVANS, A;B., Professor of Organ and Theory of Music.
A.B. (1913), Grinne1l. At Oregon 1917-18 and since 1920.
CHARLES GEORGE FALLIS, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Portuguese.
B.A. (1924), M.A. (1926), Ph.D. (1940), California. At Oregon since 1943.
.LLOYD M. FAUST, B.S., Assistant Professor of Business Administration' Research
Associate in Business Administration. '
B.S. (1935), Oregon. At Oregon since 1941.
RALPH ALBERT FENTON, M.D., D.Sc., Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology, Medi-
cal School; Head of Division of Otology, Rhinology, and Laryngology.
B.A. (1903), D.Sc. (1943), Oregon; M.D. (1906). Northwestern. At Oregon since 1910.
ELIZABETH FINDLY, A.B., B.S. in L.S., Instructor in Library Training' Senior
Reference Assistant, Library. '
A.B. (1929), Drake; B.S. in L.S. (1934), Illinois. At Oregon since 1934.
KNOX FINLEY, M.D., Assistant Clinical Professor of Psychiatry; Acting Head
of Division.
B.A. (1926), Pomona; M.D. (1930), Yale. At Oregon since 1942.
MARGARET E. FIRTH, M.A., Instructor in Education; Supervisor of Social Living
University High School. '
B.A. (1924), Grand Island; M.A. (1928), Iowa. At Oregon since 1943.
ANDREW FISH, Ph.D., Professor of History.
A.B. (1920), M.A. (1921). Oregon; Ph.D. (1923). Clark. At O"egon since 1920.
HERCILIO CORRl\IA Dil FRAN<;A, Instructor in Portuguese.
At Oregon since 1943.
HOYT CATLIN FRANCHERE, M.A., Instructor in English.
A.B. (1928), M.A. (1931), Iowa. At Oregon since 1940.
RUTH MYIlRS FRANCHERl\, B.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1930), Iowa. At Oregon since 1943.
BROWNEI,L FRASIER. B.A., Associate Professor of Interior Design.
B.A. (1922), Oregon. At Oregon since 1931.
OLGA ALFREDA FREEMAN, M.A., Instructor in Mathematics.
B.S. (1923), Oregon State; M.A. (1934), Washington. At Oregon since 1943•
• DELBERT RANSOM FRENCH, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Economics.
l!.A. (1915). Reed; M.A. (1920), Wisconsin: Ph.D. (1930), Stanford. At Oregon
slDee 1933.
·DANIEL. DUDLEY GAGE, JR., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Business Adminis-
tratIOn.
A.B..(1924), Stanford; M.B.A. (1926), Harvard; Ph.D. (1936). Michigan. At Ore-
gon sm<:e 1929.
JOHN TILSON GANOIl, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History.
B.S. (1923), M.A. (1924), Oregon; Ph.D. (1929), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1930.
MAUDE GARNETT, A.M., Associate Professor of Public-School Music.
B.S. (1931), Idaho; M.A. (1934), New York University. At Oregon since 1940.
ALICE GEROT, B.A., Instructor in Education' Supervisor of Library, University
High School. '
B.A. (1937), Oregon. At Oregon since 1943.
• On leave for military or civilian war service.
24 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON UNIVERSITY FACULTY 25
*KJlNNETH SMITH GHENT, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
B.A. (1932), McMaster; S.M. (1933), Ph.D. (1935), Chicago. At Oregon since 1935.
JAMES HENRY GILBERT, Ph.D., Dean of the College of Liberal Arts; Professor
of Economics; Head of Department.
A.B. (1903), Oregon; Ph.D. (1907), Columbia. At Oregon since 1907.
*GEORGE H. GODFREY, B.S., Associate in News Bureau.
B.S. (1929), Oregon. At Oregon since 1927.
OLGA GOOD, Assistant Professor of Russian.
At Oregon since 1943.
FLORENCE GOULD, M.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1928), M.A. (1930), Oregon. At Oregon 1933·38 and since 1940.
VIRGINIA GREER, M.A., Instructor in Education; Supervisor of Social Living and
Dean of Girls, University High School.
B.A. (1929), M.A. (1935), Oregon. At Oregon since 1943.
ROBERT CARR HALL, Associate Professor of Journalism; Superintendent of Uni-
versity Press.
At Oregon since 1917.
BERTHA BRANDON HALLAM, B.A., Librarian of the Medical School.
B.A. (1931), Oregon. At Oregon since 1919.
DAN C. HAMLOW, M.A., Instructor in Education; Supervisor of Mathematics and
Science, University High School.
B.Sc. (1930), Nebraska; M.A. (1938), Colorado State College of Education. At Oregon
since 1943.
JOHN R. HAND. M.D.. Assistant Clinical Professor of Urology, Medical School;
Acting Head of Division.
B.S. (1921), B.M. (1923), M.S. (1936), M.D. (1924), Mianesota. At Oregon since 1932.
HANCE FRANCIS HANEY, Ph.D., M.D., Professor of Physiology, Clinical Instructor
in Medicine. Medical School; Head of Department of Physiology.
B.A. (1926), M.A. (1928), Ph.D. (1934), Wisconsin; M.D. (1934), Chicago. At Ore-
gon since 1936.
JOHN W. HARKINS, Captain, Infantry; Assistant Professor of Military Science
and Tactics.
At Oregon since 1943.
*LAWRENCE EDWARD HARTWIG, B.A., J.D., Assistant Professor of Law.
B.A. (1931), J.D. (1934), Michigan. At Oregon since 1938.
WALLACE STANFORD HAYDEN, B.Arch., Assistant Professor of Architecture.
B.Arch. (1928), Oregon. At Oregon since 1930.
WILLIAM LOUIS HAYWARD, Professor Emeritus of Physical Education; Coach of
Track Athletics.
At Oregon since 1903.
JULIA RUBIN HElcHa, Instructor in Spanish.
At Oregon since 1943.
*RAYMOND C. HENDRICKSON, B.S., Instructor in Education; Supervisor of Physi.
cal Education for Boys, University High School.
B.S. (1935), Oregon. At Oregon since 1935.
CAROLINE HINES, M.A., Instructor in Psychology.
A.B. (1936), Western Kentucky State Teachers; M.A. (1938), Columbia. At Oregon
since 1943.
• On leave for military or civilian war service.
HOWARD ANDREW HOBSON, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Education;
Head Coach of Basketball and Baseball.
B.S. (1926), Oregon; M.A. (1929), Columbia. At Oregon since 1935.
*JOSEPH HOLADAY, B.S., Instructor in Education; Supervisor of Social Sciences,
University High School.
B.S. (1929), Oregon. At Oregon since 1932.
CAROLINE OTHELIA HOOPMANN, B.S., Registrar of the Medical School.
B.S. (1928), Nebraska. At Oregon since 1943.
GEORGE HOPKINS, B.A., Professor of Piano.
Teachers Certificate (1918), Peabody Conservatory; B.A. (1921), Oregon. At OrellOD
since 1919.
ROBERT DEWEY HORN, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English.
B.A. (1922), M.A. (1924), Ph.D. (1930), Michigan. At Oregon since 1925.
*CHARLES GERARD HOWARD, A.B., J.D., Professor of Law.
A.B. (1920), J.D. (1922), I1Iinois. At Oregon since 1928.
HOWARD STANLEY HOYMAN, M.A., Associate Professor of Physical Education.
D.S. (1931), Ohio State; M.A. (1932), Columbia. At Oregon since 1932.
*ROBI!:RT BRUCE HUBER, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic Arts.
A.B. (1930), Manchester College; M.A. (1934), Michigan; Ph.D. (1942), Wisconsin.
At Oregon since 1942.
*HARLOW E. HUDSON, Instructor in Architecture.
At OrellOD since 1938.
RALPH RUSKIN HUESTIS, Ph.D., Professor of Zoology; Curator of Vertebrate
Collections.
B.S.A. (1914), McGill; M.S. (1920), Ph.D. (1924), California. At Oregon since 1924.
CARL LEO HUFFAKER, Ph.D., Professor of Education.
B.S. (1915), Chicago; M.A. (1922), Ph.D. (1923), Iowa. At Oregon since 1927.
*CHARL£S M. HULTEN, M.A., Associate Professor of Journalism.
B.A. (1929), M.A. (1931), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1934.
MARY SHAFER HUSER, B.A., Instructor in Home Economics.
B.A. (1936), Washington. At Oregon since 1939.
JOHN HUNTINGTON HUTTON, M.D., Assistant Clinical Professor of Anaesthesi-
ology, Medical School; Head of Division.
B.A. (1924), M.D. (1927), Michigan. At Oregon since 1938.
ANDREI L. ISOTOFF, M.S., Instructor in Geology.
B.S. (1941), M.S. (1942), Oregon. At Oregon since 1942.
SAMua HAIG JAMESON, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology.
S.T.B. (1919), Yale; A.B. (1920), Amherst; M.A. (1921), Columbia; Ph.D. (1929)
Southern California. At Oregon since 1930.
BIlRTaAM EMIL JESSUP, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English and Aesthetics.
B.A. (1927), M.A. (1935), Oregon; Ph.D. (1938), California. At Oregon since 1936.
GEORGE STANI,£Y JETTE, B.L.A., Instructor in Landscape Architecture.
B.L.A. (1940). Oregon. At Oregon since 1941.
J AMES RALPH J EWELL, Ph.D., LL.D., Dean of the School of Education; Professor
of Education.
A.B. (19!l3), Cae; M.A. (1904), Ph.D. (1906), Clark; LL.D. (1927), Arkansas. At
Oregon Since 1932.
CARL LEONARD JOHNSON, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Romance Languages.
__B_._A_. (1924), M.A. (1925), Iowa; Ph.D. (1933), Harvard. At Oregon since 1935•
• On leave for military or civilian war service.
26 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON UNIVERSITY F ACULTY 27
LouIS Howit JOHNSON, Comptroller Emeritus.
At Orellon since 1901.
WILLIAM C. JONES, Ph.D., Professor of Political Science and Public Administra-
tion; Head of Department of Political Science.
A.B. (1926), Whittier; M.B.A. (1929). Southern California; Ph.D. (1940), Minne-
sota. At Oregon since 1941
THOMAS MARTIN JOYCE, M.D., Kenneth A. ]. Mackenzie Professor of Surgery
Medical School; Head of Department.
M.D. (1910), Michigan. At Oregon since 1922.
ELLA PETERSEN JUNKER, M.S., Instructor in Home Economics.
B.S. (1922), Oregon State; M.S. (1931), Iowa State. At Oregon since 1943.
TORKEL KAARHUS, Instructor in Norwegian.
At Oregon since 1943.
BESSIE VIOLA KAMARAD, B.S., Instructor in Mathematics.
B.S. (1942), Oregon. At Oregon since 1943.
TOIVO H. KANGAS, Staff Sergeant, D.E.M.L.; Instructor in Military Science and
Tactics.
At Oregon since 1941.'
HERMAN KEHRLI, M.A., Director, Bureau of Municipal Research and Service;
Associate Professor of Political Science.
B.A. (1923), Reed; M.A. (1933), Minnesota. At Oregon since 1933.
CARDINAL LYLIl KELLY, M.A., C.P.A., Professor of Business Administration.
Ph.B. (1911), Chicago; M.A. (1923), Ohio State; C.P.A. (1922), State of Nebraska.
At Oregon since 1922.
JEAN KENDALL, B.A., Instructor in Art Education.
B.A. (1940), Oregon. At Oregon since 1943.
*VERNON E. KERLEY, M.S., Instructor in Education; Instructor in Mathematics,
University High School.
B.S. (1929), M.S. (1931), Oregon State. At Oregon since 1933.
MAUDE IRvINE KERNS, B.A., B.S., Associate Professor of Art Education.
B.A. (1899), Oregon; B.S. with Diploma in Fine Arts (1906), Columbia. At OregOl>
since 1921.
FREDERICK ANDREWS KIEHLI(, M.D., Clinical Professor of Ophthalmology, Med-
ical School; Head of Division.
B.A. (1894), M.D. (1901), Minnesota. At Oregon since 1912.
PAT A. KILLGALLON, D.Ed., Professor of Education.
A.B. (1926), M.Ed. (1932), D.Ed. (1942), Pennsylvania State. At Oregon since 1942.
DONALD]. KIMELDORF, B.A., Instructor in Biology.
B.A. (1942), Reed. At Oregon since 1943.
LyU BOYLE KINGERY, M.D.. Clinical Professor of Dermatology and Syphilology.
Medical School; Head of Division.
B.S. (1912), M.D. (1916), Michigan. At Oregon since 1923.
*EDWARD DOMINICUS KITTOE, M.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1931), M.A. (1936), OregOD. At OregOD since 1936.
ERNESTO RAY KNOLLIN, M.A., Professor of Physical Education.
B.A. (1914), M.A. (1929), Stanford. At Oregon since 1929.
DANIEL HENRY KOCH, B.A., B.Ed., Instructor in Physics.
B.A. (1941), Albany; B.Ed. (1943), Oregon. At Oregon since 1943.
---
• On leave for military or civilian war service.
MARTHA KOONS, M.A., Instructor in Education; Supervisor of English, University
High School.
A.B. (1934), Emporia; M.A. (1939), Colorado. At Oregon since 1943.
CARL FRIlDERICK KOSSACK, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
A.B. (19.35), A.M. (1936), California at Los Angeles; Ph.D. (1939), Michigan. At
Oregon SlUce 1939.
FRANK HOWARD KRASNOWSKY, A.B., Instructor in Physics.
A.B. (1943), California. At Oregon since 1943.
THEODO~ KRATT, Mus.M., Mus.D., Dean of the School of Music; Professor of
MUSIC.
Mus.B. (!92.0 , ¥us.M. (1927), Mus.~. (1932), Chicall'o Musical College; Mus.D.(1938), ClUc,nnatl Conservatory of Mus,c. At Oregon since 1939.
EDMUND PHILIPP KREMER, ].U.D., Professor of Germanic Languages and Litera~
lures.
Dr. juris utriusque (1924), Frankfurt on Main. At Oregon since 1938.
*MARVIN AARON KRENK, M.A., Instructor in Speech and Dramatic Arts.
B.A..(937), Nebraska State Teachers College; M.A. (1938), Northwestern. At Ore-
gon SlUce 1939.
CLARICE KRIEG, A.M., Cataloging Librarian.
B.A. (1932), Iowa; B.S. in L.S. (1933), A.M. (1935), Illinois. At Oregon since 1941.
VLADIMIR DMITRI KRIJANOYSKY, Professor of Russian History and Culture.
At Oregon since 1943.
ADOLf HENRY KUNZ, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry; Head of Department.
A.B. (1923), William Jewell; M.S. (1926), Ph.D. (1928), Iowa. At Oregon 1930·32
and since 1936.
EDNA LANDROS, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Latin and Greek; Head of Depart-
ment of Classics.
~~~~ Ni81.3), Kansas; A.M. (1921), Arizona; Ph.D. (1935), Oregon. At Oregon
OLAf LARSI(LL, Ph.D., Sc.D., Dean of Graduate Division; Professor of Anatomy,
Medical School.
B.S. (19.10), Sc.D. (1937), Linfield; M.A. (1914), Ph.D. (1918), Northwestern. At
Oregon sInce 1921.
ANNA LAVASKA, Assistant Professor of Russian.
At Oregon since 1943.
ELLIS FULLER LAWRENCE, M.S., F.A.I.A., Dean of the School of Architecture and
Allied Arts; Professor of Architecture.
B.A. (1901), M.S. (1902), Massachusetts Institute of Technology. At Oregon since 1914.
ROBERT WARD LI(EPER, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology.
B.A. (1925), Allegheny; M.A. (1928), Ph.D. (1930), Clark. At Oregon since 1937.
RALPH WALDO LEIGHTON, Ph.D., D.Sc., Dean of the School of Physical Edu-
cation; Professor of Education.
~;,~ l~jf.5), D.Sc. (1941), College of Idaho; Ph.D. (1931), Oregon. At Oregon
EDWARD CHRISTIAN ALAN LESCH, Ph.D., Professor of English.
B.A. (1925), M.A. (1926), IlIinoi.; Ph.D. (1928), Princeton. At Oregon since ,1928.
GEORGI( LIENKAEMPER, B.A., Instructor in Physics.
B.A. (1929), Oregon. At Oregon since 1943.
JOHN ORVILLE LINDSTROM, B.S., Business Manager.
D.S. (1932), Oregon. At Oregon since 1929.
* On leave for military or civilian war service.
28 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON UNIVERSITY FACULTY 29
ROBERT NARVAEZ LITTLE, JR., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics.
B.A. (1935), M.A. (1942), Ph.D. (1943), Rice. At Oregon since 1943.
ALFRED LEWIS LOMAX, M.A., Professor of Business Administration.
B.B.A. (1923), Oregon; M.A. (1927), Pennsylvania. At Oregon since 1919.
LEO SHERMAN LUCAS, M.D., Clinical Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery, Medical
School; Head of Division.
B.A. (1919), Pacific; M.D. (1923), Oregon. At Oregon since 1924.
JEANNETTE F. LUND, B.A., Instructor in Mathematics.
B.A. (1931), Linfield. At Oregon since 1943.
GEORGE FREDERIC LUSSKY, Ph.D., Professor of Germanic Languages and Litera-
tures; Head of Department.
A.B. (1907), Chicago; A.M. (1912), Ph.D. (1915), Wisconsin. At Oregon 1910-11 and
since 1939.
ROBERT M. LYON, B.S., Colonel, Infantry (Retired) ; Associate Professor of His-
tory.
B.S. (1903), U.S. Military Academy; Graduate (1926), Infantry School. At Oregon
1938·42 and since 1943.
ADA PIERINA MACCALLUM, M.A., Assistant Professor of Italian.
B.A. (1929), M.A. (1930), Boston University. At Oregon since 1943.
ALICE BAKER MACDUFF, B.A., Assistant Dean of Women.
B.A. (1906), Michigan. At Oregon since 1930.
*FREEMAN GLENN MACOMBER, Ed.D., Professor of Education.
A.B. (1926), Washington; M,A. (1930), Ed.D. (1936), Stanford. At Oregon since 1937.
INGO MADDAUS, JR., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
B.A. (1931), M.A. (1932), Columbia; Ph.D. (1940), Michigan. At Oregon since 1942.
VICTOR F. MANSON, Second Lieutenant; Assistant Professor of Military Science
and Tactics.
At Oregon since 1943.
*WAYN£ W. MASSEY, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
B.S. (1933), M.A. (1935), Ph.D. (1938), Iowa. At Oregon since 1940.
JOHN CLEMENT MCCLOSKEY, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English.
B.A. (1926), Loras; M.A. (1928), Iowa; Ph.D. (1939), Stanford. At Oregon 1933·36
and since 1938.
DAVID JOHN MCCOSH, Assistant Professor of Drawing and Painting.
Graduate (1927), Art Institute of Chicago. At Oregon since 1934.
DONALD K. McEACHERN, Staff Sergeant, D.E.M.L.; Instructor in Military Sci-
ence and Tactics.
At Oregon since 1943.
JOHN MERRITT MCGEE, Ph.D., Acting Associate Professor of Chemistry.
B.A. (1909), M.A. (1911), Washinlton; M.A. (1914), Columbia; Ph.D. (1920), Cali-
fornia. At Oregon since 1942.
*LoYE ALBERT MCGEE, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
B.S. (1929), Oregon; M.A. (1932), Columbia. At O~egon since 1942.
RosS ELIZABETH MCGREW, Professor of Voice.
At Oregon since 1920.
*MAX RUSSELL McKINNSY, M.A., Instructor in Education; Supervisor of Social
Living, University High School.
B.A. (1934), M.A. (1939), Oregon; DiplOme (1938), Sorbonne. At Oregon since 1941.
• On leave for military or civilian war service.
*pAUL BANWSLL MSANS, Ph.D., Professor of Religion.
A.B. (1915), Yale; B.Litt. (1923), Oxford; Ph.D. (1934), Columbia. At Oregon since
1941.
FRANK RAYMOND MSNNS, M.D., Professor of Pathology, Medical School; Head
of Department.
B.S. (1913), Wisconsin; M.D. (1915). Rush Medical College. At Oregon since 1916.
JOHN CAMPBSLL MSRRIAM, Ph.D., Sc.D., LL.D., Consultant and Lecturer on the
Human Values of Science and Nature.
B.S. (1887), Lenox; Ph.D. (1893), Munich; Sc.D. (1921), Columbia; Sc.D. (1922).
Princeton; Sc.D. (1922), Yale; LL.D. (1922), Wesleyan; LL.D. (1924), California;
LL.D. (1926), New York University; LL.D. (1933), Michigan; LL.D. (1935), Har-
vard' Sc.D. (1936), Pennsylvania; Sc.D. (1937), University of State of New York;
LL.D. (1937), George Washington; Sc.D. (1939), Oregon State; LL.D. (1939), Oregon.
At Oregon since 1943.
WILLIS BUNGAY MSRRIAM, M.S., Assistant Professor of Geology and Geography.
B.S. (1931), M.S. (1933), Washington. At Oregon since 1942.
FRED NATHAN MILLER, M.D., F.A.C.P., Director of Health Service; Professor of
Physical Education.
B.A. (1914), M.A. (1916), Lafayette; M.D. (1924), Chicago. At Oregon since 1925.
MARIAN HAYSS MILLSR, M.D., Assistant University Physician; Associate Profes-
sor of Physical Education.
B.A. (1925), M.D. (1930), Oregon. At Oregon since 1931.
RANDALL V AUSS MILLS, M.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1929), California at Los Angeles; M.A. (1932), California. At Oregon since 1938.
STANLEY MINSHALL, B.S., Instructor in Physics.
B.S. (1941), Oregon. At Oregon since 1943.
ERNSST GSORGS MOLL, A.M., Professor of English.
A.B. (1922), Lawrence; A.M. (1923), Harvard. At Oregon since 1928.
ARTHUR RUSSSLL MOORE, Ph.D., Research Professor of General Physiology.
B.A. (1904), Nebraska; Ph.D. (1911), California. At Oregon 1926-32 and since 1934.
DORoTHA EVSLYN MOORE, B.S., Instructor in Physical Education.
B.S. (1936), Colorado. At Oregon since 1941.
ELON HOWARD MOORS, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology; Head of Department.
A.B. (1919), Albion; Ph.D. (1927), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1935.
MARY MITCHSLL MOORE, Ph.D., Instructor in Chemistry.
A.B. (1915), Bryn Mawr; Ph.D. (1918), Rutgers. At Oregon since 1943.
RALPH URBAN MOORS, M.A., Assistant Professor of Education; Principal, Uni-
versity High School.
B.A. (1923), M.A. (1929), Oregon. At Oregon since 1925.
THOMAS EDWIN MOORE, M.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1922), Kansas; M.A. (1928), Harvard. At Oregon since 1943.
VICTOR PIERPONT MORRIS. Ph.D., Dean of the School of Business Administration;
Professor of Economics.
B.A. (1915), M.A. (1920), Oregon; Ph.D. (1930), Columbia. At Oregon 1919-20 and
since 1926.
tWAYNS LYMAN MORSS, LL.B., J.D., Dean of the School of Law; Professor of
Law.
Ph.B. (1923), M.A. (1924), Wisconsin; LL.B. (1928), Minnesota; J.D. (1932), Colum-
bia. At Oregon 1929·44.
----
• On leave fo'" military or civilian war service.
t Resigned January 27, 1944.
30 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON UNIVERSITY F ACULTY 31
ANDRl\W Fr.EN:ING MOURSUND, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics; Head
of Department.
B.A. (1923), M.A. (1927), Texas; Ph.D. (1932), Brown. At Oregon since 1931.
·LEON CHARLES MULLING, M.A., Instructor in Education' Supervisor of English
University High School. ' ,
B.A. (1936), M.A. (1940), Colorado State College of Education. At Oregon since 1941.
THOMAS FRANCIS MUNDLE, M.A., Instructor in English.
M.A. (1923), St. Andrews. At Oregon since 1940.
ESIQUIO N ARRO, Instructor in Spanish.
At Oregon since 1943.
JOHN HENRY NASH, Litt.D., LL.D., Lecturer Emeritus in Typography.
~.A. (1923), Mills: Litt.D. (1925), Oregon; LL.D. (1931), San Francisco. At Oregon
SlUce 1926.
DWIGHT H. NEAR, JR., B.S., First Lieutenant, Infantry' Assistant Professor of
Military Science and Tactics. '
B.S. (1940), Oregon: Graduate (1942), Infantry School. At Oregon since 1942.
AUGUSTA CHARI,OTTE NELSON, Ph.D., Instructor in Romance Languages.
A.B. (1929), M.A. (1930), Ph.D. (1940), Minnesota. At Oregon since 1943.
GEORGE BAKER NELSON, M.S., Instructor in Education' Principal Roosevelt
Junior High School. "
B.S. (19~5), State Teachers College (Valley City N.D.)' M.S. (1940) Oregon AtOregon sInce 1943. '" •
REGINA CAMARGO NEVES, Instructor in Portuguese.
At Oregon since 1943.
HAZEL NEWHOUSE, B.A., Instructor in Geography.
B.A. (1927), Willamette. At Oregon since 1943.
ETHEL BARON NICHOLS, B.A., Instructor in Romanl:e Languages.
B.A. (1942), Minnesota. At Oregon since 1943.
SIGURD NILS SEN, Professor of Voice.
Graduate (1919), Whitman Conservatory of Music. At Oregon since 1940.
·HAROI,D JOYCE NOBLE, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History.
A.B. (19.24), Ohio Wesleyan; M.A. (1925), Ohio State· Ph.D. (1931) California. AtOregon smce 1931. "
Wru. VICTOR NORRIS, Sc.D., Professor of Physics; Acting Head of Department.
A.B. (1918)1 William 'ewell; M.S. (192~), Texas Christian; E.M. (1921), Sc.D. (1922)
Colorado SChool of Mmes. At Oregon smce 1930. '
KllNNETH JOHN O'CONNELL, LL.B., S.J.D., Associate Professor of Law.
LL.B. (1933), S.].D. (1934), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1934.
~ERAI,D A. OLIVER, B.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Education; Head Foot-
ball Coach.
B.A. (1930), Southern California. At Oregon since 1938.
HELEN OLNEY, A.M., Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
B.S. (1916), Denison: A.M. (1928), Columbia. At Oregon since 1943.
LEONARD OLSCHKI, Ph.D., Professor of European History and Society.
Ph.D. (1908), Heidelberg. At Oregon since 1943.
KARl, WII,I,IAM ONTHANK, M.A., Dean of Personnel Administration.
___B_.A_. (1913), M.A. (1915), Oregon. At Oregon since 1916•
.. On leave for military or civilian war service.
EDWIN EUGltNE OSGOOD, M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine, Medical School;
Head of Division of Experimental Medicine.
B.A. (1923), M.A. (1924), M.D. (1924), Oregon. At Oregon since 1921.
EARl, MANLEY P AI,I,ETT, Ph.D., Executive Secretary and Registrar.
B.S. (1921), M.S. (1922), Wisconsin: Ph.D. (1931), Oregon. At Oregon since 1927.
DORWIN LltWIS PALMER, M.D., Assistant Clinical Professor of Radiology, Med-
ical School; Head of Division.
M.D. (1915), Oregon. At Oregon since 1922.
WARREN W. PA'M'ERSON, B.A., Captain, Intelligence; Assistant Professor of Mil-
itary Science and Tactics.
B.A. (1932), Iowa. At Oregon since 1943.
ARTHUR Lelt PECK, B.S., B.A., Professor of Landscape Architecture.
B.S. (1904), Massachusetts State; B.A. (1904), Boston. At Oregon since 1932.
DERROL ELWOOD PENNINGTON, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
B.A. (1938), Reed; Ph.D. (1942), Texas. At Oregon since 1943.
MARY HALLOWELL PERKINS, M.A., Professor of English.
B.A. (1898), Bates; M.A. (1908), Radcliffe. At Oregon since 1908.
KARl, F. PETERMANN, B.S., Instructor in Mechanical Drawing.
B.S. (1921), Massachusetts Institute of Technology. At Oregon since 1943.
PETER CHRISTIAN PETERSEN, Captain, Signal Corps; Assistant Professor of Mil-
itary Science and Tactics.
At Oregon since 1943.
ERIC 1. PltTERSON, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics.
B.S. (1928), M.S. (1931), Oregon; Ph.D. (1936), Purdue. At Oregon since 1942.
*THURMAN STEWART PEnRSON, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
B.S. (1927), California Institute of Technology: M.S. (1928), Ph.D. (1930). Ohio State.
At Oregon since 1938.
HELltN M. PETROSKEY, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
REd. (1923), California at Los Angeles; M.A. (1931), Ohio State. At Oreaon
since 1942.
ALBERT ROBERTS POOLE, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Physics.
B.A. (1929), M.A. (1931), British Columbia: Ph.D. (1935), Minnesota. At Oregon
since 1943.
WARREN C. PRICE, M.A., Associate Professor of Journalism.
B.A. (1929), M.A. (1938), Wisconsin. At Orqon since 1942.
MAX G. PUNCHES, B.A., Second Lieutenant, Air Corps; Assistant Professor of
Military Science and Tactics.
B.A. (1941), Colorado. At Oregon since 1943.
CHARLES ALBERT RANOUS, M.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1936), M.A. (1938), Michigan. At Oregon since 1943.
STANLEY EUGENE RAUCH, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Physics.
B.A. (1937), Reed: M.S. (1939), Washington; Ph.D. (1941), Stanford. At Oregon
since 1943.
LtoNARD LEON RAY, B.A., LL.B., Special Lecturer in Law.
B.A. (1912), Oregon; LL.B. (1914), Indiana. At Oregon since 1943.
GEORGE REBllC, Ph.D., Counsellor of the Graduate Division; Prince Lucien Camp-
bell Professor Emeritus of Philosophy.
A.B. (1891), Ph.D. (1896), Michigan. At Oregon since 1912.
• On leave for military or civilian war service.
32 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
LAURlNCE Sl!;LLI~G, M.D., Clinical Professor of Medicine, Professor of Neu-
rolOgy, Medical School; Head of Department of Medicine' Head of Division
of Neurology. . ..'
B.A. (1904), Yale; M.D. (1908), Johns Hopkins. At OregonliiDee 1912.
tOTTILIE TURNBULL SEYBOLT, M.A., Associate Professor of Speech and Dramatic
Arts. .
A.B. (1910), Mount Holyoke: M.A. (1915), Wisconsin. At Or~ since 1928.
HUGH M. SHAFf:R, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Education.
I!.S. in Ed. (1932). M.A. (1935), West Virginia; Ph.D. (1943), Minnesota. At Oregon
Blnce 1941.
HENRY DAVIDSON SHl!;LDON, Ph.D., Research Professor Emeritus of History and
Education. .
4-.B; (1896), A;M. (1897), Stanford; Ph.D. (1900), Clark. At Oregon 1900-11 uid
Since 1914.
:j:DOROTHY MARIE SHl!;RMAN, M.A., Instructor in Education; Sllpervisor of Social
Studies, University High School.
B.A. (1932), M.A. (1934), Oregon. At Oregon since 1939. .
FRlDERICK LAFAYETTS SHINN, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Chemistry.
A.B. (1901), A.M. (1902), Indiana: Ph.D. (1906), WilCODsin. At Oregon since 1907.
FUNK SHORT, B.S., Instructor in Journalism and Business Administration.
B.S. (1f25), OrelfQn. At Oregon since 1937. .
LAWRlNql K!lNNUH SHUMAKSR, M.A., Assistant Professor of Education' Di-
rector of Lower-Division Advisory Group. '
B.A. (1922), Iowa; M.A. (1932), Oregon. At Oreson since 1925.
Plfr1\R OLAF SIGERSETH, D.Ed., Assistant Professor of Physical EdllcatiOl1.
B.A. (1928), M.A. (1936), D.Ed. (1944), Oregon. At Oregon since 1943.
FRANK PERRY SIP!t, M.S., Associate Professor of Botany.
B.S. ~Agr.) (1916), B.S. (Educ.) (1918), Missouri; M.S. (1923), Iowa State. At Ore-
son emce 1932.
]EROM!!; C. SISSON, Ed.M., Second Lieutenant, Adjutant General's Dept.; Assist-
ant Professor of Military Science and Tactics.
B.s. (19112), Clarkson; Ed.M. (1940), Booton University; At Oregon since 1943.
]aSSIE MAY SMITH, B.S.S., Instructor in Business AdministratiOl1.
B.S.S. (1934), Oreson State. At Oregon siuc:e 1941.
MAHLON ELLWOOD SMITH, Ph.D., Dean of Lower Division.
A.B. (1906), S~acuse; M.A. (1909), Pb.D. (1912), Harvard. Dean of Lower Division
State System, since 1932. '
:j:SAVERINA GRAZIANO SMITH, M.F.A., Instructor in Art Education.
B.A. (1931), M.P.A. (1939), Oregon. At Oreson aince 1939.
WARREN DUPRl SMITH, Ph.D., Professor of Geology and Geography; Head of
Department; Curator, Condon Museum of Geology.
B.S. (1902), ~is<:onsin; M.A. (1904), Stanford; Ph.D. (1908), Wisconsin. At Oreson
1914-20 and SIDce 1922.
ARNOLD LAllSON SODERWALL, Ph.D., Instructor in Zoology.
l!.A. (1936), Linfield: M.A. (1937), ItIinois: Ph.D. (1941), Brown. At Oreaoa
s,nce 1941.
HELtN LLOYD SOEHRlN, M.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1:135), M.A. (1938), Oregon. At Orell'OD since 1942.
FJumINAND SORlNSON, Instructor in Brass Instruments.
At Oregon since 1940.
----
t On aabbaticalleave 1943·44.
: On leave of absence 1943-44.
MAllJORI!!; RltYNOLDS, Supervisor of Reserves, Library; Librarian, Museum of Art.
At Oregon 1928·31 and since 1933.
WILBUR POWELSON RIDDUSBARGER, A.M., J.D., Associate Professor of Business
Administration.
A.B. (1923), A.M. (1926), Nebraska; J.D. (1935), Oregon. At Oregon since 1932.
MAllI!!; RIDINGS, M.A., Instructor in Mathematics.
B.A. (1921), Oregon; M.A. (1929), Columbia. At Oregon since 1943.
*ARTHUR RIEHL, M.A., Instructor in Architectural Design.
B.A. (1932), B.Arch. (1934), Oregon; M.A. (1935), Massachusetts Institute of Tech·
nology. At Oregon sinee 1940.
B!!;RNICS MARGUllRITS RIS!!;, A.B., B.S. in L.S., Assistant Professor of Library
Training; Circulation Librarian.
B.A. (1923), Oregon; B.S. in L.S. (1928), Columbia. At Qregon since 1919.
HORACE WILLIAM ROBINSON, M.A., Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic
Arts; Acting Educational Activities Manager.
B.A. (1931), Oklahoma City; M.A. (1932), Iowa. At Oregon since 1933.
ANTONISTTA RODIGHISRO, Assistant Professor of Italian.
Diploma (1906). Royal Normal School, Padua, Italy; Diploma (1909), Roy;"l Univer·
sity, Padua, Italy. At Oregon since 1943.
JOHN BAPTISTE RODIGHISRO, Assistant Professor of Italian.
At Oregon since 1943.
D!!;RRILL C. RONNOW, Captain, Infantry; Assistant Professor of Military Science
and Tactics.
At Oregon since 1943.
JOHN JOSSPH ROWLAND, B.A., Instructor in Mathematics.
B.A. (1942), Linfield. At Oregon since 1943.
tHARRY S. SCHSNK, B.A., Assistant Professor of Journalism.
B.A. (1933), Oregon. At Oregon since 1939.
FRttDRICH GEORG GOTTLOB SCH!olIDT, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Germanic lan-
guages and Literatures.
Ph.D. (1896), Johns Hopkins. At Oregon since 1897.
WALDO SCHUMACHER, Ph.D., Professor of Political Science.
A.B. (1917), Bluffton; A.M. (1918), Obio State; Ph.D. (1923), Wis<:onsin. At Ore-
gon since 1928.
HAZSL PRUTSMAN SCHWSRING, M.A., Dean of Women.
Pb.B. (1926), Cbicago; M.A. (1935), Oregon. At Oregon since 1927.
WHITNEY GILLSTTS SCOBSRT, B.A., Instructor in Mathematics.
B.A. (1940, California at Los Angeles. At Oregon since 1943.
GRACE M. SCULLY, B.S., Instructor in Education; Supervisor of Girls' Physical
Education and Health, University High School.
B.S. (1942), Oregon. At Oregon since 1943.
HARRY JOHNSON SSARS, Ph.D., Professor of Bacteriology, Medical School; Head
of Department.
A.B. (1911), A.M. (1912), Ph.D. (1916), Stanford. At Oregon sil.ee 1918.
*CHARLSS HAROLD SSCOY, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
B.S. (1929), College of Idaho; M.S. (1930), Ph.D. (1940), Washington. At Oregon
since 1940.
• On leave for military or civilian war service.
t On leave of absence 1943·44.
UNIVERSITY FACULTY 33
34 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
UNIVERSITY FACULTY 35
·CAU.'1'ON ERNEST SPltNCJtIl, A.B., J.D., Professor of Law.
A.B. (1913), LL.B. (1915),I.D. (1925), Oregon. At OrelOD 1915·17 &lid since 1919.
*LLOYD W. STAPI,ltS, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Geology.
A.B. (1929), Columbia; M.S. (1930), Michipn; Ph.D. (1935), Stanford. At Oregon
since 1939.
*MltRI.I ARTHUR STARR, Ph.D., Instructor in Physics.
B.A. (1933), Reed; MoA. (1937), Ph.D. (1937), California. At ORIOD aince 1939.
JOHN Sn:HN, M.S., Assistant Professor of Wind Instruments; Director of Uni-
versity Band.
A.B. (1925), Grinnell; M.S. (1927), Iowa. At ORIOD since 1929;
FRtD LEA STETSON, M.A., Professor of Education.
A.B. (1911), M.A. (1913), Washington. At Oregon since 1913•.
ARTHUR B~NJAMIN STILLMAN, M.B.A., Professor of Business Administration.
B.A. (1928), Oregon; M.B.A. (1937), Washington. At ORIOD since 1922-
JAMES C. S'1'OVAT.L, M.A., Assistant Professor of Geography.
B.S. (1927), MoA. (1929), Oregon. At Oregon since 1934.
*JOHN GUY STROIIM, M.D., Clinical Professor of Urology, Medical School; Head
of Division.
M.D. (1910), Rush Medical School. At ORIOD since 1918.
Cr,.uu;:NC!t WESLEY STRONG, B.S., Instructor in Physics and Chemistry.
B.S. (1934), Oregon. At Oregon since 1943.
CIlLESTINE JAMES SULLIVAN, JR., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Philosophy.
A.B. (1927), M.A. (1928), Ph.D. (1'31), California. At Oregon since 1938.
JOHN BENJAMIN SULLIVAN, M.A., First Lieutenant, Infantry; Assistant Pro-
fessor of Military Science and Tactics.
B.A. (1928), Daniel Baker; M.A. (1936), Texas Technological. At Oregon since 1943.
NANCY MARI SUNDT, B.A., Instructor in Norwegian.
B.A. (1942), Vassar. At Oregon since 1943.
JEAN SUTH!tRLAND, B.A., Instructor in Sculpture.
B.A. (1937), Oregon. At Oregon since 1943.
THOMAS BENNU'T SWAN'1'ON, LL.B., First Lieutenant, Infantry; Assistant Pro-
fessor of Military Science and Tactics.
B.B.A. (1931), LL.B. (1934), Oregon. At Oregon since 1943.
HOWARD RICE TAYLOR, Ph.D., Associate Dean of Graduate Division; Professor of
Psychology; Head of Department.
A.B. (1914), Pad6c University; A.M. (1923), Ph.D. (1928), Stanford. At Orel(Oll
since 1925.
Loun MARGUTH TAYLOR, B.A., Instructor in Business Administration.
B.A. (1941), Oregon. At Oregon since 1941.
JANE THACHER, Professor of Piano.
At Oreaon since 1916.
W. F. GOODWIN THACHER, M.A., Professor of English and Advertising.
A.B. (1900), M.A. (1907), Princeton. At Oregon since 1914.
tANNA MCFEELY THOMPSON, M.A., Assistant Professor of Romance Languages.
A.B. (1900), MoA. (1901), Western Maryland. At Oregon since 1920.
RUTH MAY THOMPSON, B.B.A., Instructor in Business Administration.
B.B.A. (1937), Oregon. At Oregon since 1937.
--·-O-n-leave for military or civilian war service.
t On sabbatical leave 1943-44.
HAJlRIt1' WATItJUlURY THOMSON, A.B., Professor of Physical Educatioa.
A.B. (1904), Michigan. At OrelOD since 1911.
LILLIAN E. TINGut, Professor Emeritus of Home Economics.
At Oregon lince 1917.
HARVllY GAT~S TOWNS~ND, Ph.D., Professor of Philosophy; Head of Department.
A.B. (1908), Nebrub Wesleyan; Ph.D. (1913), Cornell. At Oregon aince 1926.
Fll1UJUIcx HoYT TROWBRIDGJt, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English.
BoA. (1931), MoA. ,(1933), Ph.D. (1935), WillCODsin. At Oreaon aince 1940.
·EDWARD Knn TRUE, S.B. in Arch. Eng., Instructor in Architectural Design and
Construction.
S.B. in Arch. Ene. (1939), Massacblllettll Institute of TechDalov. At OretlOD aince
1940.
GEORGE STANI.ICY TURNBULL, M.A., Professor of Journalism; Actfuc Director of
News Bureau.
A. B. (1915), MoA. U932), Washington. At Oregon &inee 1917.
UoNA E. TYUR, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology; Director of Bureau
of Personnel Research.
B.S. (1925), M.S. (1939), Ph.D. (1941), Minne.ota. At OretlOD since 1940.
AullOIlA POTn;R UNDERWOOD, B.M., Associate Professor of Piano.
B.M. (1921), Orecoa. At Or.... aince 1922-
lUx UNDERWOOD, Profeuor of Violin; Director of Orchestra.
At 0retlOD linee 1919.
PDtaU VAN RYSSELBERGH!t, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry.
Cand.-Inlf. (1924), En... (1927), Bru~s; M.A. (1921), Ph.D. (1929), Stanford. At
Oregon ..nce 1941.
J\NIBAT. VARGAS-BARON, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Romance Languages.
A.B. (1926), Asbury; MoA. (1929), Ph.D. (1943), Washington. At OretlOD aince 1940.
ANDUW MCDuFFIE VINC!tNT, Professor of Drawing and Painting.
Graduate (1927), Art Ildtltute of Chica.-o. At Oregon since 1928.
·JOHN J. WAHL, Instructor in Physical Education.
At OrelOD .ince 1942.
*FRANKLIN DICKltRSON WALKI';R, Ph.D., Professor of English.
B.A. (1924), Oxford; Ph.D. (1932), California. At Oregon since 1940.
GICRTRUDE BASS WARNER, M.A., Director, Museum of Art.
M.A. (1929), Oregon. At OretlOD eince 1921.
J OHN ALB~RT WARUN', B.B.A., Instructor in Physical Education; Head Foot-
ball Coach.
B.B.A. (1928), Oregon. At Oregon since 1935.
WILLIS C. WARUN, M.A., Acting Librarian.
B.A. (1930), M.A. (1934), Oregon; Certificate in Librarianship (1935), CalIfornia. At
Oregon 1930-34 and since 1935.
·PAUL RUDOLPH WASHK!t, A.M., Professor of Physical Education.
A.B. (1927), Western State Teachers (Michigan); A.M. (1929), Michipn. At 0-
gon since 1930. '
RAYMOND EDWARD WATKINS, M.D., Clinical Professor of Obstetrics and Gyue-
cology, Medical School; Head of Department.
M.D. (1909), IUinoia. At Oreaon since 1916.
MARIAN PltAJU. WATTS, B.A., B.S. in L.S., Reference Librarian.
B.A. (1921), Oregon; B.S. in L.S. (1934), Illinois. At Oregon since 1923.
--·-O-n-!eave for military or civilian war eervice.
36 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON UNIVERSITY FACULTY 37
CARL C. WtBB, B.S., Assistant Professor of Journalism.
B.S. (i932), Oregon. At Oregon since 1943.
ADOI,PH WtINZIRL, M.D., Professor of Public Health and Preventive Medicine,
Medical School.
B.S. (1922), M.D. (1925), Oregon; C.P.H. (1932), M.P.H. (1939), ]oIma Hoplrins. At
Oregon since 1938.
LOIS ROSAMOND WtN'rWORTH, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
B.A. (1931), M.A. (1938), Washington. At Oregon since 1944.
EDWARD STAUNTON WtST, Ph.D., Professor of Biochemistry, Medical School;
Head of Department.
A.B. (1917), Randolph-Macon; M.S. (1920), Kansas Stater Ph.D. (1923), Cbicqo. At
Oregon aince 1934.
ALFRlW FRANK WHITING, M.A., Acting Assistant Professor of Anthropology i
Acting Assistant Curator of Anthropology.
B.S. (1933), Vermont; M.A. (1934), Michigan. At Oregon since 1944.
JACK WILKINSON, Instructor in Drawing and Painting.
At Oregon since 1941.
WALTER Ross BAUMtS WILLCOX, Professor Emeritus of Architecture.
At Oregon since 1922.
AsTRm MORK WILLIAMS, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Germanic Languages aucI
Literatures.
B.A. (1921), M.A. (1932), Oregon; Ph.D. (1934), Marbnrg. At Oregon siDoe 1935.
STANLtY E. WILLIAMSON, M.A., Instructor in Education i Supervisor of Science,
University High Sch~l.
B.A. (1931), Nebraska Wesleyan; M.A. (1936), Columbia. At Oregon since 1936.
tVIlOLA PJlTERSON WILMrI't, M.A., Instructor in Education; Supervisor of Social
Science and Library, University High School. .
B.A. (1927), M.A. (1929), Oregon. At Oregon since 1930.
GllORGt MCllllIL WILSON, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
B.S. (1936), Northeast Mis80nri State Teachers; M.A. (1938), Northwestern. At.
Oregon aince 1942.
LtsLIJ> EDWIN WILSON, E.M., Assistant Professor of Physics.
A.B. (1922), Stanford; B.S. (1926), Washington: E.M. (1927), Colorado School of
Mines. At Oregon since 1943.
FRANK EDWIN WOOD, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics.
B.A. (1912), Baker; M.A. (1914), Kansas; Ph.D. (1920), Chicago. At Oregon since
1943.
·HUGH B.WooD, Ed.D., Professor of Education.
B.S. (1931), Toledo; M.A. (1935), Colorado; EcLD. (1937), Columbia. At Orecon
since 1939.
KIlNNtTH SCOTT WOOD, M.A., Instructor in Speech and Dramatic Arts.
B.S. (1935), Oregon State: M.A. (1938), Micbirran. At Oregon since 1942-
LoUIS AUBRJ>Y WOOD, Ph.D., Professor of Economics.
B.A. (1905), Toronto; B.D. (1908), Montreal Presbyterian; Ph.D. (1911), Heide1beq.
At Oregon smce 1924.
MABItt. ALTONA WOOD, M.S., Professor of Home Economics; Head of Department.
B.S. (1925), Oregon State; M.S. (1930), Columbia. At Oregon since 1932.
CLAUNCt CALVIN WOODBURY, Major, Infantry; Assistant Professor of Military
Science and Tactics.
At Oregon since 1942.
----
• On leave for military or civilian war service.
t On leave of absence 1943·44.
JANIIT GRANT WOODRUFF, M.A., Associate Professor of Physical Education.
B.S. (1926), M.A. (1929), Columbia. At Oregon since 1929.
*GORDON WRIGHT, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History.
A.B. (1933), Whitman; M.A. (1935), Ph.D. (1939), Stanford. At Oregon since 1939.
LtAV!TT OLDS WRIGHT, Ph.D., Professor of Romance Languages.
A.B. (1914), Harvard; B.D. (1917), Union Theological Seminary: M.A. (1925), Ph.D.
(1928), California. At Oregon since 1926. .
MARION HOWLAND WRIGHT, B.A., Instructor in Spanish.
B.A. (1915), Mt. Holyoke. At Oregon since 1943.
*HAROLD WYATT, B.A., Assistant Director, Bureau of Municipal Research and
Service.
B.A. (1938), Reed. At Oregon since 1940.
HARRY BARCLAY YOCOM, Ph.D., Professor of Zoology; Head of Department of
Biology; Curator, Invertebrate Collections; Associate Director, Institute of
Marine Biology.
A.B. (1912), Oberlin; M.A. (1916), Ph.D. (1918), California. At Oregon since 1920.
NOWLAND BRITTIN ZANt, Associate Professor of Space Arts.
At Oregon since 1921.
LoIS IONt ZIMMtRMAN, B.A., Instructor in Education; Supervisor of Commercial
Studies, University High School.
B.A. (1928), Oregon. At Oregon since 1942.
Associates, Fellows, Assistants
MARY G. ALDtRSON, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Physical Education.
GEORGt J. ALKIU, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry.
MARIAN ARNOLD, B.A., Associate in Education.
MARY BARNES, B.A., Research Assistant, Bureau of Municipal Research and
Service.
PAUL CALLAHAN, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Social Science.
HtuN JANt CLARKE, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Psychology and Personnel
Research.
SALLY A. CLARKE, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Psychology.
PAUL V. COLLINS, Graduate Assistant in History.
MARGUERITt DuRtTTt, A.B., Associate in Education.
ORVAL ETTtR, B.S., J.D., Research Assistant, Bureau of Municipal Research and
Service.
ROBtRT M. FRISTROM, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Physics.
ARMIN H. GROPP, B.A., Research Assistant in Chemistry.
ALFRJ>D E. HALTEMAN, A.B., Graduate Assistant in Mathematics.
LoLA RAt HAMILTON, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Mathematics.
JOHN M. HINt, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry.
GILBtRT]. HUNT, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry.
JtAN O. JOHNSON, B.A., Graduate Assistant in English.
CATHWNE M. JONJOS, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Physical Education.
ODtLIA C. JUNGtRS, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Music.
HtuN LtTTOW, B.A., Associate in Education.
• On leave for military or civilian war senice.
38 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
AIU,INE LEWIS, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Mathematics.
MILDRED P!WlSON MACKINNON, B.A., Graduate Assistant in English.
MARY C. !.!ACLItAN, B.S., Graduate Assistant in History.
VIVIAN U. MARTIN, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Geology and Geography.
MAllEI. McCLAIN, B.A., B.S., Research Associate in History.
tRACHEI. N. MItANS, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Physical Education.
LoUISE NIMMO, B.S., Associate in Education.
MAllCltRY PHILI.IPS, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry.
LANCAStta POLI.ARD, B.A., Research Associate in History.
MII.DRED RIECHERS, M.A., Condon Fellow in Palaeontology.
EMMA M. RIGBY, A.B., Graduate Assistant in Biology.
GltRrRUDE SItARS, M.S., Associate in Education.
HAI.SEY P. T AYLOR, B.A., Graduate Assistant in English.
EDITH THORNTON, B.S., Associate in Education.
tGORDON H. TORREY, B.S., Graduate Assistant in History.
WILI.IAM E. VAN VACTOR, B.A., Graduate Assistant in English.
FLORENCJt M. WALTA, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Social Science.
LYMAN WItBB, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Physics.
MILDRED WILLIAMS, M.A., Associate in Education.
HELEN WOLFSEHR, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Biology.
KARL H. ZIMMERMAN, M.S., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry.
t ResigDed December 27, 1943.
,!.'
Part: II
General Information
Organization and Facilities
History
THE University of Oregon was established by an act of the Oregon Legis-lature in 1872, but did not open its doors to students until four years later,in 1876. The founding of the University grew out of a Federal grant,
authorized in the Donation Act of September 27, 1850, of two townships of land
"to aid in the establishment of a university in the territory of Oregon." The terri-
tory then comprised the entire Oregon Country, and it was specified that one of
the two townships selected was to be located north of the Columbia. On July 17,
1854, the grant was modified by an act reserving two townships each for the newly
created Washington and Oregon territories. This grant was confirmed on
February 14, 1859, when the Act of Congress admitting Oregon into the Union
provided for a grant of seventy-two sections of land for the establishment and
support of a state university. The Legislature, by an act of June 3, 1859, committed
the people of Oregon to the application of the proceeds from this grant "to the
use and support of a state university."
The settlement of Oregon and the accumulation of funds from the sale ot
these University lands proceeded slowly. The population of Oregon in 1850
(including the entire Oregon Country) was only 13,294. In 1860 the population
of the state was 52,465, and in 1870, 90,993. There were already five denominational
colleges established in the state in 1860; the United States census of 1870 reports
twenty as the number of "classical, professional and technical" institutions
("not public") in Oregon. The creation of a state university was deferred.
However, after a fund of $31,635 had accumulated from the sale of University
lands, the Legislature on October 19, 1872 passed an act "to create, organize and
locate the University of the State of Oregon." Eugene was chosen as the site after
the Lane County delegation at the Legislature had offered to provide a building
and campus worth $50,000. The Union University Association of Eugene, the
organization promoting the institution, was given two years in which to construct
this building.
Construction or the building, Deady Hall, began in May 1873. Unfortunately,
however, the genesis of the University and the economic troubles of 1873 came
at about the same time. After an intense struggle to keep the enterprise alive
and a two-year extension of time for completion, the conditions specified in the
act creating the University were declared fulfilled, and the site and building were
accepted by the state on July 28, 1876. The University first opened its doors on
October 16,1876. The first class was graduated in June 1878.
Deady Hall was the nucleus around which other University buildings later
arose; Villard Hall, the second campus structure, was built in 1885.
The first University courses were limited almost entirely to classical and
literary subjects; the demand for a broader curriculum was, however, gradually
met by the addition of scientific and professional instruction. Around the original
liberal-arts college were organized the professional schools, beginning with the
School of Law, established as a night law school in Portland in 1884. (In 1915
the School of Law was moved to Eugene and reorganized as a regular division
of the University.) The Medical School was established in Portland in 1887.
[41 ]
42 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON LIBRARIES 43
The School of Music was established in 1902, the School of Education in 1910,
the School of Architecture and Allied Arts and the· School of Business Admin-
istration in 1914, the School of Journalism in 1916, and the School of Physical
Education in 1920.
In 1932, when the Oregon State System of Higher Education was formed,
departments of the old liberal-arts college were reorganized into a College of
Arts and Letters and a College of Social Science. Under the 1932 allocation of
functions, the University offered only lower-division and service work in the
biological and physical sciences. In October 1941, the Board of Higher Education
authorized the University to re-establish major undergraduate and graduate work
in science, beginning with the academic year 1942-43. At its January 1942 meeting,
the Board approved the merging of the College of Arts and Letters, the College of
Social Science, and the science departments into a College of Liberal Arts.
Graduate work has been organized as a separate division of the University
since 1900, extension since 1907. The first summer session was held in 1904.
Since the founding of the institution, the following men have served the
University as president: John Wesley Johnson, 1876-1893; Charles H. Chapman,
1893-1899; Frank Strong, 1899-1902; Prince Lucien Campbell, 1902-1925; Arnold
Bennett Hall, 1926-1932; Clarence Valentine Boyer, 1934-1938; Donald Milton
Erb, 1938-43.· Orlando John Hollis was named acting president in January 1944.
Income
THE state law creating the Board of Higher Education specified that thisbody was to "have and exercise control of the use, distribution and dis-bursement of all funds, appropriations and taxes, now or hereafter in pos-
session, levied and collected, received or appropriated for the use, benefit, sup-
port and maintenance of institutions of higher education." By virtue of this act,
and beginning July 1, 1931, the Board has administered all funds for all state-
supported higher educational activities, including the University of Oregon, on
the basis of a unified budget.
Funds for the support of higher education in Oregon are derived primarily
from the following sources: a millage appropriation equal to 2.04 mills on all
taxable property; certain continuing appropriations from the state for definite
purposes; specified sums from the national government assigned for definite
purposes by Congressional acts; income from student tuition and fees; and other
sources such as sales, service charges, gifts, etc.
Campus
THE University of Oregon is located at Eugene (population 20,838), 124I miles south of Portland, at the head of the Willamette Valley. Eugene is
a progressive city with excellent schools, numerous churches,· and strong
civic and social organizations. The city has an abundant supply of pure, whole-
some water, and modem sanitation. The climate is mild, with moderate winters
and cool summers. The average annual rainfall is 38~ inches, with the heaviest
rainfall in the winter months, November, December, and January.
The University campus occupies about 100 acres of land in the east part of
Eugene on the Pacific Highway. On the north campus are located the older build·
ings: Deady, Villard, McClure. Friendly, Fenton, and a few of the newer build-
ings, including Oregon, Commerce, Journalism, Art and Architecture, and Student
Health Service. On the south campus are newer buildings, including the Adminis-
tration Building or Johnson Hall, Condon Hall, Chapman Hall, the education
group, the Music Building, the women's quadrangle, the Museum of Art, and the
new University Library. East of this section of the campus is the John Straub
Memorial Building (a dormitory for men), the Physical Education Building,
McArthur Court (student athletic center), and the R.O.T.C. Barracks. The
University buildings are located on rising ground, and are attractively planted with
trees and shrubs. (For a map of the campus see page 12.)
There are two notable bronze statues on the campus, "The Pioneer," given
to the University in 1919 by Joseph N. Teal; and "The Pioneer Mother," given
to the University in 1932 by Vice-President Burt Brown Barker, in memory of
his mother. "The Pioneer" stands on the old campus, facing Johnson Hall. "The
Pioneer Mother" is in the women's quadrangle. Both are the work of Alexander
Phimister Proctor.
For a description of the campus of the University of Oregon Medical School
in Portland, see the Medical School Catalog.
Libraries
THE University of Oregon Library, a $500,000 building erected in 1937, stands atthe head of the new quadrangle on the west side of the campus. On the mainfloor are the circulation lobby, the reference room, the catalog room, the Ade-
laide Church Memorial Reading Room, reserve reading rooms, and offices. On the
second floor are the open-shelf reading room, the map room, and a room housing
the John Henry Nash Collection. Studies for faculty members engaged in research,
classrooms for library courses, and special-collection rooms are on the third floor.
A large newspaper room, newspaper stacks, and special facilitic;s for blind students
are located in the basement. The reading rooms seat 800 readers and are carefully
planned for reading comfort and efficiency. The modern fireproof stacks will shelve
400,000 books.
The University Library was founded in 1882 through a gift of $1,000 worth
of books selected and purchased by Henry Villard of New York City. Before 1882
the only library facilities available to students was a collection of about 1,000
volumes owned by the Laurean and Eutaxian student literary societies. This col-
lection was made a part of the University Library in 1900. In 1881 Mr. Villard·
gave the University $50,000 as a permanent endowment; a provision of the gift
was that at least $400 of the income should be used for the purchase of nontechni-
cal books for the Library. At the present time, all the income from this endowment
is used for the purchase of books.
The Library now contains 341,400 volumes. The facilities for the undergrad-
uate work of the institution are excellent; and special collections for advanced study
and research are being built in the various fields of liberal and professional schol-
arship. All the books (640,074 volumes on January 1, 1944) in the libraries of
the several institutions of the Oregon State System of Higher Education are avail-
able to the students and faculty of the University.
Some of the Library's resources of particular value for advanced study are:
a collection of source materials on English life and letters in the seventeenth
century; a collection of books, reports, and periodicals on English opinion and
politics in the nineteenth century, including considerable material on English
44 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON LIBRARIES 45
liberalism in its relation to public education; materials on the history of American
education in the nineteenth century: a collection of pamphlets on the English
corn laws; the Overmeyer Collection of published works on the CivU War;
the Oregon Collection of 6,100 books and pamphlets on Northwest history (the
Library has, in addition 9,256 volumes of files of Oregon newspapers) ; a collection
of League of Nations documents (1,000 volumes) ; a collection of Balzaciana;
unusually extensive and complete files of psychological journals.
The Burgess Collection of Rare Books and Manuscripts contains 1,000
volumes. The collection is the gift of Miss Julia Burgess, late professor of English
at the University, and of friends of the institution. It includes fifteen Latin manu-
scripts, a number of Near Eastern manuscripts, thirty-eight volumes of incunabula,
and rare books of the seventeenth, eighteenth, and nineteenth centuries. The nine-
teenth-century material in the Burgess Collection was presented to the Library
by Vice-President and Mrs. Burt Brown Barker.
John Henry Nash has placed his collection of 2,750 volumes illustrating the
history of printing in the University Library as a semi-permanent loan. The Nash
library is one of the world's best col1ections in this field.
The Philip Brooks Memorial Library, a reference collection of 2,000 volumes,
principal1y standard sets of American and English authors, is housed in a special
room on the third floor of the Library building. The Brooks Library was given
to the University by Mrs. Lester Brooks, mother of the late Philip Brooks. Mrs.
Brooks also provided funds for the construction of the room.
The Pauline Potter Homer Collection of Beautiful Books is a "browsing"
collection of about 850 books. It includes fine editions, illustrated books, books
with fine bindings, and examples of the work of famous presses. The collection
is located in the Adelaide Church Memorial Reading Room.
The Library has a collection of about 800 books in Braille for the use of
blind students.
The Municipal Reference Library, maintained by the Bureau of Municipal
Research and Service in Fenton Hall, contains about 9,000 items, including
pamphlets and other materials dealing with problems of local government.
The Law Library contains over 31,439 books. It includes gifts from the
libraries of Lewis Russel1, Judge Matthew P. Deady, Judge W. D. Fenton, Judge
Robert Sharp Bean, and S. D. Allen. Judge Fenton's gift, the Kenneth Lucas
Fenton Memorial Library, contains about 8,000 volumes. The Robert Sharp Bean
Memorial Library contains about 1,000 volumes.
The University of Oregon Medical School Library, located in a new build-
ing erected in 1939 on the Medical School campus in Portland, contains 35,261
volumes and receives 418 current journals. The Medical School Library is inde-
pendently administered, and its holdings are not included in the total for the
holdings of the University Library, given above.
The Museum Library, about 5,500 books dealing with the history, 'literature,
life, and particularly t~e art of Oriental countries, is the gift of Mrs. Gertrude
Bass Warner, and is growing steadily through additional gifts from Mrs. Warner.
The Museum Library, which occupies attractive quarters on the first floor of
the Museum of Art, is open daily from 2:00 to 5:00 p.m., except Saturdays and
Sundays.The School of Architecture and Allied Arts has a reference collection in the
Art and Architecture Building. The collection includes the architecture library
of the late Ion Lewis, Portland architect, given in 1929 by Mr. Lewis, and thf
library of William Whidden, given by his heirs.
The University High School Library contains about 5,564 volumes.
Service. During the regular session the main Library, is regularly open on
Mon~ys, Tuesdays, Wednesdays, and Thursdays from 8:00 a.m. to 10 :00 p.m.;
on FrIdays from 8 :00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m.; on Saturdays from 8:00 a.m. to 6:00
p.m.; and on Sundays from 2 :00 to 9 :00 p.m. During vacations, the Library
IS op~n from 9 :00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Books other than reference books and those
especIally. reserved ~o~ use in the Library may be drawn out for a period of one
month, WIth. the prJvJ1e~e o~ renewal if there is no other demand. All persons
connecte.d WIth the Umverslty have the privilege of drawing books. The use
of the LIbrary for reference purposes is extended to the general public.
Library Fines and Charges. The following regulations govern Library fines
and charges:
cuJati
' (l)D A fine of S cents per day is charged for all overdue books borrowed from the CI'r
on epartment. •
Due of(2$~ o:perook~nyeeded befor. use seelin thf e Lfi,?rary are subject to recall at any time. A masUnWD• may Impo or adure to return promptly.
ment .(3() ) jbe follodwing finkes are cbarged for violation of the rules of the Reserve Depart·
. a or over ue boo s, a regular fine of 2S cents for the first h d S {
eacb succeedinf hour, or fraction thereof, until the book is returued or r on:::; I t (to "!;:li:ec:r~:cl:Ji':"ha~ou:':dY.be madefiin cases of flagrant violati~nTthe rul:); a(b')~
proper department desk, a fi~e of 2J1:~s.a ne of 2S cents; (c) for failure to return boob to
for col~~tio~ service charge of 10 cents is added to all accounts reported to the Business Office
(S) If a book, whicb has been reported lost and has b id f .' • •~~ri~~:ft.:~tef::~~ha~:t~~~~~~i~:i~~r~:~:uil~~es~p:::~ed:~~ '::
day; ~s r;.e ~1ad.~:t;.II~~~ed~=~en~f~el~~~rental collection i~ 3 cents per
rental colleCtion ,:"nt for 3 cents per day or 10 cents per week. per week. Books m the reaerve
Instruction. A ~rogra~ ~f study for library workers is offered through the
?efbrtment of Enghsh, prmclpally during the summer sessions. A few courses
~nl ra~ ~eth~s are, however, given during the regular school year. This
mstruct~on IS SUIted especially to the interests and needs of those enga'ged .
school-hbrary work. ' m
A special ~jor option i~ prelibrary training, for students who wish to pre-
pare fo~ work m a graduate hbrary school, has been arranged by the Department
of Enghsh.
. The department also offe~s a one-hour service course in Use of the Library
(LIb 117). Members of the LIbrary staff act as instructors.
U~fi~d Facilities. The li~rary. faciliti~s of the state institutions of higher
ee;!ucatlon I? Oregon are orgamzed mto a smgle unit under the supervision of a
dIrector, With a local librarian on each campus. The director is also librarian of
the State College at Corvallis, where the central offices of the library system
are located.
The .collections at the several institutions are developed to meet special needs
o~ each campus; but the book stock of the libraries, as property of the state
Circulates fr~ly to permit the fullest use of all books. '
• A .com~med author list of all books and periodicals in the State System is
mamtam~ ~n the central office to facilitate a better distribution of the book stock
and to. elImInate unnecessary duplication of published material. An author list 01
books m the State College Library is maintained in the University Library.
46 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON MUSEUMS AND COLLECTIONS 47
Museums and Collections
MUSEUMS and collections maintained by the University include the Mur-ray Warner Collection of Oriental Art, housed in the Museum of Art,and the Museum of Natural History in Condon Hall. Student art work
and loan exhibitions are shown in the Art Gal1ery in the Art and Architecture
Building.
Museum of Arf:
M GEanvDE BAlI W AIlJIEIl, M.A _ ..DirectorM :MAlIn KLOCItAU GA\llfJtL.. ._••__.•.•_ _ ••.. . ._.__ __~ta.
:Mu. MAIlJOIllE RaYlfOLD&__.._ __ _ _ Llbr.rtaD
The Museum of Art Building, the first unit of which was erected in 19~,
at a cost of $200,000, is designed to be a "temple of things ?~utiful and sIg-
nificant." The building was made possible by gifts from the CItIZens of Oreg~
The Murray Warner Collection of Oriental Art, given to the UniversIty
in 1921 by Mrs. Gertrude Bass Warn~r as a memo~~1 t~ her hus!>a:nd, ,:"as
started by Major and Mrs. Warner whJ1e they were hVI~ In Sh:mghal•. China.
Major Warner had a considerable knowledge ?f the OrIent. WhIle. serVIng the
American government through the Boxer Rebelhon and the unsettled tImes follow-
ing he had opportunities to obtain many beautiful specimens of Chinese art, some
of ~hich are now in the col1ection. Since Major Warner's death, Mrs. Warner
has made a number of trips to the Orient to increase the collection and to replace
articles that were not up to museum standards. Mrs. Warner has given a part
of the original collection to the Smithsonian Institution in Washington, D.C., but
the larger portion has come to the University of Oregon in order to foster on the
Pacific Coast a sympathetic understanding and appreciation of the peoples of the
Orient.
The Warner Collection is especially distinguished by the rarity and the
perfect preservation of the objects composing it. Included in the material ~­
moited are: a large collection of Ch~nese paintings b~ old ma~ters; tapeSt~les
and embroideries' fine examples of cmnabar lacquer: Jade; Chmese porcelams,
including specim~ns of old blue and white of the. Ming period; and ancient
brOIlZes dating from the Chou, Han, and Sung dynastJe~ •
The Japanese collection consists of a large col1ectJon of old prmts, brocades,
temple hangings and altar cloths, embroideries~ a collection of. ~utiful old gold
lacquer, a lacquered palanquin used two centuries ago, porc~lam, Jewelry, collec-
tions of silver pewter, copper, bronze armor, and wood carvmgs.
The Kor~n collection includes some very beautiful screens, old brOIlZcs, a
Korean chest inlaid with mother of pearl, etc. Cambodian and Mongolian collec-
tions are now on exhibit. .
A Russian collection has been recently acquired. It consists of ikons datlDg
from the fifteenth'to the eighteenth century, a c1oissone triptych, a bronze cross,
and an enamel and marble chalice.
The Museum of Art has a large collection of modem water colors, wood-
block prints, and oil paintings with Oriental subjects, by Helen Hyde, Elizabeth
Keith Charles Bartlett Bertha Lum, and Maude I. Kerns.
The Murray Wa~er Museum Library i~ a valuable collection of ~ooka
dealing with the history, the literature, the hfe, and the art of. the O~lental
countries. Magazines on the art and life of the Orient are on file m the library
reading room.
Museum of Naf:ural I-lisf:ory
L. s. CUUIIAJr. Pb.D•••..•..••..•••••........•.••...••...•.._ DireetM; Curator of AnthropolOllY
A. F. W BITING. Ph.D·· ··· Aeting Assistant Curator of Anthropology
R. R. HUEITII. Ph.D. _ _ •••.••_ Curator of Vertebrate Collectiona
H. B. YOCOM. Ph.D _._.••......•.•••.Curator of Invertebrate Colleetiona~~!~; f':~~o~1p~i5::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::;=::::::::;:::::::::::::::;:::::::::::::::c;;~.~:;t~ f{e~~~. "'. K III1EL, M.A Technlcal AdVlRr; Assocl.te Forester U S Forest SeniceTAJrLEY G.]EWETT Technica\ Adviser; Divisional Waterfowl Biol"iai iI. S. Bureau of
Biological S urve,.
The Museum of Natural History of the University of Oregon consists of
five divi~ions:. ~nthropology, Botany. Geology, Palaeontology, and Zoology. The
museum s exhIbIts are located on the second floor of Condon Hall. The staff invites
inquiries conc~rning the collections and the fields of knowledge represented. Access
to study speCImens may be had on application to the curators. The Museum of
Natural History welcomes gifts to its collections.
Condon Museum of Geology. The Condon Museum of Geology consists
of collections of rocks. minerals, and fossils. It grew out of the early collection
made by Dr. ~homas Condon. The Condon Museum contains: interesting andvaluab~e mater~1 from the John Day fossil beds in central Oregon; fine display
collectIons of mmerals arranged according to the Dana classifications' an educa-
tional set of rocks and minerals, given to the University by the Un'ited States
Geological Survey: suites of fossils, both vertebrate and invertebrate from
various regions in the western part of the American continent· a cdmplete
skel.eton. of the saber-tooth tiger from the Rancho La Brea near Los Angeles,
Cahfornla: and other items of general and educational interest, including relief
models and demonstration materials.
Herbarium. The Herbarium is well supplied with mounted specimens from
Oregon and the Pacific Northwest, and has several thousand from eastern states
and the Philippines. It includes the Howell Collection of 10,000 specimens, mostlyfr~ Or~gon: the Le!be.rg Collection, presented to the University by John B.
Lelberg m 1908: co~slstmgof about 15,000 sheets from Oregon, Washington,
Idaho, and C~hfornla: the Cusick Collection of 7,000 specimens; specimens
donated by KIrk Whitehead, Edmund P. Sheldon, and Martin W. Gorman;
1,200 sheets from the Philadelphia Academy of Sciences, obtained by exchange;
and more than 25,000 sheets collected by the late Louis F. Henderson while
curato~ of the Herbarium. These are housed for the most part in regulation steel
herbartu!ll cases, the gift of numerous friends in the state, and are thus protected
from mOIsture, dust, and insects.
Oregon State Museum of Anthropology. The anthropological collections
of the University were designated by the 1935 Legislature as the Oregon State
Museum of Anthropology. The collections consist of skeletal and cultural ma-
terials from both archaeological and contemporary sources. Particular attention
is cal1~d to the fol1~wing gift collections: the Condon Col1ection of archaeological
materl:,-I, collected m Oregon by Dr. Thomas Condon, consisting of many speci-
mens Jllustrative of the prehistoric civilization of Oregon and the Northwest.
the :"-da Bradley Millican Collection of basketry and textiles, containing man;
speCImens from the Pacific Northwest and from the Southwest: the Mrs. Vincent
Cook Collection of baskets, mostly from the Pacific Northwest: the Mrs. Annie
Knox Collection of I1askets from western Oregon' the Phoebe Ellison Smith~emorial Collection of Philippine artifacts; and a 'collection of Philippine war
Itt1plements donated by Mrs. Creed C. Hammond. The museum was enriched
48 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON OFFICIAL PUBLICATIONS 49
in 1937 by the gift of a large collection of Indian baskets from Miss A. O.
Walton of Seattle. The Mrs. D. P. Thompson Collection of fine Pacific Northwest
andCalifomia baskets was presented to the museum in 1944 by Mrs. Genevieve
Thompson Smith.
Museum of Zoology. The University has about 5,000 specimens of verte-
bratesavailable for study. The majority of these are study skins of birds and
mammals taken in various parts of the state and prepared by members of the
Department of Zoology. This collection has, in the past, been considerably
enriched by contributions of individual specimens and private collections. Among
the notable contributions are the collection of mounted birds and mammals pre-
sented by Dr. A. G. Prill, a collection of Oregon reptiles made by]. R. Wetherbee,
and a collection of fishes made by]. R. Bretherton.
The museum also has a collection of fresh-and salt-water invertebrates of the
state of Oregon. A small part of the collection, mainly Echinoderms and Mol-
luscs, has been identified; but most of the specimens are as yet uncataloged.
Official Publications
OFFICIAL publications include those issued directly by the State Boardof Higher Education and various institutional publications issued bythe University of Oregon. The legislative act placing all the state insti-
tutions of higher education under the control of one Board provided that all
public announcements pertaining to the several institutions "shall emanate from
and bear the name of the Department of Higher Education and shall be con-
ducted in such a way as to present to the citizens of the state and prospective
students a fair and impartial view of the higher educational facilities provided by
the state and the prospects for useful employment in the various fields for which
those facilities afford preparation." All publications of the State System are issued
under the editorial supervision of the Division of Information of the System,
through the central offices of the division or through institutional offices.
System Publications
Announcements emanating directly from the Board are published in a BUL-
LllTIN and in a LIlAFLIlT SIlRttS.
The Bulletin of the Oregon State System of Higher Education, issued
monthly, includes announcements of curricula, the annual catalogs, information
for students, and official reports.
The Leaflet Series of the State System of Higher Education, issued semi-
monthly, includes special announcements to prospective student.~ and to the
general public.
University Publications
All scholarly and research publications issued by the University are under
the general supervision of the University Publications Committee. Members of
the committee are: Howard R. Taylor, chairman; George N. Belknap, secre-
tary; Ray P. Bowen, K. ]. O'Connell, R. R. Huestis, EdmJmd P. Kremer, W. F.
G. Thacher, Willis C. Warren, L. A. Wood.
University of Oregon Monographs. Research studies by members of the
University faculty appear in a series known as UNIV!lRSITY 01' OR!lGON MONo-
GRAPHS. Manuscripts are selected by the Publications Committee. Publication.
are sold at cost. A catalog of University research publications will be furnished
on request.
The Oregon Law Review is published quarterly under the editorship of the
faculty. of the School of Law as a service to the members of the Oregon bar and
as a stimulus to legal research and productive scholarship on the part of students
The subscription price is $3.00 a year. .
The Oregon Business Review is published monthly by the Bureau of Busi-
ness Resear.ch. Its. ~rim~ry purpose is to report and interpret current business
and eco~omlc ~Ondl!IOns 10 Oregon and the Pacific Northwest. The journal is at
present Issued 10 mimeograph form.
Municipal Re~ear~h Bulle~s. T~e publications of the Bureau of Municipal
Research and ServIce, mtended primarily as a service to city officials in the state
of Oregon, are issued in four series, INFORMATION BULUTINS, LIlGAL BULL!tTINS
FINANCIl BUI.Ll':TINS, SnCIAL BULLIlTINS, published in mimeograph form. '
ADMISSION 51
Academic Regulations
Admission
IN order to be admitted to the University a student must be of good moralcharacter and must present evidence of acceptable preparation for work atthe college level. The development of character is regarded as a primary aim
in education and is emphasized at all the state institutions of higher education.
Every person applying for admission to the regular sessio~ of the University
must submit complete records of all school work beyond the eIghth grade. (These
records become the property of the University. For failure to submit complete
records the University may cancel the student's registration.) All records should
be filed'with the Registrar of the University at least two weeks before the applicant
expects to enter the University. If records are filed later, the student's registration
may be unavoidably delayed. The Registrar will evaluate the records submitted,
and will notify the applicant of his entrance standing.
A person applying for admission to freshman standing must submit a record
of his high-school work on an official application form. Copies of this form may be
obtained from high-school principals or from the Registrar of the University. The
record must be certified by the principal or superintendent of the applicant's school.
A person applying for admission with advanced or graduate stand~ngmust submit
a certified transcript of previous college work (and a record of hIgh-school work
if this is not included on the college transcript).
Admission to Freshman Standing
The requirements for admission to first-year or freshman standing conform
to the following uniform entrance requirements adopted by all the institutions of
higher education in Oregon:
Graduation from a standard high school, which in Oregon involves the com-
pletion of 16 units, 8 of which are required as follows: 3 u?its i~ English;
2 units in social science, comprising the state-adopted courses In United States
history-civics and socio-economic problems; 1 unit i? health and physic~1 educa-
tion' and 2 units selected from the field of natural sCIence and mathematIcs or the
field' of foreign language. Two units in either natural scie1!c~ or mathem~tic~ or
1 unit in each of these subjects will be acceptable, but a mInimum of 2 unItS In a
single language will be required if a foreign language is selected.
Graduates from standard out-of-state high schools are required to present
substantially the same distribution of units. Applicants who ~re not r~siden~s. of
Oregon may be held for additional requirements demonstratIng superior abIlIty.
Admission before Graduation from High School. In accordance with a plan
for wartime educational acceleration recommended in January 1943 by a com-
mittee of high-school administrators and representatives of ~e college~ ~nd uni-
versities of Oregon, following recommendations of the EducatIonal PolIcI~s Com-
mission of the National Education Association, selected high-school senior boys
may be admitted to the University of Oregon the fall or winter term of 1944-45,
under th~ following conditions:
[50 ]
(1) If he ~nters t~e fall term of 1944-45, the applicant must have completed
1~ Unlt~ of hIgh-school, 'York (exclusive of health and physical e4uca-
tI?n) ; If he enters the WInter term, he must have completed 14 units of
hIgh-school work.
(2) ~e n;ust rank scholastically within the upper 20 per cent of the boys in
hIs hIgh-school class.
(3) He must have the recommendation of his high-school principal.
(4) His age on his nearest birthday, when admitted to the University, must
be not less than 17 years.
. After.J.anu~ry 1, 1945 high-school graduation will be required for admission.
ThIs provIsIon ~s correlated with a plan of the schools for the wartime acceleration
of the regular hIgh-school course for superior students.
Admission with Advanced Standing
Advanc~d sta.ndi1!g i~ granted to students transferring with acceptable records
from accredIted InstItutIons of c~llegiate rank.. The amount of credit granted
depend.s upon the nature. and q1;1alIty of the applIcant's previous work, evaluated
accordIng to the academIC requIrements of the University.
. A st?de?t v:rishing credit for work done elsewhere than at an accredited edu-
catIo~l. InstItutIon must 'peti.tion ~e CO?lmittee on Academic Requirements for
pet;11lSsl.on to take examInatIons m specIfic courses listed in the Catalog of the
UniversIty. In ~eneral, credit by examination is allowed only for work taken in
regularly organ~zed courses in n?n~ccredited institutions of collegiate rank; nor-
mally the grantIng of such credIt IS deferred until after the student has been in
attendance at the University for three terms.
Admission as Special Student
A~ applicant for a~mission as ~ special student should be not less than 21 years
o~ age, .he must file WIth the RegIstrar documentary evidence sufficient to prove
hIS specIal fitness to pursue the subjects desired.
.T'Y0 classes 'of special students are recognized: (1) those not qualified for
admISSIon ~s r.egular students but qualified by maturity and experience to work
along sP~clal lInes; and (2) those qualified for admission as ,regular students but
not workIng toward a degree.
A speci~1 st.udent may petition for regular standing when he has made up en-
tranc.e defiCIenCIes or has completed at least 45 term hours in the University.
CredIts ea~ned by a special student will not subsequently be counted toward a
degree untIl the student has completed at least two years of work (93 term hours)
as a re~lar st~dent. In case a regular student changes to special status, work
done whIle claSSIfied as a special student will not count toward a degree.
Admission with Graduate Standing
~rad1;1ates of accredited colleges and universities are admitted to graduate
clasSIficatIon. by the dean of the Graduate Division and the University Registrar
~ presentatI.on of an official transcript of their undergraduate work. But admis-
sIon ~o c~ndld~cy for an advanced degree is determined only after a qualifying
exammatlOn, gIven when a student has completed not more than one-third of the
work for the degree.
Graduates of nonaccredited universities and colleges are expected to obtain
52 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON DEGREES AND CERTIFICATES 53
the bachelor's degree from an accredited institution before proceeding to grad18te
work.
Admission to the Medical School
For a detailed statement of requirements for admission to the University of
Oregon Medical School, and for a premedical cucriculum satisfying Medical School
requirements, see COU-SCE OF LmERAL ARTS.
Placement Examinations
To provide the faculty with a basis for reliable ~dvic~ and ~ssistance.tostudents planning their University programs, the Umverslty requires enteringundergraduates to take two placement examinations, a psychological and a
physical examination.
The psychological examination is considered to some ~ent a m~ure of
ability to do University work, and the results are used as a .basls for p~anm?g ~e
student's educational and vocational program. Freshmen With low ratings m thiS
examination are required to take Corrective English (Rht K).
The physical examination is a safeguard both to the institution and to the
student. For the student, it may result in the discovery and correction of defects
which if allowed to continue, might seriously impair his health; for the insti-
tution' it may result in the prevention of epidemics which might develop from
undiagnosed cases of contagious disease. The exam.ination als? provides a sci~
tific basis for the adjustment of the student's physical-educatIOn program to blS
individual needs.
Degrees and Certificates
THE University offers curricula leading to certificates and to baccalaureateand graduate degrees. If changes are Jnade in the requirements for degreesor certificates, special arrangements Jnay be Jnade for students who.han
taken work under the old requirements. In general, however, a student wdl be
expected to meet the requirements in force at the .time he pla?s to receive a -degree
or certificate. The University grants the followmg academic degrees:
Liberal Arts, B.A., B.S., M.A., M.S., Ph.D.
Architecture and Allied Arts, B.A., B.S., B.Arch., B.L.A., M.A., MS.,
M.Arch., M.F.A., M.L.A.
Business Administration, B.A., BS., B.B.A., M.A., MS., M.B.A.
Education, B.A., BS., B.Ed., M.A., MS., M.Ed., D.Ed.. Ph.D.
Journalism, B.A., BS., B.J., M.A., M.S.
Law, B.A., B.S., LL.B., I.D.
Medicine, M.A., MS., Ph.D., M.D.
Music, B.A., BS., B.M., M.A., MS., M.M.
Nursing Education, B.A., B.S.
Physical Education, B.A., BS., B.P.E., M.A., MS.
Work leading to the degree of Master of Arts (General Studies) is ofteftd
under the direction of the Graduate Division.
Lower-division work leading to certificates (Iunior Certificate, I umor Cer-
"ficate with Honors Privileges, Lower-Division Certificate) is offered in liberal
arts and sciences, in the professional fields listed above (except Medicine), and in
home economics. Approved preparation is offered for the degree curricula in medi-
cine and nursing education at the University of Oregon Medical School in Port-
land.
Requirements for Certificates
The Junior Certificate admits to upper-division standing and the opportunity
to pursue a Jnajor curriculum leading to a degree.· A student is expected to fulfill
the requirements for the Junior Certificate during his first two years at the Uni-
Tersity. The requirements are as follows:
(I) Term Hours: Minimum, 93.
(2) Grade-Point Average: Minimum, 2.00.
(3) English:
(a) Freshmen who receive low ratings in a placement examination given
to entering students must take and pass the course designated Cor-
rective English (Rht K).
(b) English Composition: 9 term hours unless excused. A student whose
work meets the standard aimed at Jnay, with the consent of the head
of the Department of English, be excused from further required
written English at the end of any term.
(4) Physical Education: 5 terms in activity courses, unless excused.t A stu-
dent who has completed four terms of physical education with a
grade of C or above, and who has satisfied all requirements, may,
with the consent of the dean of the School of Physical Education, be
excused from further work in this field.
(5) Military Science: 6 terms for men, unless excused. See D!U'ARTMENT OF
MILITARY SCn;NCIt AND TACTICS.
(6) Health Education: PE 150 for men; PE 114, 115, 116 for women (PE
250 will satisfy the requirement for men or women).
(7) Group Requirements: A prescribed amount of work selected from three
"groups" representing comprehensive fields of knowledge. The three
groups are: language and literature, science, social science.t Courses
that satisfy group requirements are numbered from 100 to 110 and
200 to 210. The group requirements are as follows:
(a) For students in the College of Liberal Arts-At least 9 approved
term hours in each of the three groups and at least 9 additional ap-
proved term hours in courses numbered 200-210 in anyone of the
three groups.
(b) For students in the professional schools-At least 9 approved term
hours in each of two of the three groups.
The Junior Certificate with Honors Privileges admits to upper-division
standing and permits the student to work for a bachelor's degree with honors ill
• A student who transfers to the University after completing the equivalent of the re-
quirements for the Junior Certificate at another institution may be admitted to upper-division
standinl{..without the formal granting of the Junior Certificate.
t For the duration of the war, every male student in residence (lower-division, upper·
division, and graduate) is required to take a course each term in physical education for the
development of physical fitness, unless excused by the dean of the School of Physical Education.
~ For a classified list of courses satisfying the group requirements, see pages 82-84. To
satisfy the science group requirement, a sequence must either include laboratory work 0<' carry
12 hours of credit.
54 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON ACADEMIC PROCEDURE 55
the schools and departments providing an honors program. For this certificate the
student must have a grade-point average of at least 2.75, in addition to fulfilling
all the requirements for the Junior Certificate.
The Lower-Division Certificate recognizes the successful completion of two
years of lower-division work. This certific~te is granted up.on request to stud~ts
whose desire has been only to round out their general education. It does not requIre
the scholastic average specified for the Junior Certificate, and does not admIt to
upper-division standing.
Certificates in Nursing Education. The University awards the following
certificates to students who complete the graduate curricula in nursing specialties
offered by the Department of Nursing Education of .the Univ~rsity ~f Oregon
Medical School: Certificate in Public Health NurSing, Certificate In Ortho-
paedic Nursing, Certificate in Obstetrica~ Nurs.ing, Ce~ificate in !,~diatric Nurs-
ing, Certificate in Surgical Nursing, CertIficate In Nursmg SupervISIon.
Requirements for Degrees
The Bachelor's Degree. When a student has fulfilled all the requirements
for a Junior Certificate, he is classified as an upper-division student and. may !>e-
come a candidate for a bachelor's degree in the college or school of hIS chOIce.
The requirements for a bachelor's degree (including both lower-and upper-division
work) are as follows:
(1) Term Hours: Minimum, 186, including:
(a) Hours in upper-division courses: Minimum for stu~ents maj~ring
in the College of Liberal Arts, 62; for students 10 profesSIonal
schools, 45.
(b) Hours in the major: Minimum, 36, including at least 24 in upper-
division courses.
(c) Hours after receipt of Junior Certificate: Minimum, 45.
(2) Distribution of hours for different bachelor's degrees:
(a) Bachelor of Arts: 36 hours in language and literature,· including
two years (normally 24 term hours) of college work in a foreign
language.
(b) Bachelor of Science: 36 hours in science or in social science.·
(c) Professional bachelor's degree: Fulfillment of all major require-
ments.
(3) Grade-Point Average: Minimum, 2.00.
(4) Residence: Minimum, 45 term hours (normally the last 45) .
(5) Dean's recommendation, certifying fulfillment of all requirements of
major department or school.
(6) Restrictions:
(a) Correspondence Study: Maximum, 60 term hours.
(b) Law: Maximum, 48 term hours toward any degree other than a
professional law degree.
(c) Medicine: Maximum, 63 term hours toward any degree other than
a professional medical degree.
----;-For the purpose of determining distribution of hours for the B.A. or B.S. degree, the
instructional fields of the College of Liberal Arts are classified as .follows: . .
Language and Literature: General Arts and Letters, ClaSSICS, EnglIsh, Germanic Lan-
guages and Literatures, R~mance I.:anguages. . ..
Science: General SCIence, BIOlogy, ChemIstry, Geology, Mathematics, NurslUg Educa-
tion, ~~~jsSeie"ce: General Social Science, Anthro~ology, Economics, Geography, Histon.
Philosophy, Political Science, Psychology, Religion, SOCIology.
(d) Applied Music: Maximum for all students except music majors: 12
term hours. Maximum for music majors, toward the B.A. or B.S.
degree: 24 term hours-of which at least 15 term hours must be
taken in Mus 390 during the junior and senior years.
(e) No-Grade Courses: At least 150 term hours in grade courses (see
page 57).
The Bachelor's Degree with Honors. As a challenge to superior students
who desire to study independently in a field related to but not fully covered by regu-
lar courses, the University offers work leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts
with Honors and Bachelor of Science with Honors. The aim of the honors program
is to stimulate wide reading, thorough scholarship, and original or creative work on
the part of the student. Two types of honors work are available, as described below.
Eligibility and Enrollment. Students who have received the Junior Certificate
with Honors Privileges are automatically eligible for honors work. Other students
who have been admitted to junior standing must, to be admitted to honors work,
obtain the approval of the Honors Council upon the recommendation of the head of
their maj or department or school. An honors student enrolls with the chairman of
the Honors Council each term during the period he is working for honors. Usually
a student begins his honors program the first term of his junior year.
Study Programs. Each honors student works under the guidance of a single
department or school. His program includes regular courses which satisfy Univer-
sity requirements for a degree and courses related to his honors project. But work
in regular courses is supplemented by independent studies supervised by a member
of the faculty. For this work the student registers for "Research" or "Reading and
Conference," and for "Thesis." Two types of honors program, differing in the
breadth of the field of study, are recognized:
(1) General Honors. For general honors, the student's program includes work
offered by at least two departments (or more at the discretion of the Honors
Council).
(2) Departmental Honors. For departmental honors, the field of the student's
program need not extend beyond a single department or school.
Thesis and Examination. Honors studies culminate in an essay or thesis, and
in an examination conducted by the department or school supervising thecandi-
date's program. The examination must be passed and three copies of an ac-
cepted thesis must be submitted to the chairman of the Honors Council at least
two weeks before Commencement. If these requirements, in addition to general
University requirements for degree, are fulfilled to the satisfaction of the Honors
Council, the student receives a bachelor's degree with honors.
Advanced Degrees. The requirements for graduate degrees are listed on an-
other page under GRAOUATt> DIVISION. The requirements for the degree of Doctor
of Jurisprudence are listed under SCHOOL 01' LAW. The requirements for the degree
of Doctor of Medicine are listed in the University of Oregon Medical School
Catalog.
Academic Procedure
THE regular academic year throughout the State System of Higher Educa-tion is divided into three terms of approximately twelve weeks eac~. Thesummer sessions supplement the work of the regular year (see speCIal an-
nouncements). Students may enter at the beginning of any term. It is important
that freshmen and transferring students entering in the fall term be present for
Freshman Week (see page 63). A detailed calendar for the current year will be
found on pages 10-11.
56 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON ACADEMIC PROCEDURE 57
Students are held responsible for familiarity with University requirements
governing such matters as the routine of registration, academic standards, student
activities, organizations, etc. Complete academic regulations are included in the
separately published Schedule of Classes, a copy of which is furnished each stu-
dent by the Registrar's Office.
Definitions
A caURst is a subject, or an instructional subdivision of a subject, offered
through a single term.
A \'tAR stQUtNct consists of three closely articulated courses extending
through the three terms of the academic year.
A CURRICULUM is an organized program of study arranged to provide inte-
grated cultural or professional education.
A TtRM HOUR represents three hours of the student's time each week for one
term. This time may be assigned to work in classroom or laboratory or to outside
preparation. The number of lecture. recitation, laboratory, or other periods per
week for any course may be found in the separately published Schedule of Classes.
Course Numbering System
Courses throughout the State System of Higher Education are numbered as
follows:
1-99. Courses in the first two years of foreign language, or other courses of
similar grade.
100-110,200-210. Surveyor foundation courses that satisfy the lower-division
group requirements in the language and literature. science, and social-
science groups.
111-199,211-299. Other courses offered at first-year and second-year level.
300-399. Upper-division courses not applicable for graduate credit.
400-499. Upper-division courses primarily for seniors. If approved by the
, Graduate Council, these courses may be taken for graduate credit.
In this Catalog, courses numbered 400-499, if approved for graduate
major credit, are designated (G) following the title. Courses ap-
proved for graduate minor credit only are designated (g).
500-599. Courses primarily for graduate students but to which seniors of su-
perior scholastic achievement may be admitted on approval of in-
structor and department head concerned.
600-699. Courses that are highly professional or technical in nature and may
count toward a professional degree only, and cannot apply toward an
advanced academic degree such as M.A., M.S., or Ph.D.
Certain numbers are reserved for courses that may be taken through successive
terms under the same course number, credit being granted according to the amount
of acceptable work done. These course numbers are as follows:
301,401,501. Research or other supervised original work.
303,403,503. Thesis (reading or research reported in writing).
305, 405, 505. Reading and Conference. (individual reading reported orally to
instructor) .
307,407,507. Seminar.
~t the University, only students elilible for honors work may rqUter for 305 or 405
lle8dInr and Conference conrses.
The following plan is followed in numbering summer-session courses:
(1) A summer-session course that is essentially identical with a course of-
fered during the regular year is given the same number.
(2) A summer-session course that is similar to a course offered during the
regular year, but differs in some significant respect, is given the same
number followed by "s."
(3) A course offered during the summer session which does not parallel any
course offered during the regular year is given a distinctive number
followed by "s."
Grading System
The quality of student work is measured by a system of grades and grade
points.
Grades. The grading system consists of: four passing grades, A. B, C, D;
failure, F; incomplete, INc; withdrawn,'W. The grade of A denotes exceptional
accomplishment; B, superior; C, average; D, inferior. Students ordinarily receive
one of the four passing grades or F. When the quality of the work is satisfactory,
but the course has not been completed, for reasons acceptable to the instructor, a
report of INC may be made and additional time granted. Students may withdraw
from a course by filing the proper blanks at the Registrar's Office in accordance
with University regulations. A student who discontinues attendance in a course
without official withdrawal receives a grade of F in the course.
Points. Grade points are computed on the basis of 4 points for each term hour
of A grade, 3 points for each term hour of B, 2 points for each term hour of C, 1
point for each term hour of D, and 0 points for each term hour of F. Marks of INC
and Ware disregarded in the computation of points. The grade-point average
(CPA) is the quotient of total points divided by total term hours in which grades
(A, B, C, D, and F) are received. The grade-point average which is used as a
standard of acceptable scholarship and as a requirement for graduation is com-
puted on all work for which the student receives credit-including work for which
credit is transferred, correspondence study, and work validated by special exam-
ination, but not including work in "no-grade" courses.
No-Grade Courses. Certain University courses are designated "no-grade"
courses. Students in these courses are rated simply "pass" or "fail" in the term
grade reports. No-grade courses are not considered in the computation of a stu-
dent's grade-point average. To graduate from the University, a student must re-
ceive at least 150 term hours of credit in courses for which grades are given.
Scholarship Regulations
The administration of the regulations governing scholarship requirements is
vested in the Scholarship Committee of the faculty. This committee has discretion-
ary authority in the enforcement of rules governing probation, and also has author-
ity to drop a student from the University when it appears that his work is of such
character that he cannot continue with profit to himself and with credit to the in-
stitution. In general, profitable and creditable work means substantial progress
toward m~eting graduation requirements.
(l) A lower-division student is automatically placed on probation if his grade-point
averace for any term is below 1.50. He is not released from probation until his grade-point
a---.re for a subsequent term is at least 1.75.
58 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON FEES AND DEPOSITS 59
demic year, as follows; tuition, $10.00; laboratory and course fee, $12.00; inci-
dental fee, $7.50; building fee, $5.00. The total in regular fees, which includes all
laboratory and other charges in connection with instruction, is $34.50 per term.·
Undergraduate students who are not residents of Oregon pay the same fees as
Oregon residents, and, in addition, a nonresident fee of $50.00 per term, making a
total of $84.50 per term.·
The regular fees for undergraduate students for a term and for a year may be
summarized as follows:
Part-Time Fee $4.00 per term hour; minimum per term, $10.00
Any student (undergraduate or graduate, includipg staff members)
regIstering for six term hours of work or less pays a fee of $4.00 per
term hour, but not less than $10.00 per term, instead of regular regis-
tration fees. This fee is payable at the time of registration. Students reg'
istered for six term hours of work or less do not pay the nonresident
fee. Payment of the part·time fee entitles the student to all services
maintained by the University for the benetit of students.
• Except special fees for instruction in applied music. See SCHOOL OP MUIIC. Under·
graduate students registering in the State System of Higher Education for the first time pay
a matriculation fee. See SPECIAL FEES. •
Graduate Students. All graduate students registered for seven term hours of
work or more pay a fee of $32.50 per term. Graduate students do not pay the non-
resident fee. Graduate students registered for six hours of work or less pay the
regular part-time fee. Payment of the graduate fee entitles the student to all
services maintained by the University for the benefit of students.
Deposil:s
.All persons who enroll for academic credit (except staff members) must make
a deposit of $5.00, payable once each year at the time of first registration. This is
required as a protection against loss or damage of institutional property such as:
dormitory equipment, laboratory equipment, military uniforms, library books,
locker keys. If at any time charges against this deposit become excessive, the stu-
dent may be called upon to re-establish the original amount.
Special Fees
The following special fees are paid by students under the conditions indicated :
Matriculation Fee i : $5.00
Undergraduate students registeripg in the State System of Higher Edu·
cation for the tirst time pay a matriculation fee. For students register·
ing at the University. the State College, or the Medical School, this fee
is $5.00. For students registeripg at the state colleges of education, the
matriculation fee is $2.00. Students transferring from one of the state
colleges of education to the University or the State College pay an addi·
tional matriculation fee of $3.00.
(2) An upper-division student is given written warning if his grade-point average falls
below 2.00 in any term. He is automatically placed on probation if his grade-point average
for any term falls below 1.751 or his cumulative grade-point average below 2.00. He is not
released from probation until be has made a teon grade·point average of at least 2.00 and a
cumulative grade-point average of at least 2.00.
(3) Before he may qualify for an elective or appointive office in any extracurricular or
organization activity, a student must obtain a certiticate of eligibility from the Dean of Men
or the Dean of Women. The Dean of Men and the president of the Associated Students are
authorized to pass finally upon the eligibility of men students, the Dean of Women and the
president of the Associated Students upon the eligibility of women students. Any student
holding a student office is automatically removed from office upon failure to meet any of
the requirements listed under (4) below..
(4) To be eligible for participation in extracurricular activities, a studept:
(a) Must be regularly enrolled in the University.
(b) Must have completed a minimum of 12 term hours of academic work the term before
participation (incompletes may be included, but not more than one term will be
allowed for their removal).
(c) Must be registered for a minimum of 12 term hours of work at all times duripg
participation in extracurricular activities (exception will be made for a qualified
senior who may meet graduation requirements by carrying a lighter load).
(d) Must have a minimum cumulative grade·point average of 2.00.
(e) Must have a minimum grade-point average of 2.00 for the last term he was registered
in the University before participation.
(f) Must not be on academic or disciplinary probation.
(g) Must have attained upper·division standing if he has been in residence six terms
or the equivalent.
(5) The rules of the Pacitic Coast Intercollegiate Athletic Conference govern all ques·
tions of athletic eligibility.
(6) Students who have been suspended or expelled are denied all the privileges of the
institution and of all organizations in any way connected with it, and are not permitted to
attend any social gatheritlf of students, or to reside in any fratermty, sorority, or club bouse,
or in any of the halls of res.dence.
Fees and Deposits
STUDENTS at the University· and at the State College pay the same fees. Inthe fee schedule printed below regular fus are those paid by all studentsunder the usual conditions of undergraduate or graduate study. Regular fees
are payable in full at the time of registration. Special fees are paid under the
special conditions indicated.
The institution reserves the right to change the schedule of tuition and fees
without notice. .
Payment of the stipulated fees entitles all students registered for academic
credit (undergraduate and graduate, full-time and part-time) to all services main-
tained by the University for the benefit of students. These services include: use of
the University Library; use of laboratory and course equipment and materials in
connection with courses for which the student is registered; medical attention and
advice at the Student Health Service; use of gymnasium equipment (including
gymnasium suits and laundry service) ; a subscription to the student daily news-
paper; admission to concert and lecture series sponsored by the University. No re-
duction in fees is made to students who may not desire to use some of these privi..
leges.
Regular Fees
Undergraduate Students. Undergraduate students enrolled in the Univer-
sity who are residents of Oregon pay regular fees each term of the regular aca-
• Except students at the University of OreiOD Medical School. The· lIchedale of f_
for students at the Medical School will be found in the Medical School Catalog.
Fees
Tuition .
Laboratory and course fee ..
Incidental fee ..
Buildipg fee .
Total for Oregon residents .
Total for nonresidents (who pay an additional
nonresident fee of $50.00 per term) ..
Per term
$ 10.00
12.00
7.50
5.00
$ 34.50
84.50
Per year
$ 30.00
36.00
22.50
15.00
$103.50
253.50
60 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON FEES AND DEPOSITS 61
Late-Registration Fee _ _ _...$1.00 to $5.00
Studenta registering after the scheduled registration dates of any term
pay a late-registration fee of $1.00 for the first day and $1.00 for each ad·
ditional day until a maximum charge of $5.00 is reached. Students reg-
istered for six term hours or less and auditors are not required to pay
the late-registration fee.
Change-of-Program Fee _ _ _ _ .._ .•_ .•.-$0.25
The student pays this fee for each change in his official program after
the program has been approved and accepted by the RegIStrar's Office.
Reinstatement Fee _ __.......•.............................._ .._ .$2.00
If for any reason a student has his registration canceled during a term
for failure to comply w;th the regulations of the institution, but is later
allowed to continue his work, he must pay the reinstatement fee.
Special Examination Fees __.$1.00 to $10.00
A student pays a fee of $1.00 a term hour for the privilege of taking an
examination for advanced credit, or other special examinations. A
graduate student taking his preliminary or final examination at a time
when he is DOt registered for acad....ic work pays an examination fee of
$10.00.
Auditor's Fee per term hour, $2.00
An auditor is a person who has obtained permission to attend classes
without receivi", academic credit. The auditor's fee is payable at the
time of registratton, and entitles the student to attend classel, but to no
other institutional privileges. Students regularly enrolled in the Uni.
versity may be granted the privileges of an auditor without paying the
auditor's fee.
Transcript Fee .$1.00
This fee is charged for each transcript of credits issued after the first,
which is issued free of charge. This fee is not charged persons entering
military service.
Degree Fee .$6.50
The degree fee is paid for each degree taken. No person may be
recommended for a degree until he has paid all fees and charges due the
institution, including the degree fee. When a student receives a certifi·
cate at the same time that he receives his degree, an additional fee of
$2.50 is charged for the certificate.
Placement-Service Fees See SCHOOl, OF EDUCATION
Special Music Course Fees .._ See SCHOOl, OF MUSIC
Library.Fines and Charges See LIIIIlAllY
Refunds
Fee Refunds. Students who withdraw from the University and who have
complied with the regulations governing withdrawals are entitled to certain re-
funds of fees paid, depending on the time of withdrawal. The refund schedule has
been established by the State Board of Higher Education, and is on file in the
University Business Office. All refunds are subject to the following regulations:
(1) Any claim for refund must be made in writing before the close of the term in which
the claim originated.
(2) Refunds in all cases are calculated from the date of application for refund and
not from the date when the student ceased attending classes, except in unusual cases when
formal withdrawal has been delayed through causes largely beyond the control of the student.
Deposit Refunds. The $5.00 deposit, less any deductions which may have
been made, is refunded about three weeks after the close of the academic year.
Students who discontinue their work at the University before the end of the year
may receive refunds, upon petition to the Business Office, about six weeks after
the close of the fall or winter term.
Regulations Governing Nonresident Tuition
The Oregon State Board of Higher Education has defined a nonresident stu-
dent as a person who comes into Oregon from another state for the purpose of at-
tending one of the institutions under the control of the BOard.
In order to draw a clear line between resident and nonresident students, the
Board has ordered that all students in the institutions under its control who have
not been domiciled in Oregon for more than one year immediately preceding the
day of their first enrollment in the institution shall be termed nonresident studenu,
with the following exceptions:
(1) Students whose father (or mother, if the father ;. not livinlf) ;. domiciled in the
state of Oregon.
(2) Children of regular employees of the Federal government stationed in the state of
Oregon.
(3) Students holding bachelor's or higher degrees from bisher educational inaitntl.....
whose work is acceptable as preparation for graduate work.
(4) Students in snmmer seeaions.
FRESHMAN WEEK 63
Student Life and Welfare
Student Personnel Program
THE various agencies on the University campus concerned with studentwelfare and personnel are directed by, or coordinated under the leadershipof the Dean of Personnel Administration. Directly incorporated in the
Perso~nel Division under the direction of the Dean of Personnel Administration
are: the Dean of Men's Office, the Dean of Women's Office, the Employment
Service, and the Housing Service. Student welfare and guidance agencies function-
ing in the general personnel program include: academic advisers (especially lower-
division advisers), the University Health Service, the educational and ?!~er
remedial clinics (methods of study, reading, speech, etc.), the placement facilitIes
of the various schools, the Housing Committee, the Scholarship Committee, the
Student Discipline Committee, the Committee on Religious and Spiritual Activities,
the Student Affairs Committee, and the various committees on awards and prizes.
An advisory council on general personnel problems and on vocational guidance
aids in maintaining an effective student personnel service.
The Personnel Division supervises, encourages, and coordinates numerous
student groups which provide opportunity for the development of character and
personality, and for training in leadership. Among these are discussion and
forum groups, religious and political groups, and student-activity groups of all
kinds.
Academic Advisory Program. Each entering student is assigned to an ad-
viser from the Lower-Division Advisory Group, a faculty committee appointed
by the President. Normally the student has the same adviser throughout his fresh-
man and sophomore years. It is the duty of the adviser to assist the student in
building an integrated program in line with his interests and with institutional
and lower-division requirements. Junior and senior students are assisted by advisers
from the faculty of their major school or department.
Vocational Guidance Program. The University endeavors to help each
student in the selection of the life career which for him promises to be most satis-
factory, and to guide the student into courses and activities which are most likely to
contribute toward 'success in his vocation and toward the development of a well-
rounded personality. Successful men and women in many fields are brought to
the campus for conferences with students on vocational problems. Reading lists
and special book shelves at the Library are arranged to provide students. with
occupational information. The Personnel Division also helps students in need of
advice and assistance in regard to social adjustment, health, mental hygiene, fi-
nances, etc.
Bureau of Personnel Research. The Bureau of Personnel Research ad-
ministers the scholastic aptitude tests given all entering students and compiles
ratings of preparatory work and of University achievement. These data are used
by advisers in assisting students with their educational, vocational, and personal
problems. The bureau also conducts a testing and counseling service for individual
students, which provides diagnosis of special aptitudes and interests at nominal
cost. Research studies based 6n data compiled by the bureau aid the faculty and
administration in the determination of institutional policies.
[62 ]
University Employment Service. The University Employment Service has
two functions: (l) aid to students seeking part-time and vacation jobs (see
page 66) ; and (2) aid to graduates and students seeking full-time professional
placement.
In its effort to help persons trained at the University to find work for which
they are qualified by personality and education, the Employment Service in
cooperation with University deans and department heads, develops and mainbins
contacts between the University and employers, particularly in Oregon and the
Pacific Northwest. This placement work is conceived as a service both to employ-
ers and to students and graduates.
Freshman Week
IRESHMAN WEEK, a program of orientation for entering undergraduate
r-~~udents, is held annually before fall-term registration. During Freshman
Week new students are made familiar with the aims of higher education the
principles governing the wise use of time and mottey, methods of study, and the
ideals and traditions of the institution. By means of general assemblies, group lec-
tures and discussions, individual conferences, and examinations and tests (see
page 52), an effort is made to assist every new student in getting the best possible
start in his new work. Full directions concerning Freshman Week and registration
procedure are sent to each new student who is accepted for admission.
The examinations and tests given entering students during Freshman Week
provide the University faculty with reliable information as a basis for advising
and assisting students in planning their University programs. These examinations
are scheduled at regular times during the week. Each entering student receives from
the Registrar a detailed schedule of his individual appointments for examinations.
The student should follow this schedule faithfully, in order to avoid delay in
registration and possible penalties for make-up appointments.
The University, recognizing that fraternities and sororities are a part of
University life and provide living quarters for a substantial part of the student
body, has, with the cooperation of these organizations, made provisions by which
they may choose their members in an orderly fashion, with a minimum of inter-
ference with the beginning of University work. "Rushing" is completed and
fraternity selections made during the "Rush Period" which immediately precedes
Freshman Week.
A WELCOME BOOK, sent to new students after they have filed their cre-
dentials and have been admitted to the University, gives information of importance
to all entering students and detailed directions for those interested in fraternity
and sorority membership.
It is desirable that students planning to enter the University in the fall have
their high-school credentials sent to the University Registrar early in the summer,
so that they may receive the WET.COME BOOK and other instructions well before
the opening of the term.
Student Living
COMFORTABLE, healthful, and congenial living conditions contributen;'uch t? the success of University life and work. Living conditions of theright kmd not only aid students to do their best in their studies, but also,
through the experiences of group life, contribute to the building of character and
personality. Hence the University is vitally concerned with student housing.
64 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON STUDENT LIVING 65
stude:-;~is~.:r~ ~O:Sfi.~~\f::,~~de the matriculation fee of $5.00 paid by andereraduate
.Students should not arrive at the halls of residence until the day the halls are
offiCially open, usually one day before the opening date of a term.
Do~t?ry Room .Deposit. A deposit of $5.00 must be sent to the Director
of. Dormlt9nes at the time of application for a room. The amount of the deposit
will be deducted from the first room-rent installment.
I~ a ~tudent, after making the deposit, does not enter the University, the
depOSit Will be refunded, provided the Director of Dormitories is notified at
least one week before the opening date of the term. Rooms will not be held afte
the first day of registration. r
Priv~te Board and Room. Board and r00I!1 can be obtained in private homes
o~ board109 houses at rates from $30.00 to $51T.00 a month. The rates for room
~Ithout board. vary between $5.00 and $25.00 a month, depending on accomoda-
tl~ns and service. The ave.rage rate is about $10.00 a month. The Housing Com-
mittee of the faculty exercises general supervision over all student living quarters3;n~ endeav?~s to see that all students have comfortable rooms and wholesom~
hvmg. condltlo~s. Students are allowed to live only in rooms approved by the
com~lttee. A hst of approved rooms and other assistance may be secured from the
Housmg Secretary.
Housing Regulations. Upon arriving in Eugene for registration all fresh-
man women report to t?e Dean of Women at her office in Gerlinger Hall, where
a record of Eugene reSidence and other needed information is filed
. ~ll lower-division ~en. and all undergraduate women not living with rela-
tives 10 ~ugene ,:,ust .hve .I~ the halls of residence or in houses maintained by
the orgamzed Umverslty hvmg gr~ps, e.g., fraternities, sororities, independent
groups, unless excused by the Housmg Committee. Petitions to this committee
are granted o,?ly o~ showing of convincing reasons of health, financial necessity,
or other speCial Circumstances, and are granted for only one term at a time
Self-supporting students working for room and board or "hatching" ha e .
d'ffi lty t' h' .. v noI. cu ge ~m.g t elr petitions approved, provided their economies do not interfere
With proper hvmg conditions or profitable University work
Unmarried undergraduate students are not allowed to live in apartment
houses, bungalow courts, hotels, or separate houses.
. . All students living in do.rmitori~s .must take their meals in the dormitory
dmmg rooms, unless they obtam permission from the Housing Committee to board
elsewhere.
Students living in the dormitories may move to fraternity or sorority houses
or to .other qua~ters at the end of any term, if they obtain the permission of the
Housmg Committee not later than two weeks before the end of the term.
~tude~t Expenses. The average expenses incurred by a student at the Uni-
versity durmg an academic year are shown in the table below. Some students with
Halls of residence are maintained on the campus by the institution, and the living
conditions of students residing outside the dormitories are closely supervised.
Many students live in fraternity houses accommodating groups of from twenty
to fifty persons. Admission to these groups is by invitation only. Students also
live in private homes or boarding houses near the campus. In several cooperative
houses, groups of students enjoy the benefits of group living while keeping living
expenses at a minimum.
The halls of residence provide comfortable, democratic living conditions,
favorable to successful student work and to participation in the wholesome
activities of campus life.
Men's Dormitories. Six halls of residence for men, units of the John Straub
Memorial Building, are maintained: Alpha, Gamma, Sigma, Omega, ~a, and
Sherry Ross halls. The building. accommodates 272 men. Each hall has its own
club rooms and dining room.
Each room in the men's halls is equipped with individual study tables, study
chairs, individual study lamps, waste-paper baskets, a lounge chair, rugs, draperies
individual dressers, a steel costumer, and individual closet space. Each room
has running hot and cold water and a medicine cabinet with mirror. Sleeping
porches, each accommodating four men, are equipped with single beds. Students
are required to furnish only blankets and towels. Trunk-storage space and laundry
facilities are provided.
Women's Dormitories. The University maintains three dormitories for
women: Hendricks Hall, Susan Campbell Hall, and Mary Spiller Hall.
Hendricks and Susan Campbell are built on a similar plan. Each accommo-
dates '112 women, in three units of approximately nine suites each. Each suite is
planned for four occupants. No single rooms are available. A suite consists of a
study rOom, dressing room, and sleeping porch with individual beds. Each floor
of each unit has a bathroom equipped with showers, tubs, and lavatories. Eacl:1
study room is furnished with a study table, bookstand, reading light, four chairs,
and a couch. Each dressing room is equipped with hot and cold water, individual
chiffoniers with mirrors, and individual closet space. In the basement are trunk-
storage space and complete laundry equipment, including stationary tubs, boilers,
clothesline, ironing boards, and electric irons. Hendricks Hall has its own dining
room; Susan Campbell girls have a dining room in the John Straub Memorial
Building.
Mary Spiller Hall, adjoining Hendricks, houses 26 girls. Mary Spiller girls
have their meals in the Hendricks Hall dining room.
Each woman residing in the halls must supply her own towels, a water glass,
and an extra blanket.
Dormitory Living Expenses. The charges for dormitory accomodations
at the University are as follows: board and room, $46.00 a calendar month; room
only, $15.00 a calendar month; board only, $31.00 a calendar month. A few single
rooms are available at $20.00 a calendar month. Board and room paYlIlents must
be made monthly in advance.
Students paying board or room charges after the date on which payment
is due are assessed a late-payment fee of $1.00 for the first day, and $1.00 for
each additional day until a maximum charge of $5.00 is reached. If dormitory
charges are not paid within ten days after the date due, the student's registration
may be canceled.
The right is reserved to increase the charge for room or board should
advance in costs require it. The charge will be decreased whenever decreased
costs make this possible.
Item
Total.. _._ _ _ _ .
Fan Term
$ 34.50
5.00
20.00
120.00
25.00
$204.50
Year
$103.50
5.00
35.00
360.00
75.00
$578.50
66 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON STUDENT LOAN FUNDS 67
ample means spend more; but many students find it possible to attend the Uni-
versity at a much lower cost. Board-and-room estimates are based on charges in
the halls of residence. The incidental item will vary greatly with the individual.
The expenses of the fall term are listed also, since there are expenses during this
term not incurred during the winter and spring terms.
It should be remembered that, in thinking of the cost of a year at the
University, a student usually has in mind the amount he will spend from the time
he leaves home until he returns at the close of the year. Such an estimate would
include clothing, travel, and amusements-items which vary according to the
thrift, discrimination, and habits of the individual. These items are not included in
the table.
•Self-Support. Many students earn a large part of their expenses by work
in the summers and during the academic year. Some students are entirely self-
supporting. In some cases students devote an occasional term or two to regular
employment, preferring to devote terms spent on the campus wholly to University
work.
. The work available during the academic year consists of such tasks as
janitor work, housecleaning, typewriting, tutoring, service-station work, waiting
on table and dish washing at living organizations, clerking, caring for children,
restaurant work, odd jobs, etc.
Organized effort is made to help self-supporting students. The University
Employment Service lists jobs and assists students in finding work. Applications
for work should be filed in the office of the Employment Secretary.
Remunerative employment cannot be guaranteed to all who may desire it.
The new student should have sufficient funds to cover the expenses of at least
the first term. It is difficult to earn one's way while carrying a full program of
studies; but many students with ability, determination, and good health are
every year making their own way, wholly or in part. Prospective students who
have these qualities should not be discouraged merely because it is not easy. The
attention of new students who intend to earn all or part of their living is called
to the following facts:
(1) Work of any kind is much more readily obtained after the student has had an oppor·
tunity to familiarize hImself with local conditions.
(2) No student should expect to obtain employment by correspondence. Students are
advised, however, to send an application to the Employment Secretary as early as possible in
the summer or during the preceding spring term.
(3) No student should come expecting to earn money unless he knows how to work and
is willing to work. Only those students who do their work well can succeed in obtaining
sufficient employment to meet their needs. Those who have skill in lOme field usually have
greater opportunities and receive better pay.
(4) There is a constant oversupply of students wishing to do teachin~ and derical and
stenographic work. None but those having superior qualifications and expenence are likely to
obtain such employment.
(5) Students having connections that might lead to jobs in Eugene, through relative&,
friends already in the University, previous employment (for example, jobs in chain stores or
chain service station. with branches in Eugene), etc., should energetical:T follow up such
"leads... Letters of recommendation from previous employers will be foun useful
(6) Students who can do any kind of domestic or manual labor well, and who have
good health, can earn board for three hours of work a day or board and room foe three and
one-half hours of work a day.
Student Health Service
THROUGH the Student Health Service the University does all in its powerI !? safeguard the health of its students. The Health Service accomplishes
its ends through health education, complete medical examinations for the
detection of remediable defects, constant vigilance against incipient disease, medical
treatment of acute diseases, and the maintenance of hygienic student living
conditions.
The student health services at the institutions in the Oregon State System
of Higher Education are supported by student registration fees. Every student
registered for credit may receive general medical attention and advice at the
Student Health Service during office hours. Limited hospital facilities are main-
tained for students whose condition requires hospitalization for general medical
attention. Such patients are admitted only upon the advice of the Health Service
physician. Fifteen days is the maximum period of hospital service during anyone
academic year. When a special nurse is necessary, the expense must be met by
the student. All expenses of, or connected with, surgical operations or specialized
service must be borne by the student. If a student is attended at his place of residence
by a Health Service physician or at the Health Service after regular hours, an
additional charge is made for each spec,ial call. Calls, after Health Service hours,
should be telephoned to the Student Health Service. The privileges o(the Health
Service are not available to members of the faculty.
The Student Health Service occupies a new $125,000 building, erected through
a PWA grant, gifts, and a special state appropriation. The first floor of the build-
ing contains modern clinical facilities, including examining rooms, physiotherapy
department, minor surgery, laboratory, and X-ray department. On the second
floor are two-bed and four-bed wards for hospital service. Contagious cases may
be isolated on this floor. The staff of the hospital and clinic includes two physicians
and seven registered nurses, one of whom is a registered X-ray and laboratory
technician.
Vaccination. Under a ruling of the State Board of Higher Education, stu-
dents are required, as a condition of entrance to any of the institutions of the
State System, to satisfy the institutional physician of immunity to smallpox (by
evidence of having had the disease or of successful vaccination). Exception is
made, however, for students who decline vaccination because of religious con-
victions. Such students may be admitted, but only on the condition that they or
(in the case of minor dependent students) their parents or guardians agree in
writing to assume all expenses incident to their care or quarantine, should they
fall ill of smallpox while students at the institution.
Physical Examination. All entering undergraduate students are required
to take a physical examination. The object of this examination is twofol.d, the
benefit of the individual and the protection of the group. In making the physical
examination compulsory in all the institutions of the State System, the Board
of Higher Education has been motivated principally by the second consideration.
Student Loan Funds
THE University of Oreg0l1 administer~ student loan funds totaling approxi-mately $150,000. These funds are avaIlable for two types of loans, namely:regular loans for a period of six months to two years; and emergency loans
of small amounts for a period of sixty days or less.
The first University loan fund was founded in 1901 through the generosity
of William M. Ladd of Portland, Other early contributors were A. S. Roberts
of The Dalles and the Class of 1904. Although for a number of years the total
amount of the fund was only a little over $500, its benefits were large. Through it
many students were enabled to complete their University work who otherwise
could not have done so. In 1909 Senator R. A. Booth of Eugene became interested
and through his efforts a number of others made substantial donations. Among
these early donors were: Theodore B. Wilcox and ]. C. Ainsworth of Portland,
68 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON SCHOLARSHIPS AND FELLOWSHIPS 69
John Kelly of Eugene, W. B. Ayer of Portland, classes of 1911 and 1913, Mn.
Ellen Condon McCornack, Ben Selling of Portland, and the estate of the late
D. P. Thompson of Portland.
In recent years the loan funds have grown very rapidly through gifts, bequests,
and accumulated interest.
In addition to the funds administered by the University, the following loan
funds are available to University of Oregon students. Except where another pro-
cedure is indicated, applications for loans from these funds may be made through
the Dean of Men or the Dean of Women.
American Association of Univel'1lity Women Loan Fund. Women stu-
dents of the University are eligible to receive aid from the scholarship loan fund
of the Eugene branch of the American Association of University Women.
American Bankel'1l' Association Loan Scholarship. The American Bank-
ers' Association awards annually a $250 loan scholarship to a student of banking
and business who is outstanding in scholarship and who is partly or wholly se1f-
supporting.
Crawford Loan Fund. This fund, a bequest of Edward G. Crawford and
Mrs. Ida M. Crawford, his wife, is administered by the United States National
Bank of Portland as trustee. All loans from the fund must be approved by a
committee consisting of three residents of Portland. The purpose of the fund
is to assist worthy young men desiring to educate themselves. Applications for
loans from this fund are made through the Dean of Men's Office.
Eastern Star Educational Fund. Loans of not more than $300 in a school
year are available to students who are members or daughters of members of
the Order of the Eastern Star. Notes are for one year, renewable at the pleasure
of the worthy matron, and draw 4 per cent interest. Loans are made upon
honor no security being asked, and will be made by the trustees of the GrandLodg~ upon the recommendation of the president of the institution which the
student is attending and the approval of the worthy matron and worthy patron
. of the chapter of the Order of Eastern Star in the city where the institution of
learning is located.
Oregon Federation of Women's Clubs Educational Fund. This fund pro-
vides loans to women students who are well recommended.
Ben Selling Loan Fund. This fund was bequeathed by Ben Selling, and
is administered by his son, Dr. Laurence Selling of Portland. Applications for
loans are made through the Dean of Men's Office.
Mary Spiller Scholarship Loan Fund. The Mary Spiller Scholarship Loan
Fund of $5,000 was established by the State Association of University of Oregon
Women in honor of Mrs. Mary P. Spiller, the first woman member of the faculty.
The income from the fund is available for scholarship loans. Applications for loans
should be made to the Dean of Women,
Administration of Loan Funds
The loan funds held in trust by the University are governed by uniform prin-
ciples and policies. Loans are made in accordance with the following regulations:
(1) No student may borrow from the Univet'slty loan funds who bas not been enrolled
in the University far at least one term.
(2) No student IllS)' borrow from the University loan funds if he bas a cumulative GPA
of less than 2.00.
(3) The service charge for emet'gency loans for one month is 25 cents fot; all loana up
to $10.00 and 50 cents far all loans over $10.00. Students who do not redeem theu emergency·
loan notes within a month must pay an additional service cbarge of 25 cents per month for
five months, and thereafter 6 per cent interest on the unpaid halance.
(4 ) The interest rate for long-time loans is 6 per cent per year..
• A"",..", of LOI!"t. Rarely is mor~ than $300 lent to any individual stndent. This ia
coD.!lIdered the maXIMum amount avallabl" from the ,Uniyersity loan funds to a single
OOrrowet'. Some of the other loan funds avaIlable to UnIversIty students permit larget' loans.
Period of Loa..... I~ is the policy of the U:niversity to encourage repayment of loans
as SOOn as the borrower IS abl~ to pay. The m",,,m~m time is two rears. with the privilege
of renewal .f ~e borrower. has In every way proved hlmself worthy 0 this consideration. Pay.
ment of lo",:,s ID monthly lnstallments as ",,?n .as possible after graduation is encouragd. It is
necessary, Since the loan funds are rather hml~ed. that they be kept active. 80 that a greater
number of stu!lent~ can be accommodated. The Interest on renewed loans is 6 per cent a year if
the borrower Is stili a student at the University; the rate of interest on renewals made after
tbe student leaves the University is 8 per cent.
. SecurilY for Regular Loo'ft. The Univers\ty does not accept various farms of collateral
,,:,hlch most money lender! require for the security of loans. The only security accepted is thesJgnatu~ of two respons!ble property oW!1ers" i.n addition to that of the student borrower.
The co-slgner~ ~ust submlt eVIdence of their ablhty to pay the note-by filing a financial state-men~ or by gIvIng bank references. The Student Loan Committee requires that one co-signet'
quahfy by hank reference. It is desirable that one of the co·signers be the parent or guardian
of the borrower.
Security for Eml!':ge1lcy Loa..... Emergency loans are granted for short periods of time,
usually f~om one to thlr~y days; a few loans are made far sixty days. The signature of the
harrower IS the only security reqUIred for an emergency loan.
• PertO'fal.QtuJlilief· In considering ,applications. these personal qualities of the student
'IV_h .h",!,:lIy In the minds ,!f the commIttee members: (1) scholastic record; (2) reputation
for rehablhty, honesty, !lnd Industry; (3) n<;e.d far aid and probability of WIse expenditure;
(4) amoun~ of present lndebtedness; (5) abdlty to repay; (6) effart which the student has
made to assIst hImself.
M ed,ical ~chool SI..dnolt. Except in the case of a few funds which a.... specificatty ....strict.
cd to ,{[nlverslty students at .Eug~ne, students at the University of Oregon Medical School
are ehglble for loans from UnIversIty student loan funds on the SaDIe basis as students on the
campus at Eugene.
Loan Procedure
All applications for student loans must be made through the Dean of Men's
Office. Men students apply directly to the Dean of Men. Women students are
required to obtain the approval of the Dean of Women before making formal
application at the Dean of Men's Office.
Loan funds are administered by the Student Loan Committee, composed of:
the Dean of Men, chairman; the Dean of Personnel Administration' and the
University Business Manager. '
Scholarships and Fellowships
ANUMBER of scholarships and fellowships are available to Universitystudents of ability and promise. Most of these awards have been established
through the generosity of private donors. Further information concerning
the fellowships and scholarships listed below may be obtained from the Dean of
Men. Fellowships and scholarships offered to students at the University of Oregon
Medical School are listed in the Medical School Catalog.
State Scholarships. A limited number of state scholarships are awarded
annually to students of the institutions of the Oregon State System of Higher
Education. These scholarships cover tuition and laboratory and course fees
(a total o~ ~22,OO a term or ¥i6.00 a year for a student attending the Univer-~It~). ReCipients of scholarships must, however, pay the matriculation fee, the
inCidental. fee, the building fee, and special fees. At least fifty per cent of the
scholarships are awarded to entering freshmen. To be eligible, an entering student
must rank in the upper third of his high-school graduating class. Students who
have previously attended an institution of higher learning must have a grade-point
avera~e o~ 2.~0 (comp~ted accordi~g to the grade-point system in use at the Oregon
state inStitutionS of hIgher education). All applicants, to be eligible, must be in
70 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON SCHOLARSHIPS AND FELLOWSHIPS 71
of financial assistance. Application should be made on o~cial ~Ianks ~o the
::etary of the State Board of ~igher Education or to the University Registrar.
Applications must be filed by Apnl 1. .
University Assistantships. Scholarships, .and Fel1owship~. A number of
and research assistantships, scholarships, and fellows~IPs are award~~~~~I~ by the University to qualified graduate students. For stipends and apph-
cation procedure, see GRADUATE DIVISION.
American Association of University Wo~en Gra~ua:te Schol~rs~p.
t a the Oregon division of the Amencan ASSOCiatIOn of Umverslty~:;en'::~;d~sa $1,200 scholarship to a woman who is a resident of Oreg~m, and
who holds at least a bachelor's degree, for advanced study at an American or
foreign university.
A iated Women Students Scholarships. The Associated Women Stu-
dents ~;~e University award scholarships of varying amounts to worthy women
students.
P . L Campbell Scholarship. This scholarship, usually amounting tonnce • d' . . t dent$15.00 a month, is awarded to an upper- IVlslon woman s u .
Bernard Daly Scholarships. Under terms of the will of the late Dr. B~mard
Dal of Lakeview, Oregon, worthy young men and women of Lake County, dr~~n
rna yreceive a part or all of their necessary college expenses from the Bernar a y
Ed
Y t' I F nd The fund is administered by a board of trustees, who select the
uca lona u . . . h Id' Lak Co nty
scholars annually after a qualifying exammatlon e In e u .
Thomas Condon Fellowship in Palaeontology. The Thomas Condon Fe!-
lowship is awarded as an aid to graduate study in the field of ~I~ontol~. IJ IS
endowed through a bequest from the late Mrs. ElIen Condon cf ~m~ : an .;named in memory of her father, Dr. Thomas Condon, member 0 e mversl
faculty from 1876 until his death in 1906.
Gertrude Watson Holman Memorial Scholarships. Scholarship awards
totaling $125 are given annually to women stud~nts from thhe gertrud;,:a:::
Holman Memorial Fund. The fund was establtshed by t e amma I
mothers and friends of the late Mrs. Rufus Holman.
Herbert Crombie Howe Scholarship. This scholarship is endowed thro~gh
a ift from Mrs. Herbert Crombie Howe in memory of J:er .husband: a mem erof~he faculty of the Department of ~nglish from l?Ol Cunttl h~s deathllln }~40:t~~for man years faculty representative to the PaCific oas~ nterco. ~gla e
letic Co~ference. It is awarded to students injured in athletic competition, to help
them continue their education.
Kwama Scholarship. Kwama, sophomore women's h?nor so:~ety, awards
each year a $35.00 scholarship to a woman student on the baSIS of ablhty and need.
Ion Lewis Scholarship in Architecture. This traveling sch~larshi~ is
awarded whenever sufficient funds are ava~lable to .advanced ;tude$~~~ a$~I~~~­
ture at the University of Oregon. Scholarships vary m ~~ount ro~ dO cd f
Award is made on the basis of character, health, ablltty, ?rOmlSe, a~ te 1 0
travel. The fellowship is supported by a trust fund establtshed by t e ate on
Lewis of Portland.
A J M k . Memorial Scholarships·. Five $200 scholarshipsKenneth ., ac enzle
--.-ii,;;,kenzie Scholarships will not be awarded to students whose medical education is
financed by the Federal government.
are awarded annually for the study of medicine, in accordance with the follow-
ing plan: one $200 scholarship is awarded each year to the outstanding pre-
medical student at the University of Oregon in the last year of his premedical
studies; if the student enters the University of Oregon Medical School and
continues to maintain a high scholastic record, the scholarship is renewable
for each of his four years of medical training; if the student does not maintain a
high scholastic record at the Medical School, his scholarship is transferred to the
outstanding member of his Medical School class who has taken his premedical
work at the University of Oregon. The scholarships are a memorial to Dr.
Kenneth A. J. Mackenzie, former dean of the Medical School; they are endowed
through a bequest from the late Mildred Anna WiIliams.
Mortar Board Scholarships. Mortar Board, women's honor society, pro-
vides each year a varying amount of money for the assistance of worthy women
students.
Oregon Mothers Scholarships. The Oregon Mothers organization awards
three scholarships annually to freshman students graduating from Oregon high
schools: the $200 Petronella G. Peets Scholarship and two $150 scholarships.
During the war emergency the Oregon Mothers are awarding additional schol-
arships of from $50 to $150 to prenursing students. High-school students may apply
for Oregon Mother Scholarships during their senior year or the year follow-
ing their graduation. Application should be made to the Dean of Personnel Ad-
ministration not later than April 1.
Panhellenic Scholarships. These scholarships, amounting to $35.00 each,
are awarded to women students.
Ellen M. Pennell Scholarships. These scholarships, covering regular tuition
fees, are awarded annually to students in the School of Architecture and AlIied
Arts. They are endowed through a bequest from Mrs. Ellen M. Pennell, for many
years a member of the University Library staff.
Phi Beta Scholarships. These scholarships are awarded by Phi Beta, wo-
men's national professional fratemity for music and drama, to women students in
the School of Music, on the basis of talent, scholarship, and worthiness.
Arthur P. Pratt Scholarship. The Arthur P. Pratt Scholarship is awarded
annually to a graduating senior of the University of Oregon, as an aid to post-
graduate study at the University. In choosing a Pratt scholar, a faculty committee
gives consideration to scholastic record, character, good citizenship, and promise
as a graduate student. The scholarship is endowed through a gift from Mr. John
G. Foster of Eugene, and is named in honor of Mr. Arthur P. Pratt of Los An-
geles, California.
Quota International Scholarship. A scholarship covering all spring-term
fees and tuition is awarded annually to a sophomore woman student by the Eugene
chapter of Quota International.
Rotana Scholarship. The Portland Rotana Club provides an annual award
of $25.00 to the most worthy junior woman major in business administration.
Spinsters Scholarship. A $100 scholarship is awarded annually by the
Spinsters Club of Eugene to a junior woman student residing in Eugene.
T. Neil Taylor Scholarship in Editing. This award of $100 is given annually
for the best editorial investigation by a senior major in journalism. Funds for the
award are provided by T. Neil Taylor of Oakland, California, University graduate
in the Class of 1931.
72 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON PRIZES AND AWARDS 73
Prizes and Awards
DISTINCTION in scholarship is recognized at the University throughdegrees wi~h honors, through election to the various honor societies, andthrough prizes and awards. A statement of the requirements for degrees
with honors and a list of honor societies will be found elsewhere in this Catalog.
There are also essay and oratorical prizes, and awards for proficiency in special
fields and for all-round distinction in student life.
American Law Book Prizes. The American Law Book Company offers
each year separately bound topics from Co,pus Juris Secundum to those law
students who have the best scholastic records in the several courses covering
the topics that have been separately bound to date.
Bancroft-Whitney Prize. The Bancroft-Whitney Company, law publishers
awards annually a legal publication to the senior law student who has maintained
the highest grade average throughout his work in the School of Law.
Philo Sherman Bennett Prize. This prize of from $30.00 to $40.00, the in-
terest on a bequest from Philo Sherman Bennett of New Haven, Connecticut, IS
awarded for the best essay on the principles of free government.
Beta Gamma Sigma Award. To honor outstanding scholastic attainment,
the name of the freshman major student in the School of Business Administration
receiving the highest grade average each year is engraved on a permanent record
plaque placed in the corridor of the Commerce Building by Beta Gamma Sigma
honorary business fraternity. •
Botsford, Constantine, and Gardiner Prizes. These prizes are awarded each
year by the Botsford, Constantine, and Gardiner Advertising Agency for the
best solutions of an advertising problem submitted by students of advertising.
First prize, $20.00; second prize, $10.00; third prize, $5.00.
Julia Burgess Poetry Prize. The Julia Burgess Poetry Prize of $25.00 is
awarded annually for the best original poem submitted by a junior or senior stu-
dent. Irifonnation in regard to the rules governing the award may be obtained
from the head of the Department of English. The prize is endowed through a
bequest from the late Miss Julia Burgess, member of the faculty, of the University
from 1907 until her death in 1942.
Nathan Burkan Memorial Prizes. The American Society of Composer~,
Authors, and Publishers awards $100 for the best paper or papers submitted by
a student or students in the graduating class of the School of Law on the subject
of copyright law.
Chi Omega Prize. A prize of $25.00 is awarded by Chi Omega sorority to
the woman student in the Department of Sociology deemed most worthy on the
basis of scholarship, character, and promise.
Chi Omega Scholarship Cup. This cup is awarded annually to the sorority
with the highest grade average during the preceding academic year.
Delta Phi Alpha Award. A volume of German literature is awarded each
year by Delta Phi Alpha, German honorary society, to the outstanding student
in German.
Failing-Beekman-Jewett Prizes. These prizes are awarded annually to those
members of the senior class who deliver the best original orations at the time of
graduation. The first prize of $150 is the gift of Henry Failing of Portland, the
second prize of $100 is the gift of C. C. Beekman of Jacksonville, and the third
prize of $50 is the glft of Mrs. W. F. Jewett of Eugene.
Gerlinger Cup. This cup, presented by Mrs. George Gerlinger, former regent
of the University, is awarded by a committee of faculty, town, and student women
to the best all-around woman of the junior class.
Interfraternity Council Scholarship Cups. The Interfraternity Council
awards annually two cups: one, presented by W. A. Dahlberg, faculty adviser
of the council, to the fraternity whose members have earned the highest grade-
point average during the preceding year; and one, presented by Dean Karl W.
Ontbanlc, to the fraternity pledge class earning the highest grade-point average
during the fall term.
Jewett Prizes. These prizes, amounting to more than ~. are awarded
annually in a series of public-speaking contests. Funds for the prizes were given
to the University in memory of the late W. F. Jewett by his wife, Mrs. Mary
Jewett. '
Walter Kidd Poetry Prize. The Walter Kidd Poetry Prize of $15.00 will
be awarded in the spring of 1944-45 for the best original poem submitted by a
freshman or sophomore student. Information in regard to the rules governing the
award may be obtained from the head of the Department of English. Funds for
the prize have been provided by Mr. Walter Kidd, B.A., '26, M.A., '35.
Koyl Cup. This cup, presented by Charles W. Kayl, 'U, is awarded each
year to the man who, in the opinion of a committee of the faculty, is the best
all-around man of the junior class.
LawYers Cooperative Prizes. The Lawyers Cooperative Publishing Com-
pany awards annually: a copy of Ballantine's LAw Dicti01f(Jry to the law student
doing the best work in the course in Legal Bibliography; and separately bound
topics from Ame,ican Jurisprudena to those students having the best scholastic
records in the several courses covering the topics included in the volumes of
American Ju,isprudence published to date.
Library Day Prizes. The University Library and the Association of Patrons
aDd Friends of the University of Oregon Library awards prizes on Library Day
each spring for the best personal libraries of University students.
Life Insurance Prizes. The Life Insurance Managers' Association of Oregon
offers annual cash prizes totaling $35.00 for the best insurance sales talks given
by students in the life-insurance class. The student giving the best talk receives
an individual plaque, and has his name engraved on a bronze plaque displayed in
the Commerce Building.
Marshall-Case-Haycox Prizes. Prizes totaling $100 for the best short
stories submitted by students are offered each year by Edison Marshall, ex-'17,
Robert Ormond ~ase, '20, and Ernest ]. Haycox, '23. Contestants are limited to
undergraduates regularly enrolled and in good standing.
Men's Dormitory Scholarship Cup. This cup, presented by Mrs. Genevieve
Turnipseed, director of dormitories, is awarded annually to the men's hall having
the highest scholastic average for the year.
Oregon State Society of Certified Public Accountants' Prize. This award,
consisting of accounting books to the value of $25.00, is made each year to the
outstanding student in accounting.
74 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON EXTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITIES 75
Phi Beta Kappa Prize. This prize, consisting of books to the value of $25.00,
is offered annually by Alpha of Oregon chapter of Phi Beta Kappa. The award
is made, on the basis of scholarship and promise, to a student completing lower-
division work.
Phi Chi Theta Key. The Phi Chi Theta Key is awarded annually, on the
basis of high scholastic standing and general student activities, to a woman in the
senior class of the School of Business Administration.
Physical-Education Honor Awards. The faculty of the School of Physical
Education presents certificates each year in recognition of outstanding qualities
of sound scholarship, high idealism, and worthy professional accomplishment iD
the field of physical education.
Pi Delta Phi Award. Pi Delta Phi, honorary French society, presents a book
prize each year to the student who has made the greatest progress in undergraduate
courses in French.
Pot and Quill Prize. A prize of $5.00 is awarded by Pot and Quill, society of
women writers, for the best piece of writing submitted by a woman student in an
annual contest.
George Rebec Prize in Philosophy. A cash prize of $25.00 is awarded
annually to the undergraduate student who submits the best essay on a philosophical
topic. The prize is named in honor of Dr. George Rebec, professor emeritus of
philosophy.
Sigma Delta Chi Scholarship Award. Recognition for exceptional scholar-
ship is awarded annually to journalism students by Sigma Delta Chi, professional
journalistic fraternity, through its national headquarters at Detroit.
Sigma Delta Pi Award. A medal and a book prize are awarded each year
by the Oregon chapter of Sigma Delta Pi, honorary Spanish society, to the stu-
dent in advanced courses in Spanish who has made the greatest progress during
the school year.
Sigma Xi Graduate Research Prize. A prize of $25.00 is awarded annually
by the Oregon chapter of Sigma Xi to a graduate student, working in one of the
fields from which Sigma Xi selects its members, for the most outstanding piece of
research.
Turnbull-Hall Award. Each year the name of the outstanding senior student
member of the staff of the OMGON DAILY EM:£RALD is engraved on a plaque
which hangs in the EMP;RALD news room. The plaque was presented in 1931 by
George Turnbull and Vinton H. Hall.
University Cooperative Store Retail Advertising Prizes. Cash awards are
given annually by the University Cooperative Store for the best full-page adver-
tising layouts and copy prepared by members of the retail advertising class.
Vice-Presidential Cups. Silver cups, the gift of Vice-President Burt Brown
Barker, are awarded annually to the men's and women's living organizations
achieving the highest average for scholarship among the living groups during
the academic year.
Women's Dormitory Scholarship Cup. This cup, presented by Mrs. Gene-
vieve Turnipseed, director of dormitories, is awarded annually to the women's
hall having the highest scholastic average for the year.
Extracurricular Activities
THE University recognizes the values of extracurricular student activities. as a part of a college education: formation of habits of civic responsibilityand leadership through self-government and through student clubs and
sOcieties; the broadening of outlook and sympathies through varied human asso-
ciations; cultural development through participation in the intellectual and
aesthetic life of the campus.
Associated Students. The students of the University are organized for self-
government into the Associated Students of the University of Oregon. This
organization sponsors such activities as intercollegiate athletics, student publica-
tions, forensics and dramatics. and concert and lecture series.
For purposes of administration, two distinct types of student activities are
recognized: educational activities and athletic activities. Educational activities
are administered by an Educational Activities Board, composed of faculty and
student representatives. and by an educational activities manager. Athletic
activities are administered by an Athletic Board, composed of faculty, student,
and alumni representatives, and by an athletic manager.
The Associated Women Students, a group within the general student organ-
ization sponsors and supervises activities of women students.
&ch entering class forms an organization which retains its identity throughout
the four years at the University and after graduation. Class reunions are held
regularly by alumni. During their undergraduate days students in the different
classes uphold various distinctive traditions. Graduating classes usually leave
a gift to the University.
Clubs and Associations. Clubs and associations representing special student
interests flourish on the University campus. Some of these organizations are:
Allied Arts League; Architecture Club; Bernard Daly Club.(students. holding D~ly
scholarships)' Kwama (sophomore women)' Newman Club (Cathohc); PhYSical EducatiOn
Club' Skull a'nd Dagger (lower-division men~ ; Wesley Club (Methodist) ; Westminster Asso-ciatio~ (Presbyterian); Young Men's Christian Association; Young Women's Christian As·
5Ociation.
Honor Societies. A number of honor societies are maintained on the Ore-
gon campus for the recognition of general scholarship, scholarship in particular
fields, and student leadership. Most of these are national organizations, with
chapters at the leading colleges and universities of the country. Among these
societies are:
Phi Beta Kappa (liberal arts and sciences); Sig!M Xi (science);. Alpha K",ppa .oe)ta
(sociology); Beta Gamma Sigma (business); pelta Sigma Rho (foren~iCs); D'"!1,ds (Jumor
men) ; Friars (senior men) ; Mortar Board (seniOr women~{' Mu Phi Epsllon (musi~. wo'!'en) ;
National Collegiate Players (dramatics) ; Order of the COl (law); Phi Theta Upsllon (Junior
women); Theta Sigma Phi (journalism. women).
Professional and Departmental Societies. Student societies are maintained
in many of the schools and dep~r~ments for the promotion of high stan~r~s of
scholarship and professional trammg. Most of these are national orgamzatlons.
Among these societies are:
Amphibian (swimming, women) ; Asklepiads (I'r~medies)! :Seta Alpha Psi (accounting,
men) . Delta Phi Alpha (German); Gamma Alpha ChI (adverhsmg, ",:ome~) ; Master I?ance
Group (dancing, women); Phi Beta (music and d!ama, women); P)ll Chi Thet", (busmess,
women)' Phi Delta Kappa (educatio!,. men); Ph, ~u Alpha .(muslc, men); .Pi Delta Ph,
(French)' Pi Lambda Theta (educatiOn, women); Pi Mu EpSIlon (mathemal1.c~); Pot and
Quill (writing, women); Propeller Club.(foreign trad~); Sca~bard a~d Blade (mll't",ry. me~);
Sigma Delta Chi (journalism. men); Sigma Delta Pi (Spamsh); Sigma Delta PSi (phYSical
education, men).
Athletics and Sports. The University of Oregon is a member of the Pacific
Coast Athletic Conference. composed of ten leading universities and colleges (if
76 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON EXTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITIES 77
the coast region. In addition to intercollegiate athletics, a comprehensive program
of intramural sports is sponsored by the institution through the School of Physical
Education. The sports program is closely correlated with instruction in physical
education. The Order of the "0," composed of all winners of varsity letters, and
the Women's Athletic Association encourage sports participation and give recog-
nition for proficiency.
Lectures. The regular University curriculum is supplemented by University
assemblies at which visiting speakers address the general student body, and by
frequent public lectures by faculty members and visiting scholars. Special lectures
are sponsored by the University Lectures and the Religious and Spiritual Activi-
ties committees of the faculty, the Educational Activities Board of the Associated
Students, Sigma Xi, and various schools and departments.
Forensics and Dramatics. Forensics and dramatics are fostered on the
campus not only for their value to those participating but also for their intellectual
and cultural value for the whole University community.
Training and experience in acting, play production, and stagecraft are pro-
vided by the Division of Speech and Dramatic Arts of the Department of English.
Each season several full-length plays are given in connection with courses in
drama. The division also produces a series of plays for which students not regis-
tered for drama courses may try out. Plays are occasionally taken on tour. Vari-
ous special groups also provide outlets for dramatic talent and opportunities for
experience in play production.
The Associated Students, in cooperation with the Division of Speech and
Dramatic Arts, sponsor a public-discussion program for both men and women.
Students participating in this program lead discussions of topics of current and
vital interest on the campus, and throughout the state at meetings arranged by high
schools, civic organizations, churches, etc. The program includes thorough super-
vised research in preparation for these public appearances. Students also have
excellent opportunities for radio experience through participation in regular
broadcasts from the University studios of station KOAC.
Art and Music. The University gives special encouragement to extra-
curricular activities in art and music. Concerts and recitals, sponsored by the
School of Music, the Associated Students, and the several student musical organ-
izations, playa central part in the cultural life of the University community. The
Allied Arts League and the School of Architecture and Allied Arts present fre-
quent exhibits of student art work and loan collections. Several dance recitals are
given each year under the auspices of the Master Dance Group.
The University Symphony Orchestra, an organization of about seventy
student musicians, presents several concerts each year. In addition to its own
concert series, the orchestra supports faculty and advanced student soloists, and
cooperates with the choral organizations in oratorio productions. Any University
student is eligible to tryout for the orchestra.
The University Choral Union includes in its membership more than 400 stu-
dents, faculty members, and townspeople who are interested in the study and
interpretation of great choral literature.
The University Band is divided into four groups: the Concert Band, first and
second divisions; the Pep Band; and the Military Band. The Concert Band gives
several concerts of classical and modern music each year. The Pep Band plays
for athletic contests and rallies. The Military Band, composed of freshman and
sophomore military students, plays for all R.O.T.C. ceremonies and reviews.
The Associated Students bring artists of international fame to the campus
each year for concerts, to which all students have free admission. Free public re-
citals by members of the faculty of the School of Music and by advanced music
students are given in the Music Auditorium during the school year.
. Social ~r~anization~•. Personal associations with fellow students through
SOCial organ!zatlons and hvmg groups constitute some of the pleasantest features
of campus hfe, and ar~ very valuable for personal and social development. All
students have opportunity to belong to some type of social organization.
Independent students (students who live outside the dormitories and are not
members of fraternities ~r sororities) have two social organizations: the Oregon
Yeomen (men) and Ondes (women). Tonqueds is an organization of women
student~, both sorority and independent, who live in Eugene. Phi Theta Upsilon
and Phl10melete promote fellowship and congenial activities among independent
women students.
The students living in each of the University halls of residence have a self-
governing organization and a social program.
Students living in the several cooperative houses take an active part in
campus social life.
F~aterni.ties .on the Oregon campus ~re organized into the Interfraternity
Coun~I~, which IS a member of the national Interfraternity Conference. The
sorontles on the campus are organized into the Panhellenic Council which is a~ember of the national Panhellenic Congress. The presidents of ~ll women's
hving groups (including dormitories) are members of the Heads of Houses
Association.
Sororities at the University are: Alpha Chi Omega Alpha Delta Pi Alpha Gamma
Delta, Alpha Omicr!,n Pi, Alpha Phi, Alpha Xi Delta, Chi' Omelfa, Delta D~lta Delta, Delta
Gamma, Gamma Ph, Beta, Kappa Alpha Theta, Kappa Kappa Gamma Pi Beta Phi and Sigma
Kappa. ' ,
Fraternitieo at the University are: Alpha Tan Omega Beta Theta Pi Chi Poi Delta Tau
D.elta, Delta Upsilon, Kappa Sigma, Phi Delta Theta, Phi'Gamma Delta 'Phi Ka pa Poi, Phi
S
S!gma Kappa, fhl Kappa Alpha, Sigma Alpha Epsilon, SilfmB Alpha Mn, 8ilfmB chf SilfmB Nu
IlfmB Ph, EpSIlon, and Theta Chi. ' ,
Student Publications. University of Oregon student publications are listed
below. The official publications of the University and of the State System of Higher
Education are listed on another page.
Ta!t O~GON DAILY EM.ERALD is a full-size newspaper, published five days
a week dunng the .sc.hool year. It is edited, managed, and financed by students.
All. students are ehglble for positions on its staff. Payment of registration fees
entitles all students to a subscription to the EM!tRALD.
Ta!t OR!tGAN~, the yearbook of the Associated Students, presents a pictorial
record of student hfe. The volume is published in May during Junior Week End.
The FACULTY AND STUDeNT DIR!tCTORY is compiled and published annually
by the Associated Students.
Alumni Association
MEMBERSHIP in the University of Oregon Alunmi Association is opento a!l persons w?o have completed work for credit at the University.Semiannual meetmgs are held at Homecoming and at Commencement.
The Alunmi Association publishes a monthly magazine, OLD OUGON. In it are
rec?rded the activities of the association, news of the University, and special
articles by students, faculty members, and graduates. The officers and directors
of the association are as follows:
~~~~!.~~~:~~~~~~~~~::~~~~~::~~~~~~~~~:~~~~~~~~~~~~:~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~:~:~:i~i=~~~
78 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
Term Ending Dec. 31,1946
PAUL PATTERSON, '23
JAMEI T. DONALD, 'IS
WALTEII T. DURGAN, '28
PETBR LAuu, '27
ROBERT W. LUCAI, '36
ROBERT POLLOCa:, '38
ELTON A. SCHROEDER, '27
REMZY M. Cox, '22
DR. H. C. STAPLES, '23
GENEVIBVE DUNLOP, '34
ORVAL D. YOKOM, '27
DIRECTORS
Term Ending Dec. 31, 1945
WILLIAM HAGGBRTY, '29
JOHN N. MOHR, '28
OTTO FROHNMAYBR, '29
MRs. BOYD OVERHULlE, '31
DL CUlRE L. OGLB '16
JOHN H. HOUSTON, '21
RAY HARUN, '24
BASIL WILLIAMS. '19
RALPH CRONISB, 'II
EARL BLACa:ABY 'IS
DL CLARENCB W. KEaKE, '96
Term Endln" Dec. 31, 1944
CLARENCE C. CODDING, '35
EDWIN DICa:, '40
DR. AlA B. STAUUCa:, M.D., '06
PAULBN W. KAIEBERG, '37
CHESTER O. KNOWLTON, '32
BERTUND S. lEURD, 'IS
RAYMOND O. WILLIAM" '14
GEORCE STADBLMAN, '30
GLBNN S. MACY, '20
JOHN F. PUTNAM, '31
The University of Oregon Medical School has its own active Alumni Asso-
ciation. Its members include graduates of the Medical School and of the Willarn-
ette University department of medicine, which was merged with the Medical
School in 1913. Officers of the Medical School Alumni Association are listed in the
Medical School Catalog.
• On leave for military service. Part III
Resident Instruction
Lower Division
MARLON ELLWOOD SMITH, Ph.D., Dean and Director of Lower Division, Oregon
State System of Higher Education.
LENA CURRIER EMERSON, Secretary to the Dean.
FRESHMAN and sophomore work in the liberal arts and sciences is unspecial-ized. The work is offered through the Lower Division on a parallel basis atthe University and the State College and leads to the Junior Certificate. Stu-
dents completing the work of the Lower Division and fulfilling all requirements
for the Junior Certificate may select a maj or in a specialized field at the close of
the sophomore year.
For students who plan to complete work for the bachelor's degree the two
lower-division years provide broad general education and a foundation for special-
ization during the junior and senior years in some major field in the liberal arts and
sciences or in a professional or technical curriculum. Lower-division students ex-
plore several fields of study with a view to determining special interests and
aptitudes.
For students who complete no more than the first two years of college work,
the Lower Division aims to afford a balanced cultural program and preparation
for intelligent citizenship.
The State Board of Higher Education in establishing the Lower Division
defined its primary purpose as follows :
(1) Basic Education.
Insuring to all students the elements of a sound general education dur-
ing their first two years; delaying specialization until the junior and
senior years and then encouraging it to a high degree.
(2) Orientation.
Providing students with a period of exploratory contact which will en-
able the institution to assist them to make a wise selection of specializa-
tion on the basis of their abilities and aptitudes.
Lower-Division Groups. For the purpose of adjusting the work to the two-
fold objectives of basic education and orientation, lower-division work in the liberal
arts and sciences has been arranged in three groups, each representing a compre-
hensive field of knowledge, as follows: LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE, SCIENCE (in-
cluding the biological and physical sciences and mathematics) , and SOCIAL SCIENClI.
Group Requirements. Students intending to major in the liberal arts and
sciences must complete at least 9 approved term hours in each of the three groups
and at least 9 additional approved term hours in courses numbered 200-210, or
equivalent, in anyone of the same three groups. Courses that satisfy group re-
quirements are numbered from 100 to 110 and from 200 to 210. (For group re-
quirements for students in the professional schools see page 53.)
Required Courses. Besides fulfilling group requirements, lower-division stu-
dents must take required work in English Composition, Health Education,
Physical Education, and Military Science and Tactics, as stated on page 53.
Entering students are required to take certain aptitude and placement exam-
[ 81 ]
82 LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES GROUP COURSES 83
inations, and to make any adjustments indicated as a result of standings
achieved in these tests.
Major Requirements and Electives. Students complete their study programs
with courses required by major departments or with electives. Students who
have decided on a major field take the courses prescribed by the major de-
partment. Students who are uncertain of their dominant interest or their voca-
tional intentions, or who do not plan to pursue major specialization later, take a
program of studies designed to aid them in self-exploration and individual devel-
opment.
The general distribution of work for lower-division students is shown in the
curriculum on page 84.
Lower-Division Advisers. Each entering student is assigned to a lower-divi-
sion adviser, whom the student consults in making out his study program. It is the
duty of the adviser to assist the student in building an integrated program, in line
with his interests and with institutional and lower-division requirements.
Certificates
STUDENTS who have met the group requirements, and have completed atotal of at least 93 term hours of required and elective freshman and sopho-more work, qualify for one of three certificates, depending on their objectives
and attainments:
The Junior Certificate, which admits to upper-division standing and the
opportunity to pursue a major curriculum leading to a degree. It requires a
grade-point average of at least 2.00.
The Junior Certificate with Honors Privileges, which admits to the priv-
ilege of working for honors in the schools and departments providing honors
work. To receive this certificate the student must have a grade-point average
oJ at least 2.75, in addition to fulfilling all requirements for the Junior Cer-
tificate.
The Lower-Division Certificate, which recognizes the successful com-
pletion of two years of lower-division work. It is granted upon request to students
whose desire has been only to round out their general education. The scholastic
average specified for the Junior Certificate is not required. The Lower-Division
Certificate does not admit to upper-division standing.
Group Courses
YEAR sequences applicable in meeting group requirements are listed below.These courses may also be taken as electives. Descriptions of the courses areprinted under the several departmental headings in the COLLIlGIt OF Lml(RAL
ARTS section of this Catalog.
LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE GROUP
Classics
Lat 101, 102, 103. Latin Literature: Augustan Age. 3 hours each term.
Lat 201, 202, 203. Latin Literature: Silver Ale. 3 hours each term.
English
Eng 101, 102, 103. Surycy of English Literature. 3 hours each term.
Eng 104, 105, 106. Appreciation of Literature. 3 hours each term.
Enl107, 108, 109. Introduction to Literature. 3 hours each term.
Enl 201, 202, 203. Silakeopeare. 3 houn each term.
Gennanic Languages
GL 201, 202, 203. German Literature. 3 hours each term.
Romuce Languages
FRENCH
RL 201, 202, 203. French Literature. 3 hours each term.
RL 204, 205, 206. Seventeenth·Century French Literature. 3 1I0urs eadt .......
SPANISH
RL 207, 208, 209. Spanish Literature. 3 hours each term.
SCIENCE GROUP
General Science
BiS 101, 102, 103. Biological-Science Survey. 4 hours each term.
PhS 101, 102, 103. Physical-Science Survey. 4 hours each term.
PhS 104. Physical·Science Survey. 4 hours spring.
Biology
Bi 201. General Biology. 4 hours fall.
Bi 202, 203. General Zoology. 4 hours each term, winter and spring.
Bi 204, 205. General Botany. 4 hours each term, winter and spring.
Chemistry
Ch 101, 102, 103. Elmentarx Chemistry. 4 hours each term.
Ch 104, 105,106. General Chemistry. 4 hours each term.
Ch 204, 205, 206. Analytical and Theoretical Chemistry. 4 or 5 honn eacla term.
Geology
·G 101, 102, 103. General Geology. 3 hours each term.
·G 104, lOS, 106. General Geology Lahoratory. 1 hours each term.
G 201, 202,.203. Introduction to Field Geology. 1 to 3 honn each term.
Mathematics
Mth 100. Intermediate Algebra. 4 hours.
Mth 101, 102, 103. Elementary Analysis I, II, III. 4 hours each term.
Mth 105. College Algebra. 4 hours.
Mth 106. Plane Tri~onometry.4 hours.
Mth 108. MathematICS of Finance. 4 hours.
Mth 200. Analytical Geometry. 4 hours.
Mth 201, 202, 203. Differential and Integral Calculus. 4 hours each term.
Mth 205. Calculus. 4 hours.
Mth 209. Mathematics of Life Insurance. 3 or 4 hours.
Physics
tPh 101, 102, 103. Essentials of Physics. 2 hours each term.
tPh 104, 105, 106. Essentials of Physics Laboratory. 1 hour each term.
Ph 201, 202, 203. General Physics. 4 or 5 hours each term.
Ph 207. Elementary Meteorology. 3 hours.
Ph 208, 209. Descriptive Astronomy. 3 hours each term.
Psychology
*Psy 201, 202. General Psychology. 3 hours each term.
*Psy 204. Psychology of Adjustment. 3 hours.
*Psy 205. Applied PsychologY' 3 hours.
*Psy 208, 209, 210. General Psychology Laboratory. 1 hour each term.
SOCIAL SCIENCE GROUP
General Social Science
SSc 101, 102, 103. Background of Social Science. 3 hours each term.
SSc 104, 105. Background of Social Science. 5 hours each term, winter and spring.
Anthropology
Anth 201, 202, 203. General Anthropology. 3 hours each term.
Anth 207, 208, 209. Introduction to Cultural Anthropology. 3 hours eacll tem1.
Economics
Ec 201, 202, 203. Principles of Economics. 3 hours each term.
Ec 204, 205. Principles of Economics. 5 hours each term, winter and spring,'
Geolraphy
Geo 105, 106, 107. Introductory Geography. 3 hours each term.
Geo 108, 109, 110. Introductory Geography Laboratory. 1 hour each term.
. • Both G 101, 102, 103 and G 104, 105, 106 must be taken to satisfy the science group
requirement.
. t Both Ph 101, 102, 103 and Ph 104, lOS, 106 must be taken to satisf;r the science group
requirement.
* Psy 208, 209, 210 must be taken with Psy 201, 202, 204 or Psy 201, 202, 205 to satiaf;r
lIbe acience Iroup requirement. .
84 LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
Lower-Division Curriculum
l ....itw Certificate
l ....ior Certificate with Honors Privileges
Lower·Division Certificate
Fres"man Year
]AlJI.ES HENRY GILBERT, Ph.D., Dean of the College of Liberal Arts.
NtLLIE E. FURNISH, Secretary to the Dean.
College of Liberal Arts
THE College of Liberal Arts represents the ancient and continuing effort ofmen to extend the range of their experience beyond the narrow limits of thetime and place in which they find themselves at birth. To achieve and enjoy
such a freedom, men must know all they can about themselves and their environ-
ment, both physical and social. The liberal arts are a group of studies designed to
assist and direct the exploration of man's nature and his position in the world.
By the help of some of these studies, we are able to compare our own experi-
ences with those of men in other times, places, and circumstances, and thus share
in the inherited wisdom and satisfactions of mankind. Through others, we deepen
and extend our knowledge of our physical environment. Knowledge-scientific,
historical, and literary-is the indispensable condition of the good life of free men.
From the founding of the University of Oregon, the liberal arts have remained
the central core of the educational program of the institution. In the earliest Univer-
sity Catalogs, the several "courses" of liberal-arts instruction were rather loosely
grouped under the "Collegiate Department," distinguished at first only from the
"English Preparatory Department" but later also from the professional schools. In
the Catalogs of the 1890s, the term "College of Letters" occurs, but only as a head-
ing in lists of students and graduates.
As a part of the first formal organization plan for the University, inaugurated
by President Strong in 1899, the College of Literature, Science and the Arts was
established. The University continued to administer its liberal-arts program
through this college until the reorganization of the Oregon State System of
Higher Education in 1932.
Under the original State System plan, a College of Arts and Letters and a
College of Social Science were organized at the University, and major work in the
physical and biological sciences was allocated to the School of Science at Oregon
State College. The University continued to offer nonmajor service courses in
science through the Lower Division and Service Departments.
In October 1941, the State Board of Higher Education authorized the Uni-
versity to re-establish a program of major undergraduate and graduate work in
science, beginning with the academic year 1942-43. At its January 1942 meeting,
the Board approved the merging of the College of Arts and Letters, the College
of Social Science, and the science departments into a College of Liberal Arts.
The departments included in the college are: Anthropology, Biology (includ-
ing botany and zoology), Chemistry, Classics, Economics, English, Geology and
Geography, Germanic Languages and Literatures, History, Home Economics,
Mathematics, Philosophy, Physics, Political Science, Psychology, Religion,
Romance Languages, and Sociology. All the departments, except the departments
of Home Economics and Religion, offer major curricula leading to baccalaureate
and graduate degrees.
Entrance Requirements. There are no entrance requirements, beyond the
general entrance requirements of the University, for students intending to choose
a major within the College of Liberal Arts.
Students intending to major in any of the natural sciences are, however,
advised to present at least two units of high-school mathematics and two units of
3-4
3
1
1
1
4-2
16
16
3-4
3-4
1
1
8-6
3-4
3
1
1
1
4-2
16
16
3-4
3-4
1
1
8-6
16
16
3-4
3-4
I
I
8-6
History
Hst 104, lOS, 106. Europe in Modern Times. 3 hours each term.
Hst 201, 202, 203. History of the United States. 3 hours each term.
Hst 204, 205, 206. World History. 3 hours each term.
Hst 207, 208, 209. English History. 3 hours each term.
Philosophy
Phi 201, 202, 203. Introduction to Philosophy. 3 hours each term.
Political Science
PS 201, 202, 203. American Governments. 3 hours each term.
Psychology
Psy 201.202. General Psychology. 3 hours each term.
Psy 204. Psychology of Adj ustment. 3 hours.
Psy 205. Applied Psychology. 3 hours.
Psy 208, 209, 210. General Psychology Laboratory. I hour each term.
Religion
R 101, 102, 103. Religious Foundations of Western Civilization. 3 hours each term.
Sociology
Soc 204, 205, 206. General Sociology. 3 hours each term.
Sophomore Year
Sophomore year sequence in one of the groups hegun in the freshman year
~~~~s~~:££~~~~;.~~~~~~~~~~!.::::::::::::::~:::::::::=::::::::::::::~:::::.~:~:~::::::::==
Departmental or school requirements, or exploratory electives _ _ .
,-Term hou..--,
F W S
Year sequence in anyone of the three groups.................................................... 3-4 3-4 3-4
Year sequence in another of the three groups (may he deferred until
sophomore year) _...............................•._ _...... 3-4
En!irlish Composition (Rht Ill, 112. 113) ..............•..._.......................•_............ 3
:~lfh'"E~~:ti~:(~;;,~~)~..~~~~~~:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::=::::::::::=:::::::::::::::::::: :
Physical Education _ _ _........................ 1
Departmental or school requirements, or exploratory electives _.. 4-2
[85 ]
86 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS SPECIAL CURRICULA 87
high-school science. Experience has proved that students who lack this preparation
are 'handicapped in University work in science. Students planning to major in
chemistry, mathematics, or physics or planning to prepare themselves for entrance
to a medical school will find it to their advantage to take intermediate algebra,
plane geometry, and trigonometry in high school.
Degrees. All the major departments of the College of Liberal Arts offer
undergraduate work leading to the bachelor's degree and graduate work leading
to the master's degree. At the present time, the following departments will accept
candidates for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy: Chemistry, Economics, Eng-
lish, History, Psychology, Romance Languages, and Sociology.
Degree Requirements. The general requirements for a bachelor's degree with
a major in the College of Liberal Arts are----a minimum of 186 term hours of
University work, including:
(l) A minimum of 36 term hours in lower-division liberal-arts courses num-
bered 100-110 and 200-210. The courses taken to satisfy this "group" requirement
must include at least 9 term hours in each of the three fields of language and lit-
erature, science, and social science, and at least 9 additional term hours in courses
numbered 200-210 in anyone of the three fields. (For a classified list of courses
satisfying this requirement, see pages 82-84).
(2) A minimum of 62 term hours in upper-division courses.
(3) A minimum of 36 term hours in the student's major field, at least 24 of
which must be in upper-division courses. In some fields, more than the 36-hour
minimum are required to meet departmental standards. For certain interdepart-
mental majors (described below under SPECIAL CURRICULA), the major require-
ment is approximately 72 term hours of work distributed in several departments.
A more detailed statement of University requirements for the bachelor's
degree may be found on pages 54-55. Special requirements of the several major
curricula of the college are stated in the departmental sections and under SPECIAL
CURRICULA below.
For requirements for advanced degrees, see GRADUATE DIVISION.
Special Curricula
IN ADDITION to the major curricula offered by the departments of the Col-lege of Liberal Arts, the college has arranged several programs of study util-izing the course offerings of the departments of the college and other divisions of
the University to provide broad cultural education (without departmental special-
ization) and the basic liberal-arts preparation required for admission to technical
training for the professions.
Curriculum in General ATt:s and Lel:t:ers
The curriculum in general arts and letters is designed for students who want
to build a program of general cultural studies around a central interest in lan-
guage and literature. The work of the first two years serves as an introduction
to the main currents of Western European culture, as embodied in representative
works of literature, history, and philosophy, In the last two years the work in
the humanities, the history of scientific ideas, and the application of cultural history
to the interpretation of modern trends of civilization is more intensive.
The major in arts and letters is not one which leads to immediately practical
results; it is, however, of unquestioned value in itself and as a preparation for-
intelligent citizenship, as well as an excellent foundation for the various profes-
sions.
The major in arts and letters leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree. The fol-
lowing courses are required:
LD'UJer DiwWn
(1) Introduction to Literature (Eng 107, 108, 109), or Survey of English
Literature (Eng 101, 102, 103), or any year sequence in a foreign literature which
has as a prerequisite two years (or equivalent) of foreign language in college; and
Shakespeare (Eng 201, 202, 203).
(2) Two years of one foreign language.
(3) One of the following sequences in history: Europe in Modern Times
(Hst 104, lOS, 106) ; World History (Hst 204, 205, 206) ; English History (Hst
207,208, 209).
Upper D,vi"011
(l) Any two of the following sequences in philosophy: History of Philosophy
(Phi 431, 432, 433) ; Philosophy and Literature (Phi 411, 412, 413) ; Develop-
ment of Scientific Thought (Phi 414, 415, 416).
(2) Two upper-division year sequences in English or foreign literature,
chosen from: Literature of the Ancient World (AL 311, 312, 313) ; Introduction
to Germanic Literature (AL 314, 315, 316) ; Dante and His Times (AL 477, 478,
479; other upper-division sequences in English or foreign literature falling within
the period prior to 1900.
Curriculum in General Science
The curriculum in general science is intended for students who wish to build
a program of cultural studies around a central interest in science as an aspect
of human civilization, and for prospective teachers in the secondary schools for
whom a departmental science major may be too highly specialized.
The general-science major leads to the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of
Science degree. The special requirements for a degree with major in general
science are--a minimum of 72 term hours in science (biology, chemistry geology
mathematics, physics), distributed as follows: "
(1) Four year sequences, numbered 100-110 or 200-210, one in each of four
science departments.
(2) A minimum of 24 upper-division hours in science, including not less than
9 term hours in each of two science departments.
Curriculum in General Social Science
The curriculum in general social science is designed for students who wish
broad cultural training, and for prospective teachers for whom a departmental
major may be too highly specialized. In addition to fulfilling the general Uni-
versity requirements, students following this program must take a minimum of
72 hours in courses numbered 200 or above. This work must include four year
sequences numbered 200-210, one in each of four of the following fields: an-
thropology, economics, geography, history, philosophy, political science, psy-
chology, sociology, It must also include 36 upper-division hours in the social
sciences, earned after receiving the Junior Certificate. The upper-division work
must include two one-year sequences (not less than 18 hours) in one department,
and one one-year sequence (not less than 9 hours) in each of two additional
departments,
88 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
SPECIAL CURRICULA 89
Units
Latin 2
History........................ 1
German or French.... 2
Elective. 1~
Curriculum in Pacific Basin Studies
The curriculum in Pacific Basin studies is planned as a liberal-arts program
unified through a central interest in the life and problems of the geographical
area known as the Pacific Basin. The curriculum includes courses selected from
the offerings of the several schools and departments of the University, and is ad-
ministered by an interdepartmental committee. A. L. Lomax, professor of busi-
ness administration, is chairman of the committee. Students should consult Pro-
fessor Lomax before registering for major work in Pacific Basin studies.
The following upper-division courses are required: Geography of Asia
(Geo 431) or Geography of the Pacific (Geo 428) ; Beginnings and Development
of Civilizations (Anth 314, 315, 316); Peoples of the Pacific Rim (Anth 423
424, 425) ; Civilization and Art Epochs (AA 446, 447, 448) ; Civilizations of Chin~
and Japan (Hst 494, 495, 496) ; Far East in Modern Times (Hst 491, 492, 493) ;
Economic Problems of the Pacific (Ec 446,447) ; History of Social Thought (Soc
451) or Living Religions of the Orient (R 463).
The following courses are recommended: Japanese (AL 1, 2, 3, AL 4, 5, 6) ;
American Foreign Relations (Hst 473, 474) ; International Relations (PS 417).
In addition to the undergraduate curriculum, work toward the Master of Arts
or Master of Science degree is offered in the field of Pacific Basin studies. Pro-
grams of study will be planned in the light of the undergraduate preparation of
individual students.
Premedical Curriculum
A premedical curriculum, including courses prescribed by the American
Medical Association for entrance to standard medical schools, is offered at
both the University of Oregon and Oregon State College. At each institution
students pursuing this curriculum work under the supervision of a special Pre-
medical Advisory Committee, to insure a selection of studies which will satisfy
medical-school entrance requirements and the cultural needs of students planning
to enter the profession of medicine. At the University the chairman of this COm-
mittee is Dr. H. B. Yocom.
For entrance to a standard medical school, the student must not only com-
plete certain prescribed work but also show an aptitude for medical studies.
The medical-aptitude test of the Association of American Medical Colleges is
given each year by the Premedical Advisory Committee to all students who
expect to apply during the next academic year for admission to a medical school.
Further knowledge of the student's ability is obtained through frequent confer-
ences between the student and his instructors and authorized advisers.
The entrance requirements of the University of Oregon Medical School are
as follows:
(1) High-School Preparation. Applicant. for admis.ion are required to have satisfactorily
completed four years in an accredited high .chool, or its equivalent.
Recommewded High-School Course. The following high·.chool course, which meet. aU
the formal requirement., i••trongly recommended:
Unit.
English 4
Algebra 1~
~h~~~r:...:::::::::::::::::::: ~
Chemi.try 1
Total :................................................... 15
(2) Collegiate Preparation. Under it. accelerated wartime training program, the Medical
School require. for admi••ion a minimum of 123 term hours of college work (ezclu.ive of
credit in military science). Thi. work may be completed in two calendar years of four terms
each. The following work i. prescribed :
Term hours
Chemi.try _ 23
General inorganic, which may include qualitative analysi 12
Quantitative analy.i., empha.i. on volumetric analy.i..................... 3~~f!~1~;~~~~~5~~:i
Total pre.cribed credit 11
The work in organic chemi.try must include the chemistry of both aliphatic and aromatic
coml!0und•.. ~iochemistry will n~t be accepted towarq meeting the requ.irement. Student.
electIng addItIonal work are adVIsed to take a course In elementary phySIcal chemi.try. At
least 25 per cent of all chemistry credit must be for laboratory work.
Human anatomy is not accepted toward meeting the minimum requirement. in biology.
Students electing additional work are advised to take course. in embryology or general physi·
ology.
.T.be work in physic~ must !,!c1ude the division•. of mechanics, heat and sou!,d, light and
electrICity. Stud~nt. electmg .addlllonal work are adVIsed to take further cour.e. In electricity.
The work m mathemallcs should be of .tandard college grade, and include .ubjects such
a. algebra, elementary analysi., or trigonometry. Student. electing additional work in mathe·
matics are advised to take work in calculus.
Recommended Elective Subjects. The student preparing to .tudy medicine i. advised
to. 1!lan a bala~ce in ele!'tive ""urses bet~een course. ,in . liberal art. anq course. beyond the
mInImum requIrements In subjects prescrIbed for admlsslOn to the MedIcal School. Subjects
.ugge.ted are: hi.tory, economic., .ociology, p.ychology, English, public .peaking, foreign
language, mathematics, biology, embryology, general phY.lology, physic. (especIally electricity),
and elementary pbysical chemi.try.
The specialized premedical training programs of the Army and the Navy,
which for the duration of the war will largely determine the organization and
content of the premedical curriculum, may require some changes in the prescribed
collegiate preparation outlined above.
The Medical School also requires that the student who enters without a
Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree must complete the work for one
of these degrees in the Oregon State System of Higher Education, or at the
institution at which he received his premedical preparation, before entering upon
the work of the third year at the Medical School. Under University regulations,
a maximum of 63 term hours of work in medicine may be counted as credit earned
in residence toward the bachelor's degree.
Before entering the Medical School, the student should satisfy all require-
ments for the Junior Certificate, and all requirements for a degree (including Uni-
versity requirements and requirements for a major within the College of Liberal
Arts) that cannot be satisfied at the Medical School. The courses taken during
the first year of medical training, together wtih the science courses prescribed in
the premedical curriculum, will satisfy all major requirements in general science
or biology. Students selecting other liberal-arts majors must satisfy all major
requirements before entering the Medical School, except that Biochemistry
(BCh 411, 412), offered at the Medical School, may be counted toward the satis-
faction of the major requirement in chemistry.
Kenneth A. J. Mackenzie Memorial Scholarships·. Five $200 scholarships
are awarded annually for the study of medicine, in accordance with the following
plan: one $200 scholarship is awarded each year to the outstanding premedical
student at the University of Oregon in the last year of his premedical studies;
if the student enters the University of Oregon Medical School and continues to
maintain a high scholastic record, if the scholarship is renewable for each of his
four years of medical training; if the student does not maintain a high scholastic
• Mackenzie Scholarships will not be awarded to student. whose medical education is
firianced by the Federal government.
90 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS INTERDEPARTMENTAL COURSES 91
record at the Medical School, his scholarship is transferred to the outstanding
member of his Medical School class who has taken his premedical work at the
University of Oregon. The scholarships are a memorial to Dr. Kenneth A. J.
Mackenzie, former dean of the Medical School; they are endowed through a
bequest from the late Mildred Anna Williams.
Preparatory Nursing Curriculum
Under its accelerated wartime training program, the Department of Nursing
Education of the University of Oregon Medical School offers a four-year curri~
culum which leads to the Bachelor of Science degree and prepares for state exam-
inations for nurse registration. The student takes four terms of work at the Uni-
versity of Oregon at Eugene or at Oregon State College at Corvallis. This prepara-
tory work is followed by three years in the Department of Nursing Education on
the campus of the Medical School in Portland. The work in Portland is coordin-
ated with clinical education in the Multnomah Hospital, the Doernbecher Memorial
Hospital for Children, the University State Tuberculosis Hospital, the Outpatient
Clinic, and the Communicable Disease Hospital.
Students in nursing education receive their degrees from the University,
except that students who take their first four terms at Oregon State College re-
ceive their degrees from the latter institution.
PREPARATORY CURRICULUM
Term hours
Chemistry _ 12
Zoology 12
English Composition................................................................................................ 9
Psychology 9
Sociology 6
Physical Education 4
Electives (to include History and English literature).......................................... 12
Interdepartmental Courses
CERTAIN courses offered by the College of Liberal Arts are broader inscope and objective than the instruction offered by any of the traditionalliberal-arts departments, or fall within fields not at present represented in
the departmental organization of the college. These courses are listed below under
the headings: General Arts and Letters, General Science, and General Social
Science.
GENERAL ARTS AND LETTERS
LOWER-DIVISION COURSJ(S
AL 1,2,3. First-Year Japanese. 4 hours each term.
An introduction to the Japanese language, offered as an approach to the stady
of Japanese culture. Not offered 1944-45. Noble.
AL 4,5,6. Second-Year Japanese. 4 hours each term.
Grammatical forms, language structure, and practice in reading. Not offered
1944-45. Noble.
AL 11, 12, 13. First-Year Russian. 4 hours each term.
An introduction to the Russian language.
AL 14, 15, 16. Second-Year Russian. 4 hours each term.
Structure, forms, and syntax of the Russian language, with practice in reading.
UPPJ(R-DIVISION COURSJ(S
AL 311, 312, 313. Literature of the Ancient World. 3 hours each term.
Greek and Latin writers considered with special reference to their influence
on English literature. Combellack.
AL 314, 315, 316. Introduction to Germanic Literature. 3 hours each term.
In English. Assigned readings covering the whole range of German literature.
Lectures and discussions. Lussky.
AL 477, 478, 479. Dante and His Times. (G) 3 hours each term.
Historical and li~erary background of the Divine Comedy; study of the poem
and of Dante's mmor works; Petrarch and Boccaccio. Lectures and readings in
English. Prerequisite: upper-division course in literature. Beall. '
GENERAL SCIENCE
LOWJ(R-DIVISION COURSJ(S
BiS 101, 102, 103. Biological-Science Survey. 4 hours each term.
Fun~~ental principles of plant and animal biology; man's interactions with
the hvmg world. 3 lectures, 1 two-hour laboratory period. Not open to
students who have taken Bi 202, 203. Huestis, Kimeldorf.
PhS 101, 102, 103. Physical-Science Survey. 4 hours each term.
general intr~uction to the physical sciences; principles of physics and chem-
Istry, geologIc processes, and man's relation to them. Special emphasis on
scientific method. 3 lectures; 1 quiz period.
PhS 104. Physical-Science Survey. 4 hours spring.
Continuation of PhS 101, 102, with special emphasis on additional topics
chosen from the field of chemistry. Primarily for students in physical educa-
tion. 3 lectures, 1 two-hour laboratory period. .
GENERAL SOCIAL SCIENCE
LOWJ(R-DIVISION COURSJ(S
SSc 101, 102, 103. Background of Social Science. 3 hours each term.
Orientation in each of the social sciences; study of the method of science and
its application to the social studies; an attempt to create in the student the
urge to independent thought through wide reading. Breen.
SSc 104! 105. Background of Social Science. 5 hours each term, winter and
spnng.
A two-term sequence covering same ground as SSc 101, 102, 103.
SSc 112, 113, 114. Problems of War and Peace. 1 hour each term.
Economic and social aspects of nationalism, consequences of war and inter-
national conflict, and agencies for promoting international cooperation and
world peace. Open to all lower-division students. Morris.
UPPJ(R-DIVISION AND GRADUATJ( COURSJ(S
Courses numbered 400·499 and designated (G) may he taken for graduate credit.
SSc 320. Personnel Problems of Junior Officers. 2 hours fall.
Organization and practice of guidance in student groups; scholarship and
personality-adjustment problems. Primarily for house scholarship officers'
others by consent of instructor. Onthank, personnel staff. '
SSc 411. Social-Science Synthesis for Teachers. (G) 3 hours fall or winter.
SSc 412,413,414. Advanced Personnel Practice. (G) 2 hours each term.
Problems of student bodies; principles and techniques; morale; discipline;
92 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
BIOLOGY 93
supervision; etc. Practice combined with study. Prerequisite: Psy 201, 202,
204; Soc 204, 205. Onthank, personnel staff.
SSc 508. Social-Science Symposium. Terms and hours to be arranged.
A cooperative study of the social problems of the state of Oregon. Open to
qualified senior and graduate students.
Anthropology
PROFESSOR: CRESSMAN (department head).
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: H. G. BARNETT*, WHITING.
THE courses offered by the Department of Anthropology are arranged toprovide a breadth of background and a depth of perspective in human societyfor students in other fields, as well as integrated major programs in cultural
anthropology and archaeology.
The carefully selected anthropological collections of the Museum of Natural
History in Condon Hall provide excellent material for class instruction, particu-
larly in the culture of the American Indian.
Majors in anthropology are required to take the following courses: General
Anthropology (Anth 201, 202, 203), Introduction to Cultural Anthropology (Anth
207,208,209), The American Indian (Anth 317, 318, 319), American Archaeology
(Anth 420, 421, 422).
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
Anth 201,202,203. General Anthropology. 3 hours each term.
Origin and antiquity of man; introduction to the study of racial types and their
present distribution, growth of civilization, and the dynamics of culture.
Cressman.
Anth 207, 208,208. Introduction to Cultural Anthropology. 3 hours each term.
The meaning of culture; its significance for human beings; its diverse forms
and degrees of elaboration among different groups of men; its processes
of growth and expansion. Barnett, Whiting.
UPPJ<;R-DIVISION COURSJ<;S
Anth 311, 312, 313. Primitive Thought. 3 hours each term.
Primitive thought as manifested in various art forms; primitive applied
knowledge as manifested in inventions and discoveries; primitive abstract
thought as embodied in beliefs and verbal expression. Barnett, Whiting.
Anth 314,315,316. Beginnings and Development of Civilizations. 3 hours each
term.
Beginnings of civilization; its growth in the Near East, Egypt, the Indus
region, Europe, and Asia; diffusion to Oceania; beginnings in the New
World. Prerequisite: upper-division standing. Cressman.
Anth 317, 318, 319. The American Indian. 3 hours each term.
Indian life in North, Central, and South America before white contact, with
attention to contemporary Indian life where groups still survive. Prerequisite:
upper-division standing. Barnett, Whiting.
Anth 401. Research. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Anth 405. Reading and Conference. Terms and hours to be arranged.
• On leave for civilian war service.
Anth 411, 412, 413. Problems of Race and Culture. (G) 2 hours each term.
The nature of races; theories of the origin and nature of culture, and of inter-
relations of race and culture. Prerequisite: Anth 201, 202, 203 or Anth 207,208,
209; or consent of instructor. Cressman.
Anth 420, 421, 422. American Archaeology. 3 or 4 hours each term.
Problems and methods of archaeology in America. The peopling of the New
World; survey of present knowledge. Optional laboratory, 2 hours. Pre-
requisite: upper-division standing. Cressman.
Anth 423,424,425. Peoples of the Pacific Rim. (G) 3 hours each term.
Life and custom among the native groups of the islands of the South Pacific;
the peoples of the Far East, including China and Japan; the inhabitants of the
Aleutian Islands and Alaska. Prerequisite: course in anthropology. Barnett.
Anth 431,432,433. Primitive Society. (G) 3 hours each term.
Social relationships and organizations among primitive peoples, including
kinship, fraternal, political, and religious forms and behaviors. Prerequisite:
course in anthropology. Barnett.
GRADUAn COURSES
Courses numbered 400-499 and designated (G) may be taken for graduate credit.
Anth 501. Research. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Anth 503. Thesis. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Anth 505. Reading and Conference. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Anth 507. Seminar. 3 hours any term.
Biology
PROFESSORS : YOCOM (department head), HUESTIS, A. R. MOORE.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR: SIPE.
ASSISTANT PROFJ<;SSOR: DETI,ING.
INSTRUCTORS: CLANCY*, KIMELDORF, SODJ<:RWAU.
ASSISTANTS: RIGBY, WOLFSEHR.
THE courses offered by the Department of Biology are planned to give thestudent a broad background in the fields of animal and plant biology, andto provide effective training for premedical students, for students planning
to become professional biologists, and for teachers of biology in the secondary
schools.
It is strongly recommended that students majoring in biology take courses
in general inorganic and organic chemistry and in general physics.
Departmental facilities, equipment, and teaching collections are adequate for
the training of students in the fields of invertebrate and vertebrate zoology, in
genetics, in plant ecology, and in systematic botany. The University Herbarium,
maintained as a part of the Museum of Natural History, is especially rich in
specimens from Oregon and the Pacific Northwest.
Institute of Marine Biology. The Oregon State System of Higher Education
maintains an interinstitutional Institute of Marine Biology at Coos Head on the
Oregon coast during the summer months.t The institute is located on a 100-acre
tract of coastland, given to the University by the Federal government in 1932 and
1941. The deeds of gift provide that the land "shall be used by the University of
• On leave for military service.
t TIle operation of the institute has been suspended for the duration of the ...r.
94 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS BIOLOGY 95
Oregon solely for scientific and e?~c~tional purpo~es." The institute occupie.s a
group of buildings erected by the CIVIlian ConservatIOn Corps. .
The Department of Biology recommends that students wor~mg toward .an
advanced degree in biology spend at least one summer at the Institute of Manne
Biology or at another marine laboratory.
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
LOWJ(R-DIVISION COURSJ(S
Bi III 112 113. Human Biology. 3 hours each term.Idtrod~ction to human biology, designed especially fer maj ors in physical
education. Special consideration in the spring. term to immunology and bacter-
iology. 2 lectures, I three-hour laboratory penod. Soderwall.
Bi 201. General Biology. 4 hours fall.
Fundamental biological principles common to both animal and plant life. Pre-
requisite to Bi 202, 203 and Bi 204, 205. 2 lectures, 2 two-hour laboratory
periods. Detling.
Bi 202, 203. General Zoology. 4 hours each term, winter and spring.
Structures and functions of animals. Winter: invertebrates; spring:.compara--
tive anatomy of vertebrates. 2 lectures, 2 two-hour laboratory penods. Pre-
requisite: Bi 201. Yocom.
Bi 204, 205. General Botany. 4 hours each term, winter and sprin&:. .
Structure and physiology of the seed plants; survey of the p!ant kmgdom,.,,!Ith
emphasis on evolution. 2 lectures, 2 two-hour laboratory penods. PrerequIsIte:
Bi 201. Sipe.
Bi 211. Oregon Flora. 3 hours spring.
Principles of plant classification; common plant families; collec~ion ~
identification of Oregon plants. 2 lectures, I three-hour laboratory perIod. Slpe.
UPPJ(R-DIVISION COURSr:S
Bi 311, 312, 313. Human Physiology. 3 hours each term.
Required for majors in physical ed?cation, elec.tiye for others qualifi~.
2 lectures I three-hour laboratory penod. PrerequIsIte: one year of chemIS-
try and o~e year of zoology, or consent of instructor. Soderwall.
Bi 315. Evolution. 2 hours fall.
Some of the facts which bear upon theories of plant and animal development.
Huestis.
Bi 316, 317. Heredity and Eugenics. 2 hours each term, winter and spring.
Heredity and varia~ion. in plants ~nd ani!TIa!s i heredita~ differenc~s am?Jlg
human beings; applicatIOn to questions of mdlvldual behaVIOr and SOCIal policy.
Huestis.
Bi 321, 322, 323. General Bacteriology. 3 hours each term.
2 lectures I three-hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: Ch 104, lOS, 106 and
one year ~f biology. Soderwall.
Bi 331, 332, 333. Comparative Plant Morphology. 4 hours each term.
Typical structures and life histories of algae, fungi, mosses, fern~, gymno-
sperms, and flowering plants. 2 lectures, 2 three-hour laboratory penods. Pre-
requisite: Bi 204, 205. Sipe.
Bi 335. Introduction to General Physiology. 4 hours fall.
The prope~ties of living matter.; the cell as a physico-c.hemical syste~; .osmotic
pressure; Ion effects; contraction of muscle.; conductIOn of the nerve Impulse.
Prerequisite: elementary biology and chemIstry. Moore.
Bi 336. Elementary Genetics. 4 hour winter.
Similarities and differences among related organisms. 2 lectures, 2 three-
hour laboratory periods. Huestis.
Bi 337. Vertebrate Embryology. 4 hours spring.
Early developmental stages of vertebrates. 2 lectures, 2 three-hour laboratory
periods. Prerequisite: Bi 203 or equivalent. Huestis.
Bi 381, 382. Microtechnique and Histology. 3 hours each term, fall and winter.
Laboratory experience in preparing animal tissues for microscopic study, with
systematic study and description of histological structures. I lecture, 2 three-
hour laboratory periods. Prerequisite: Bi 203. Kimeldorf.
Bi 383. Parasitology. 3 hours winter.
Biological relationships of parasite and host, and the effect of such relation-
ships on each. 2 lectures, I three-hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: Bi 202,
203. Yocom.
Bi 401. Research. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Bi 403. Thesis. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Bi 405. Reading and Conference. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Bi 411. Higher Fungi. 4 hours fall.
Structure and classification of the more common fungi. 2 lectures, 2 three-hour
laboratory periods. Prerequisite: Bi 331. Sipe.
Bi 413. Plant Ecology. 4 hours.
Plant life in relation to environment. 2 lectures, 2 three-hour laboratory
periods. Prerequisite: Bi 205. Sipe.
Bi 421, 422, 423. Advanced Systematic Botany. (G) 4 hours each term.
Classification of the seed plants of the Pacific Northwest, with emphasis on
distribution and speciation. 2 lectures, 2 three-hour .boratory periods. Pre-
requisite: two years of botany, including work in plant classification. Detling.
Bi 431,432,433. Advanced Plant Morphology. (G) 4 hours each term.
Structure and life histories of the plant phyla above the thallophytes. 2 lec-
tures, 2 three-hour laboratory periods. Prerequisite: Bi 331, 332, 333. Detling.
Bi 443. Endocrinology. (G) 4 hours spring.
Morphology and physiology of the glands of internal secretion, and their role
in normal body functions of the organism. 3 lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory
period. Prerequisite: two years of zoology and organic chemistry. Soderwall.
Bi 451, 452, 453. Anatomy and Physiology of Exercise. (g) 3 hours each term.
Functional human anatomy, for seniors and graduate students in physical
education. Open to qualified students in other fields. Demonstration dissections
and lectures. Prerequisite: two years of biology. Not offered 1944-45.
_"'t~;__
Bi 461, 462, 463. Invertebrate Zoology. (G) 3 hours each term.
Structure, taxonomy, ecology, and life histories of the invertebrates. Emphasis
on the invertebrate fauna of Oregon. 2 lectures, I three-hour laboratory
period. Prerequisite: two years of zoology. Yocom.
Bi 471, 472. Protozoology. (G) 3 hours each term, fall and winter.
Structure, classification, distribution, physiology, and economic significance of
the protozoa. 2 lectures, I three-hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: Bi 461,
462,463 or consent of instructor. Yocom.
Bi 481. Mammalogy. (G) 3 hours fall.
Mammalian structure, behavior, and distribution, with particular attention to
species of the Pacific Northwest. 2 lectures, I three-hour laboratory period.
Prerequisite: two years of zoology. Huestis.
96 COLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS CHEMISTRY 97
Bi 483. Genetics. (G) 4 hours spring.
Fundamentals of modern genetics, with laboratory practi~e in experimental
breeding. Prerequisite: two years of biology and consent of mstructor. Clancy,
Huestis.
Bi 485. Embryology and Genetics. (G) 4 hours spring.
Problems of development. Techniques of experimental morI!hogenesis an.d
developmental genetics. 2 lectures, 2 three-hour laboratory penods. PrerequI-
site; Bi 336, Bi 337. Not offered 1944-45.
Bi 492, 493. Physiological Foundations of Behavior. (G) 3 or 4 hours each term,
winter and spring.
Physiology of animal behavior, n~rve physiolo~, tropis~s, conditioned re-
flexes' effects of environment and mternal secretIons on ammal conduct. Pre-
requisite: Ch 104, 105, 106 and Bi 202, 203, or consent of instructor. Moore.
GRADUATF; COURSF;s
Courses numbered 400-499 and designated (G) or (g) may be taken for graduate credit.
Bi 501. Research. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Bi 503. Thesis. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Bi 505. Reading and Conference. Terms and hour.s to be arranged.
Bi 507. Seminar. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Chemistry
PROn:SSORS: KUNZ (department head), SHINN (emeritus).
ASSOCIATJ> PROFESSORS )oMcGEE, VAN RYSSELBERGHE.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS : DEVRICK, PF;NNINGTON, SECOY*.
INSTRUCTOR: R. ANVREwS, MARY M. MOORE, STRONG.
ASSISTANTS: G. ALKIRE, GROPP, HINE, HUNT, PHILLIPS, K. ZIMMERllAN.
TIE undergraduate courses in chemistry offered by the University .are in-tended primarily to provide a broad foundation for students plannmg to:(l) take advanced work in chemistry or other sciences; (2) enter medical
school; or (3) teach in the secondary schools. General Chemistry (Ch .104, 105,
106) Analytical and Theoretical Chemistry (Ch 204, 205, 206), OrganIc Chem-
istry' (Ch 430, 431, 432), and Physical Chemistry (Ch 440, 441, 442) are requir.ed
of all majors in chemistry. Chemistry majors should also take mathematIcs
through calculus and at least one year of physics as early ~s possible. in their
University program. Courses in biology and geology are deSIrable electives.
Graduate training is offered in physical, analytical, inorganic, and organic
chemistry, leading to the M.A., M.S., or Ph.D. degree. The graduate program con-
sists of thesis work, seminars, and broad fundamental courses. ~he graduate student
is advised to elect some advanced courses in other fields of sCIence. In most cases,
professional chemical-research positions are open only to persons having an
advanced degree. .
The laboratories and classrooms of the Department of ChemIstry are located
in McClure Hall and on the third floor of the Journalism Building, adjoining
McClure.
------;On leave for civilian war service.
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
WWF;R-DIVISION COURsF;s
Ch 101, 102, 103. Elementary Chemistry. 4 houl's each term.
Similar to Ch 104, 105, 106 but less rigorous. Does not serve as a foundation
for advanced courses in chemistry. Concurrent work in mathematics recom-
mended. 3 lectures; 1 recitation; 1 three-hour laboratory. Kunz.
Ch 104, 105, 106. General Chemistry. 4 hours each term.
Standard first-year college chemistry. 3 lectures' 1 recitation' 1 three-hourI~boratory period. Prerequisite: adequate backgr'ound in mathematics. Ded-
rick, Andrews.
Ch 204, 205,206. Analytical and Theoretical Chemistry. 4 or 5 hours each term.
A second-~'~r seque~ce ~or student~ expecting .t? do further work in chemistry.
Laboratory m quantitative analYSIS. PrerequISIte: Ch 106 or consent of in-
structor. 3 lectures; 1 or 2 three-hour laboratory periods. Kunz, Van Ryssel-berghe.
Ch 220. Analytical Chemistry. 4 hours fall.
Lectures on the fundamentals of qualitative and quantitative analysis. Labor-
atory work devoted mainly to quantitative analysis. Prerequisite: Ch 106.
3 lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory period.
Ch 223. Elementary Biochemistry. 4 hours spring.
3 lectures; 1 laboratory period. Pennington.
Ch 226, 227. Introductory Organic Chemistry. 4 hours each term.
':hemistry of the carbon compounds; the aliphatics, aromatics, and deriva-
tIVes. 3 lectures; 1 three-hour laboratory period. Pennington.
Ch 231. Qualitative Analysis. 4 hours spring.
Clas~i~cation, separation, identification of the common ions and cations. Pre-
requl~lte: Ch 205 or equivalent. 1 lecture; 3 three-hour laboratory periods.DedrIck.
Ch 232, 233. Quantitative Analysis. 3 to 5 hours each term, fall and winter.
1 lecture; 2, 3, or 4 three-hour laboratory periods. Kunz.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Ch 405. Reading and Conference. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Ch 411, 412,413. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. (G) 2 hours each term.
A c?mprehe~sive study of the chemical elements and their compounds, in-
c1udmg atomIC, molecular, and crystal structure. 2 lectures. Prerequisite; two
years of college chemistry. Dedrick.
Ch 430, 431, 432. Organic Chemistry. (g) 4 hours each term.
Comprehensive study of the chemistry of the compounds of carbon. 3 lectures
1 lab?ratory period. Prerequisite: two years of college chemistry. McGee:
Pennmgton. •
Ch 440, 441,442. Physical Chemistry. (g) 4 hours each term.
Comprehensive study of the theoretical aspects of physico-chemical phe-
nomena. 3 lectures, 1 laboratory period. Prerequisite: two years of college
chemistry or consent of instructor. Van Rysselberghe.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400·499 and designated (G) or (g) may be taken for graduate credit.
Ch SOL Research. Terms and hours to be arranged.
98 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
CLASSICS 99
Ch 503. Thesis. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Ch 507. Seminar. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Ch 520, 521, 522. Advanced Analytical Chemistry. 2 or 3 hours each term.
Special topics in analytical chemistry, such as micro-analysis, electrometric
titration, conductimetric analysis, spectroscopic analysis, etc. 1 lecture, 1 or
2 laboratory periods. Kunz.
Ch 530, 531, 532. Advanced Organic Chemistry. 2 or 3 hours each term.
The work of each term is selected from the following fields: theory of reso-
nance, isomerism, molecular arrangements, metallo-organic compounds, com-
pounds containing nitrogen. Pennington.
Ch 540, 541, 542. Advanced Physical Chemistry. 3 hours each term.
The work of each term is selected from one of the following fields: colloidal
chemistry; phase rule; kinetics of reactions; electrochemistry; catalysis. 3
lectures. Dedrick, Van Rysselberghe.
Ch 550, 551, 552. Chemical Thermodynamics. 3 hours each term.
Chemical energetics and the free energy of chemical substances. 3 lectures.
Van Rysselberghe.
Classics
ASSISTANT PRonSSORS: LANDROS (department head), F. M. COMBELLACK.
THE Department of Classics offers major curricula in Greek and Latin leadingI ~~ the Bachelor of Arts degree, and graduate work in these fields leading
to the degree of Master of Arts. Students who expect to acquire a knowledge
of Greek literature should begin the study of the language in their freshman year.
It is strongly urged that intending Latin majors come with at least three and
if possible four units of high-school Latin. For nonmajor students who have had
no Latin, the department offers a beginning service course, Lat 1, 2, 3.
Candidates for a bachelor's degree with a major in Greek are required to take
30 term hours in upper-division courses in Greek, History of Greece (Hst 411),
and History of Rome (Hst 412, 413).
Candidates for a bachelor's degree with a major in Latin are required to take
24 term hours in upper-division courses in Latin, two years of work in either Greek
or Italian, History of Greece (Hst 411), and History of Rome (Hst 412, 413).
GREEK
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
Gr 1,2,3. Beginning Greek. 4 hours each term.
Gleason, Greek Prime,.; Xenophon's Anabasis. Landros.
UPPER-DIVISION COURStS
Gr 305. Reading and Conference. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Reading, arranged for the individual student. .
AL31l,312,313. Literature of the Ancient World. 3 hours each term.
For description, see page 91. Combellack.
Gr 311,312,313. Beginning Greek. 4 hours each term.
Covers the. material of Gr. 1, 2, 3, with additional special reading in the field
of Greek hterature and history. Landros.
Gr 314, 315, 316. Plato's Dialogues and Homer's Iliad. 4 hours each term.
Combellack.
Gr 317, 318,319. Greek Tragedy. 3 hours each term.
Selected plays of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides; suryey of the history
of the Greek drama. Combellack.
Gr 321, 322, 323. Greek Historians. 2 hours each term.
Herodotus, Thucydides, and Xenophon. Lectures on the minor historians
Fall, Persian Wars; winter, Sicilian Expedition' spring selected portions of
Xenophon, H ellenica. Combellack. "
Gr 324, 325, 326. Greek Comedy. 3 hours each term.
The ~evelopm~ntof comedy from the beginning to the perfected New Comedy.
Readmg of Arlstophanes and Menander. Combellack.
Gr 351, 352, 353. Greek Prose Composition. 1 hour each term.
Combellack.
Gr 405. Reading and Conference. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Gr 411, 412, 413. Plato and Aristotle. (G) 3 hours each term.
Plato, Republ~c; A~istot1e, Ethics and Politics. Reading supplemented by
lectures and diSCUSSions on the theory and practice of education in ancient
Greece. Combellack.
Gr414, 415, 416. Attic Orators. (G) 2 hours each term.
The beginnin~s and deyelopment of Attic oratory. Assigned reading in Anti-
phon, Andocldes, Lyslas, Isaeus, Isocrates, Aeschines, and Demosthenes.
Landros.
GRADUAn: COURSES
Courses numbered 400-499 and designated (G) may be taken for graduate credit.
Gr 503. Thesis. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Gr 505. Reading and Conference. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Gr 511, 512, 513. Greek Literature. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Graduate stud~nts .choose what they wish to read from a list of selected
authors. The historical context of the works read is emphasized, Combellack.
LATIN
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
Lat 1, 2, 3. First-Year Latin and Caesar. 4 hours each term.
The sequence begins with the First Year Book and closes with the reading
vf three books of Caesar's Gallic War. Landros.
!.at 4, 5, 6. Cicero and Vergil. 4 hours each term.
F?r studel}ts who have ~ad two years of Latin in high school, or three years
Without Cicero or Vergl!. Landros.
Lat 7,8. Beginning Latin and Caesar. 6 hours each term, winter and spring.
A two-term sequence covering the work of Lat 1, 2, 3. Landros.
Lat 101,102,103. Latin Literature: Augustan Age. 3 hours each term.
Horace, selected Odes and Epodes,' Vergil, Ec%gtlls; Livy Books I and II.
Combellack. . '
Economics
PROFESSORS: GILBERT (department head), CRUMBAKER, DANIEL, ERBt, MORRIS,
L. A. WOOD.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR: FUNCH*.
INSTRUCTOR: ALCHIAN*.
THE curriculum of the Department of ~conomics. is intended no! only t? ~eetthe needs of majors but also to prOVIde nonmaJor students WIth an mSlghtinto economic facts and problems, as a part of their liberal education and as
training for intelligent citizenship. The study of economics is basic for professional
training in law, business, and public service. .. ..
Principles of Economics (Ec 201, 202, 203) IS requIred of al! maJ?rs m
economics, and is prerequisite to all upper-division work. Students IntendIng to
--;On leave for military or civilian war service.
t Deceased December 23. 1943.
Lat 201, 202, 203. Latin Literature: Silver Age. 3 hours each term. .
Tacitus, Agricola .and Germania.; Pliny, selected Letters; MartIal, selected
Epigrams; Suetomus, selected Lwes. Combellack.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Lat 311, 312, 313. Latin Literature: Silver Age. 3 hours each term. .
Tacitus Agricola and Germania; Pliny, selected Letters; MartIal, selected
Epigra:ns; Suetonius, selected Lives. Open to sophomores. Not open to stu-
dents who have had Lat 201, 202, 203. Combellack.
Lat 314, 315, 316. Ovid: The Metamorphoses. 2 hours each term.
Combellack, Landros.
Lat 330. Advanced Latin Grammar. 3 hours spring. ..
Survey of the sounds, forms, and syntax of ~Iassical ~tin; relahO!! ~f Latm
to other languages; basis of Latin verse; IntroductIon to the princIples of
philology. Landros. \
Lat 405. Reading and Conference. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Lat 407. Seminar. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Lat461, 462, 463. Latin Literature: Historians. (G) 3 hours each term.
Livy, Tacitus, and others. Combellack.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400·499 and designated (G) may be taken for graduate credit.
Lat 503. Thesis. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Lat 505. Reading and Conference. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Lat 507. Seminar. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Lat 511, 512, 513. Readings in Mediaeval Latin. Hours to be arranged.
Landros.
Lat 514, 515, 516. History of Latin Literature. Hours to be arranged.
Landros.
Lat 526,527,528. Historical Latin Grammar. Hours to be arranged.
Landros.
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
101ECONOMICS
Ec 311. History of Capitalism to 1750. 3 hours fall.
Development of economic institutiolls in Europe and colonial America to
about 1750. Organization of agriculture, industry, commerce, and finance.
Not offered 1944-45. French.
Ec 312. Industrial Revolution. 3 hours winter.
Continuation of Ec 311, covering the period 1750-1850 in Europe and Amer-
ica. Long-range social and economic effects of industrial changes of the period.
Not offered !944-45. French.
Ec 313. Age of the Corporation. 3 hours spring.
Use of the corporation as a device for carrying "capitalism" to its present
heights. Some emphasis on social and economic importance of "Big Business"
in America. Not offered 1944-45. French.
Ec 334. Economics of Business Organization and Finance. 4 hours fall.
Students may offer Elements of Finance (BA 222) as a substitute to satisfy
major requirement. Not offered 1944-45. Crumbaker.
Ec 335. Economics of Public Utilities. 4 hours fall.
Economic relationships which establish a public interest in a business enter-
prise. Economic and political problems of the organization, financing, manage-
ment, and public relations of public utilities. Crumbaker.
Ec 336. Economics of Water Transportation. 4 hours spring.
Economic problems of carriers by water in domestic and foreign commerce;
development of a constructive public policy with regard to competitIon, pay_
ment of subsidies and aids, and public regulation. Crumbaker.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Ec 201, 202, 203. Principles of Economics. 3 hours each term.
Principles that underlie production, exchange, and distribution, etc. Pre-
requisIte: sophomore standing. Crtlmbaker, Daniel, Morris.
Ec 204, 205. Principles of Economics. 5 hours each term, winter and spring.
Two-term sequence covering same material as Ec 201, 202, 203. Wood.
major in economics should take a year's work in college mathematics as a basis
for courses in statistics. During the junior year all majors must take a year
sequence in some well-defined field such as: History of Capitalism to 1750, The
Industrial Revolution, The Age of the Corporation (Ec 311, 312, 313) ; Economic
Problems of State Regulation, Economic Problems of Federal Regulation, Govern-
ment Control of Private Business (Ec 435, 437, 438); Economics of Business
Organization and Finance, Economics of Public Utilities, Economics of Overland
Transportation (Ec 334, 335, 337) ; International Trade, International Economic
Policies (Ec 440, 441, 442) ; Economic Problems of the Pacific (Ec 445, 446, 447).
During the senior year the student must take Money, Banking, and Economic
Crises, followed by Public Finance (Ec 413, 418, 419) ; or the sequence in Labor
Problems, Organized Labor, and Labor Legislation (Ec 425, 426, 427). All seniors
must take History of Economic Thought (Ec 470, 471, 472) and Economic Theory
and Problems (Ec 475, 476. 477).
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS100
102 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS ECONOMICS 103
Ec 337. Economics of Overland Transportation. 4 hours winter.
Economic problems of contract and common carriers by highway, airway, and
railway. Passenger, freight, express, and mail services; theories of rate
making; competition, combination, and coordination. Crumbaker.
Ec 338. Economic Problems of Government Ownership. 4 hours spring.
Public enterprise studied historically as it involves railroads, banks, etc., and
in its contemporary manifestations in connection with public utilities. Adminis-
tration of government-owned business. Crumbaker.
Ec 401. Research. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Ec 413. Money, Banking, and Economic Crises. (G) 5 hours fall.
Money, laws controlling its value, methods for measuring price levels, and
devices for stabilizing purchasing power; principles of sound banking and use
of credit; history and causes of and remedies for crises and panics. Gilbert. .
& 418, 419. Public Finance. (G) 4 hours each term, winter and spring.
Sound principles affecting public expenditure, raising of revenue, budgetary
legislation, financial organization,. and use of public credit. Special consider-
ation to Oregon problems. Gilbert.
& 425. Labor Problems. (G) 4 hours fall.
Conditions of labor since the industrial revolution. Trade-union policies;
strikes and lockouts; trade agreements; conciliation and arbitration; etc.
Prerequisite: principles of economics or principles of sociology. Wood.
& 426. Organized Labor. (G) 4 hours winter.
History of the labor movement; aims, methods, and policies of trade unions,
conservative and radical. Prerequisite: Ec 425. Wood.
Ec 427. Labor Legislation. (G) 4 hours spring.
Problems facing ,employee, employer, and public which call for regulation
through public authority. Wood.
Ec 429. Statistics and Applied Economics. (G) 3 hours spring.
Technique of collecting, classifying, and analyzing quantitative data relating
to economic conditions and problems. Prerequisite: Mth 325, 326 or Mth 337.
Not offered 1944-45.
"Ec 435. Economic Problems of State Regulation. (G) 4 hours fall.
Regulation of intrastate services; merits of state control and home rule; regu-
lation of publicly owned utilities; regulation of holding companies. Prerequi-
site: Ec 334, 335, 336, 337, or 338; or consent of instructor. Crumbaker.
&437. Economic Problems of Federal Regulation. (G) 4 hours winter.
Regulation of interstate common carriers and public utilities through Federal
boards and commissions. Prerequisite: Ec 334, 335, 336, 337, or 338; or con-
sent of instructor. Crumbaker.
Ec440. International Trade. (G) 3 hours fall.
Theory of international trade; nature and effects of government interference
in the form of bounties, subsidies, import and export duties; coinmercial
policies of the more important nations. Not offered 1944-45.
& 441, 442. International Economic Policies. (G) 3 hours each term, winter
and spring.
Economic problems originating in or aggravated by World War I, and the
remedial policies proposed. Economic causes and effects of World War II.
Not offered 1944-45.
,
& 445, 446, 447. Economic Problems of the Pacific. (G) 3 hours each term.
Resources, trade, economic policies, and interdependence in the Pacific area
with special emphasis on the Far East. Morris. '
& 450, 451. MC?dern Theories of Social Reform. (G) 3 hours each term, win-
ter and spring.
Suggested theories involving more or less radical changes in the economic
order, and criticism of these theories. Wood.
Ec 454, 455. Conservation of Natural Resources. (G) 3 hours each term.
InveI!tory of ,natural resources in water, soil, timber, and mineral wealth;
practices leading to wasteful and extravagant use; public policy calculated to
prevent waste, promote restoration, and encourage conservation. Daniel.
Ec 465. Economic Problems of Social Security. (G) 3 hours fall.
Fiscal, administrative, and constitutional problems of social security. Unem-
ployment and old-age insurance, with special reference to Oregon' com-
pensation for industrial injuries and occupational diseases. 'Wood. '
Ec 466. Labor and Remuneration. (G) 3 hours winter.
The course of real ~ages in Europe and America during several centudes.
Modern wage theOries. Present-day wage statistics in the United States.
Systems of wage payment. Influence of trade unions on wages. Wood.
& 467. Labor and Agrarian Movements. (G) 3 hours fall.
Labor and agrarian movements in the United States and Canada. Efforts to
secure c1?ser cooperation, economic and political, between organized labor and
the farming class. Wood. .
Ec469. Measurement of Economic Trends. (G) 2 hours winter.
Recent developments in analysis of economic time series; application of'thl;se
to the measurement of economic trends. Prerequisite: Mth 325, 326 or Mth
337. Not offered 1944-45.
Ec 470, 471, 472. History of Economic Thought. (G) 3 hours each term.
Th~evolution o~ .man's ideas about economic matters. Required for senior
majors. PrereqUisite: Ec 201, 202, 203. French, Daniel.
Ec 475, 476, 477. Economic Theory and Problems. (G) 2 hours each term.
. Econ?mic theor!es ~nd their application to current economic problems.
ReqUired for maJors In economics. Prerequisite: senior standing. Crumbaker.
Ec 480, 481. Mathematical Economics. (G) 3 hours each term, fall and winter.
Analytical and critical examination of mathematical economics. Prerequisite:
Mth 101, 102, 103 or equivalent; Ec 470, 471, 472 or Ec 475, 476, 477. Not of-
fered 1944-45.
Ec482. Statistical Economics. (G) 3 hours spring.
The<;>ry and pr~ctice in th.e quantitative verification of economic principles
and ~n. the solution of practical problems. 2 lectures; 1 laboratory period. Pre-
requIsite: Mth 448; Ec 480, 481. Not offered 1944-45.
GRADUATIl COURSES
Courses numbered 400-499 and designaled (G) may be taken for graduate credit:
Ec SOL Research. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Ec 503. Thesis. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Ec 507. Seminar. Terms and hours to be arranged.
104 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS ENGLISH 105
English
LanguIJge ana LiterIJture
PROFESSORS: Bon:R (department head), R. H. ERNST, LltsCH, MOLL, PUKINS, W.
F. G. THACHltR, W ALKltR*.
ASSOCIATE PROFltSSORS: ALICIt H. ERNST, HORN, TROWBRIDGIt.
ASSISTANT PROFltSSORS: BLACK, JltSSUP, MCCLOSKltY.
INSTRUCTORS: ELSIIt BAILEY, CLIFTONt, R. COMBltLLACK, HOYT FRANCHERIt, RUTH
FRANCHERE, GOULD, KITTOIt*, MILLS, T. E. MOORIt, MUNDL!t, RANOUS,
SOltHREN.
ASSISTANTS: JltAN JOHNSON, MACKINNON, H. P. TAYLOR, VAN VACTOR.
Speech IJna Dram<Jtic Arts
ASSOCIATIt PROFESSORS: DAHLBltRG (director of division), SltYBOLT:j:.
ASSISTANT PROFltSSORS: R. D. CLARK, HUBltR*, ROBINSON.
INSTRUCTORS: BARRETT, KRJtNK*, K. S. WOOD.
Library Trainiflg
ASSISTANT PROFltSSORS: RISt, WARR!tN.
INSTRUCTORS: CHltSTU, FINDLY.
THE Department of English offers instruction in literature, rhetoric, sp«chI .~~d dramatic arts, and library training. Major options are offered in English
literature, American literature, speech and dramatic art, and prelibrary. The
lower-division courses in English are intended to supply the training in writing
necessary for every educated man, to afford a cultural background for those students
who can take only two years of work in the field, and to present the necessary foun-
dation for major work in English.
Major Requirements. The general major requirements for a bachelor's de-
gree in English are as follows:
(1) Greek, Latin, French, Spanish, or German during both the freshman
and sophomore years (two successive years in one of the five languages).
(2) English History, Europe in Modem Times, or World History; and
Biological or Physical Science.
(3) Survey of English Literature or Appreciation of Literature, and Shakes-
peare.
(4) Upper-division courses in literature§, as follows:
English Literature Option. Three upper-division year sequences in Eng-
lish literature, each totaling at least 9 term hours. One of the three should be
either English Novel or English Drama, and one a period course in the 400
group or a sequence of individual authors in the 400 group. No two of the
three should fall primarily in the same literary period.
• On leave for military service.
t Resigned December 16, 1943.
t On sabbatical leave 1943·44.
§ English 361, 362, 363 may not be used to satisfy the minimum requirements under (4).
American Literature Option. Two upper-division year sequences in Eng-
lish literature (each totaling at least 9 term hours), one either a period course in
the 400 group or a sequence of individual authors in the 400 group; a minimum
of 18 term hours of upper-division courses in American literature.
Options in Speech and Dramatic Arts. Two upper-division year sequences
in English literature, each totaling 9 term hours, including either English
Novel (Eng 367, 368, 369) or English Drama (Eng 434, 435, 436). Students
electing the speech, radio, or speech-pathology option may substitute History
and Literature of Oratory (SD 492, 493, 494) for one of the two required
sequences in English literature.
Prelibrary Option. Two upper-division year sequences in English literature,
each totaling 9 term hours; one must be a type course, the other a period course.
State Teacher's Certificate. English majors intending to teach in the sec-
ondary schools must satisfy the education and subject requirements for a state
teacher's certificate. (See SCHOOL OF EDUCATION.)
LITERATURE
The study of English literature as arranged by the department begins with
an introduction to the general field. This is followed by: a more detailed study
of periods; a careful analysis of the chief literary forms such as the novel, drama,
and poetry; and a more intensive study of the major authors. Because of the great
value of philosophy and history for the understanding of literature, majors in
English literature are advised to elect upper-division cours~s in these fields during
the junior and senior years.
The option in American literature is planned to give the student a basic
knowledge of English literature and, in addition, to provide a detailed and sys-
tematic study of American letters, together with their relations to social history
and national culture. The sophomore survey course in American literature (Eng
260), required of majors in American literature, is followed by specialized courses
in literary forms, such as the novel, poetry, and drama, and by studies in signifi-
cant cultural movements. Students are advised to elect courses in philosophy and
American history during their junior and senior years.
For general requirements for a major in English see page 104.
LOWltR-DIVISION COURStS
*Eng 101, 102, 103. Survey of English Literature. 3 hours each term.
From Beowulf to the present. Fall: Beowulf to Milton; winter: Milton to
Byron; spring: Byron to the present time. Black, R. Ernst, Horn, Jessup,
Lesch, Mundie, Perkins, Trowbridge.
*Eng 104, 105, 106. Appreciation of Literature. 3 hours each term.
The aim is to stimulate enjoyment of literature by providing the stu-
dent with a technique of appreciation. Readings cover whole range of English
literature. Emphasis on appreciation rather than literary history. Moll.
*Eng 107, 108, 109. Introduction to Literature. 3 hours each term.
The aim is to stimulate the appreciation and criticism of literature through an
examination of its motives and ideas. Study of some masterpieces in ancient,
modern, and contemporary literature. R. Ernst.
Eng 162. English Poetry (Oral). 3 hours any term.
Classroom practice in reading aloud. Franchere.
• A student may register for only one of the three literature sequences: Eng 101, 102,
103; Eng 104, 105, 106; Eng 107, 108. 109.
106 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS ENGLISH 107
Eng 201, 202,203. Shakespeare. 3 hours each term.
Study of the important plays, comedies, histories, and tragedies, in the light
of Shakespeare's development. Required for majors. Boyer, Jessup, Mc-
Closkey.
Eng 260. Survey of American Literature. 5 hours any term.
American literature from its beginning to the present day. Black.
Eng 264, 265, 266. Literature of the Modern World. 2 hours each term.
The renaissance in Italy, France, Spain, and England; Pascal and ptlTitan-
ism in England; French and English classicism; the romantic revolt; Vic-
torian literature; Ibsen and the modern drama. R. Ernst.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Eng 305. Reading and Conference. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Eng 326. American Prose. 3 hours fall.
A representative selection of prose writers of the nineteenth and twentieth
centuries. Not offered 1944-45. Walker.
Eng 327. American Poetry. 3 hours winter.
The chief American poets of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Not
offered 1944-45. Walker.
Eng 328. American Drama. 3 hours spring.
A survey of American drama from colonial times to the present. Not offered
1944-45. Mills. .
Eng 329. Literature of the West. 3 hours spring.
The literature of the trans-Mississippi region from the days of explora-
tion to the present, with emphasis on the influence of the frontier. Some at-
tention to Oregon literature. Not offered 1944-45. Walker.
Eng 36i, 362, 363. Twentieth-Century Literature. 3 hours each term.
Representative British and American literature from 1900 to the present.
Will not be accepted as a period course to satisfy the minimum requirements for
a major in English. Franchere.
Eng 367,368,369. English Novel. 3 hours each tenn.
From Richardson and Fielding to the present. Boyer.
Eng 380. Browning. 3 hours fall.
Representative readings in the main divisions of Browning's work. Not offered
1944-45. Moll. .
Eng 391, 392, 393. American Novel. 3 hours each term.
A general survey of American fiction, with detailed study of important authors
from Melville, Howells, James, and Mark Twain to the present. McCloskey.
Eng 394, 395, 396. Nineteenth-Century Poets. 3 hours each term.
A study in successive terms of romantic, Victorian, and contemporary poets.
Not offered 1944-45. Moll.
Eng 403. Thesis for Honors Candidates. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Eng 405. Reading and Conference. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Eng 407. Seminar in Special Authors. (G) Terms and hours to be arranged.
Eng 411, 412, 413. Anglo-Saxon. (G) 3 hours each term.
Grammar and translation of selected passages. Beowulf, Judith. Perkins.
Eng414. Chaucer. (G) 3 hours fall.
As much of Chaucer's work read as time permits, with attention to sources,
poetical forms, pronunciation, and grammar. Required cour..e for graduate
students in English. Perkins, Lesch.
Eng 415. Late Mediaeval Prose and Poetry. (G) 3 hours winter.
Prose and poetry of the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries, in relation to the
social and literary ideas of the period. Not offered 1944-45. Perkins.
Eng416. Arthurian Legend in English Literature. (G) 3 hours spring.
The origin and growth of the Arfhurian legend; its use as poetic material
by English and American writers. Not offered 1944-45. Perkins.
Eng417,418,419. Development of the English Language. (G) 3 hours each
term.
The English language from Old English through Middle English to the
present day. Vocabulary, inflections, syntax, and phonetics. Not offered 1944-
45. Perkins, Mundie.
Eng 420. Wordsworth. (G) 3 hours winter.
Not offered 1944-45. Moll.
Eng 421. Spenser. (G) 3 hours winter.
Not offered 1944-45. Lesch.
Eng 430. Dryden. (G) 3 hours winter.
Dryden's major works as poet, critic, and dramatist. Trowbridge.
Eng 431, 432, 433. Eighteenth-Century Literature. (G) 3 hours each term.
The prose and poetry of the century studied in relation to the social. political,
and aesthetic ideas which gave the period its peculiar character. Not offered
1944-45. Horn.
Eng 434, 435, 436. English Drama. (G) 3 hours each term.
The development of English dramatic forms from the beginnings to modem
times. Fall: mediaeval to Elizabethan; winter: 1642 to 1870; spring: con-
temporary drama. R. Ernst.
Eng 440. Advanced Shakespeare. (G) 3 hours fall.
Intensive study of several plays with primary emphasis on textual problems
and sources. Prerequisite: one-year sequence in Shakespeare. Not offered
1944-45. Lesch.
Eng 477,448, 449. Seventeenth-Century Literature. (G) 3 hours each term.
The poetry and prose from Jonson to Dryden studied in relation to the trends
of thought and feeling which characterize the century. Black.
Eng 450. Pope. (G) 3 hours spring.
Trowbridge.
Eng 451. Milton. (G) 3 hours spring.
Not offered 1944-45. Lesch.
Eng 457, 458, 459. Literature of the Renaissance. (G) 3 hours each term.
Fall: renaissance thought; winter: renaissance epic and prose narrative;
spring: English lyric from Wyatt to Herrick. Not offered 1944-45. Trow-
bridge.
Eng 460. Shelley. (G) 3 hours spring.
Not offered 1944-45. Moll.
108 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS ENGLISH 109
Eng465. The New England Renaissance. (G) 3 hours winter.
The rise of the New England literary school before the Civil War, with spe-
cial attention to Emerson, Thoreau, Hawthorne, and their associates. Pre-
requisite: Eng 260 or equivalent. Not offered 1944-45. Black.
Eng 481, 482, 483. Nineteenth-Century Prose. (G) 3 hours each term.
Main currents of thought as reflected in Carlyle, Mill, Newman, Ruskin, Hux-
ley, Arnold, Pater. Not offered 1944-45. Boyer, MundIe.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered ~Oo-499 and designated (G) may be taken for graduate credit.
Eng 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
Eng 503. Thesis. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Eng 505. Reading and Conference. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Eng 507. Seminar. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Special Authors.
Romantic Tendencies in the Eighteenth Century. Trowbridge.
English Comedy. Horn.
Elizabethan Drama.
Evolution of Tragedy. R. Ernst.
American Literature. Walker.
History of Criticism. Jessup.
Eng 511,512,513. Carlyle. 2 or 3 hours each term.
Carlyle's relation as source or transmitter to the various literary, social, and
intellectual movements of the day. Not offered 1944-45.
Eng 540. Problems and Methods of Literary Study. 3 hours fall.
Bibliography and the methods of literary research as an introduction to grad-
uate work. Not offered 1944-45.
RHETORIC
The end sought in courses in rhetoric is to develop in the student ability to
express himself clearly and forcefully in the English language. English Composi-
tion (Rht 111, 112, 113) is a required freshman course for all University students.
Students who do superior work in English Composition may obtain additional
instruction and practice in writing through the elective course, Advanced Writ-
ing (Rht 216). For advanced students courses are provided in special art forms,
such as essay writing, versification, play writing, and short story.
Students who receive a low rating in a placement examination given to all
entering students are required to take Corrective English (Rbt K) before they
are permitted to register for English Composition.
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
Rht K. Corrective English. 1 hour any term.
No-grade course. One-term course in the mechanics of English, required of
freshmen who receive low ratings in entrance placement examination. For
such students Rht K is a prerequisite for any other work in written English.
Rbt 111, 112,113. English Composition. 3 hours each term.
The fundamentals of English composition and rhetoric; frequent written
themes in the various forms of discourse. Special attention to correctness in
fundamentals and to the organization of papers. Black, staff.
Rbt 213, 214, 215. Short-Story Writing. 2 hours each term.
Designed to develop proficiency in the art of writing the short story. Pre-
requisite: consent of instructor. Thacher.
Rbt 216. Advanced Writing. 3 hours fall or spring.
Cult!v~tion of style through practice in a variety of creative forms. Pre-
~eqU1slte: Rht 111, 112, 113 (with A or B grade) or equivalent, or consent of
mstructor. Horn.
Rht 217. Business English. 3 hours any term.
Study of modern practices in business correspondence, primarily for students
of business administration. Analysis and writing of the principal types of
correspondence. Prerequisite: Rht 111, 112,113. McCloskey.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Rbt 311,312,313. Advanced Short-Story Writing. 2 hours each term.
For st.udents inter~s~ed in creative. writing, or in professional writing for
magazmes. PrerequIsite: consent of mstructor. Thacher.
Rbt 314, 315. Criticism. 3 hours each term, fall and winter.
~riti~1 analyses and reviews of poetry and fiction, supplemented by reading
In cntlcal theory. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Not offered 1944-45.
Rbt 316. Essay Writing. 3 hours fall or spring.
Advanced work in composition, based on a study of the various forms and
models ofthe essay. Prerequisite: Rht 111, 112, 113. Horn.
Rbt 317, 318, 319. Versification. 2 hours each term.
~erse writing; study of various verse forms as mediums of expression. Analy-
SIS of class work. Open to freshmen and sophomores. Alternates with Rht 321
322, 323. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Not offered 1944-45. A. Ernst:
Rbt 320. Advanced Essay Writing. 3 hours winter or spring.
Designed to develop proficiency in the art of essay writing. Prerequisite:
Rbt 316. Horn.
Rbt 321, 322, 323. Play Writing. 3 hours each term.
Creativ.e experi~ent !n the writing of plays, with incidental study of models.
AnalYSIS and diSCUSSion of student work. Alternates with Rbt 317 318 319
Prerequisite: consent of instructor. A. Ernst. ' , .
Rht 324. English Composition for Teachers. 3 hours any term.
For stude~ts expecting to teach English in high schools. Practice in writing
and a review of the rules of composition. Prerequisite' Rht 111 112 113
Perkins, Mills. . ".
SPEECH AND DRAMATIC ARTS
The curriculum of the Division of Speech and Dramatic Arts is organized
to provide instruction in the following major fields: public speaking, interpreta-
tion, theater and drama, radio, voice science, and speech re-education. The division
offers professional training for teachers of speech, dramatic arts, and speech
pathology; for acting and other theater vocations; and for radio writing and per-
formance. It also offers a general program of training in public speaking for stu-
dents who wish this preparation for business and public life.
University Theater in Johnson Hall provides facilities for student dramatic
productions. Students interested in radio have opportunities for practical experi-
ence in the Univ_ty studios of station KOAC in the General Extension Building.
Several programs of study have been planned to suit the different interests
and professional aims of students choosing speech and dramatic arts as a major
option.
110 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS ENGLISH 111
Drama. For students whose major field is drama, the following courses are
required :
Lowe,. Division: Voice and Diction (SD 141,142,143) or Interpretation (SD
241,242) and Elements of Acting (SD 243) ; Theater Workshop (SD 244, 245,
246) or Stage Design (SD 351, 352, 353).
UPPtf' Division: Technique of Acting (SD 341, 342, 343) ; courses in English
literature (see page 105).
Students in drama who expect to teach are required to take, in addition, two
terms of Extempore Speaking (SD 130, 131) and one term of Argumentation
and Persuasion (SD 230). To qualify for many positions, the drama teacher must
also be able to give instruction in speech.
Speech. For students whose major field is public speaking, the following
courses are required:
Lowe,. Division: Extempore Speaking (SD 130, 131, 132) ; Argumentation
and Persuasion (SD 230, 231, 232).
Upper Division: Public Address (SD 330, 331, 332) or Advanced Public Dis-
cussion (SD 321, 322); Conduct of Group Discussion (SD 333); courses in
English literature (see page 105).
Speech students who expect to teach are required to take, in addition, one
term of Interpretation (SD 241) and Direction of School and Community Plays
(SD 340).
Radio. For students whose major field is radio writing and performance, the
following courses are required:
Lower Division: Interpretation (SD 241, 242); Elements of Acting (SD
243) ; Extempore Speaking (SD 130, 131, 132) ; Fundamentals of Broadcasting
(SD 220) ; Radio Workshop (one term).
Uppe,. Division: Radio Script Writing (SD 337) or Radio Program Produc-
tion (SD 338); Technique of Acting (SD 341, 342, 343) ; courses in English
literature (see page 105).
Speech Pathology. For students preparing for professional work in the field
of speech pathology, the following courses are required:
Lower Ditirion: Voice and Diction (SD 141, 142, 143) or Extempore Speak-
ing (SD 130, 131, 132); General Psychology (Psy 201, 202); Psychology of Ad-
justment (Psy 204). 1
Upper Division: Speech Pathology (SD 486, 487, 488) ; Speech Clinical Prac-
tice (SD 489, 490, 491); Clinical Methods in Psychology (Psy 431, 432); courses
in English literature (see page 105).
Students of speech pathology who expect to teach are required to take, in
addition, Direction of School and Community Plays (SD 340).
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
SD 130, 131, 132. Extempore Speaking. 3 hours each term.
Fall: speech outlining and organization; winter: development of effective
delivery; spring: application of the principles of composition and delivery
to speech situations. Clark, Dahlberg, Wood.
SD 136. Parliamentary Procedure. 1 hour fall or spring.
Parliamentary practices indispensable to the conduct of any business meet-
ing. The class is organized as an assembly; every member serves in tum as
secretary, chairman, and speaker from the floor. 2 recitations. Clark.
SD 141, 142, 143. Voice and Diction. 2 hours each term.
Study and practice of the principles of tone production. Phonetic analsis
of English sounds as a basis for pronunciation and for the development of
correct and effortless diction. Barrett, Seybolt.
SD 144,145, 146. Choral Reading. 1 hour each term.
Group reading of poetry and rhythmic prose for choral effects. Aims: to
quicken the individual's appreciation and enjoyment of poetry, to increase his
powers in oral interpretation, to improve the speaking voice. Not offered
1944-45.
SD 220. Fundamentals of Broadcasting. 2 hours any term.
Study of the general field of broadcasting; auditioning, radio equipment,
radio speaking, types of programs and their arrangement, radio laws, radio
terminology. Wood.
SD 221, 222, 223. Radio Workshop. 2 hours each term.
Experience in broadcasting of radio programs; operation of sound effects,
turntables, microphones; direction of radio programs over KOAC and KORE.
Wood.
SD 230, 231, 232. Argumentation and Persuasion. 3 hours each term.
FaU: argumentation; winter: principles of audience psychology; spring:
motivation, principles underlying the response of audiences to the speaker
and his argument. Prerequisite: SD 130. Dahlberg.
SD 234. Public Discussion. 2 hours winter or spring.
Special sections for men's and for women's symposium. Preparation of speeches
for delivery before public audiences. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
Clark.
SD 241, 242. Interpretation. 2 hours each term, faU and winter.
Oral and dramatic interpretation of literature. Character analysis, stage de-
portment, voice culture, dramatic timing, body discipline, emotional release.
Clark, Seybolt.
SD 243. Elements of Acting. 2 hours any term.
Open to lower-division students acting significant roles in University plays
directed by members of the faculty of the division. Robjnson.
SD 244, 245, 246. Theater Workshop. 3 hours each term.
Planning and construction of stage settings, costumes, properties; principles
of lighting; mechanics of the physical stage. Practical experience in connec-
tion with the production of plays. Robinson.
SD 251, 252, 253. Introduction to the Theater Arts. 2 hours each term.
Theater history. Analysis of design, acting, playwriting, direction, criticism,
management. Appreciation of drama, motion picture, and radio playas art
forms. Terms in sequence, but may be taken separately. Robinson.
UPP!tR-DIVISION COURSE:S
SD 321, 322. Advanced Public Discussion. 2 hours each term, winter and spring.
Special.sections for men's and for women's symposium. Preparation of speeches
for delivery before public audiences. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
Dahlberg.
SD 330, 331, 332. Public Address. 3 hours each term.
Fan: speech composition; characteristics of oral style. Winter: forms of ora-
tory. Spring: extended address; the student writes and delivers a lecture.
Precequisite: SD 230, 231, 232 or consent of instructor. Dahlberg.
112 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS ENGLISH 113
SD 333. Conduct of Group Discussion. 2 hours fall or winter.
The committee conference; the board meeting; the open forum; the social,
religious, or literary discussion group. Methods for the chairman empha-
sized. Prerequisite: SD 130. Not offered 1944-45. Clark, Dahlberg.
SD 334. Oral English for Teachers. 3 hours any term.
Improvement in speech effectiveness through class criticism and instruction.
Required for English majors who intend to teach and who have had no other
courses in speech. Clark, Dahlberg.
SD 337. Radio Script Writing. 3 hours any term.
Study of the technique and devices used in writing radio plays, talks, special
features, adaptations, continuity forms, and public service programs. Critical
study of scripts. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Wood.
SD 338. Radio Program Production. 3 hours any term.
Production of programs for stations KOAC and KORE. Selection of material,
casting, rehearsals. Prerequisite: SD 220, SD 221. Wood.
SD 340. Direction of School and Community Plays. 3 hours winter or spring.
Designed primarily to familiarize teachers with elementary problems of play
production. Voice, diction, and movement on the stage; stage business; set-
tings; play selection and casting. Seybolt, Robinson.
SD 341, 342, 343. Technique of Acting. 3 hours each term.
Introduction to the principles of acting technique. Problems in the analysis
and presentation of character. Participation in one-act and full-length plays.
6 or more laboratory periods. Robinson.
SD 344, 345, 346. Play Production. 3 hours each term.
Sources of dramatic material, choice of play, casting and rehearsal of play-
ers, production organization. Practical experience in directing a short play.
6 or more laboratory periods. Seybolt.
SD 347, 348, 349. Guild Hall Players. 3 hours each term.
A producing group selected from students who have shown marked ability
in SD 341, 342, 343. Class limited in number. Prerequisite: SD 341, 342, 343.
6 or more laboratory periods. Robinson, Seybolt.
SD 351, 352, 353. Stage Design. 3 hours each term.
The physical theater in its social and historical background; forms of theater
auditoriums and types of stage settings; costume and lighting as elements of
drama. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Robinson.
SD 486, 487, 488. Speech Pathology. 2 hours each term.
Fall: speech defects and voice science; winter: neurological speech disorders;
spring: diagnostic and therapeutic techniques. Prerequisite: Psy 201, 202,
204; SD 486 or 487 prerequisite to SD 488. Wood.
SD 489, 490, 491. Speech Clinical Practice. 1 hour each term.
Application of theories and methods of speech therapy. Students with de-
fective speech may enter the clinic for correction of defects, but may not re-
ceive credit. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Wood.
SD 492, 493, 494. History and Literature of Oratory. 3 hours each term.
Masterpieces of oratorical literature. FaIl: Greek and Roman oratory; win-
ter: British oratory from Burke to Gladstone; spring: American oratory.
Clark, Dahlberg.
LIBRARY
The University does not at the present time offer a major curriculum in libra-
rianship. The courses listed below have three purposes: (1) to acquaint Univer-
sity students with the resources of the Library, and to provide instruction in the
efficient use of these resources; (2) to provide sufficient instruction in librarian-
ship to meet the needs of school librarians; and (3) to provide an introduction
to librarianship for students contemplating a career in this field.
The courses for school librarians offered during the regular year and in the
summer sessions satisfy the Oregon standards for teacher-librarians.
For students who are interested in entering a graduate library school, a
special prelibrary option is offered by the Department of English. The option is
intended to provide the broad liberal-arts preparation which is essential for pro-
fessional library training. The requirements of the prelibrary option are:
(1) At least two years of French or German.
(2) At least 36 term hours in courses in English literature, including two
upper-division year sequences (each totaling 9 term hours), one a period course
(such as Seventeenth-Century Literature) and the other a type course (such as
English Novel).
(3) At least 18 term hours in the social sciences.
It is recommended that the student plan his program to include two years of
a second foreign language (French or German), and at least 18 term hours in
science. The work in science should include a year sequence with laboratory in
botany, chemistry, physics, or zoology (this is required for admission to some
library schools).
Only students who have a scholarship record ,which makes them eligible
for honors should consider entering the field of librarianship. The use of the
typewriter by the touch system should be learned, preferably in high school, by
all persons planning to become librarians.
LowliR-DIVISION COURslis
Lib 117. Use of the Library. 1 hour any term.
Training in the use of the card catalog, periodical indexes, and reference
books; experience in the preparation of bibliographies. As far as possible,
problems are coordinated with the student's study program.
UPPliR-DIVISION COURSliS
Lib 381. Elementary Reference Work. 3 hours winter.
Study of importance reference books and other aids for the use of the resources
of the library. Practical problems in the use of reference tools. A more ad-
vanced course than Lib 117. Findly.
Lib 382. Book Selection and Evaluation. 3 hours spring.
General survey of the best books and authors, old and new, in various fields
of writing; principles and standards of judgment interpreted and applied;
practice in book reviewing and annotation. Rise.
Lib 384. School Library Administration. 3 hours fall.
Organization, equipment, administration, and objectives of modern school
libraries. Chester.
Lib 385. Library Practice. 3 hours any term.
Lectures by staff members; 60 hours laboratory practice; required reading of
six books from a selected list. Prerequisite: 18 hours in library courses. Not
offered 1944-45.
Lib 388, 389. Children's Literature. 3 hours each term, fall and winter.
The aim is to give an understanding and appreciation of the best literature for
children of all ages. Practical training in book selection. Not offered 1944-45.
114 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS GEOLOGY AND GEOGRAPHY 115
Lib 390. History of the Book. 3 hours spring.
The fonns, materials, and styles of writing and printing in which book~ have
appeared from the earliest times to the present. Study of examples 10 the
University Library. Not offered 1944-45.
Geology and Geography
PROFJ<;SSOR: W. D. SMITH (department head).
ASSISTANT PROFJ<;SSORS: W. B. MJ<;RRIAM, STAPLEs*, STOVALl..
INSTRUCTORS: B. ANDRJ<;WS, ISOTOFF, NJ<;WHOUSE.
FJ<;LLOW : RIJ<;CHERS.
ASSISTANT: MARTIN.
THE Department of Geology and Geography serves three classes of students:(1) professional major students; (2) nonprofessional major students, whowish to build a broad cultural education around a central interest in geography
and geology; and (3) students maj oring in other fields who wi~h some acquaint-
ance with the contribution of these studies to the understand109 of the world
and its problems.
For major students, the department provides work in three general ~eld~ of
specialization: (l) petrology, mineralogy, and economic geology; (2) historIcal
geology and palaeontology; (3) geography. The first of the~e field~ has a natural
alliance with physics and chemistry, the second a natural alhance With botany and
zoology, and the third a natural alliance with the social. sciences. The student
should keep these alliances in mind when he chooses elective courses.
It is recommended that professional geology majors take, during their fresh-
man and sophomore years, at least one year of work in each of the following
fields: chemistry, physics, and mathematics.
The department has laboratory facilities for work in mineralogy, palaeontol-
ogy, and petrography, including equipment for rock polishing and t~e making ~f
thin sections. Working collections of ores, minerals, rocks, and fossJis are avaJ!-
able for student use. The Condon Museum of Geology contains excellent collec-
tions of rocks and minerals, and is especially rich in vertebrate fossils from the
John Day Valley.
GEOLOGY
LOWJ<;R-DIVISION COURSJ<;S
G 101, 102, 103. General Geology. 3 hours each term. .
Processes of nature affecting the surface of the earth; formation of economic
geologic deposits; the main events in t~e history of the; earth. If ~ccom­
panied by G 104, lOS, 106, satisfies the sCience group requirement. SmIth.
G 104, lOS, 106. General Geology Laboratory. I hour each term.
Staples, Isotoff.
G 201, 202, 203. Introduction to Field Geology. I to 3 hours each term.
Fall: elementary topographic mapping and cartography. Win~er: r,ocks and
minerals' laboratory and field study. Spring: field geology; mtenslve study
and mapping of a small selected area near Eugene. Staples.
G 290. Introduction to the Geology of Oregon. 3 hours.
Lectures, assigned reading, and field trips, to acquaint the s~~dent with some
of the salient features of the geology of the state. PrerequIsite: G 101, 102,
103. Smith.
• On leave for civilian war service.
UPPER-DIVISION COURsEs
G 312, 313, 314. Mineralogy. 4 hours each term.
Methods used in determinative mineralogy; crystallographic studies; occur-
rence and properties of some of the important minerals. 2 lectures, 2 labora-
tory periods. Prerequisite: G 101, 102, 103; Ch 104, 105, 106. Staples, Isotoff.
G 381, 382, 383. Introduction to Palaeontology. 3 hours each term.
Elementary study of representative forms of extinct animals, principally
from several phyla of the invertebrates and vertebrates. Prequisite: G 103.
Smith.
G 393. Stratigraphy. 3 hours.
Genesis and subsequent history of stratified rocks; sedimentation, induration,
weathering; the methods of correlation of such formations. Essential for
students in archaeology. Prerequisite: G 101, 102, 103. Smith, Staples.
G 405. Reading and Conference. Terms and hours to be arranged.
G 411, 412, 413. Economic Geology. (g) 2 hours each term.
The general principles of deposition and the evaluation of metallic and non-
metallic economic geologic deposits; principal economic deposits, domestic and
foreign. 2 lectures. Prerequisite: G 312, 313, 314. Smith, Staples.
G 414, 415, 416. Petrography. (G) 4 hours each term.
Study of rocks and their alteration products; use of the petrographic micro-
scope. 3 lectures, I laboratory period. Prerequisite: G 312, 313, 314; Ph 101,
102, 103 or Ph 201, 202, 203. Staples, Isotoff.
G 421. Structural Geology. (g) 4 hours.
Origin, interpretation, and mapping of minor rock structures, and of major
structures such as faults and folds. 3 lectures, I laboratory period. Prerequi-
site: G 104, lOS, 106; Ph 101, 102, 103 or Ph 201, 202, 203. Smith.
G 451, 452. Pacific Coast Geology. (G) 3 hours each term.
Advanced study of the general geology of the west coast of the United States
and Canada from Alaska to southern California; special problems of the
region. Prerequisite: G 101, 102, 103; senior or graduate standing. Smith.
G 454, 455. Pacific Basin Geology. (G) 3 hours each term.
General survey of the geology of the Pacific Basin, with some consideration
of the special problems of individual regions. Prerequisite: G 101, 102, 103;
senior or graduate standing. Smith.
GRADUAn: COURSES
Courses numbered 400·499 and designated (G) or (g) may be taken for graduate credit.
G 503. Thesis. Terms and hours to be arranged.
G 505. Reading and Conference. Terms and hours to be arranged.
G 507. Seminar. Terms and hours to be arranged.
G 511. Advanced Microscopy. 4 hours.
Designed to familiarize the student with microscopic technique in connectiOll
with polished sections, heavy mineral residues, and microchemical mineral
determination. 2 lectures, 2 laboratory periods. Staples.
G 520. Advanced Economic Geology. 3 hours.
Emphasis on theories of the origin of mineral deposits; study of examples
illustrating general principles. Student reports on selected types of deposits.
Review of current literature. Smith, Staples.
GEOGRAPHY
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
Geo lOS, 106, 107. Introductory Geography. 3 hours each term.
A general introduction to the field of geography, in sequence as followa:
116 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS GERMANIC LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 117
Geo 105, principles of geography; Geo 106, economic geography; Geo 107,
human geography. Stovall.
Geo 108, 109, 110. Introductory Geography Laboratory. 1 hour each term.
Laboratory exercises to supplement Geo 105, 106, 107. Stovall.
Geo 215. Climatology. 3 hours.
Preview of the elements of meteorology; intensive study of the climates of
the earth, based upon Koppen's Classification. Prerequisite: Geo lOS, 106,
107 or G 101, 102, 103. Stovall.
Geo 218. Field Geography. 2 or 3 hours spring.
Intensive study of a limited area near Eugene; elementary map making and
studies of economic and human geography. Stovall.
Geo 219, 220. Cartography. 3 hours each term, faU and winter.
Study and practice of map making and map projection. Comparative study
of different types used in the United States and in other countries. Prerequi-
site: G 101, 102 or Geo lOS, 107. Stovall.
UPpER-DIVISION COURsEs
Geo 314. Regional Geography. 3 hours fall.
The natural region as a geographic unit. Study of specially selected natural
regions of the globe. Prerequisite: Geo 105, 106, 107. Stovall, Merriam.
Geo 316. Geomorphology. 3 hours.
Systematic study of land forms in their relation to the cultural landscape.
Emphasis on the geographic cycle in the study of topographic development.
Prerequisite: Geo lOS, 106, 107 or G 101, 102, 103. Smith, Merriam.
Geo 317. Physiography of the United States. 3 hours.
Continuation of Geo 316. More detailed study of the physiography of the
United States. Follows such books as Fenneman's Physiography of the United
States and Bowman's Forest Physiography. Smith.
Geo 320. Political Geography. 3 hours spring.
Political boundaries and aspirations of nations as they grow out of the nat-
ural regional setting. Colonies, raw materials, migrations, foreign trade. Pre-
requisite: Geo 105, 106, 107. Smith, Merriam.
Geo 323, 324, 325. Physical and Economic Geography of the Pacific Northwest.
3 hours each term.
Physiographic regions of the Pacific Northwest. The geomorphology of the
region as a basis for an analysis of its economic geos-raphy and attendant
social, historical, and political relationships. Merriam.
Geo 399. Military Topography. 3 hours any term.
Methods of representing basic field data on maps and charts; map reading
and interpretation; map problems in military operations. 1 lecture, 1 demon-
stration period, 1 laboratory or field period. Smith, Stovall, Merriam.
Geo 401. Research. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Geo 405. Reading and Conference. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Geo 422, 423, 424. Advanced Economic Geography. 3 hours each term.
Intensive study of economic geography, designed for upper-division students.
Prerequisite: Ec 201, 202, 203; and Geo 105, 106, 107 or G 101, 102, 103.
M~riam. .
Geo 426. Geography of Europe. (G) 3 hours.
Some of the special problems of Europe today studied in light of the physic-
graphic and economic background of the continent. Prerequisite: Geo lOS,
106, 107 or G 101, 102, 103. Smith.
Geo 428. Geography of the Pacific. (G) 3 hours.
Physical geography and natural resources of the Pacific region; social, eco-
nomic, and political problems related to the geography of the region. Pre-
requisite: Geo 105, 106, 107 or G 101, 102, 103. Smith.
Geo 429. Geography of North America. (G) 3 hours.
Physiography and resources of the continent, and social reactions as influ-
enced by these. Prerequisite: Geo 105, 106, 107 or G 101, 102, 103. Stovall,
Merriam.
Geo 430. Geography of South America. (G) 3 hours.
Physical, economic, and human geography of the continent; the outstanding
economic, social, and political trends in South America, as influenced by these
facts. Prerequisite: Geo 105, 106, 107 or G 101, 102, 103. Smith.
Geo 431. Geography of Asia. (G) 3 hours.
Physical geography of the continent; the main economic, social, and political
problems viewed in relation to geography. Prerequisite: Geo 105, 106, 107 or
G 101, 102, 103. Smith.
Geo 432. Geography of Africa. (G) 3 hours.
Physical geography of the continent; the main economic, social, and political
problem viewed in relation to geography. Prerequisites: Geo lOS, 106, 107 or
G 101, 102, 103. Merriam.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400-499 and designated (G) may be taken for graduate credit.
Geo 501. Research. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Geo 503. Thesis. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Geo 505. Reading and Conference. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Geo 507. Seminar. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Germanic Languages and Literatures
PROFESSORS: LUSSKY (department head), KREMER, SCHMIDT (emeritus).
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR: ASTRID WII,LIAMS.
INSTRUCTORS: KAARHUS, SUNDT.
IN the Department of Germanic Languages and Literatures, lower-division, up-per-division, and graduate instruction is offered in German and in the Scan-dinavian languages. The curriculum of the department is planned to provide
specialized training for majors, to meet the cultural needs of nonmajor students,
and to satisfy the language requirements of other fields and vocations.
The following courses are required of all majors in Germanic languages and
literatures: Germanic Literature (GL 201,202,203 or GL 343,344,345); German
Conversation and Composition (GL 334, 335, 336) ; Goethe's Faust (GL 413).
GERMAN
LOWER-DIVISION COURsEs
GL I, 2, 3. First-Year German. 4 hours each term.
Grammar; German composition; reading and translation of easy prose and
poetry. Lussky, Kremer, Williams.
118 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS HISTORY 119
GL 4, 5, 6. Second-Year German. 4 hours each term.
Grammar, composition, and conversation. Translation of standard German
authors. Prerequisite: one year of college or two years of high-school Ger-
man. Williams.
GL 7, 8. First-Year German. 6 hours each term, winter and spring.
A two-term sequence covering the work of GL 1,2,3. For students entering in
the winter term.
GL 201, 202, 203. German Literature. 3 hours each term.
Third year. Reading of masterpieces of various periods. A general survey of
German literature. Satisfies group requirement in language and literature.
Lussky_
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Courses numbered 300-399 are open to lower-division students.
GL 305. Reading and Conference. 1 to 3 hours any term.
AL 314, 315, 316. Introductio~ to Germanic Literature. 3 hours each term.
For description see page 91. Lussky.
GL 320, 321, 322. Scientific German. 3 hours each term.
Recommended for students in architecture and allied arts, education, jour-
nalism, medicine, music, social science, and science. Students should consult
the instructor before registering. Kremer.
GL 331. Die deutsche Novelle. 3 hours fall.
Reading and discussion of outstanding "Novellen." Kremer.
GL 332. Modern German Drama. 3 hours winter.
Representative dramatic masterpieces of the German postclassical period:
Kleist, Hebbel, Grillparzer, Sudermann, Hauptmann, etc. Kremer.
GL 333. German Poetry. 3 hours spring.
Poems of Goethe, Schiller, Uhland, etc. Kremer.
GL 334, 335, 336. German Conversation and Composition. 2 hours each term.
Required for students planning to teach German. Lussky.
GL 340, 341, 342. German Culture and Civilization. 2 hours each term.
A comparative survey of German and European civilization; illustrated by
lantern slides. Lectures (in English) on philosophy, poetry, and life, and
their relations and principal tendencies in German history. Kremer.
GL 343, 344. 345. German Literature. 3 hours each term.
Third year. Reading of masterpieces of various periods. A special review of
German literature. Not open to students who have taken GL 201, 202. 203.
Lussky.
GL 403. Thesis. Terms and hours to be arranged.
For students reading for honors in Germanic languages.
GL 405. Reading and Conference. 1 to 3 hours any term.
GL 407. Seminar. (G) Terms and hours to be arranged.
GL 411. Classical German Drama. (G) 3 hours fall.
Representative dramatic masterpieces of the German classical period: Lessing,.
Goethe, Schiller, etc. Lussky.
GL 412. Modern German Novel. (G) 3 hours winter.
Intensive study of a few representative masterpieces, accompanied by the-
reading of selections from many authors. Lussky.
GL 413. Goethe's Faust. (G) 3 hours spring.
In German. Part I, with commentary. Lussky.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400-499 and designated (G) may be taken for graduate credit.
GL 503. Thesis. Terms and hours to be arranged.
GL 505. Reading and Conference. 1 to 3 hours any term.
GL 507. Seminar. Terms and hours to be arranged.
GL 508. Seminar: German Philology. 3 hours any term.
Gothic, Old High German, Middle High German, or Old Icelandic.
SCANDINAVIAN
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
GL 11,12,13. Elementary Norwegian. 3 hours each term.
Grammar and reading of easy prose. The texts are: Einar Haugen, Beginning
Norwegian; O. Krogh, Nyere Norsk Prosa, Riksmaal. Alternates with GL
21,22,23. Williams.
GL 14,15,16. Second-Year Norwegian. 3 hours each term.
Reading of Norwegian authors; composition and conversation. Alternates
with GL 24, 25, 26. Williams.
GL 21, 22, 23. Elementary Swedish. 3 hours each term.
Grammar and reading of easy prose. 1m. Bjorkhagen, Modern Swedish Gram-
mar.. A. L. Elmquist, Swedish Reader; Selma Lagerlof, En herrgardssagen,
or Strindberg, Master Olaf. Alternates with GL 11, 12, 13. Williams.
GL 24, 25, 26. Second-Year Swedish. 3 hours each term.
Reading of Swedish authors; composition and conversation. Alternates with
GL 14, 15, 16. Williams.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
GL 451, 452, 453. Scandinavian Literature, Life, and Culture. 3 or 4 hours each
term.
Educational, critical, biographical, and other works and treatises on the literary
and cultural life of the Scandinavian countries. Williams.
History
PROFESSORS: D. E. CLARK (department head), FISH, KRIJANOVSKV, OLSCHSKI,
SHELDON (emeritus).
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: GANOE, LYON, NOBLE·.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: BREEN, GORDON \VRIGH'r*.
INSTRUCTOR: B. ANDREWS.
ASSOCIATES: MCCLAIN, POLLARD.
ASSISTANTS: COLLINS, MACCLAIN, TORREvt.
THE curriculum of the Department of History includes courses in worldhistory and in the development of western civilization, and a comprehensiveprogram of elementary and advanced work in United States and English
history. Courses are also offered in the history of the Orient and of Hispanic
America.
• On leave for military or civilian war service.
t Resigned December 28, 1943.
120 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS HISTORY 121
Special attention is given to culture history as a distinct field. See: World
History (Hst 204, 205, 206) ; Intellectual History of Western Europe (Hst 414,
415, 416) ; Great Historians (Hst 417, 418, 419) ; History of Civilization in the
United States (Hst 460, 461, 462) ; Forces and Influences in American History
(Hst 479) ; Civilizations of China and Japan (Hst 494, 495, 496).
Requirements for Bachelor's Degree. For a bachelor's degree with a major
in history, a student must complete 36 term hours of work in history, including:
History of the United States (Hst 201, 202, 203), Europe since 1815 (Hst 341, 342,
343), Historical Method (Hst 420), and 13 additional hours in upper-division
history courses. Students planning to teach in the secondary schools must take
required education courses, and fulfill the subject-preparation requirement in social
science. See SCHOOl, 01' EDUCATION.
Requirements for Master's Degree. In addition to requirements imposed
by the Graduate Division, candidates for the master's degree with a major in
history are required to take courses carrying graduate credit in three different
fields of history. The student's fields must be approved by the department.
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
1,0wI':R-DIVISION COURSI':S
Hst 104, lOS, 106. Europe in Modem Times. 3 hours each term. ,
European history and the spread of European civilization from about the
time of the religious reformation until the present. Fall: 1500 to 1789; winter:
1789 to 1870; spring: 1870 to the present. Wright, Ganoe.
Hst 201, 202, 203. History of the United States. 3 hours each term.
From colonial times to the present day. Clark.
Hst 204,205,206. World History. 3 hours each term.
The great civilizations of the world in review. From the Stone Age to the
present. Fish.
Hst 207, 208, 209. English History. 3 hours each term.
A general survey, covering political, economic, social, intellectnal, and re-
ligious developments. Fish.
UPPI':R-DIVISION COURSI':S
Hst 341, 341, 343. Europe since 1815. 3 hours each term.
Political, social, economic, and cultural trends from the fall of Napoleon to the
present. Fall: 1815 to 1870; winter: 1870 to 1919; spring: 1919 to the present.
Wright.
Hst 377. Oregon History. 2 hours any term.
Brief survey of the building of civilization in the Oregon Country. Clark,
Ganoe.
Hst 403. Thesis. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Hst 405. Reading and Conference. Terms a~d hours to be arranged.
Readings and conferences with members of the staff. Designed for honors
students.
Hst411. History of Greece. (G) 3 hours fall.
Political and cultural history of ancient Greece. Breen.
Hst412,413. History of Rome. (G) 3 hours each term, winter and spring.
Winter: history of Rome from its earliest beginnings to the end of the
Republic; spring: the period of the Empire. Breen.
Hst 414, 415, 416. Intellectual History of Western Europe. (G) 3 hours each
term.
DeyelopmeIl:t of the Western European mind; origins of contemporary mental
attitudes; history of the freedom of thought. Fish.
Hst 417, 418, 419. Great Historians. (G) 3 hours each term.
S~udy of t~e works o~ the great writers of history from the time of the Greeks,
With special emphaSIS upon the historians of the nineteenth century Not
offered 1944-45. Fish. .
Hst 420. Historical Method. (G) 2 hours.
Introduction to the method of historical research and history writing. Ganoe.
Hst 421,422,423. Middle Ages. (G) 3 houts each term.
History of Europe .from the decline of the Western Roman Empire to
the age of the. councils. Fall: to 1000 A.D.; winter: to 1200 A.D.; spring:
to the Councl1 of Constance. Breen.
Hst 431. Renaissance. (G) 3 hours fall.
The Italian phase of the renaissance; its spread to other sections of Europe.
Not offered 1944-45. Breen.
Hst 432. Reformation. (G) 3 hours winter.
The disrul?ti~n of the Church in Western Europe, the counterreformation,
and the rehglous wars. Not offered 1944-45. Breen.
Hst 433. Age of Monarchy. (G) 3 hours spring.
The rise of national states, with emphasis upon the period from the Treaty of
Westphalia to the French Revolution. Not offered 1944-45. Breen.
Hst 441,442,443. History of France. (G) 3 hours each term.
Fall: growth .of the mona~chy; ~inter: the Old Regime, the Revolution, and
t~e Napoleom~ a~ea; spnng: since 1815. Prerequisite: European or world
history; or major In French; or consent of instructor. Not offered 1944-45.
Hst 445. Europe since 1919. (G) 3 hours.
The immediate background of contemporary Europe' rise of authoritarian
government and the origins of World War II. Not 'open to students who
have had Hst 343. Not offered 1944-45. Wright.
Hst 446. Recent Germany. (G) 3 hours fall.
The German Empire, the republican experiment 1918-33, and the National
Socialist regime. Wright. '
Hst447. Recent Russia. (G) 3 hours winter.
The tsarist regime in the late nineteenth century the revolutions of 1905 and
1917, and the Soviet Union since 1917. Wright. '
Hst 448. Balkans in Recent Times. (G) 3 hours.
The Balkan s!at~s fro~ 18?8 to the present; social, political, and economic
problems; their increasing Importance as a factor in European international
relations. Not offered 1944-45. Wright.
Hst 460, 461, 462. History of Civilization in the United States. (G) 2 hours
each term.
S.cience, philosophy, religio~, education, ~t~ical standards, newspapers, maga-
~lnes, deyelopment of social classes, CIties, economic expansion, in their
interrelations. Sheldon.
Hst 463, 464, 465. British Overseas Empire. (G) 3 hours each term.
History of t~e d?minions, of India, and of the crown colonies. Prerequisite:
9 term hours In history or consent of instructor. Fish.
122 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS HOME ECONOMICS 123
Hst 466. Tudor England. (G) 3 hours fall.
The political, social, economic, and ~tellectual development of England
through the reigns of the Tudor sovereIgns, 1485-1603. Not offered 1944-45.
Fish.
Hst 469. Recent England. (.G) 3 hours.
Recent social, political, economic, and intellectual changes in Great Britain.
Not offered 1944-45. Fish.
Hst 470, 471, 472. Leading Americans. (G) 2 hours each term.
American leaders who have been outstanding in their periods. Not offered
1944-45. Ganoe.
Hst 473, 474. American Foreign Relations. (G) 3 hours each term.
The relations of the United States with other powers; the development of
American foreign policies. Clark.
Hst 475, 476. History of the West. (G) 3 hours each term.
The American frontier. First term: the early American frontier; second
term: the trans-Mississippi West. Clark.
Hst 477. History of the Pacific Northwest. (G) 3 hours.
Detailed study of the building of ~ivilization in the ~acific Nort~west.
Required for graduate students planmng to present theses m Oregon hIstory.
Prerequisite: Hst 201, 202 or consent of instructor. Clark, Ganoe.
Hst 478. History of Political Parties in the United States. (G) 3 hours.
Origin and history ?f p~litical pa~ties; is~ues, poli~ies; chang~s. in methods
of nomination' presIdential campaIgns; mmor parties. PrerequIsIte: 9 hours
in United States history or consent of instructor. Not offered 1944-45. Clark.
Hst 479. Forces and Influences in American History. (G) 3 hours.
Geographic influenc~s; i....fluence ?f th~ frontie~; inheri~ance and tradition;
economic forces' natIOnalism; sectIOnalism; mamfest destmy ; democracy. Pre-
requisite: Hst 201, 202, 203 or consent of instructor. Not offered 1944.45. Clark.
Hst 480, 481, 482. History of Hispanic America. (G) 3 hours each term.
From the establishment of the Spanish empire to the present. Prerequisite: 9
hours of history or consent of instructor. Ganoe.
Hst 483, 484, 485. Constitutional History of the United States. (G) 3 hours
each term.
Origin of the Constitution; development of the national government since
1787. Not offered 1944-45. Ganoe.
Hst 486. Colonial North America. (G) 3 hours.
Advanced study of the establishment and development of European colonies
in North America, with emphasis on the English colonies. Prerequisite:
Hst 201 or consent of instructor. Ganoe.
Hst 487, 488. American Economic History. (G) 3 hours each term, fall and
winter.
All phases of the economic development of the United States. Given alternate
years. Ganoe.
Hst 491, 492, 493. Far East in Modern Times. (G) 3 hours each term.
Political, economic, and diplomatic history of China, Japan, and Korea, with
some attention to Asiatic Russia and the Philippines, from the middle of the
nineteenth century to the present. Noble, Wright.
Hst 494, 495, 496. Civilizations of China and Japan. (G) 2 hours each term.
Origin, development, and influence of factors shaping the culture and civiliza-
tion of China and Japan. Not offered 1944-45. Noble.
Hst 497, 498, 499. History of Japan. (G) 3 hours each term.
History of Japan, from its beginnings to the present. Not offered 1944-45.
Noble.
GRADUATE COURSES
Conrses numbered 400·499 and designated (G) may be taken for gradnate credit.
Hst 501. Research. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Hst 503. Thesis. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Hst 505. Reading and Conference. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Hst 507. Seminar. Terms and hours to be arranged.
European History. Breen, Wright.
English History. Fish.
American History. Clark, Sheldon, Ganoe.
History of the Pacific Northwest. Clark, Ganoe.
History of the Far East. Noble.
Home Economics
PROFESSORS: MABEL A. WOOD (department head), TINGLE (emeritus).
INSTRUCTORS: HUSER, JUNKER.
lOWER-division and service courses in home economics are offered at theL- University. By action of the State Board of Higher Education on March
7, 1932, all inajor work in the Oregon State System of Higher Education
leading to baccalaureate and advanced degrees in home economics was confined
to the School of Home Economics at the State College, and lower-division work
(instruction in the freshman and sophomore years) was assigned to both the State
College and the University.
The lower-division work in home economics is essentially the same at both
institutions. While it is recommended that students intending to major in home
economics enter the institution at which major work is offered at the beginning
of their freshman year, they may, if they wish, spend their freshman and sopho-
more years at the University, and transfer to the State College for their major
work at the beginning of the junior year, without loss of credit and with funda-
mental requircments for upper-division standing fully met. Students wishing to
complete at the University the first two years of Curriculum B (technical cur-
riculum) should have their programs carefully planned by the head of the De-
partment of Home Economics.
At both institutions, the lower-division program is intended, not only to lay
the foundation for specialization in home economics, but also to serve the needs
of students majoring in other fields. In addition to lower-division work, the
University offers upper-division service courses in home economics for students
in other fields.
In the organization and administration of the instruction in the nonmajor
dcpartments at the two institutions, the deans of the major schools serve as
advisers, to the end that the offerings shall bear a proper relation to the work of
the maj or school. (See page 6.)
124 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS MATHEMATICS 125
The Department of Home Economics occupies the entire third floor of Chap-
man Hall, erected in 1939. The foods, clothing, and household-administration
laboratories are designed and equipped in accordance with the best modern
standards.
CLOTHING, TEXTILES, AND RELATED ARTS
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
CT 111, 112, 113. Clothing Construction. 2 hours each term.
Adaptation of patterns, fittinl{ of garments, and the basic processes of the
construction of artistic clothing. Students must have had CT 114, 115, 116, or
must take it at the same time. 2 two-hour laboratory periods. Huser.
CT 114, 115, 116. Clothing Selection. 1 hour each term.
Selection of clothing from the standpoints of design, textile material, hygiene,
and cost for homemade and ready-made garments. Students taking CT 111,
112, 113 must also take this sequence. Huser.
CT 125. Textiles. 2 hours fall or winter.
Textile fibers and their relation to dress and household textiles. Suggested
parallel for CT 111. Huser.
UPPIlR-DIVISION s~vICE COURsES
CT 331. Home Planning and Furnishing. 3 hours fall
Principles involved in the planning and furnishing of a home. Huser.
FOODS AND NUTRITION
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
FN 211,212,213. Foods. 3 hours each term.
Introduction to the subject of foods; selection, preparation, and serving of
meals. 2 recitations; 2 two-hour laboratory periods. Junkers.
FN 225. Principles of Dietetics. 2 hours any term.
The nutritive value of food; the selection of a proper diet for health, based
on dietetic principles. Open to men and women. Wood.
FN 250. Camp Cookery. 1 hour spring.
Fundamental principles of cookery applied to simple meals in home and camp.
1 three-hour laboratory period. Not offered 1944-45.
HOUSEHOLD ADMINISTRATION
LOWER-DIVISION COURSE
HAd 222. Family Relationships. 2 hours any term.
Designed to give the student with no particular background in sociology or
psychology an understanding of the problems and adjustments of family life.
Does not satisfy any requirements in sociology. Wood.
UPPER-DIVISION SERVICE COURSES
HAd 325. Child Care and Training. 3 hours any term.
The growth, development, and training of the young child. No prerequisite.
Wood.
HAd 339. Household Management. 3 hours any term.
Application of the principles of scientific management to the horne; household
operations and finances; family and community relationships. Wood.
Mathematics
PROFESSORS: MOURSUND (department head), DECOU (emeritus).
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR: F. E. WOOD.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: CONNER, GHENT·, KOSSACK, MADDAUS, OLNEY, T. S.
PETERSON·, POOLE, RAUCH, STEHN.
INSTRUCTORS: ESTHER ALKIRE, BUBB, COSTELLO, FREEMAN, KAMARAD, LUND,
RIDINGS, ROWLAND, SCOBERT.
ASSISTANTS: HALTEMAN, HAMILTON, A. LEWIS.
MATHEMATICS courses at the University are designed to provide the, training in rigorous thinking and analytical processes which is funda-
mental to a liberal education; to supply basic mathematical training for
students in the social, biological, and physical sciences and in the professional
schools; to prepare prospective teachers of mathemati<;s; and to provide advanced
and graduate work for students specializing in the field.
Courses Satisfying Science Group Requirement. Any three one-term
courses in mathematics numbered 100-110 will satisfy the group requirement in
science, provided that both Mth 102 and Mth 106 are not included. Mth 100 may not
be taken for credit after the completion of any other course in the 100-110 group,
except with the approval of the department. The courses in each of the sequences
listed below are correlated to make up an integrated year's work. Majors in
business administration should choose a sequence containing Mth 108.
(1) For students entering with only one year of high-school algebra: Mth
100, 105, 106; Mth 100, 101, 102; Mth 100, 101, 108; Mth 100, 105, 108.
(2) For students entering with at least one and one-half years of high-school
algebra: Mth 101, 102, 103; Mth 101, 102,108; Mth 105, 101, 108; Mth 105, 106, 108.
Sophomore Sequences. Any three one-term courses numbered 200-210 will
satisfy the group requirement in science. Differential and Integral Calculus (Mth
201,202,203) is the standard sequence for students in the physical, biological, and
social sciences.
Requirements for Bachelor's Degree. For a bachelor's degree with a ma-
jor in mathematics, a student should complete 48 term hours of work in the field,
including Differential and Integral Calculus (Mth 201, 202, 203) and at least 24
hours in upper-division mathematics courses.
The following courses are recommended as electives: General Physics (Ph
201,202,203) and other physics courses; General Chemistry (Ch 104, 105, 106);
Principles of Economics (Ec 201, 202, 203) ; Statistics and Applied Economics
(Ec 429) ; Logic (Phi 314, 315, 316) ; Development of Scientific Thought (Phi
414,415,416); Constructive Accounting (BA 111, 112, 113).
Recommendations for Prospective Teachers. Students intending to teach
high-school mathematics must plan their programs to include the courses required
for certification (see SCHOOL OF EDUCATION). Prospective mathematics teachers
should also complete two terms of Differential and Integral Calculus (Mth 201,
202) and either Advanced Euclidean Geometry (Mth 415) or Elements of Pro-
jective Geometry (Mth 316) to secure the unqualified recommendation of the de-
partment. It is recommended that, to supplement the courses listed above, the
• On leave for civilian war service.
126 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS MATHEMATICS 127
student's program include 12 additional term hours in courses selected from: Mth
108, Mth 203, and upper-division mathematics courses.
Requirements for Master's Degree. Candidates for a master's degree with
a major in mathematics should plan to take a year sequence in the 511-599 group,
in addition to the research and seminar work required by the Graduate Division.
Statistics. At the University of Oregon all basic courses in statistical theory
are offered by the Department of Mathematics. The following courses in applied
statistics are offered by the Department of Economics, the Department of Psy-
chology, the School of Business Administration, and the School of Educatibn:
Statistics and Applied Economics (Ec 429) ; Measurement of Economic Trends
(Ec 469) ; Mathematical Economics (Ec 480, 481); Statistical Economics (Ec
482) ; Psychometrics (Psy 443) ; Advanced Business Statistics (BA 433) ; Edu-
cational Statistics (Ed 515, 516, 517). Mth 325, 326 or Mth 337 or equivalent
is a prerequisite for all of these courses except Ed 515, 516, 517.
Through the cooperation of the several schools and departments offering work
in statistics, a Statistical Laboratory, equipped with electric and hand-operated
calculating machines, is maintained in Oregon Hall. The facilities of the labora-
tory and the advice of laboratory assistants are available to all students whose
work involves statistical computations. By special arrangement, the Hollerith
equipment maintained by the University in the Registrar's Office may be used by
advanced students.
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
LOwER-DIVISION COURSES
Mth 10. Elements of Algebra. 4 hours.
For students entering with less than one year of elementary algebra. Open to
others only on consent of instructor. May not be taken for credit after com-
pletion of other courses in college mathematics.
Mth 20. Elements of Geometry. 4 hours.
Plane geometry, with an introduction to solid geometry. For students enter-
ing with less than one year of high-school geometry. Others may register
only with consent of the instructor.
Mth 100. Intermediate Algebra. 4 hours.
Prerequisite: one year of high-school algebra.
Mth 101, 102, 103. Elementary Analysis I, II, III. 4 hours each term.
Algebra, graphic methods, and introduction to the simpler ideas of the cal-
culus; logarithms and plane trigonometry; plane analytical geometry. Pre-
requisite: one and one-half years of high-school algebra or Mth 100.
Mth 105. College Algebra. 4 hours.
Prerequisite: one and one-half years of high-school algebra or Mth 100.
Mth 106. Plane Trigonometry. 4 hours.
Prerequisite: Mth 101 or Mth 105.
Mth 108. Mathematics of Finance. 4 hours.
Simple and compound interest and discount, annuities, periodic-payment
plans, bonds, depreciation, and other topics related to business. Prerequisite:
Mth 101 or Mth 105.
Mth 111,112, 113. Introduction to Analysis. 2 hours each term.
Fundamentals of algebra and elementary trigonometry. Prerequisite: one year
of high-school algebra.
Mth 200. Analytical Geometry. 4 hours.
Prerequisite: college algebra and plane trigonometry, or Mth 101, 102.
Mth 201, 202, 203. Differential and Integral Calculus. 4 hours each term.
Standard sequence for students of physical, biological, and social sciences.
Prerequisite: Mth 200 or Mth 101, 102, 103.
Mth 205. Calculus. 4 hours.
A brief course in calculus.
Mth 209. Mathematics of Life Insurance. 3 or 4 hours.
A mathematical treatment of the theory of life-insurance and annuity pre-
miums and reserves. Prerequisite: Mth lOB.
Mth 230. Spherical Trigonometry. 2 hours.
Solution of right and oblique spherical triangles and applications. Prerequisite:
plane trigonometry; consent of instructor.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Mth 311. History of Elementary Mathematics. 3 hours.
Ancient, mediaeval, and modern mathematics; emphasis on the great human
interest of this most ancient and most modern of the sciences. Prerequisite:
one year of college mathematics.
Mth 314. Advanced College Algebra. 3 hours.
An extension of the work in algebra given in freshman mathematics. Pre-
.requisite: one year of college mathematics. Conner, Ghent.
Mth 316. Elements of Projective Geometry. 3 hours.
Prerequisite: one year of college mathematics. Moursund, Wood.
Mth 325,326. Foundations of Mathematical Statistics. 3 hours each term.
Collection, tabulation, and presentation of statistical data; frequency distri-
butions; averages; dispersion, etc. ; time series; linear correlation and regres-
sion; needed topics from algebra. Prerequisite: high-school algebra. Kossack.
Mth 330. Elements of Navigation. 3 hours.
For Naval Reserve students; to be taken during the senior year. Definitions,
the Mercator ~~art, compass directions, the sailings, piloting, signal flags,
codes. PrerequIsite: Mth 106; Ph 201, 202,203; Ph 207; Ph 296.
Mth 337. Elements of Statistics. 3 or 4 hours.
Same as Mth 325, 326, except that a working knowledge of algebra is assumed.
Prerequisite: college algebra or consent of instructor. Moursund, Kossack.
Mth411. Theory of Equations. (G) 3 hours.
Prerequisite: calculus or Mth 314. Bubb, Conner.
Mth 412. Higher Algebra. (G) 3 hours.
Determinants, linear dependence, matrices, linear transformations invariants
quadratic forms, and other topics selected to meet the needs of the students:
Prerequisite: calculus and theory of equations. Ghent, Poole.
Mth414. Solid Analytical Geometry. (G) 3 hours.
An analytical and differential study of curves and surfaces in a Euclidean space
of three dimensions. Prerequisite: calculus. Maddaus, Peterson.
Mth 415. Advanced Euclidean Geometry. (G) 3 hours.
M~ern d~velopments in geometry based on the plane geometry of Euclid,
deahng With the geometry of the straight line and the circle. Prerequisite:
calculus or consent of instructor. Moursund, Wood.
128 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
PHILOSOPHY 129
Mth 421, 422. Differential Equations. (G) 3 hours each term.
A practical study of the solution of ordinary and partial differential equa-
tions. Prerequisite: calculus. Moursund, Maddaus.
Mth 426. Probability. (G) 3 hours.
Theory of permutations, combi~ations, .substitutions, and di~~rib~tions. The~ry
of expectation, Tchebycheff's mequahty, and the probab.lh~ mtegral, WIth
applications. Prerequisite: calculus and elements of statIstICS. Kossack.
Mth 431, 432, 433. Advanced Calculus. (G) 3 hours each term.
Infinite series partial differentiation, multiple integrals, line integrals, vector
analysis, and ~ther topics. Prerequisite: calculus. Bubb, Peterson.
Mth 448. Advanced Statistical Method. (G) 3 hours.
Multiple and partial correlation; probability and the normal curve; curve
fitting; classical sampling theory. Prerequisite: Mth 325, 326 or Mth 337;
consent of instructor. Kossack.
Mth 449. Statistical Inference. (G) 3 hours.
Generalized frequency curves, small sampling theory, chi squ~x:e test of sig-
nificance, analysis of variance, statistical inference. PrerequIsIte: Mth 448
or consent of instructor. Kossack.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400.499 and designated (G) may be taken for graduate credit.
Mth 503. Thesis. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Mth 505. Reading and Conference. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Mth 507. Seminar. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Mth 521, 522. Advanced Differential Equations. 3 hours each term.
Ordinary and partial linear differential equations and boundary value prob-
lems, with applications. Maddaus, Peterson.
Mth 533. Fourier Series. 3 hours.
Intended for students of considerable mathematical maturity. Moursund.
Mth 551, 552, 553. Functions of a Real Variable. 3 hours each term.
Number, sets and functions, convergence, continuity and the d~rivative,
primitives, limits and higher derivatives, Riemann and Lebesque mtegrals,
series. Moursund.
Mth 554, 555, 556. Functions of a Complex Variable. 3 hours each term.
Complex numbers analytical functions, differentiation and integrati?fl'
mapping, linear fr;ctional transformations, infinite series, general propertIes
of single and multiple-valued functions. Moursund.
Nursing Education
ASSOCIATE PRoFESSOR: DOLTZ (acting director of department).
THE preparatory nursing curriculum offered by the University is devotedchiefly to general and basic subjects in preparation for professional work atthe Medical School and in hospitals. The preparatory nursing program on the
University campus is under the administrative jurisdiction of the dean of the Co)...
lege of Liberal Arts. See page 90.
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
I.oWER-DIVISION
Nur 111,112,113. Backgrounds of Nursing. 1 hour each term
The. historical background of modern social and health 'movements' the
relation of these to the evolution of nursing as a profession. Not offered 194+45.
Nur 211,212, 713. Modem Nursing Problems. 1 or 2 hours each term.
Present alms and problems of nursing at home and abroad. Not offered 1944-45.
Philosophy
PROFItSSORS: TOWNSEND (department head), A. R. MOORE, REBEC (emeritus).
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: JESSUP, SUI.LIVAN.
THE !ow~r-divisionsequence in philosophy is designed for students who desireI ~~bnef mtroductory survey ~n~y~ as well as for those who anticipate more
advanc~d stu~y. The upper-dIVISIon courses offer a more intensive study of
selected phIlosophIcal problems.
Before ~ecuring ~is degree, a student majoring in philosophy will be expected
to have studIed the chIef works of a representative number of the following authorswhe~er or not they are read in formal courses: Plato, Aristotle, Augustine:
Aqumas, Bacon, Descartes, Leibnitz, Spinoza, Hobbes, Locke, Berkeley Hume
Kant, Hegel, and Schopenhauer. ' ,
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
WWER-DIVISION COURSES
Phi 201, 202, 203. Introduction to Philosophy. 3 hours each term.
Selected elementary pro~lems of knowledge (Phi 201), of natural philos h
(Phi 202), an? of valuatIOn and conduct (Phi 203). The terms of the Seq:~
may be taken m any order. Townsend, Sullivan.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Phi 314, 315, 316. Logic. 3 hours each term.
The ~orms and. me~hods of knowledge, the problems of inference, the nature
of ev!dence, SCIentific method, and the function and limits of human under-
standmg. Townsend.
Phi 321, 322, 323. Ethical and Political Theory. 3 hours each term
An inquiry into the ~ture ?f value and .v~lue systems; critical'and historical
study.of represen~tlve ethIcal and pohtlcal theories and forms of political
orgamzatlon. Sulhvan.
Phi 331, 332, 333. Philosophy in America. 3 hours each term.
~u,:,ey ?f philosophical his~ory !n A~erica from colonial times to the present.
untamsm, transcendentahsm, Ideahsm, pragmatism, and realism. Townsend.
Phi 351, 352, 353. Contemporary Philosophy. 3 hours each term.
Some common 1!h~s.es of recent philosophical theory. No prerequisites but not
open to lower-dIVIsIon students. Townsend. '
Phl405. Reading and Conference. Terms and hours to be arranged.
For students who have had previous study in philosophy.
130 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS PHYSICS 131
PhI 407. Undergraduate Seminar. (G) Terms and hours to be arranged.
For students who have had previous study of philosophy.
PhI 411, 412, 413. Philosophy and Literature. (G) 3 hours each term.
The philosophical backgrounds of the literature of modern Europe and
America. Sullivan.
Ph1414 415,416. Development of Scientific Thought. (g) 3 hours each term.Pr~liminary study of classical and medi~eva.1 begi!1ni!1gs, with thorough.con-
sideration of renaissance and modern sCIentific thmkmg. Influence of SCIence
on contemporary thought in .art and IitClrature. Moore.
PhI 421 422 423. Aesthetics. (G) 3 hours each term.
M:jor ~heories of beauty and the aesthetic exp~r~ence--ancient, !J1ediaeval,
renaissance, modern, and contemporary. PrerequIsIte: consent of mstructor.
Jessup.
Phi 431, 432, 433. History of Philosophy. (g) 3 hours each term.
Survey of European thought from its Greek beginnings down to the present.
Townsend.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400·499 and designated (G) or (g) may be taken for graduate credit.
PhI 503. Thesis. Terms and hours to be arranged.
PhI 505. Reading and Conference. Terms and hours to be arranged.
PhI 507. Seminar. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Physics
PROFESSORS: CASWELL· (department head), NORRIS (acting department head).
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: COLLINS, DEDRICK, Lrl'TLE, E. L. PETERSON, POOLE,
RAUCH, L. E. WILSON.
INSTRUCTORS: R. G. BAILEY, CHAMBERS, KOCH, KRASNOWSKY, LIENKAI!MPER,
MINSHALL, STARR·, STRONG.
ASSISTANTS: FRISTROM, WEBB.
COURSES in the Department of Physics ar~ pl~nned: (1) to provid,e ~sictraining essential in nearly all fields of ~clent.lfic endeavor, meludl.ng thepure sciences, medicine, meteorology, engmeermg, etc.; (2) to .tram pro-
fessional physicists and research workers in related fields;. (3) to .tram teachers
of the physical sciences for the secondary schools. The major requIrements for a
bachelor's degree in physics are as follows:
(1) General Physics (Ph 201, 202, 203) ; Electrical Measurements (Ph 431,
432,433).
(2) Differential and Integral Calculus (Mt~ 201,.202, .203), ~nd one ~ear
sequence in mathematics beyond calculus, usually meludmg Dlfferentllll Equations
(Mth 421, 422).
(3) General Chemistry (Ch 104, lOS, 106), and a course in physical chem-
istry or equivalent.
. (4) At least two of the following year sequences: Advanced General Physics
(Ph 411, 412,413) ; Analytical Mechanics (Ph 451), Advanced Heat (Ph 452),
-~ lea.... for eivilian war service.
Physical Optics (Ph 453); Introduction to Modern Physics (Ph 471,472,473).
Physics majors should take General Physics and General Chemistry and
complete their mathematical preparation through calculus during their freshman
and sophomore years. If possible, they are advised to take General Physics during
the freshman year, and Advanced General Physics or Electrical Measurements
during the sophomore year.
The department is equipped to conduct research, particularly in the fields of
infra-red spectroscopy and the electrical and thermal properties of metals and
alloys.
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
LOwER-DIVISlON COURSES
Ph 101, 102,103. Essentials of Physics. 2 hours each term.
Lectures in nonmathematical language, presenting fundamental principles. If
accompanied by Ph 104, 105, 106, this sequence satisfies the science group re-
quirement. Peterson, Dedrick.
Ph 104, 105, 106. Essentials of Physics Laboratory. 1 hour each term.
Designed especially to accompany Ph 101, 102, 103, which must be taken at the
same time. 2 hours conference and laboratory.
Ph 161. Rudiments of Photography. 2 hours.
Intended for students interested in photography as an avocation. No pre-
requisite. 1 lecture ; I three-hour laboratory period. Norris, Teter.
Ph 201, 202, 203. General Physics. 4 or 5 hours each term.
Standard first-year college physics. Prerequisite: mathematics equivalent to
Mth Ill, 112, 113.3 or 4 lectures and recitations; 1 three-hour laboratory
period. Norris, Poole, Rauch.
Ph 207. Elementary Meteorology. 3 hours.
Elementary treatment of the physics of the atmosphere. 3 lectures. Collins.
Ph 208, 209. Descriptive Astronomy. 3 hours each term.
Descriptive treatment of the more important facts relating to the heavenly
bodies. First term: constellations and the solar system. Second term: sun,
stars, and galaxies. 2 lectures, I observation or laboratory period. Collins.
Ph 296. Practical Astronomy. 3 hours.
Determination of time, latitude, longitude, and azimuth by astronomical
methods. I lecture, 2 observation periods. Prerequisite: Ph 208 and trigo-
nometry. Collins.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Ph 311,312,313. Elementary Radio, 3 hours each term.
Basic physical principles, theory, and practice of transmitting and receiving
equipment, with circuit analysis. Prerequisite: one year of physics, or consent
of instructor. 2 lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory period. Collins.
Ph 346. Sound. 3 hours.
The phenomena of vibration, for students interested in music. The scientific
basis of harmony and music, and the physics of musical instruments. Starr.
Ph 369, 370, 371. Architectural Physics. 1 hour each term.
Physical principles involved in heating, ventilation, illumination, acoustics,
etc. Correlated with Construction V (AA 369, 370, 371). Prerequisite: one
year of general physics. Norris.
132 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
POLITICAL SCIENCE 133
Ph 411, 412, 413. Advanced General Physics. (g) 3 hours each term.
Intensive treatment of dynamics, thermodynamics, alternating currents,
electron physics, optics. Prerequisite: .Ph 201, ?O2, 203; Mth 201, 202, 203.
2 lectures; 1 three-hour laboratory period. Norris.
Ph 431 432 433. Electrical Measurements. (g) 4 hours each term.Direct~and alternating-current theory and mt;,asurements, ma~etic properUea
of iron, transient phenomena, elements of radIO, electron physIcs. 3 lectures, 1
laboratory period. Prerequisite: Ph 201, 202, 203; Mth 201, 202, 203. PeterSOlL
Ph 451. Analytical Mechanics. (g) 4 hours fall.
Statics, dynamics of a particle, dynamics of rigi? bodies. 4 lectures. Prereq-
uisite: Ph 201, 202, 203; Mth 201, 202, 203. NOrris.
Ph 452. Advanced Heat. (g) 4 hours winter.
Introductory course in thermodynamics and kinetic.theory. 4 lectures. Pre-
requisite: Ph 201, 202,203; Mth 201, 202, 203. NOrriS.
Ph 453. Physical Optics. (g) 4 hours spring.
Study of typical phenomena of refraction, disp~rsion, interf~~ence, diffraction,
and polarization. 3 lectures, 1 laboratory period. PrerequlSlte: Ph 201, 202,
203; Mth 201, 202, 203. Collins, Norris.
Ph 462, 463. Advanced Meteorology. (g) 3 hours each term.
Dynamical, physical, and synoptic meteorology, with app1ication~ to aero-
nautics. Prerequisite: college physics and calculus. 3 lectures. Collms.
Ph 471, 472, 473. Introduction to Modem Physics. (G) 3 or 4 hours each term.
Survey of recent developments in electr~n theory, quantu1t! theory, rad"10-
activity, atomic structure, and related tOPiCS. 3 lectures, 1 optional laboratory
period. Prerequisite: Ph 431, 432, 433. Peterson.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 40().499 and designated (G) or (g) may be taken for graduate credit.
Ph 501. Research. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Ph 503. Thesis. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Ph 505. Reading and Conference. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Ph 507. Seminar. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Ph 511, 512, 513. Modem Physical Theories. 3 hours each term.
Theory of relativity, el~ctron th~ory, qu~ntum t1?eory ~f radiation, quantum
mechanics, nuclear phySICS, phySICS of sohds. TopICS varied from year to year
to meet the needs of students. 3 lectures. Caswell.
Ph 521, 522, 523. Theoretical Physics. 3 hours each term.
Potential theory, conduction of heat, thermodynamics, electromagnetic theory,
statistical mechanics. Topics varied from year to year to meet the needs of
students. 3 lectures. Peterson.
Political Science
PROFtSSORS: W. C. JONES (department head), BARNETT (emeritus), ScHU-
MACHER.
ASSOCIATE PIlOFtSSOR : KEHRLI.
INSTRUCTOR: CAHILl.*.
------;;-On IeaTe for military service.
~E courses in political science are designed to encourage independent think~I ~g about political problems and to promote intelligent citizenship and effective
participation in public affairs, through the critical study of the organization
and practical operation of American, European, and international governments.
Training for Public Service. There is a growing demand in governmental
agencies for university graduates with training in political science and related
social sciences. Only superior students with sound preparation can qualify for
desirable positions. The curriculum of the Department of Political Science seeks
to provide the nucleus of a strong program of study to prepare students for careers
in public service and administration.
In the freshman and sophomore years, the student's program should include
basic courses in American government, economics, accounting, psychology, history,
sociology, and geography. To an increasing extent a knowledge of statistics is an
indispensable qualification for positions in public service. Students are advised
to take college mathematics during their freshman or sophomore year to satisfy
the prerequisite for admission to statistics courses.
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
LOWER-DIVISION COURSE
PS 201, 202,203. American Governments. 3 hours each term.
Fall and winter: national and state governments. Spring: state and local
governments. Jones, Schumacher.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
PS 311. Elementary Law. 4 hours fall.
A general introduction to the law for nonprofessional students. Not offered
1944-45.
PS 314. State and Local Governments. 4 hours fall.
Organization and operation of state governments, counties, townships, school
districts, and various types of utility districts, with special attention to con-
ditions in Oregon. Jones.
PS 315. City Government. 4 hours winter.
Organization and operation of city government, with special attention to
contemporary reforms in the United States. Jones.
PS 326. British Government. 3 hours fall.
Organization and operation of the national government, with special atten-
tion to the relations between Parliament and the executive; local government
in England. Schumacher.
PS 327. Comparative Government: Democracies. 3 hours winter.
Study of the governments of Canada, Australia, New Zealand, South Africa,
Switzerland, and Sweden. Brief attention to India and Ireland, and other
parts of the British Empire. Schumacher.
PS 328. Comparative Government: Dictatorships. 3 hours spring.
Study of contemporary dictatorial government in Germany, Russia, Italy, and
Japan. The philosophy and organization of the one-party state. Not offered
1944-45.
PS 403. Thesis. Terms and hours to be arranged.
PS 405. Reading and Conference. Terms and hours to be arranged.
134 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
PSYCHOLOGY 135
PS 411, 412, 413. Principles of Public Administration. (G) 3 hours each term.
General principles of administrative organiz!ition, p~blic budgeting, personnel
management, purchasing, and reporting, with spec!!!l ~eference to the Fed-
eral government and to selected governmental agencies In Oregon. Jones.
PS 414. Political Parties and Election Problems. (G) 4 hours spring.
The nature, organization, and operation o~ ~o.lit~cal parties; election a~d .recall
of officers; proportional representatIOn; Imtlatlve and referendum; cIvil-ser-
vice reform. Jones.
PS 417. International Relations. (G) 4 hours fall.
The nature and history of international relations. Schumacher.
PS 418. World Politics. (G) 4 hours winter.
Political and economic realities affecting international interdependence, con-
flict, and cooperation. Schumacher.
PS 419. International Organization. (G) 4 hours spring.
The League of Nations, the World Court, and other types of i~ternational
organization for the promotion of peace and concert between nations. Schu-
macher.
PS 421. Public Opinion. (G) 4 hours winter.
Study of the methods of formation and control of public opinion. Schumacher.
PS 425. The Executive in American Government. (G) 4 hours spring.
Study of the growing importance of the executive branch in Am~rican govern-
ment with particular emphasis on the part played by the executive, and agen-
cies ~ttached to it, in legislative and judicial matters.
PS 427. Foreign Service of the United States. (G) 4 hours fall.
Organization, functions, and activities of the. Depa~ment of S~ate, an~ of
our diplomatic and consular agencies. Comparisons With. the foreign services
of other countries. Prerequisite: PS 201, 202, 203 or eqUivalent. SchUinacher.
PS 431. History of European Political Theory. (G) 3 hours fall.
A chronological treatment of the development of political theories from the
time of the Greeks to the present. Not offered 1944-45.
PS 432. Contemporary political Theory. (G) 3 hours spring.
Study of the main concepts of political theory, mostly from the works of
modern writers. Not offered 1944-45.
PS 433. History of American Political Theory. (G) 3 hours winter.
A chronological treatment of the development of American political theories
from early colonial days to the present. Not offered 1944-45.
PS 442. International Law. (G) 4 hours spring.
Principles of international law. Schumacher.
PS 450. City Administration. (G) 2 hours fall.
A study of the operation of city government, including planning, impr~ve­
ments, public health and safety, public utilities, and finance. Prerequisite:.
PS 411, 412, 413. Kehrli.
PS 451. Public Personnel Administration. (G) 2 hours winter.
A study of technical aspects of public personnel administration,.with special
projects. Prerequisite: PS 411, 412, 413; Mth 325, 326 or eqUivalent; Psy
341, 342 or equivalent. Kehrli.
PS 452. Public Planning. (G) 3 hours spring.
A study of recent developments in state, regional, and national planning, with,
attention to selected problems of administration. Jones.
PS 484. Constitutional Law. (G) 4 hours fall.
Stu~y of the F~deral Constitution as interpreted by the courts. Chiefly a dis-
cussion of leadmg cases. Barnett.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400-499 and designated (G) may be taken for graduate credit.
PS 501. Research. Terms and hours to be arranged.
PS 503. Thesis. Terms and' hours to be arranged.
PS 505. Reading and Conference. Terms and hours to be arranged.
PS 507. Seminar. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Psychology
PROFESSORS: TAYLOR (department head), A. R. MOORE.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: L. F. BECK·, CROSLAND, LEEPER.
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR: TYLER.
INSTRUCTOR: HINES.
ASSISTANTS: HELEN J. CLARKE, SARAH A. CLARKE.
LOWE~-division courses in psychology are intended to prepare for majorwork In the field, ~nd to provide an introduction to psychology as a part ofthe cultural education or professional training of nonmajor students.
Courses in psychol0lp' in .which the student earns a grade of D may not be
counted toward the satisfaction of the 36-hour requirement for a major in
psychology, unle~s the student's average in all courses taken in psychology is C
or better. A.maxlm~m of 6 term h~urs of work in allied fields may, on petition to
the AcademiC ReqUirements Committee, be counted toward the satisfaction of the
ma!or requirement, if approved by the department as relevant to the student's
malor program.
!he ~epartment has excellent facilities for psychological research. The Uni-
ver?lty .Llbrary contains unusually extensive and complete files of the psycho-
logical Journals.
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
Psy 201, 202. General Psychology. 3 hours each term.
Introducto~ study of. beh.avior an~ consc!ou~ processes. Survey of experi-
~ental studies of motivatIOn, learnmg, thlnkmg, perceiving, and individual
differences. Crosland, Leeper, Taylor, Tyler.
Psy 204. Psychology of Adjustment. 3 hours.
The nature and o~i~ins of differences in personality; means of making desired
changes. PrereqUisite: Psy 201, 202. Leeper.
Psy 205. Applied Psychology. 3 hours.
A .survey of the ways in which psychology is applied in advertising salesman-
ShiP, market research, measurement of opinion, occupational place~ent devel-~ent of personal efficiency. Prerequisite: Psy 201, 202. Crosland, Ta;lor.
... On leave for civilian war service.
136 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS PSYCHOLOGY 137
Psy 208, 209, 210. General Psychology Laboratory. 1 hour each term.
Introduction to experimental methods. Laboratory work coordinated with
Psy 201, 202; Psy 204; Psy 205. One laboratory period each week.
UPpIlR-DIVISION COURsES
A lower·division year sequence in psychology or equivalent is an indispensable prerequisite
to all upper-division courses.
Psy 301. Research. Terms and hours to be arranged..
Special individual work on a selected problem for training in methods of
research.
Psy 303. Thesis. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Undergraduate thesis work; recommended for but not required of major
students in psychology.
Psy 305. Reading and Conference. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Reading arranged for students eligible to work for honors.
Psy 334, 335. Social Psychology. 3 hours each term, winter and spring.
Psychological processe~ involved in transmission o.f custo~, s~i~ chan~e,
social cooperation and mterdependence, group conflIct,. publIc opmlOn, SOCial
control of the individual, crowd behavior, and leadershIp. Leeper.
Psy 336. Character and Personality. 3 hours winter.
Development, functioning, and measure~ent of pers(;>nality. in normal indi-
viduals; emphasis on the mode of operatIon of the SOCIal envIronment on per-
sonality. Prerequisite: Psy 204 or equivalent. Leeper.
Psy 341, 342. Individual Differences. 2 hours each term, fall and winter.
Importance and extent of indiyidua.1 d.ifferences in various human traits;
origin, measurement, and practIcal slgmficance. Tyler.
Psy4l1. Ge~etic Psychology. (G) 3 hours fall.
Growth of behavior during the prenatal period, infancy, and ~rly childhC?od.
Facts and theories pertaining to the development of locomotIon, perceptIon,
emotion, intelligence, language, and social behavior in the young child. Beck.
Psy 412. Adolescence, Maturity, and Senescence. (G) 3 hours winter.
Study of the behavior changes during adolescence, n18turity, and old age.
Intended to follow Psy 411. Beck.
Psy413. Abnormal Psychology. (G) 3 hours spring.
Various forms of unusual behavior, including anxiety states, hysteria, hypnotic
and spiritualistic phenomena, and psyc~oses. Normal motives.and adjustment
mechanisms as they are exaggerated m the so-called neurotIc person. Beck.
Psy4l5, 416, 417. Advanced Laboratory. (G) 2 hours each term. .
Thorough training in laboratory techniques used in the study of problems of
general psychology. Beck.
Psy 421, 422, 423. Systematic Psychology. (G) 2 hours each term.
Contemporary systems; Gestalt psychology, purposive behaviorism, topolC?gi-
cal psychology, psychoanalysis, etc. Aims of psychology, nature of explanatIon,
and functions of abstractions ill psychology. Not offered 1944-45. Leeper.
Psy 431, 432. Clinical Methods in Pc;ychology. (G) 3 hours each term, fall and
winter.
Administering, scoring, and interpreting indiv,idual ~~ group tests of inte~li­
gence, special aptitude, and personality. EssentIal statIstIcal procedures. Tram-
iog in diagnosis of actual cases. Tyler.
Psy 443. Psychometrics. (G) 2 hours spring.
Principles underlying the construction, val!d;ation, and standardization of
psychological tests and rating scales. PrerequIsIte: Mth 325, 326; or Mth 337;
or Ed 515; or equivalent training. Tyler.
Psy 451, 452, 453. Advanced Experimental Psychology. (G) 3 hours each ~erm.
Thorough study of periodical literature of g~neral psychology. The I!0mt of
view is consistently experimental. OpportunIty offered for an expenmental
project to coordinate with class discussions. Crosland.
Psy 458. Nature of Intelligence. (G) 2 hours winter.
History and theory of intelligence testing. Individual and group testing. What
such tests measure. Evaluation of the concept of "general intelligence." Pre-
requisite: Psy 341,342 or Mth 337 or equivalent. Not offered 1944-45. Taylor.
Psy 459. Theories of Mental Organization. (G) 2 hours spring.
Methods of classifying traits. Experimental studies of "primary" abilities.
Vocational significance of trait analysis. Testing proficiency and aptitudes.
Prerequisite: Psy 341, 342 or Mth 337. Not offered 1944-45. Taylor.
Psy 461. Psychology of Testimony. (G) 3 hours fall.
Psychological analysis of the reliability of testimony and proof of guilt.
Crosland.
Psy 462. Industrial Psychology. (G) 2 hours winter.
Principles underlying job analysis a~d voca!ional s.elec.tion; resear~ studies
of accidents, fatigue, and monotony; mdustnal motIvatIon. PrerequIsIte: Psy
341,342 or Mth 337 or equivalent. Taylor.
Psy 463. Personnel Procedures. (G) 2 hours spring.
Use of tests and ratings in ~he selecti?n <;>f employees.; job c1assifica.tions and
methods of evaluating servIce; practIce m the selectIon of appropnate tests.
Prerequisite: Psy 201, 202; Psy 204 or 205. Taylor.
Psy 465. Motivation. (G) 2 hours spring.
Review of changing conce~tions of motiyati0!l> particul~rly as a result ,?f
physiological studies, expenmental work mammal behaVIOr, and the contn-
butions of topological psychology. Not offered 1944-45. Leeper.
Psy 467. Conditioning. (G) 2 hours fall.
Study of the experimental literature on conditioned respon~es; the signifi-
cance of conditioning for theories of learning and for practIcal problems of
emotional habits and social attitudd. Leeper.
Psy 468. Trial-and-Error Learning. (G) 2 hours winter.
Problem solving in its simplest form, overt trial-and-error. learni~g;.the
development of skills important in industry, athletics, and musIc. ImphcatlOns
for general learning theory. Leeper.
Psy 469. Ideational Learning. (G) 2 hours spring.
Study of experimental and theoretical literature on memorizing, problem-
solving thinking, and creative thinking. Leeper.
Psy 470, 471. Comparative Psychology. (G) 2 hours each term, fall and winter.
The contribution of research on animal behavior to basic experimental and
theoretical problems of psychology, such as maturation, inheritance of abilities,
learning, and nervous mechanisms of behavior. Not offered 1944-45. Leeper.
Psy 473, 474, 475. History of Psychology. (G) 2 hours each term.
Contemporary psychological concepts. traced back to their origins;. the !n-
Buence of chronological and biographIcal factors stressed m ConnectIon WIth
each topic. Crosland.
138 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
ROMANCE LANGUAGES 139
Psy492, 493. Physiological Foundations of Behavior. (G) 3 or 4 hours each
term, winter and spring.
Physiology of animal behavior, nerve physiology, tropisms conditioned re-
flexes; effects of environment and internal secretions on anir:ml conduct. Pre-
requisites: Bi 335 or consent of instructor. Moore.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400-499 and designated (G) may be taken for graduate credit.
Psy 501. Research. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Psy 502. Research Symposiwn. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Reports of original investigations by students and staff members' reviews of
current research in related fields. '
Psy 503. Thesis. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Psy 507. Seminar. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Abnormal Psychology. Beck.
Experimental Psychology. Crosland.
Genetic Psychology. Beck.
Psy 508. Seminar (Biopsychology). I to 3 hours each term.
Giv~n in a three-year cycle, with a different series of topics each year. Dis-
cussIOn of literature and experimental techniques. Topic for 1944-45: periph-
eral nervous system. Moore.
Psy 511. Psychology of Attention and Perception. 2 hours fall.
Phenomena of attention, perception, and apperception considered from various
points of view, with demonstrations and consideration of experimental litera-
ture. Training in special techniques of research if desired. Crosland.
Psy 512. Psychology of Memory and the Image. 2 hours winter.
Various phases of representative processes in mental organization. Eidetic
imagery, dissociation, assimilation, organization, and generalization of mem-
ory contents, etc. Practice in methodology if desired. Crosland.
Psy 518. Association. 2 hours spring.
Association psychology, presented from the point of view of practical psychol-
ogy, of the general psychological significance of the concept, or of its history-
determined by student interest. Research experience if desired. Crosland.
Religion
PROFESSORS: CUSHMAN, MEANS·.
COURSES in religion were offered at the University for the first time duringthe academic year 1933-34, under the auspices of the faculty Committee onReligious and Spiritual Activities. In 1934-35 a nonmajor Department of
Religion was established by the University as a regular part of its program of
instruction in the liberal arts.
The Department of Religion is nonsectarian in spirit, the aim being to acquaint
students with the far-reaching influence of religion in the cultural history of the
world. The instruction is planned in accordance with the same standards of authori-
tative scholarship recognized in other departments of the institution.
Through these courses, the University seeks to develop an appreciation of
the nature and processes of religious thought and experience, and to relate these
• On leave for military service.
facts to the life and problems of our time. The work is also intended to meet the
needs of students whose major work in other fields fits them for positions of
leadership, and who can become effective and influential in the religious and
spiritual life of their communities through a better understanding of the power
of religion over men's lives and over the destiny of civilization.
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
R 101, 102, 103. Religious Foundations of Western Civilization. 3 hours each
term.
An introduction to the history of Our classical Hebrew-Christian heritage of
religious ideas from the earliest times to the present day. Cushman.
R 211, 212, 213. The Bible and Civilization. 3 hours each term.
A survey of the literature of the Old Testament and the New Testament to
discover its significance for civilization. How the Bible came into being;
how its influence was preserved and extended.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
R 322. Psychology of Religion. 3 hours winter.
A study of the psychology of various forms of religious behavior. Cushman.
R 323. Philosophy of Religion. 3 hours spring.
An inquiry into the nature of religion, with an effort to clarify its basic
underlying convictions. An analysis of the religious factor in culture and
civilization. Cushman.
R 461. Religions of Classical Antiquity. (g) 3 hours falL
Theories of the origin of religion. Animistic religion; Egyptian, Babylonian,
Greek, Roman religions, religions of the Graeco-Roman world. Cushman.
R 462. Judaism and Christianity. (g) 3 hours winter.
History of the two religions; how they arose, the social conditions bearing
on their development, their internal struggles, their beliefs. Cushman.
R 463. Living Religions of the Orient. (g) 3 hours spring.
Study of Zoroastrianism, Islam, Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism.
Shinto, and other living religions, with special reference to origins, organiza-
tion, philosophy, and sacred literature. Cushman.
Romance Languages
PROFESSORS: BOWEN (department head), BEALL, L. O. WRIGHT.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: FALLIS, C. L. JOHNSON, MACCALLUM, ANTOINETTA
RODIGHIERO, J. B. RODIGHIERO, ANNA M. THOMPSONf, VARGAS-BARON.
INSTRUCTORS: CRANE, DE FRANCA, HEICHEL, N ARRO. AUGUSTA C. NELSON, NEVES,
NICHOLS, MARION H. WRIGHT.
STUDENTS who enter with one unit of high-school French or Spanish andwish to continue the study of the language should register for First-YearFrench or First-Year Spanish. Students entering with two units of high-
school credit in one of the languages should register for the second-year sequence,
and those entering with three units should register for the third-year sequence.
Major students in Romance languages take either: (I) a minimum of 30 term
hours of upper-division courses in French with as many courses in Spanish or
tOn sabbatical leave 1943-44.
140 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS ROMANCE LANGUAGES 141
Italian as they wish; or (2) a minimum of 24 hours of upper-division courses in
Spanish with as many courses in French or Italian as they wish. Students will
find Latin helpful in the study of Romance languages.
The curriculum of the department is planned to provide specialized training
for majors, to meet the cultural needs of nomnajorstudents, and to satisfy the
language requirements of other fields and vocations.
FRENCH
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
RL 1, 2, 3. First-Year French. 4 hours each term.
Grammar, pronunciation, composition, conversation. Translation of easy
French prose and poetry. Bowen, Crane, Johnson.
RL 4, 5, 6. Second-Year French. 4 hours each term.
Review of grammar, composition, conversation; translation of modern French
authors. Crane, Nelson.
RL7,8. First-Year French. 6 hours each term, winter and spring.
Covers in two terms the work of RL 1, 2, 3. For students entering in winter
term.
RL 201,202,203. French Literature. 3 hours each term.
Third year. Reading of masterpieces of various periods. A general review
of French literature. Crane.
RL 204, 205, 206. Seventeenth-Century French Literature. 3 hours each term.
Reading of representative works of Corneille, Moliere, Racine, LaFontaine,
Madame de Sevigne, Pascal, and Descartes. Bowen.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
RL 305. Readings in Romance Languages. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Bowen, Beall, Wright, Thompson, Johnson.
RL 311, 312, 313. French Literature. 3 hours each term.
Third year. Reading of masterpieces of various periods. A general review of
French literature. Not open to students who have taken RL 201, 202, 203.
Crane.
RL 314, 315, 316. French Composition and Conversation. 2 hours each term.
Meets on alternate days with RL 311, 312, 313. Johnson.
RL 317,318,319. Intermediate French Composition. 2 hours each term.
Includes phonetics. Prerequisites: RL 314,315,316. Bowen.
RL 320, 321, 322. French Pronunciation and Phonetics. 2 hours each term.
Reading and dictation. Johnson.
RL 403. Thesis. Terms and hours to be arranged.
For students reading for honors in Romance languages. Bowen, Wright, Beall,
Thompson, Johnson.
RL 405. Readings in Romance Languages. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Bowen, Wright, Beall, Thompson, Johnson.
RL411, 412,413. Seventeenth-Century French Literature. (G) 3 hours each
term.
Reading of representative works of Corneille, Moliere, Racine, La Fontaine,
Madame de Sevigne, Pascal, and Descartes. Not open to students who have
taken RL 204, 205, 206. Bowen.
RL 417, 418, 419. Nineteenth-Century French Novel (G) 3 hours each term.
Required of major students in French. Bowen.
RL420, 421, 422. Modem French Drama and Poetry. (G) 3 hours each term.
Johnson.
RL 429, 430, 431. French Culture and Civilization. (G) 3 hours each term.
Historical, political, and social backgrounds of French literature and art
Alternates with RL 420, 421, 422. Johnson.
SPANISH
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
RL 11, 12, 13. First-Year Spanish. 4 hours each term.
Translation of common prose, conversation, composition, and grammar.
Crane, Johnson, Nelson, Nichols.
RL 14, 15, 16. Second-Year Spanish. 4 hours each term.
Review of grammar, composition, conversation; translation of modern Spanish
authors. Nelson, Nichols, Vargas-Baron.
RL 17,18. First-Year Spanish. 6 hours each term, winter and spring.
Covers in two terms the work of RL 11, 12, 13. For students entering in winter
term. Nelson.
RL 207, 208, 209. Spanish Literature. 3 hours each term.
Third year. Reading of masterpieces of various periods. A general survey
of Spanish literature. Vargas-Baron.
UPpER-DIVISION COURSES
RL 341, 342, 343. Spanish Literature. 3 hours each term.
Third year. Reading of masterpieces of various periods. A general survey of
Spanish literature. Not open to students who have taken RL 207, 208, 209.
Vargas-Baron.
RL 347, 348, 349. Spanish Composition and Conversation. 2 hours each term.
Meets on alternate days with RL 341,342,343. Vargas-Baron.
RL 350, 351, 352. Advanced Spanish Composition. 2 hours each term.
Prerequisite: RL 347, 348, 349.
RL 353, 354, 355. Commercial Spanish. 2 hours each term.
Spanish commercial correspondence, business forms, industrial readings, con-
versation. Study of Latin-American countries. Prerequisite: RL 14, 15, 16, or
three years of high-school Spanish.
RL 441, 442, 443. Modern Spanish Literature. (G) 3 hours each term.
Either RL 441, 442, 443 or RL 444, 445, 446 required of students majoring in
Spanish. Thompson.
RL 444, 445, 446. Spanish-American Literature. (G) 3 hours each term.
Either RL 444, 445, 446 or RL 441, 442, 443 required of students majoring in
Spanish. Wright.
ITALlAN AND PORTUGUESE
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
RL31,32,33. First-Year Italian. 3 hours each term.
Grammar, composition, and translation of modern authors. Beall.
142 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS SOCIOLOGY 143
RL 34, 35, 36. Second-Year I tallan. 3 hours each term.
Reading of modern authors. Composition. Beall.
UPP!tR-DIVISION COURS!tS
RL 371, 372, 373. Third-Year Italian. 2 hours each term.
Reading of selections from representative works of great authors. Reports.
Outline of Italian literature. Beall.
RL 391, 392, 393. Elementary Portuguese. 2 hours each term..
Readings of Portuguese prose and poetry. Bowen.
RL 474, 475, 476. Fourth-Year Italian. (G) 2 hours each term.
Emphasis upon the classical writers. Beall.
AL 477,478,479. Dante and His Times. (G) 3 hours each term.
For description see page 91. Beall.
RL 491,492,493. Second-Year Portuguese. 2 hours each term.
Advanced course in the language and literature of Portugal and Brazil. Re-
view of grammatical forms; reading and composition.
GRADUATE COURSES IN ROMANCE LANGUAGES
Courses numbered 400·499 and designated (G) may be taken for graduate eredit.
RL 503. Thesis. Three terms, hours to be arranged.
RL 50S. Readings in Romance Languages. Terms and hours to be arranged.
RL 507. French Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Bowen.
RL 508. Spanish Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Wright.
RL 511, 512, 513. Nineteenth-Century French Literature. 3 hours each term.
Bowen.
RL 514, SIS, 516. Eighteenth-Century French Literature. 3 hours each term.
Beall.
RL 517, 518, 519. Sixteenth-Century French Literature. 3 hours each term.
Beall.
RL 520, 521, 522. Romance Philology. 2 hours each term.
Bowen.
RL 523, 524, 525. Vulgar Latin and Old Provencal. 2 hours each term.
Wright.
RL 529, 530, 531. Sixteenth- and Seventeenth-Century Spanish Literature. 3
hours each term.
Wright.
RL 535, 536, 537. Old Spanish. 2 hours each term.
Wright.
RL 538, 539, 540. Old French Readings. 2 hours each term.
Johnson.
Sociology
PROFESSORS: E. H. MOORE (department head), JAMESON.
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR: BEll.
lOWER-division, upper-division, and graduate courses in sociology are offeredL. at the University. It is a major aim of the work in sociology to contribute to
training in citizenship by giving the student an understanding of the prin-
ciples that govern human associations and relationships. Particular attention is
paid to attitudes and habits of mind, to characteristic reactions to public events
and social institutions, and to contemporary social problems.
The basic sequence in General Sociology (Soc 204, 205, 206) is prerequisite to
most of the advanced courses in sociology. Students who plan to do graduate work
and research in sociology are advised to take college algebra during their fresh-
man or sophomore year. Majors should consult their advisers in the Department of
Sociology at the beginning of their junior year concerning additional requirements.
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
SOC 204, 205, 206. General Sociology. 3 hours each term.
Analysis of social organization and culture; social changes and movements
as affected by culture and by biological and physical environmental factors.
Prerequisite to advanced courses in sociology. Bee, Jameson, Moore.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
SOC 305. Reading and Conference. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Soc 327. Introduction to Social Research. 3 hours fall.
The development of scientific social research. An introduction to selected
research projects in current sociological literature from the standpoint of
methodology. Prerequisite: Soc 204, 205. Bee.
Soc 335. Social Interaction. 3 hours.
Nature of contacts and reciprocal give-and-take processes among various
groups and types of human beings; social processes and consequent results
on the interacting persons and groups. Jameson.
Soc 336. Poverty and Dependency. 3 hours.
The underlying causes of poverty; methods of social adjustment and social
reorganization for its amelioration or elimination. Moore.
Soc 337. Problems of Child Welfare. 3 hours.
The social development of the child in his formative environment; child labor,
juvenile delinquency, the changing social and legal status of the child; the
child-welfare movement; current and proposed policies. Bee.
Soc 338. Marriage and the Family. 3 hours.
The role of the family in the development of personality. Mate selection and
courtship; marital adjustment and discord. Prerequisite: Soc 204, 205 or
consent of instructor. Bee.
Soc 361. Sociology of Religion. 3 hours.
The relation of religion to the development of other social institutions and to
contemporary social problems. Jameson.
Soc 403. Thesis for Honors Candidates. Three terms, hours to be arranged.
Soc 405. Reading and Conference. Terms and hours to be arranged.
144 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS SOCIOLOGY 145
Soc 415. Criminology. (G) 3 hours fall.
The nature of crime, with specific reference to the causative factors involved;
visits to penal and rehabilitative institutions required. Prerequisite: Soc 204,
205, or elementary psychology, or consent of instructor. Jameson.
Soc 416. Penology. (G) 3 hours winter.
Theories underlying punishment. The history of penal treatment. A com-
parative approach to recent penal developments in America, Europe, and
Asia. The professionalization of the penal service. Moore.
Soc 417. Juvenile Delinquency. (G) 3 hours spring.
Nature and extent of delinquent behavior; contributing factors; current pre-
ventive programs and rehabilitating agencies. Prerequisite: Soc 204, 205,
Soc 415; or consent of instructor. Jameson.
Soc 420. Social Control. (G) 3 hours fall.
Techniques and agencies of control by which the behavior of crowds, classes
associations, and publics is consciously directed toward desired ends. Pre~
requisite: Soc 204, 205. Moore.
Soc421. Principles of Social Legislation. (G) 3 hours winter.
Historical and critical analysis of the programs of legislative control in the
fields of social welfare. Jameson.
Soc 422. Social Disorganization. (G) 3 hours spring.
Concept of disorganization in historical and contemporary sociological litera~
ture. Genesis, status, and problems of disorganized personalities in an organ-
ized society. Prerequisite: Soc 335 or Psy 413. Jameson.
Soc 424. Methods of Social Work. 3 hours fall.
Introduction to social work for students who have professional interests in this
direction; brief history of social work; types of social case work; qualifica-
tions for and training of social workers. Prerequisite: Soc 204, 205. Moore.
Soc 425. Introduction to Psychiatric Social Work. (G) 3 hours fall.
Psychiatric social work applied to family case work, child guidance, and
various counsel!ng services. Prerequisite: Soc 204, 205; Psy 201, 202, 204;
and consent of Instructor; Psy 413 recommended. Bee. .
Soc 426. Public Welfare. 3 hours spring.
Designed for students training for public-welfare positions. General analysis
of the scope of public welfare; principles, functions, and special problems.
Prerequisite: Soc 204, 205 or consent of instructor. Moore.
Soc 431. Community Organization. (G) 3 hours winter.
The structure and functions of social organizations within the community'
problems arising out of the disintegration of natural communities. Vari~
proposals for meeting such problems through community organizations. Bee.
Soc 432. Sociology of Rural Life. (G) 3 hours fall.
Evolution of the American rural community; comparison with European
rural communities; influence of mobility, land policies, and redistribution of
functions on rural life and culture. Bee.
Soc 433. Sociology of the City. (g) 3 hours fall.
Problems arising from the concentration of population under the complex
conditions of modern urban life. Origin and development of cities; social and
political approaches to the concept of the city ; principles of city growth. Bee.
Soc435. Population and Population Theory. (G) 3 hours fall.
Theories of population, with reference to increase and decrease, and to the
problems of quality; current programs of control, such as neo-Malthusianism,
eugenics, etc. Moore.
Soc437. Immigration and Race Relations. (G) 3 hours winter.
Human migrations in recent years, and the consequent development of "race
consciousness." Emphasis on race relations as a sociological concept in the
general struggle for collective and personal status. Jameson.
Soc 447. Methods of Social Research. 3 hours winter.
The class plans and carries through to completion a research project de-
signed to give experience in the various phases of actual research. Prereq-
uisite: Soc 204, 205; Mth 100 and Mth 325,326, or equivalent. Bee.
Soc 448. Social Analysis. (G) 2 hours spring.
Study of the theoretical premises, methods, techniques, and conclusions of
research selected from sociological literature. Prerequisite: Soc 447 or
equivafent. Bee.
Soc 451, 452. History of Social Thought. (G) 3 hours each term, fall and winter.
Conceptiops of the nature and functions of society from early times to the
twentieth century; emergence of sociological thought in the nineteenth cen-
tury. Social thought to Spencer and Ward. Jameson.
Soc 453. Contemporary Sociological Theories. (G) 3 hours spring.
European and American sociological literature after Spencer and Ward.
Special attention to trends in the formation of sociological "schools," Interpre-
tation of current sociological theories. Moore.
Soc 454. Principles of Sociology. (G) 3 hours fall.
Fundamental current concepts of sociology; emphasis on attempts of precision
and standardization. Open to seniors and graduate students. Jameson.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400·499 and designated (G) may be taken for gradnate credit.
Soc SOl. Research. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Soc 503. Thesis. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Soc 505. Reading and Conference. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Soc S07. Seminar. 3 hours any term.
School of Architecture and
Allied Arts
ELLIS FULLER LAWRENCE, M.S., F.A.I.A., Dean of the School of Architecture and
Allied Arts.
PERCY PAGET ADAMS, A.B., B.S., Assistant Dean of the School of Architecture and
Allied Arts.
MABEL AUSTIN HOUCK, Art Librarian.
RACHEL FISCHER, Secretary.
PROFESSORS: ADAMS, LAWRENCE, PECK, VINCENT, WILLCOX (emeritus).
AssocIAn PRO!"ESSORS: AVAKIAN, BROWN, CUTHBERT·, FRASIER, KERNS, ZANE.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: HAYDEN, MCCOSH.
INSTRUCTORS: HUDSON·, JilTn, KENDALL, RIEHL·, SAVERINA G. SMITHt, SUTH-
ERLAND, TRUE., WILKINSON.
THE School of Architecture and Allied Arts offers instruction leading to bac-calaureate and advanced degrees in architecture, interior design, landscapearchitecture, drawing and painting, sculpture, art education, and general art.
There are no special requirements for admission to the school beyond the general
University requirements listed under ADMISSION. Students seeking admission with
advanced standing are required to exhibit their work or take an examination before
transfer of credit is granted.
The school is housed in a group of buildings around an arcaded patio, at the
northeast corner of the campus. The buildings contain drafting rooms. exhibition
rooms, classrooms, an art library, and staff offices.
Students supply their own instruments and drawing materials. Supplies are
obtainable within the building. at a branch store maintained by the University
Cooperative Store. The school supplies desks, easels, and drawing boards. All
work done in class by students is the property of the School of Architecture and
Allied Arts unless other arrangements are made with the instructor.
Degrees and Curricula. The following major curricula are offered: five-
year curricula in architectural design and in interior design, leading to the Bach-
elor of Architecture degree; a four-year curriculum in structural design in archi-
tecture. leading to the Bachelor of Science degree, offered in cooperation with the
School of Engineering at Oregon State College; a five-year curriculum in land-
scape architecture, leading to the Bachelor of Landscape Architecture degree; a
five-year curriculum in art education, leading to the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor
of Science degree and to state certification; four-year curricula, leading to the
Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree, in drawing and painting, sculpture,
and general art.
Students majoring in architectural design, in interior design, or in landscape
architecture may obtain a Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree (in
... On leave for civilian war service.
t On leave of absence 1943-44.
[ 146]
SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS 147
addition to the professional degree) by completing the University requirements
for these degrees. Such students must, however, complete at least 45 term hours
after receiving the first bachelor's degree before the second will be awarded.
In cooperation with the School of Education, special courses are offered for
students who intend to become teachers of art.
Work leading to the following advanced degrees is offered under the direc-
tion of the Graduate Division and the School of Architecture and Allied Arts:
Master of Science (scholastic) ; Master of Arts (scholastic); Master of Archi-
tecture (technical) ; Master of Fine Arts (creative) ; Master of Landscape Archi-
tecture (technical). At least one year of resident work after satisfaction of
requirements for the bachelor's degree is required for a master's degree. For
further information concerning graduate study see GRADUAn DIVISION.
The following regulations govern the professional curricula leading to the
Bachelor of Architectural degree, and the awarding of the degree.
(I) Trigonometry and an approved course in physics are prerequisite for Constructioll
III (AA 320, 321, 322).
(2) A student may obtain each year credits in excess of those called for in the curricula
outlined below, by demonstrating through examination that he has professional training,
through experience or otherwise. which will justify the granting of additional credit and more
rapid progress toward the degree.
(3) The student must earn 220 term hours of credit, of which 147 hours must be in the
School of Architecture and Allied Arts. He must have completed all of the professional work
of the five·year major curriculum, and must have satisfied all Universit,. requirements for
graduatioD, including required courses in physical edncation, military science, and health
education. At least one year of residence is required.
(4) A student may take three hours of elective subjects each term in addition to the
electives scheduled in the curricula, provided his record for the preceding years shows no grade
below C.
(5) The five-year 'curriculum is planned for students of average preparation and ability.
Students with superior preparation and ability mar, through examination as provided under
Rule 2, or by presenting work in design as prOVIded under Rule 6, complete the required
number of hours of professional work and graduate in less than five years.
(6) Before the professional de,,"ee in architectural design is granted, the student must
receive a passing grade in each diviSIOn of design. By special permission of the dean, a student
may be allowed to do the work required in the courses in architectural design as rapidly as he
is able. By arrangement with the Registrar, credit for work done in these courses before fannal
registration will be entered in the student's record when certified by the dean.
The rules printed above (with the omission of Rule 1) also govern the pro-
fessional curriculum leading to the Bachelor of Landscape Architecture degree
and the awarding of the degree.
Architectural Design. In order that the student may be brought in touch
with his professional work and co-workers as early as possible, the study of
architectural design is begun in the freshman year. In the freshman year the
student becomes familiar with the elementary factors of design through the exe-
cution of architectural problems and through lectures on design concepts by
members of the faculty. In the sophomore year emphasis is placed on problems
involving particular site situations and particular needs of people and society,
and on specific space provisions for the satisfaction of these needs. In the third,
fourth, and fifth years, the student executes problems of increasing magnitude
and complexity. The five-year program is planned as a continuous experience,
and is correlated with work in landscape architecture, interior design, and struc-
tural design.
All design problems are assigned individually. The teaching methods em-
ployed are intended to place emphasis on integrity of thought and expression. on
stimulation of a spirit of cooperation, and on development of individuality.
All work is executed in the drafting room, where individual desks are as-
signed to students. The student confers with members of the faculty as he pro-
gresses toward the solution of his particular problem; through these individual
148 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS 149
15-18 15-18 15-18
Firat Year
ML HAYDIIN and ML WILLCOX. Advieers
3
2
1-2
2
1-2
1
3-4
1
1
3
2
1-2
2
1-2
1
3-4
1
1
3
2
1-2
2
1-2
1
3-4
1
1
1
1-2
1
1
3-4 3-4 3-4
333
1 1 1
1 1 1
------
14-16 14-16 14-16
~Term hour...............
F W S
222
1 1
1 1
1-2 1-2
1 1
Grap~ics I (AA 11!, 112, !13) __ ..__ _._ __._._ _
Arch\tectural Drawl!'B (aa 191) :._ _ _ .._._._.. ._ .
ArchItectural Modehng (AA 154, ISS, 156) __ _._
Lower·Division Architectural Design (AA 297) _._ _ .._ _
Landscape Architecture (LA 117, 118, 119) _ _
Construction I (AA 120) _•.•....._ _._ __.••...__ _.
Group requirement (Essentials of Ph)'1lics or mathematics) __-:::._•.::::
E!!fthsh COI;nposition (Rht Ill, 112, 113) _ ...•...••..
MI ltary SCIence (men) or Health Education (women) ..
Physical Education _ : .
Curricula in Architecture and Allied Arts
Suggested Curriculum in Architectural Design
BArch. Degree
Sculpture. All work is executed in the sculpture studios under the personal
direction and criticism of the instructor. The curriculum for students of sculpture
~clude~ work ~n drawing, painting, anatomy, composition, and design, in addi-
hon to mstruchon in sculpture, modeling, and casting. The suggested curriculum
printed on pages 154-155 is not mandatory in details. Deviations consistent with the
general regulations of the University and the standards of the school may be
made with the consent of the instructor.
Art Education. The curriculum in art education prepares students for
supervision and teaching of art in the junior and senior high schools. The courses
are ~esigned to develop an appreciation of the beautiful, and to give freedom, spon-
taneIty, a~d power of original self-expression in design, and some understanding
of the deSIgns and processes of the applied arts and crafts.
General Art. The curriculum in general art is planned for students who
do not intend to become professional architects or artists but who are interested
in the various arts and crafts as a part of a liberal educati~. It is also suited to the
needs of students who wish a general training in the arts as a foundation for
specialization in textile, costume, and stage design.
Second Year
Introduction to Construction (AA 117, 118, 119) .
Graphics II (AA 211, 212, 213) _:_ .
t:wer'E!v!s!on ~rchi~ecturalDesijlD (AA 297 continued) ::::::
wer· IVISlon rawlng (AA 291} _ .
Lower·Division Landscape Design (LA 290)._ _ _ .
Construction II (AA 220, 221, 222) _ .t~rrca'i~~r::~~tn(~.~~~~.~..~.~~.~.~~~_~~..~~~.~~::=-...:.-=~::=
I tary Science (men) .
discussions he is encouraged to see his problem and the general problems of de-
sign from a variety of points of view.
Because of the special nature of work in design, it is impossible to fix the
amount of time necessary for the completion of projects required. The nominal
time is five years. More or less time may be necessary, according to the stud-
ent's preparation and ability.
Credits are calculated according to the amount of work accomplished; each
problem is assigned a definite credit value.
Interior Design. Instruction in interior design is closely correlated with
the work in architectural design and with the related arts. The lower-division
curriculum differs little from the lower-division curriculum in architectural de-
sign, except for an introductory course in the basic elements of the special field.
In the three years of upper-division work, the student is assigned problems
in interior planning. Emphasis is placed on the development of individuality and
upon a spirit of cooperation. All teaching is through individual criticism. Indi-
vidual creative design is expected of ti:Je student. Credit is given in accordance
with the amount and quality of work done.
The student works in the same drafting rooms and is closely associated
throughout the five years of the curriculum with students and instructors in
architecture and landscape architecture.
Structural Design. The student following the curriculum in structural de-
sign in architecture takes two years of work in the School of Architecture
and Allied Arts at the University; at the beginning of his junior year, he trans-
fers to Oregon State College to complete the last two years of the four-ye;l.r
curriculum in the School of Engineering.
Landscape Architecture. The instruction in landscape architecture is
closely correlated with work in art and in architectural design. The classrooms
and drafting quarters for landscape architecture are in the same building with
those for art and architecture, so that from the beginning of their professional
training students are closely associated with co-workers in related arts.
The campuses of the University of Oregon and Oregon State College are
ideal out-of-door living laboratories for the study of plant materials and land-
scape design.
A major in landscape architecture takes one year of his professional training
at the State College, studying plant material, plant propagation, soils, surveying,
and other practical phases of the profession. The student who does his lower-
division work at the University spends the third year at Corvallis, and returns
to Eugene for the last two years of the curriculum. A student may, however,
spend his first two years at the State College, completing during these years the
required professional work offered at Corvallis, and transfer to the University
for the last three years of professional work. Curricula for students who begin
at Eugene and for those who begin at Corvallis are printed on pages 152-153.
Drawing and Painting. The aim of the instruction in drawing and paint-
ing is to provide the technical training necessary for individual expression and
for an appreciative understanding of the visual arts. The special interests of
students (landscape, portraiture, mural, illustration, commercial applications,
etc.) are recognized and encouraged. All teaching is through individual criti-
cism. The student works at his easel or drawing board on his particular prob-
lem, and receives individual attention and help from the instructor. The curriculum
includes work in design, life, anatomy, and composition. A total of 93 term hours
of work in drawing and painting is required for a bachelor's degree with a major
in this field.
150 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS 151
16-18 16-18 16-18
Electives recommended: Introduction to Philosophy; Lower·Division Composition; Back·
ground of Social Science; psychology; World History; economics; foreign languages.
2
1
2
1
4
3
3
1
1
17
10
5
2
17
2
4
3
3
1
I
17
10
5
2
2
4
3
3
1
1
10
5
2
17
16 16 18
language.
4 4 4
4 4 4
2 2 Z
1 1 1
1 1 1
1 1 1
2 2 Z
Fifth Year
Upper·Division Interior Design (AA 498 continued) .
Technique and Practice (AA 465, 466, 467) : _ .
Civilization and Art Epochs (AA 446, 447, 448) .
Electives as recommended above.
17 17
Suggested Curriculum in Structural Design in
Architecture
B.S. Degree
Mil. ADA.... Adviser at University
Mil. MocK"ou. Adviser at State CoHeee
First Year (University)
Graphics I (AA Ill, 112, 113) ......•................._ .
Architectural Drawing (AA 191), or Architectural Modeling (AA 154,
ISS, 156) _ .....•..__ _......•..._....•._ ...••._..•...•.....•....•
Lower·Division Architectural Design (AA 297) _._..•....•.
f~:~::!4:i~:~~!.¥..~~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
E~bsh omposition (Rht 111, 112, 113) .
Mibtary Science (men) or Health Education (women) .
Physical Education _ _ _.........•........
Third Year ,...---Term hour~
F W S
Drawing, Modeling, or Painting.......................................................................... 2-3 2-3 2-3
Upper·Dlvision Interior Design (AA 498 continued) .•._ •.•....._.......•............_ 6 6 6
Architectural History IV (AA 356, ~57, 358) _............................... 2 2 2
Lower·Division Applied Design (.IUlo. 296) .•.•.........._.._.................................. 2 2 2
~fch~tectural History I (AA 337, 338, 339) ................•......._ __ 2-3 2-3 2-3
ectlves 3 3 3
------
15-17 15-17 15-17
Electives as recommended above, with the addition of world literature, Aesthetics, and
I ntroduction to Philosophy.
Fourth Year
Drawing or Painting.............................................................................................. 2 2 2
Upper·Division Interior Design (AA 498 continued) _ _ _................ 6 6 6
Domestic Architecture I (AA 311, 312, 313).................................................... 2 2 2
Upper.Division Applied Design (AA 496) _.............................. 2 2 2
Architectnral History II (AA 340, 341, 342) ..........•..•.........._.......................... 2 2 2
Electives .........................•...........•............................................................................ 3 3 3
Electives recommended: chemistry; geology; social science; foreign
Second Year (University)
g:k~l~s~%~S2~r.h2~~~'2t~~'..~?~~:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::.::..::: .
Lower-Division Architectural Design (AA 297) :..:: ::::::.::
Construction II (AA 220, 221, 222)......................................................... . .l~l~r£~ ~~~:~~~~~~:~~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~~:~~~~~~
2
2
1
2
1
3
3
3
1
1
2
2
6
1
2
1
2
19
16
10
2
1
1
2
16
3
3
3
1
1
2
2
6
1
2
1
2
2
2
17
16
10
2
1
1
2
16
2
2
3
3
3
1
1
2
2
6
1
2
1
2
17
16
16
10
2
1
1
2
,...---Term Iaours-------
F W S
222
333
444
1 1 1
1 1 1
1-2 1-2 1-2
444
Third Year
First Year
Interior Design Elements (AA 223, 224, 225) .
Graphics I (AA 111, 112, 113) .
Architectural Drawing (AA 191) or Architectural ModeliD&" (AA 154,
155 156) ......................................................................................•.................
Lower.Division Architectural Design (AA 297) ............•..........•.••....._ .
Construction I (AA 120) ············· .
Survey of Creative Arts (AA 114, liS, 116).......•.............................···.···········
Group requirement -
Enlrbsh Co~position (Rht 111, 112, 113).: _ ··· .
Mibtary SCience (men) or Health Education (women) .
Physical Education .
MISS FRASIER, Adviser
Fourth Year
Suggested Curriculum in Interior Design
B.Arch.Degree
Fifth Year
Upper.Division Architectural Design (AA 497 continued) .
City Planning I (LA 353, 354, 355) _..................................................•.
Upper,Division Drawing (AA 491 continued) .
Architectural History III (AA 440, 441, 442) ....•.............................................
Construction V (AA 369, 370, 371) ......................................................•.............
Electives recommended: literature; painting; sculpture.
Architectural History II (AA 340, 341, 342) .
Construction VI (AA 420, 421, 422) _.................•............_......•
Upper.Division Architectural Design (AA 497 continued) .
Upper.Division Drawing (AA 491 continued) _ _ .
Construction IV (AA 323, 324, 325) _ .
Architectural Practice (AA 329, 330, 331) _ .
Electives , .
Architectural History II (AA 340, 341, 342) _..........•....._ .
Construction III (AA 320, 321, 322) _ _ _·.···· .
Upper.Division Architectural Desifn (AA 497) ..............••.•_ -._.........•......
~:':-~~~:;cill:rl91).~~..~~~..:::::=:::::==::::::::::::::::::==::::::::::::::::::::::::::=::
Domestic Architecture I (AA 311, 312, 313) .........•....._ _ __ -
Group requirements .
Second Year
Graphics II (AA 211, 212, 213) ·..:...................... 2 2 2
Lower.Division Drawing (AA 291), or Architectural Rendenng (AA 214,
215 216) or Architectural Modeling (AA 154, ISS, 156) _..... 1-2 1-2 1-2
Lower-Divisio'n Architectural Design (AA 297 continued).......................... 2 2 2
Landscape Architecture (LA 117, 118, 119) - •.........············· ~ ~ ~
~~~~i;~1~~~~:1~~;~::~;:~:~;:~~~:~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::__i __i __!
14-15 14-15 14-15
Electives recommended: mathematics; foreign language; English; science (geology or
biology) ; General Psychology_
Third Year (State CoHege)
Plane Surve~ng <.CE 221, 222, 223) .
Strength of atenals (CE 351, 352) _ .
~;J~l~~~or~ifJ~~~:3ty~::~i~~::::::;::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
Structural Materials Laboratory (ME 415) ::· .gj~;~:!f.~~f~~~;.~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~::~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~:~~~~~~~~~~~:~~
15
3
3
3
17
15
3
3
4
16
15
4
1
2
7
17
152 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS 153
3
2
4
3
17
3
1717
Fourth Year (University)
r-Term houB-----\
F W S
Upper·Division Landscape Design (LA 490) _._ _ _ _ 5 5 5
Construction VI (AA 421, 422) ...• .•_.._ _ _ _ _ _ 2 2
Office Practice (LA 337) .....__.. •.•.__.•...._._ __.•._._. ..__.___ 2
Plant Composition (LA 491) _.._ _ _._ _._ _. 3 3
City Planning I (LA 353, 354, 355)..•.._ __ __ _.._....•........._ 2 2
Field Practice (LA 335. 435) ...•...•......_ _._........ 4
Gro'rnJ'l~:~'~ti:e.na.~~..~.~~_~~~~~.~~~~..~~..~~_~..~~.~~:...~~_~ 3
3
3
3
1617
3
17
Fourth Year (State College)
r-Term hours---..
F W S
Structural EugiDeering (CE 481), Structural Design (CE 482) _.._ 4 4
Building Design (CE 483) ..............•.........--.•....··-···-·····-·····.........•_.._ _..... 4 4
Masonry and Fonndations (CE 472) ........•...............-.- _ _ ...•·····_· -
Fluid Mechanics (CE 311) _ •......···•········ -- _ .
Estimati~ and Cost Analysis (CE 460) __ _ _.._··..-··
Steam AIr and Gas Power (ME 346) _ _ _ ..···._.-..
Heati';l{ i1n'd Air Conditioning (ME 461) _ ·.·····-··--··-········ 3
IndustrIal Electricity (EE 356) _.-.•.•._ _....... 7 9 3
Electives __ _._ - .....•..............._ _
Suggested Curriculum in Landscape Architecture
B.L.A. Degree
Fifth Year (University)
City Planning II (LA 492) __......•.............._..•__ 2 2 2
Upper·Division Landscape Design (LA 490 continued)._•..•..•.....__ _.__ 10 10 10
Architectural History I (AA 337, 338, 339) _•......•...•_ _ ..•__ _..... 3-3 z..J z..J
Electives _ _............................................... 3 3 3
------
17-18 17-18 17-18
Ma. CtJTUBEaT, Adviser at University
Ma. PECK, Adviser at State College
Recommended electives: public speaking. City Government (PS 315). Real Estate (BA
425), Business Law (BA 416), foreign language.
FOR STUDENTS TAKING FIRST TWO YEARS AT UNIVERSITY
(Work in a f~n language is not required for the Bachelor of Landscape .Architecture
degree. Students wishlllg to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree take a .modern f?relgn language
during their freshman and sophomore years, and complet!= group reqwrements In language and
literature or in social science in the fourth year of the curriculum.)
Second Year (University)
~:::l ~~~:: (~i iO~I,)2iis>:::::::::::::::::;:::::::::::::::::~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~:~::::~ 4 4 4
Lower.Division Drawing (AA 291 contlnued) - ··········· 1 1 1
Construction II (AA 220, 221.J. 2~2) ;.....................•....-.......... 1 1 1
Lower.Division Architectural veslgn (AA 297 contmued) _ _ 2 2 2
Lower.Division ~nds)pe Design (LA 290) .............................•...•...- ..··_·-· ~ ~ ~
rta¥e~ ~~~~~.i~~:~~:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::---.! ---.! ---.!
2
3
3
2
3
1
2
3
3
3
2
4
2
3
1
3
3
6
2
3
18
18
2
3
2
3
1
3
3
6
2
3
1
2
3
3
3
2
4
1
2
3
18
16
2
3
2
3
3
3
2
2
3
2
3
2
2
3
1
3
3
6
2
3
18
17
Second Year (State College)
Lower·Divlsion Architectural Design (AA 297 continued) __ .
Lower·Division Landscape Design (LA 290) _ _ _.
~~~~ ~~0r;:~~~;~fir~~6il~~~~.::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~~::::=:::::::~.::::::
Maintenance and Construction (LA 359, 360, 361) _...•..._ _
Plant Materials (LA 326. 327, 328) _.....................•.................._ __ ..
Soils Improvement (Sis 215) _ _.•.._...•......................_.._ _
Military Science (men) and Physical Education.....•....•............_ _._..
Electives _ _ _ __.•........._._ _..............•......_......•_ •..
FOR STUDENTS TAKING FIRST TWO YEARS AT STATE COLLEGE
Fint Year (State College)
Graphics (AA 111. 112, 212)._•........._ __ _ _
General Botany (Bot 201, 202, 203) _._ __ _ ......•_._ .
Landscape Architecture (LA 279) _ _ _.........•_ _.__
History and Literature of Landscape Architecture (LA 356, 357, 358)_._
English Composition (Eng Ill, 112, 113) _..•......................•.•_ _ _.•..
Lower·Dlvision Architectural Design (AA 297) _.............•...._ •...._.__._
Construction (AA 120) _._....•.......•..__ __.....•._
Military Science (men) and Physical Edncation' _ __ _ _ _
Group requirement in language and literature or social science" _ ..•...._ .
ThIrd Year (University)
Lower·Division Architectural Design (AA 297 continued) .
Lower·Division Drawing (AA 291) _ _..................•...•.....__ .
Construction II (AA 220, 221, 222) _ _......•.._ .._.._
Upper·Division Landscape Design (LA 490) _ _........•....••......_ __
Plant Composition (LA 491)._._•..........................._ __ _._ _ •.. _
Electives _.............................................................................•............._ _
171717
5 5 5
2 2
1 1 2
1 1 1
3 3 3
1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
-------
16 16 16
Third Year (State College)
First Year (University)
g~&i~u~i\i~112r.:~~.~:::;:::::::::::::::::::::::=::::::::::::::::=::=::::::::::::
Lower.Division Architectural DeSIgn (AA 297) _ _ _.............•·····
LandscaJ>e Architecture (LA 117, 118. 119) ······
English Composition (Rht Ill, 112, 113) __......•_ _.._ ·_·······
~~~~~ b~~u:r2~k\..191):::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
Lower.Division Drawing (AA 291) ,.......•.•....••........__...•..-._•.._·._-
Military Science (men) or Health Education (women) - .
Physical Education _ -.- _ - .
181818
Fourth and Fifth Year. (University)
Same as for students beginning at University
I General Hygiene (PE 150), 2 term hours, is taken one term in place of physical educa-
tion. Women take Social Ethics (PE 131) one term. .
• Students taking modern language will complete group requirements in the fourth year
at the University.
3
2
3
3
16
3
2
3
3
1516
Plant Materials (LA 326, 327, 328) ; _ ··.·............... 3
History and Literature of Landscape ArchItecture (LA 356, 357. 358)_.... 2
Plane Surveying (CE 226. 223) _.._ _ - - 3
Maintenance and Construction (LA 359, 360, 361).•__._ _..•......_. •· 3
t,~~tI~~~~~:'t ~~~t2~ ~~ ~.:::::::::::~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: 2
Inte",!ediate Landscal'e Design (LA 390) .........•...•..._•....__ -.-··-- 3 or (3) 01' (~)
GraphICS II (AA 212) _ - ........•· ·.·_······· - -_.__ 4 3
Electives _
154 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS 155
3 3 3
3 3 3
222
2-3 z-.3 z-.3
777
------
17-18 17-18 17-18
,..---Term hours--__
F W S
Lower·Division Painting (AA 290) ............................•..................................... 2 2 2
Lower·Division Drawilllt (AA 291}.................................................................. 2 2 2
Lower·Division ComposItion (AA 292) 2 2 2
Survey of Creative Arts (AA 114, 115, 116) or language.............................. 3-4 3-4 3-4
English Composition (Rbt Ill, 112, 113}.......................................................... 3 3 3
Group requirements 3 3 3
Military Science (men) or Health Education (women}.................................. 1 1 1
Physical Education 1 1 1
------
17-18 17-18 17-18
Suggested Curriculum in Sculpture
B.A., B.s. Degrees
M,SS SUTHERLAND, Adviser
First Year
Lower·Division Sculpture (AA 293}.................................................................. 2 2 2
Lower·Division Drawing (AA 291) ,... 2 2 2
Lower·Divi.ion Sculpture Composition (AA 294}.......................................... 2 2 2
Survey of Creative Arts (AA 114, 115, 116) or foreign language.................. 3-4 3..4 3··4
English Composition (Rht Ill, 112, 113} _......... 3 3 3
Group requirements _.................................................................... 3 3 3
Military Science (men) or Health Education- (women}.................................. I I 1
Physical Education 1 1 1
Suggested Curriculum in Drawing and Painting
B.A., B.S. Degrees
Mit. VINCltNT, Advioer,
First Year
S
4
2
2
4
17
2
2
1
6-8
S
4
2
2
4
17
2
2
1
6-8
5
4
2
2
4
2
2
1
6-8
2 2 2
2 2 2
2 2 2
1 1 1
1 1 1
2
3-4 3-4 3-4
3 3
1 1
1 1 1
2
3 3
1 1
1 1
------.
16-18 16-18 16-18
------
16-17 16-17 16-17
1 1
2 2
2 2 2
2 2 2
2 2
3
3
2
2
4 4 4
Third Year
17
Suggested Curriculum in Art Education
B.A., B.s. Degrees
MISS KEltNS, Adviser
r---Term hour~
gpper.g!v!s!on 5cu1p!ure«AA 493}.................................................................. r ~ ~
UPper'D!v!s!on srajmg AA 491~.:.................................................................. 3 3 3
dPer·D\v\SI.on Acur~rDC?mpos,lIon (AA 494}.......................................... 2 2 2
El~ti;e.'v:~~~~ ~~.~~ ~~.'~.~..~~..~~~~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: ~ ~ ~
------
17 17 17Fourth Year
gpper.g!v!s!on 5culp!ure (AA 493 continued} .
U~~:;:D;~;:;~: p~f~I: ~~ ~~~}~~~~.~~~~~~.::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
Urepe.r·Dlvl.,on Sculpture Composition (AA 494 continued} ..
E ecllves .
First Year
~~~6i~t.~;6t>r~~~168lA:··2······················..··················•· · .
Color Thear (AA 163 g1J4 165 91) ..
Foreign laniuage} , , } .
SSo?aI science two of these three subjects ..Clence
~~I!shl~mpos!tion ~Rhtlll, 112, 113} ..
Heii:gaEd:c':.~i~::>n~E~ 1~80{IS..·i'1'..····· ········..··· ······..·..··· ··· .
. ( ,,6} ..
Second Year
~~;~Jt(~A~~6~~~67~ ~tst..~~:~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
F' wer· Id'Slon Apphed Des,gn (AA 296} .
Rlgure an Costume Sketch Class (AA 298} .
L epre'D!"~i?n I (f\A 169, 170, 171) :::: .
~~~~~ ~::."~~~~a~~lI:.;1e~~..~~~~.::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::=:::::::::::::::::::
General psychology (Psy 201, 202} .~~~r€~l Ea~~~f:~ ~~0~8\)>.:..~:.~.:..~~~:.~~~~:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
••••••••••••••••••••••••••• - •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• u .
Third Year
~~~~~se'!tationdII (1:A 269, 270, 271) .
F IVb!zatlon an Art pochs (AA 446, 447) ..I as '.on bllu~traiion (AA 391) _
utenob. es.gn (AA 380, 381, 382} _ .
S pper· ,vision Applied Design (AA 496} .
~~~~1i;f:lqir~~:~~~~;i~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~£1~~~fv~sSchool Law (Ed 316} ..
•••• ..••• u u .
3
3
3
7
3
3
2
1
1
7
17
16
3
3
2
1
1
7
3
3
3
7
17
16
3
3
2
1
1
7
3
3
3
7
16
17
Second Year
Lower·Division Painting (AA 290 continued} .
Lower·Division DrawiIll!" (AA 291 continued} .
Lower·Division ComposItion (AA 292 continued} .
Military Science (men} .
~~~~~cajeq~r~::~ta;;d··~i·~~i·i~·~~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
Fourth Year
Upper·Division Painting (AA 490 continued} .
Upper·Division Drawing (AA 491 continued} .
Upper·Division Composition (AA 492 continued} ..
Electives .
Third Year
E~~:.:g!;!:!~~ g!~St~:1:~~~~~5::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
H,story of Painting (AA 346, 347, 348} _ _ .
Electives .
17-18 17-18 17-18
Second Year
Lower·Division Sculpture (AA 293 continued} .
Lower-Division Painting (AA 290} .
Lower·Division Drawing (AA 291 continued} _
Lower-Division Sculpture Composition (AA 294 continued} .
W~~:f~ SE~::ti~'::e~~:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::=:::::::::::::::::::::
Group requirements and electives ..
3
2
3
2
1
1
5
3
2
3
2
1
1
5
3
2
3
2
1
1
S
Fourth Year
Interior Design II (AA 383, 384, 385} ..
~~~~~ivl~f,:'n ~t"tt~:' (~I) 290)::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
S epr~sentallon III (AA 386, 387, 388} .~~~~!~~;;f~{fb~r:~~i;~~~;j~::~~ii~~~;~~;~~~~~~~~~~;~~;~~~~~~~~~:~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
16
2
3
2
1
3
6
16
2
2
1
3
3
6
16
2
3
,
2
17 17 17
17 17
156 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS 157
Description of Courses
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN, INTERIOR DESIGN,
AND STRUCTURAL DESIGN
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
AA 111, 112, 113. Graphics I. 2 hours each term.
Principles of orthographic projection or descriptive geometry; applications
to the construction of plans and elevations, projections of points, lines, and
planes, and correct location of shades and shadows. Adams.
AA 117, 118,119. Introduction to Construction. 3 hours each term.
Study of mathematics as related to building construction, including the ele-
ments of algebra, trigonometry, and calculus. Adams.
AA 120. Construction I. 1 hour spring.
Introduction to architectural elements by means of individual research and
observation. Sketching of existing examples, with class discussion. Willcox.
AA 151, 152, 153. Mechanical Drawing. 2 hours each term.
The use and care of instruments; geometric drawing; practical applications
of the principles of orthographic projection to drafting-room practice.
AA 154, 155, 156. Architectural Modeling. 1 hour each term.
The student studies architectural forms and details by actually creating the
fonns in clay, and thus strengthens his percepti<ln of three dimensions for
work on problems in design. Willcox.
AA 191. Architectural Drawing. 1 hour each term.
A course in freehand perspective, intended to develop skill in depiction of
imagined forms in planes and solids. Willcox.
AA 211, 212, 213. Graphics II. 2 hours each term.
Fall: completion of work in shades and shadows; winter and spring: applica-
tions of descriptive geometry to drawing of linear perspectives. Practical
methods of constructing perspectives. Brown.
AA 214, 215,216. Architectural Rendering. 1 hour each term.
Use of India ink and water color in making rendered drawings; application
to architectural design problems. Brown.
AA 220, 221, 222. Construction 11.1 hour each term.
Introduction to building materials; materials in design, properties of materials,
specifications. Hayden.
AA 223, 224, 225. Interior Design Elements. 2 hours each term.
Introduction to the scope, aim, and technique of interior design, with empha-
sis on interior planning, interior color theory, textile design, and flower ar-
rangement. Frasier.
AA 297. Lower-Division Architectural Design. 1 to 5 hours any term.
No-grade course. Through lectures and individual problems, the staff at-
tempts to orient the student in relation to the principles, methods, concepts,
and ideals which make up the field of architectural design and planning.
UPP!Ul-DIVISION COURSES
AA 311, 312, 313. Domestic Architecture I. 1 to 4 hours each term.
The principles and requirements of domestic architecture applied to the exe-
cution of plans and elevations of residential buildings, and to the landscape
design of the property. Lawrence, Hayden.
,..-Term hour...---..
F W S
222
222
Fifth Year
Suggested Curriculum in General Art
B.A., B.S. Degrees
MIS. AVAll:UK, Advi.er
Freshman Year
Lower.Division Decorative De.ign (AA 295). Interior Design Elements(AA 223, 224, 225) _.............................. 2-3 2-3 2-3
Survey of Creative Art. (AA 114, 115, 116) _ -_.·---··.· 3 3 J
From the following subjects, 3 to 5 bour•.._ _....•.............•..·.·······_·-···._.. 3-5 3-5 3-5
Lower.Divi.ion Applied De.ign (AA 296)
Lower.Division Drawi"ll' (AA 291)
Lower.Division Compo.ltion (AA 292)
Lower.Division Sculpture (AA 293)
FilJure and Costume Sketch Cla•• (AA 298)
Engll.h Compo.ition (Rht 111, 112, 113) ·..···.···..-.. 3 3 3tilh~C:-i ~1::c':i(~~;;f·~;··H;;:ith···Ed;;~ti;;;;··(;~;;;~;;)::::::::==:::::::::::::::::: ~ 1 ~
Group requirement. and electives.._._...••..-._....•-.-•..._ -·····_··.·-- 4-6~ 4-6
17-22 17-22 17-22
Sophomore Year
Fro\11 the following .ubject., 7 to 8 hour•.................; ··········......... 7-8 7-8 7-8
Lower.Divi.ion Decorative Design (AA 295 continued)
Lower.Division Applied De.ign (AA 296 continued)
Lower.Divi.ion Drawing (291 continued)
Lower.Divi.ion Painting (AA 290)
Lower.Divi.ion Sculpture (AA 293 continu.ed)
Lower·Divi.ion Compo.ition (AA 292 continued) 1 1 1
~li~c:-i S~~':,:ti(~e;;)·:·.::·::::.:~:.:·.::::=·:.::~ ::::.~::::.::.:.~::::::::.:=::.:.:::::.::::.:.::::~.~:..:::.:.: 1 1 1
Elective. and group requirements _ _ _..•... .__··_..······-- 6-8 6-8 6-1
15-18 15-18 15-18
Junior Year
Civi1i%lltion and Art Epoch. (AA 446, 447, 448) .....•........__.....•._ ·.········-- 2 2 2
From the following .ubjects, 10 to 11 hours _ _ · ·····_·10-11 10-11 10-11
Upper.Divi.ion Decorative De.ign (AA 495)
Upper.Divi.ion Drawing (AA 491)
Upper·Division Painting (AA 490)
Upper.Division Sculpture (AA 493)
Upper.Divi.ion Compo.ition (AA 492)
Fa~hion Illustration (AA 391) 3 3 3
Electives - _
15-16 15-16 15-16
Senior Year
From the following .ubjects, 12 to 13 hours ;.- ·.···-·······.12-13 12-13 12-13
Upper.Divi.ion Decorative Design (AA 495 continued)
Upper.Division Applied Design (AA 496)
Upper.Divi.ion Drawing (AA 491 continued)
Upper.Divi.ion Painting (AA 490 conti':lUed)
Upper·Division Sculpture (AA 493 continu~)
Upper·Division Composition (AA 492 continued)
In~erior Design I (AA 380, 381, 382) 3 3
Electives -.--._.-..--_ _ _ _•........-_._•....-_ _ _ - _
15-16 15-16 15-16
Upper.Division Painting (AA 490) - ..·.··········_······· .
Lower.Divi.ion Sculpture Composition (AA 294) ...•_.;.•.._.._ _ ..
History of Painting (AA 346, 347, 348) or World HI.tory (H.t 204, 205,
206) 2-3 2-3 2-3
Moder!! Educat!onal Principle. and Problems (Ed 511) - -.-·.·.· 3
Education elective•.............................•..............- ...•....- _ -.- - 5 5 5J
Courses in second .ubject.preparatlon field _..__ _._•.__..•....._._... 3 ~
Elective ...•...._._ _ _ ..•._ _..•__ _ _ _ _ __2 _
16-17 16-17 16-17
l5;~8 ..2:P~R';:O~F~E:i2S:.:;,S:.:IO~N~A~L~S~C~H~O;;:.;O:::.;L:;::S~ - SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS 159
AA 320, 321, 322. Construction III. 3 hours each term.. . .
Intended to follow trigonometry; application of mathematics to the deslgmng
of structures. Adams.
AA 323, 324, 325. Construction IV. 2 hours each .term.. .
Introduction to the making of working drawm~~, mcludmg ~~le. and full-
size details j writing of specifications and supervIsion. PrerequISite. AA 311,
312,313. Brown, Hayden.
AA 329, 330, 331. Architectural Practice. 1 hour e~ch term.
Problems of professional ethics, business relations, office management, etc.
Willcox.
AA 337, 338. 339. Architectural History I. 2 or 3 hours each t~r~. . . .
Study of the historic styles of architecture, s.upplemented by mdlvldual mvestl-
gation of historic ornament. Open to nonmaJors. Lawrence. Brown.
AA 340, 341. 342. Architectural History II. 2 hours each term.
Continuation of AA 337, 338, 339. Lawrence.
AA 356, 357, 358. Architectural History IV. 2 hours. each term.
History of development of interior design and I!S ~elat~d fiel~s. Sbudy of
furniture, textiles, rugs, etc. Required for maj ors m Interior deSign. pen to
nonmajors. Frasier. .
AA 369, 370, 371. Construction V. 2 hours each term. . ., .
Mechanical accessories to buildings; plumbing, heatmg, ventilation, electriC
lighting, and acoustics. Adams.
AA411,412,413. Domestic Architecture II. (G) 1 to 4 hours each term.
Continuation AA 311, 312, 313. Lawrence, Hayden.
AA 420, 421, 422. Construction VI. (G) 2 hours each term. •
Constructive design, continuing the work of AA 3~,.321, 322. Trusses UI
wood and steel, plate girders, reinforced concrete, retammg walls, etc. Adams.
AA 440 441 442. Architectural History III. 1 hour each term.
Hi;tory'of modern architecture. Continuation of AA 340, 341,342. Lawrence.
AA 465 466 467 Technique and Practice. 5 hours each term. .Bu~ines~, estimating methods, and ethics for interior decorators. FraSier.
AA 497. Upper-Division Architectural Design. (G) 1 to 1~ hour~ anYf te7't dNo- rade course. In a three-year sequence, a. progressive ser.les 0 • re a earch~tectural problems offer opp~rt~nity.for. mtenSlve st~dy m deSign and
planning, with emphasis on analYSIS, ImaginatIOn, and solution.
AA 498. Upper-Division Interior Design. (G) 1 to 10 hour.s any t~rm.f I ted
No- ade course. In a three-year sequence a I?rogresslve ser~es ~ re a .
pro61ems are studied and executed by presentation m p<;rspectlve, ISometriC,
and elevation. 30 term hours earned in fifth year. FraSier.
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE
LOWER-DIVISION cOURSES
LA 117, 118, 119. Landscape Architecture. 1 hour each term: .
Introduction to landscape architecture; survey of the prinCiples and ideals
of the art. Peck.
LA 290. Lower-Division Landscape Design. 1 to 5 ho~rs each term.
Design of small residence properties, the ordinary city lot, %wn house Ppop-
erty, and suburban residence properties of not more than ree acres. re-
requisite: LA 117, 118, 119. Jette.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
LA 335. Field Practice. 4 hours fall.
Field problems in surveying, grading, and layout work for construction.
Prerequisite: CE 223. Jette.
LA 337. Office Practice. 2 hours winter.
Professional ethics, office management, and principles of superintendence.
Prerequisite: upper-division standing. Jette.
LA 353, 354, 355. City Planning I. 2 hours each term.
Fall and winter: history and significance of city planning; modern achieve-
ments in zoning, housing, and city and regional planning. Spring: economic,
practical, and aesthetic factors. Witlcox.
LA 401. Special Studies. Terms and hours to be arranged.
LA 403. Senior Thesis. Terms and hours to be arranged.
LA 405. Senior Assigned Reading. Terms and hours to be arranged.
LA 407. Senior Seminar. Terms and hours to be arranged.
LA 435. Field Practice. 4 hours spring.
Continuation of LA 335, the field work being correlated with a major design
problem. Jette.
LA 490. Upper-Division Landscape Design. (G) 1 to 10 hours any term.
No-grade course. Design of suburban and country estates, school grounds
and parks, cemeteries, golf courses, housing developments and subdivisions.
Trips made to study examples in the field. Prerequisite: LA 290. Jette.
LA 491. Plant Composition. 1 to 5 hours any term.
No-grade course. Design of planting of trees, shrubs, and flowers. Lectures,
field trips, and drafting. Maximum credit, 12 term hours. Prerequisite: LA
326,327,328. Jette.
LA 492. City Planning II. (G) 1 to 6 hours any term.
No-grade course. Course in civic design. Maximum credit, 12 term houn.
Prerequisite: architecture majors, LA 353 j landscape majors, LA 353, 354,
355. Willcox.
GRADUATJ; COURSES
LA 490 and LA 492 may be taken for graduate credit.
LA 501. Special Studies. Terms and hours to be arranged.
LA 503. Graduate Thesis. Terms and hours to be arranged.
LA 505. Graduate Assigned Reading. Terms and hours to be arranged.
LA 507. Graduate Seminar. Terms and hours to be arranged.
DRAWING AND PAINTING
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
AA 290. Lower-Division Painting. 2 to 3 hours any term.
Instruction in the use of oil color, water color, and other media. Registration
permitted any term, but it is desirable that the work be started in the fall.
15 hours required for upper-division standing.
AA 291. Lower-Division Drawing. 1 to 3 hours any term.
Training in observation and selection of significant elements. Registration
pennitted any tenn, but it is desirable that the work be started in the fall.
15 hours required for upper-division standing (6 hours for nonmajors).
160 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS 161
AA 292. Lower-Division Composition. 2 to 3 hours any term.
Principles of space, tone, and color organization. Work in abstract and pic-
torial forms. Registration permitted any term, but it is desirable that the
work be started in the fall. 15 hours required for upper-division standing.
AA 298. Figure and Costume Sketch Class. 1 hour any term.
No-grade course. Sketching from costumed models, to develop ability to ob-
serve clearly and record accurately.
UPPtR-DMSION COURSES
AA 346, 347, 348. History of Painting. 2 or 3 hours each term.
Historical and aesthetic development of the painting language. Fall: ancient
and Italian renaissance painting; winter: Flemish, Spanish, and French
painting; spring: the twentieth century. Wilkinson.
AA 398. Pen and Pencil. 1 hour any term.
Technique of rendering with pen and pencil.
AA 490. Upper.Division Painting. (G) 2 to 5 hours an)' term.
Advanced problems in portrait, figure, and still life, in all media. 18 hours
required for graduation (plus 15 hours in AA 290, total 33 hours).
AA 491. Upper-Division Drawing. (G) 1 to 5 hours any term.
Advanced wor:k in drawing. Study of form from the figure. 18 hours re-
quired for graduation (plus 15 hours in AA 291, total 33 hours).
AA 492. Upper.Division Composition. (G) 2 to 5 hours any term.
No-grade course. Advanced problems in composition. Mural decorations;
illustrations; pcactical problems carried out in oil, fresco, and other media.
15 hours required for graduation (plus 12 hours in AA 292, total 27 hours).
SCULPTURE
LOW£R-DIVISION COURSES
AA 293. Lower-Division Sculpture. 2 to 5 hours any term.
Fundamental principles studied in clay and stone; construction taught by
the combinations of the simplest forms; study of anatomy. 15 hours re-
quired for upper-division standing. Sutherland.
AA 294. Lower-Division Sculpture Composition. 2 to 4 hours any term.
Extensive research during first year in ancient sculpture composition. Orig-
inal compositions in clay. 6 hours required for upper-division standing.
Sutherland.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
AA 493. Upper-Division Sculpture. (G) 2 to 6 hours any term.
Progressive series of problems in sculpture, including original sketches in
clay from life, as well as carefully executed works in stone. 27 hours re-
quired for graduation (plus 15 hours in AA 293, total 42 hours). Sutherland.
AA 494. Upper-Division Sculpture Composition. (G) 2 to 4 hours any term.
No-grade course. Continuation of AA 294. Research in all periods of art.
6 hours required for graduation (plus 6 hours in AA 294, tgtal 12 hours).
Sutherland.
ART EDUCATION
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
AA 163, 164, 165. Color Theory. 1 hour each term.
Study. of colo~ wi~h re!erenc,e to its scientific background and artistic use.
Practical appl.lcatlOns In dress, th~ h?~e, the commercial world, and the
theater. Creative use of color for mdlvldual art expression. Kerns.
AA 166,167,168. Design I. 2 hours each term.
Study of ba~ic ~rt struct~re-elements, line, dark and light, and color. Struc-
tU!'81 .orgamzatlOn of deSIgns for textiles, advertising, posters, etc., with ap-
phcatIOn to crafts and applied arts. Kerns.
AA 169, 170, 171. Representation r. 1 hour each term.
~endering of. positive and negative space by use of naturalistic and abstract
orms. Creation of rhythms, static and dynamic on picture plane by lines
planes, and volumes. Problems in pencil, charcoal,'water color, oil. Kerns. '
AA 266, 267, 268. Design II. 2 hours each term.
Continuation of AA 166, 167, .1~8. Study of nat!!re f.arms in landscape. human
figure, and a,bstract composltl.an. Study of histOrical crafts in relation to
modern techmque and the teachIng problem. Kerns.
AA 269, 270,271. Representation II. 1 hour each term.
Contin~Jation of AA. ~69, 170, 171, with more advanced problems along the
same Imes. PrerequIsIte: AA 169, 170, 171. Kerns.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSEs
AA 380, 381,382. Interior Design I. 2 hours each term.
Gr~at periods of interior architecture, decorative furnishings, and acces-s.arl~S as related to !he period~ studied. Required of majors in art educa-
tIon, open to nonmaJors. FraSier.
AA 383, 384, 385. Interior Design II. 2 hours each term.
!'roble!!1s of side-wall elevations in neutral wash and color. Quick rendering
In ~encI1 and water color of elevatio~s and drapery arrangements. Furniture
deSign. Color and color schemes. FraSIer, Kendall.
AA 386, 387, 388. Representation III. 1 hour each term.
Prerequisite: AA 269, 270, 271. Kerns.
Ed 408. Special Teaching Methods. 3 hours winter.
AA 414,.415. Art Education. 3 hours each term, fall and spring.
Subject. matter, material~, and method of presentation; observation of art
classes In the schoo~s; umts and courses of study for grade and high school
Students must register for Ed 408 in the winter term. Kerns. s.
Ed 415. Supervised Teaching. 1 to 12 hours any term.
OJ.le year of supervised teaching in Eugene public schools or the University
High SchOOl, for majors in art education. Maximum total credit 12 term
hours. Kerns. Kendall. '
GENERAL ART
LOWER-DIVISION COURSEs
AA 114, 115,116. Survey of Creative Arts. 3 hours each term.
:rhe arts explai.ned through their human and social causes. What appreciation
I~, .how the h~blt. o.f appreciation may be developed, and how it relates to daily
hVIng and to mdlVldual needs. Zane.
162 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
AA 295. Lower-Division Decorative Design. 2 to 3 hours any term.
Study, through creative exercises, of the principles of industrial design-
elements, form, color, material, texture. Analysis of current industrial art.
The relation of art to industry. Zane.
AA 296. Lower-Division Applied Design. 2 to 4 hours any term.
Creative approach to ceramics and weaving, including study of materials,
techniques, and design involved in each subject. Avakian.
UPPU.-DIVISION COURslls
AA 376, 377, 378. Advanced Art Appreciation. 3 hours each term.
Advanced exercises in perception and interpretation of art forms. Special
problems in appreciation of Oriental arts and of contemporary American
painting. Methods of appreciative approach studied comparatively. Zane.
AA 391. Fashion Illustration. 2 or 3 hours any term.
The fashion figure, work with layout, techniques of rendering textures and
color. Kendall.
AA 446,447,448. Civilization and Art Epochs. (G) 2 hours each term.
History, archaeology, and evolution of art. The influence of political, eccle-
siastical, aesthetic, and ethnological evolution upon art; the influence of
art upon humanity. Prerequisite: upper-division standing. Zane.
AA 495. Upper-Division Decorative Design. (G) 2 to 3 hours any term.
Emphasis on free personal expression on the part of the student, with the
aim of building up an individual professional style. From 6 to 9 hours may
be earned each year during the third and fourth years. Zane.
AA 496. Upper-Division Applied Design. (G) 2 to 6 hours any term.
No-grade course. Ceramics or weaving. 6 to 18 hours in either section during
each of the third and fourth years. 18 hours in either subject required for grad-
uation (plus 12 hours in AA 296, total 30 hours) . Avakian.
HONORS COURSES
The student may rel{ister in these courses for special work in: architectural design, fnteriol'
design, drawing and painting, sculpture, and art education.
AA 401. Special Studies. Terms and hours to be arranged.
AA 403. Senior Thesis. Terms and hours to be arranged.
AA 405. Senior Assigned Reading. Terms and hours to be arranged.
AA 407. Senior Seminar. Terms and hours to be arranged.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400·499 and designated (G) may be taken for graduate credit.
AA 501. Special Studies. Terms and hours to be arranged.
AA 503. Thesis. Terms and hours to be arranged.
AA 505. Assigned Reading. Terms and hours to be arranged.
AA 507. Seminar. Terms and hours to be arranged.
School of Business
Administration
VIC'l'OIl. PI:nPONT MORRIS, Ph.D., Dean of the School of Business Administration.
LoallNll M. TAYLOR, B.A., Secretary of the School of Business Administration.
PIlOFllSSORS: BOND, BURRllLL, COMISH, DANIllL, KllLLY, LOMAX, MORRIS, STII.L-
HAN, W. F. G. THACHllR.
ASSOCIATll PROFllsSOR: BALL, GAGll·, RIDDLllSBARGllR.
ASSISTANT PROFllSSORS: BALLAINll, FAUST*.
INSTRUC'l'ORS: SHORT, ]IlSSIll M. SMITH, LORllNIl M. TAYLOR, RUTH Y. THOMP-
SON.
T!,IE training for leadership in business offered by the University through theI ~chool of Business Administration is planned to include a program of studies
in economics, law, and the liberal arts and sciences, closely correlated with
professional business courses. Majors are expected to acquire a sound knowl-
edge of the social sciences basic to an understanding of present-day business
problems.
The school has no special entrance requirements beyond the University re-
quirements for admission to first-year or freshman standing.
Curricula. The School of Business Administration offers four-year curricula
leading to the Bachelor of Business Administration, Bachelor of Arts, and Bache-
lor of Science degrees; a five-year curriculum in accounting for students pre-
paring for C.P.A. examinations; and graduate work leading to the Master of
Business Administration, Master of Arts, and Master of Science degrees. A general
business curriculum has been planned for lower-division students. For juniors and
seniors the school offers an upper-division curriculum in general business, and
specialized work in various fields: accounting, advertising and selling, finance,
marketing and merchandising, foreign trade, industrial management. A six-year
combined curriculum has been arranged in business administration and law, lead-
ing to two degrees-Bachelor of Business Administration and a law degree.
Teacher Training in Business Administration. The State Board of Higher
Education has assigned teacher training in business administration to the Uni-
versity, and teacher training in secretarial science to the State College. The work
at the University has been organized to meet the demand for well-prepared
teachers of business in the secondary schools. The curriculum in business admin-
istration leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science provides satisfactory train-
ing for teaching in this field. Teacher-training work is conducted jointly by the
School of Business Administration and the School of Education. Students intend-
ing to teach should consult the dean of the School of Education concerning required
and desirable courses in business and in education. For information concerning
requirements for a state teacher's certificate, see SCHOOL OF EDUCATION.
• On leave for military or civilian war service.
[ 163]
164 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 165
Lower-Division Curricula
AccDfUtm.o-Ad"erliri"g lJ"d Sslli"g-Fi"lJ"ce-Forng" TrlJde-Gtmsral BtUi"ss4-I"d"sfrial
MlJfSlJ{/Sff'ltml-MlJrksfi"g lJ"d Msrc1llJfUliri"g-Bus;"sss Ad",i..irlraliofllJ..d L_
During the freshman and IOphomore years, the student must satisfy the lower·division
group requirements for students in professional schools-a year sequence in each of two of the
following three groups: language and literature. social science, and science.
GENERAL BUSINESSt
(Suggested Curriculum)
Freshman Year
171716
Sophomore Year
Retail Accounting (BA 211) .
Principles of Cost Accounting (BA 212) .
Analysis of Financial Statements (BA 213) .lr::::. ~ry!~~n~~~~il ~~·2"5";·Ei;;;;e;;b·-;;i"·M;;;k~ting·diA··223)::::::::::::
Principles of Economics (Ec 201, 202, 203) .
Electives-literature; psychology; Ifeography; history; Introduction to
Philo~phy; Extempore Sp"'!'king; Shakespeare; foreign language;
~~~;;'!fiJ!~~l~~~~~~~:~::~~~:~~~~~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
a monthly periodical devoted principally to the analysis of current business and
economic trends in Oregon and the Pacific Northwest.
The Foreign Trade Advisory Board assists the faculty in shaping the cur-
riculum in foreign trade, and in planning and carrying out the program of the
Bureau of Business Research. The members of the board are:
]OHN G. BA"NETT, Portland.
H. K. CHE....Y, Portland.
W. W. CLA"K. Clark & Wilson Lumber Co.• 10504 N. W. St. Helens Road, Portland.
ARTHU"], FA....E... Manager. Portland Cbamber of Commerce, Portland.
ARTHU" HANTON. Archer·Daniels-Midland Co., Board of Trade Building, Portland.
A. M. SCOTT. Export Manager, Pillsbury Flour Mills Co.. Lewis Building. Portland.
]OHN A. SPROUSE. ]L, Sprouse-Reitz Co.• 1900 N. W. 22nd Avenue, Portland.
PHIL THU....OND. Manager, Foreign Trade Department, Cbamber of Commerce, Portland.
Constructive Accounting (BA 111, 112, 113) .
English Composition (Rht 111, 112, 113) .
tf::~=ti~~eFi~~':c~··(Mih·lii8):::::::::::::::::::::::::::~:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
Electives--Physical·Science Survey; Biological·Science Survey; litera·
ture; Survey of Creative Arts; foreign language; introductory
course in sp~ch; Appreciation of Music; Elementary Journalism;
home economics u ~••••••••••••••••_._••••••••
Military Science (men) or Health Education (women) .
Physical Education .
Curricula in Business Administration*
B.B.A., B.A.• BS.• M.B.A .• M.A .• MS. Degrees
• Except for University requirements and the course. listed above as required of major..
the courses Included in these curricula are only suggested. Students are allowed considerable
freedom in substituting other courses which satisfy individual needs.
t .women students majoring in business administration may elect a minor in home
econoDUCS.
Secretarial Science. Graduates in business administration frequently find
skill in typing and shorthand great assets in the business world. For students who
have I)ot acquired these skills before coming to the University, the University
offers service courses in Typing (SS 121, 122, 123) and Stenography (SS 111.
112, 113). (See page 175.)
Requirements for Baccalaureate Degrees. The following requirements
must be satisfied by majors in business administration for any bachelor's degree:
(1) University requirements (see DEGatES AND CERTIFICATES).
(2) Forty-eight term hours in courses in business administration, including
24 hours of upper-division work, and including: Constructive Accounting (BA
111, 112, 113), Elements of Finance (BA 222), Elements of Marketing (BA 223).
(3) Business English (Rht 217), 3 hours.
(4) Principles of Economics (Ec 201,202,203),3 hours each term.
Special requirements for particular degrees are:
Bachelor of Business Administration. One year of Business Law (BA 416,
417,418); three courses from the following optional management series: Finance
Management (BA 459), Sales Management (BA 435), Business Statistics (BA
432, 433), and either Production Management (BA 413) or Personnel Manag~­
ment (BA 414).
Bachelor of Arts. In addition to 48 hours in business administration, 36 hours
in language and literature, including two years (normally 24 term hours) of a
foreign language.
Bachelor of Science. In addition to 48 hours in business administration, 36
hours in social science or in science and mathematics.
Graduate Work in Business Administration. Students who hold a bache-
lor's degree from an accredited college or university, and who have completed a
total of 45 term hours of undergraduate work (or equivalent) in business
administration and economics, may register in the Graduate Division for work in
business administration leading to the M.B.A., M.A., or M.S. degrees. A student
is normally able to earn in one year the 45 hours of graduate credit required for
the master's degree. Of these 45 hours, 15 may be taken in some approved allied
field selected as a minor. A candidate for the master's degree must present a satis-
factory thesis in the field of business administration (for which he will receive
9 hours of credit). He must take an oral qualifying examination and a final oral
examination. All requirements must be completed within five years. For the M.A.
degree a reading knowledge of one foreign language is required.
Graduates of accredited colleges and universities who wish to take work in
business administration, but who do not wish to become candidates for advanced
degrees, may register in the GradLIate Division and be extended the privileges of
classification as a graduate student. Such students may take courses which best
suit their individual needs, without regard for the requirements stated above.
For further information on graduate work, see GRADUATE DIVISION.
Bureau of Business Research. The school maintains a Bureau of Business
Research for the study of business problems peculiar to the state and to the North-
west. The entire staff cooperates in carrying on the work of the bureau. Studies
are frequently undertaken at the request of business men and officials of the state.
Graduate students and many seniors assist in the study and solution of problems
as a part of their training. The bureau publishes the OREGON BUSINESS RlWttw,
166 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 167
3
4
3
3
6
4
4
3
11
3
3
3
5
4
2
17
4
4
3
3
5
3
17
,--Term houra-,
F W S
3 3 3
3~j~k?~rs-~~i~.~~ ~~~f~~(h~\m' .~~~:..~~~.~~ :::::::::::::: :::: :::::::=
P c:i'nc~ ost ccountlDg (BA 487, 488) _ _ ..F~ uctlCM' Management (BA 413) _ -:
s'i"'n~ anagem:n~(BA459) _ - .•._ ..
B':.:~essa~~(BA 116~4t~~ lis)'::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: _ -
Electl~es-Buslness Statistics; Advanced Business Statisti~';"'"i"':;i;;;:;';::
tional Trade; Labor Problems; Personnel Management.•__ .
Senior Year
Ad,,!,,:,ced Accounting Theory and Practice (BA 490 491 492)t~~~~\~~:~n1~ro;;~mi~~·c~~···E~·4i3·······:·······:·····.....::=::=....::::y~~~~~~11~:(1t~1il~·~::~~~~:::::::::::::~:~:::::::::!:~~~~~~~~~~~~~~:::::~::::::::::::::::=:
Electlv~s-International Finance; History of Economic Th~;;ghi·:..P;:;:bii~
FInance; Insurance; Credit Management; English literatur'e ..
ACCOUNTING
(Sugge-ted Curriculum)
The Sc~ool of .Business Admini~tration o~ers two curricula in accounting: (l) a four·
year manag<;t,al curriculum for those Intereste.d In securing position. in the accounting depart·
~ent of bUSiness firms, ba,!ks, or manufactur.,ng establi.hment.; (2) a four· or five·year cur-
nculum for students who WIsh to become certified public accountants.
Junior Year
4
3
3
:2
3
1
I
4
3
1
I
17
l'
4
3
3
2
3
1
1
J
1
1
17
16
3
3
2
3
1
1
3
I
I
16
16
,--Term hoars---.
F W S
444
333
4 4
Sophomore Year
Business English (Rht 217) ..............•..................··..······............................•....•...
Elements of Finance (BA 222); Elements of Marketing (BA 223) M .
Bac1,~rounds of Publishing (J 311, 312, 313) .._ .
PrinCIples of Economics (Ec 201, 202, 203) .
Elementary Journalism (J 111, 112, 113) _ .•....__..
~fi~~~o~i~;;;;·(~~;;)··::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: .:::::::::::::::::::::=
Physical Education __ - _ - _ .
ADVERTISING AND SELLING
(Suggested Curriculum)
The counes in advertisiDj[ and selling are designed to give the .tudent an acquaintaDeC
with the whole field or selling operations. Students interested in advertising should consult
Professor W. F. G. Thacher early In the freshman year.
Freshman Year
Constructive Accounting (BA lll, 112, 113) _ _ __.....•.•.....
English Composition (Rht lll, 112, 113) _.__
ti~~~=ti~:~eFi:~~~·(·Mth·i·08·):·.:::·.·::.::::::::·.::: ::::::::::::.:.-.- :: ::::~--.-.-.-.:: : ::::....
Electives-literature, language, or philosophy --- .
Military Science (men) or Health Education (women) ...•......_.._ .
Physical Education - _ _ _ _ ..__..
The fulfillment of the lower-division group requirements in liberal arts and sciences should
be considered as a minimum requirement only. Majors in business administration should
endeavor to take additional courses in liberal arts and sciences during the junior and senior
years. A few of the many courses that may be taken with profit are listed in the followiag
curricula.
5 5 5
222
5 5 5
3 3 3
-------
15 15 IS
Upper-Division Curricula
GENERAL BUSINESS·
(Suggested Curriculum)
Junior Year
Production Management (BA 413) _ , , .
Finance Management (BA 459) _ _ .•............
Sales Management (BA 435) .
g~:i~::: §~:f:ti~fi&15~l2):::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
Advanced Business Statistics (BA 433) - - - ..
Business Law (BA 416, 417, 418) .
Municipal Accounts and Audits (BA 486} · .
Advanced Cost Accounting (BA 487, 488) .
Electives-Insurance; Real Estate; Office Organization and Manage.m~nt; Econo!"ics ,!f Public Utilities; English; history; biological
science; phYSical sclence __ ················- --- ----..•.
4
3
4
3
3
4
3
3
4
3
4
3
Graduate Year
a~':i PSbl~ms ~~~ 520,)521, 522) _ "''''''''''
Minor fi~ldemmar 507 _ ..
Electives ~_&~::::::::::::~:::~~:~~=:=:::::::::::::::::::::::::=::::::::::::==:::::=~-~=:::~_:
ADVERTISING AND SELLING
(Suggested Curriculum)
Junior Year
~;~br:~;"\~vD~~~ifu~i~:-(1:1)434)"..·······················..··•······················ .
~~t~J1~~~[~~~~
ElectIves-ReportIng; decorative design; econQmic geography ;"hGi~~y::::::
16
3
4
3
3
3
16
4
4
3
16
4
3
9
16 16 16
Senior Year
General Advertising (BA 439) c .
Principles of Salesmanship (BA 442) _ .._ ··...•
t¥JE~~~:~~~:~t~~~~(:to;~:~~~:::::::::~::::::~::::::::::::::::::=:::::::=:: =::::::::~::::::
Economic Theory and Problems (Ec 475, 476, 477) - .
History of Economic Thought (Ec 470, 471, 472) .
Electives--Credit Management; Income·Tax Procedure; Introduction
to PhiloBOphy; English; bistory; biological science; physical science
16 16 16
Senior Year
~~:~i:l~g ~';'~bi~::,~n<:A ::0) .
Retail Adv~tising (BA(44t 44:)447)..································..············..- .
~i:~~~:sri:~g~:.~n:1 ~:.i159418) ....::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
Principles of Salesman~hi (B;{442)"·········..·············•········..·············· ..Production Mana ement ~B - .......•
Industrial Ps cho~o (Ps 1 413 ) - .
Persopnel Prt~e.dur::(Psl46~~~.::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: .
Electlves;--EdltlDg; Business Policy; English or Ameri.;;;;.-·iit~;,:i~;e·:
SOCiology or advanced economics....•.....h u--..__ ••_•.•••_._••.•~.._••_._._:
3
I
4
4
1
4
5
2
4
3
I
4
3
4
• Women students majoring in business administration may elect a minor in h~
economics.
17 16 17
168 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 169
r-Term houn.....,
F W S
4
5
4
3
3
3
3
4 4
4 2 4
4
5
r-Term hour&----,
F W S
4
3 3
4
3
3
3
4
4
4
3
4
3
5
3
2
4
3
3
6
17
17
16
16
4
3
3
3
3
4
3
4
3
3
3
3
2
4
3
3
3
16
16
16
17
4
5
3
3
5
3
3
3
3
2
4
3
3
3
4
3
3
3
3
17
17
16
16
JWIioI' Year
Production Management (BA 413) .................•••......_..........••........•...................
Personnel Management (BA 414) ...._ _•.._ ••..__•...._ ••_._._._._•..__
Finance Management (BA 459) ....•_ _.._..•••
Traffic Management (BA 450, 451) .•••...••.••••......•••._ •._.__•..._ _.__.•...__
Problems in Distribution (BA 434) ...•..•••:.•......................•_...•.••••_.__._•••.•.•..•
Sales Management (BA 435) _.........•.•.....................••...• ••••__••__
Money, Banking, and Economic Crises (Ec 413) .........•••.••.•.......•......•.._.._..._
Fore~n.Trade Technique (BA 471, 472, 473) _.•....
American Foreign Relations (Hst 473, 474) _.•••..••..__.•.__.
Electives-History of China and ,apan; Railway Economics; Water
Transportation; Geography 0 South America•..._..•._ _
Senior Year
Business Law (BA 416, 417, 418) ........................................•....•..........................
Foreign.Trade Marketing (BA 475, 476, 477) _ _ _ _•..._ .
International Trade (Ec 440) ...................•................................_.•.......••_ ..•.._.•_.
International Economic Policies (Ec 441} .....•_ _ _ _
~~:i~:: ~r;~f:ti~tB~6h2>:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
Advanced Business Statistics (BA 433) _ _._ _.•.••_.
Electives-Economic Problems of the Pacific; International Organiza·
tion and World Politics; International Law...........•................................
INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT
(Suggested Curriculum)
Senior Year
rn"v~=enr;w(~~AtJ:: ~~~'>~~.~~.:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~:::~-:::::::::::::::::::::
~=~l=::j~~l~~I~~:::::::::::::=::::::::::::::::=::::::::::::::::==:=~:::::::
History of Economic Thought (Ec 470,471,472)_•.................•__••••_••..•...•...
Industrial Psychology (Psy 462) .
~r:~~:1 ~~~~~.~~.~~..~:.~.:..~~~!.::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
Junior Year
~:~~~!~~¥i1E::~~~r:A~~;~~:::::::::::::::::::.~:::::::::::::::::::::::::=::::::::::::
Money, Banking, and Economic Criaea (Ec 413) ...•........••••.•.•_•••_ ••_._•.__
Retail Merchandising (BA 436) __•..•••.••..••.••••..•••_._••_••.•••••_•.
Busineaa Cycles (BA 466) ...._ _.••..............••.....••.••......•...._..•_.• • • _
Business Statistics (BA 432) _ __ _
Advanced Business Statistics (BA 433) _....••,••.....•••..•.••_..••_ .••_••••..._
Advanced Cost Accounting (BA 4871 488) _...............•.._ _•••_._._ _Accounting Theory and Practice (BA 483, 484, 485) ...•••.•...•••••_•..•..•••......•••••
Electives _ _.._.._.._..•
16 16
4 4
3
3
2 2
3 3
3 3
----
IS 15
4
3
2
3
3
15
16
FINANCE
(Suggested Curriculum)
Junior Year
Senior Year
~~~~~t~~f~il:_~f:~-:~::=~=::~:-~:~~~:~~
Economic Theory and Problems (Ec 475, 476, 477) ..............................•·········
History of Economic Thought (Ec 470, 471, 472) ··.········
~~~~~~:l ~;~~:d~~; ~~:: ~~~~:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::;::::::::::::::::::
Electives-Research in Marketing j St~tistics; Bu.siness Pohc~; Man..
ufacturing; Foreign-Trade Marketing; economiCS; Income--:rax P~o­
cedure; philosophy; psychology; history; geography; educabon; blO·
logical science; physical science ···· ················· .
MARKETING AND MERCHANDISING
(Suggested Curriculum)
Junior Year
f§~~~;f{:~~~:~:[~~~~~~~~~:~~~~~
Electives-Insurance; Real Estat.e; Office Or~an,,:atlon ~nd M.anage.
me!1t; Foreigt.te:rrade. Technique;. economics; Joufnallsm; history;
soclology; pohtlcal sCIence; Enghsh ··.· ··· .
Senior Year
f~~~~f~:t~~!t~~~1;;:i~t~~~~:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
Economic Theory a~d Problems (Ec 475,476,477) ···
History of EconomIc Thought (Ec 470, ~71, 472).; .
Electives-Accounting Theory and PractIce; CredIt Management; Per·
sonnel Management; International Finance; Income-Tax Procedure;
Introduction to Philosophy; English literature ··· ···
i~f~~t~;f~~1~:~~~~j~~~~~~:~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~:~~~~~~~~~~~~~:~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~:~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
~~~:~~:dS~a~~i~~:sCft~i::i~~ ·(BA·433)::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
~~bhcMFi~~~~,:e(~c (~t1, 4~~~>::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
Money Banking and Economic Crises (Ec 413) .•......................................·•.·Electiv'es-Insur~nce; Real Estate j Municipal A~counts at:td A.u.djts,
Office Organization and Management; Economlcs of Pubhc Utthlles;
advanced foreign language.. ············ .
FOREIGN TRADE
(Suggested Curriculum)
The courses in foreign trade and related subjects offered b.y the S~hool. of Busine~s
Administration are designed to enable the student to take an active and Int~lhgent ~rt In
solving the trade problems of the Pacific states, particularly the North~est,WIth countrIes !,f
the Pacific Basin and other trade territories of the world. The currIculum, worked ont ,n
consultation with the Foreign Trade Advisory Bo.ard. (see page 165), yrepares the student for
positions in exporting and importing houses. marine-lnsurance firms. baUD, ocean.transporta-
tion companiel. and governmental servicee.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND LAW
The fields of business and law are so intimately interrelated that the student trained
i~ hoth is do~bly prepared for either profession. The University offers a combined six·year cur·
nculum, leading to two degrees, the B.B.A. and a law dqree. A student foUowlng this cur.
riculwn registers in the School of Law in his senior year, after three year. of general busiueu
training. For his first year of law he receives 48 term hours of credit toward his B.B.A. degree.
The student receives the B.B.A. dqree .t the end of his first year of law, and the law degree
when he bas completed the regular tbree-year law curriculum.
170 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 171
Description of Courses
BUSiNESS ADMINISTRATION
Advanced Work
The part of this combined curriculum offered by the School of Law consists of the rell1l1ar
three-year law curriculum. The work of the first two years in the School of Law consists afmost
entirely of required courses. The first year of law includes courses in Contracts, Legal Bibliog·
raphy, Common-Law Procedure, Rights in Land, Torts, Criminal Law, Personal Property, and
Equity 1. The second year of law includes courses in Code Pleading, Titles, Equity II... Bills and
Notes, Creditors' Rights, Partnerships and Corporations, Agency, Mortgages and ::lales. The
third year of law includes required courses in Wills, Conflict of Laws, Trial Practice, Trusts,
Legal Ethics, Evidence, Taxation, and Constitutional Law. The balance of the third year', work
consists of selections made from elective courses in Suretyship, Administrative Law, Legislation.
Damages, Jurisprudence. and Municipal Corporations.
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
BA 111, 112, 113. Constructive Accounting. 4 hours each term.
Technique of account construction; preparation of financial statements. Appli-
cation of accounting principles to practical business problems. Required of
maj ors; prerequisite to advanced work in business. Stillman, staff.
BA 211. Retail Accounting. 3 hours fall.
Study of accounting principles and procedures peculiar to J;'etail stores. Prac-
tical problems to familiarize the student with necessary forms and retail
accounting routine. Prerequisite: BA 111, 112, 113. Ball.
BA 212. Principles of Cost Accounting. 3 hours winter.
Basic principles of cost accounting; departmentalization; expense allocation;
designed primarily for students interested in general accounting. Prerequisite:
BA 111,112,113. Ball.
BA 213. Analysis of Financial Statements. 3 hours spring.
Managerial accounting for effective management and control of industrial and
trading concerns. Preparation, analysis, and interpretation of balance sheets
and operating reports. Prerequisite: BA 111, 112, 113. Ball.
BA 221. Elements of Organization and Production. 4 hours any term.
Principles of management as applied to commercial and industrial concerns;
required of all majors. Not offered 1944-45.
BA 222. Elements of Finance. 4 hours any term.
How a modern business enterprise is launched, secures long- and short-term
funds, manages its capital and earnings; public control of financial institu-
tions. Required of all majors. Prerequisite: BA Ill, 112, 113. Ballaine.
BA 223. Elements of Marketing. 4 hours any term.
Methods, policies, and problems. Private and cooperative channels, auctions,
exchanges, middlemen; demand creation, ass~mbly, standardization, packaging,
financing, risk taking, distribution. Ballaine, Comish, Lomax.
r-Term Iaoura--,
F W S
4
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
BA <401. Research. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Supervised individual work in some field of special interest. Subjects chosen
must be approved by major professor. Prerequisite: senior standing. Morris.
staff.
BA 407. Seminar in Business Problems. (G) Hours to be arranged.
Prerequisite: BA 221, 222, 223. Morris, Daniel, staff.
BA 412. Manufacturing. (G) 4 hours fall.
Brief.study of principal manufacturing industries of the United States; history,
techn!cal pro~esses, and voc.abulary. Elementary knowledge of physics and
chemistry desirable preparation. Prerequisite: BA 221, 222, 223. Bond.
BA 413. Production Management. (G) 4 hours fall or winter.
Analysis of cases representing actual problems in assembling and processing
materials in a modem plant. Prerequisite: BA 222, 223. Bond.
BA 414. Personnel Management. (G) 4 hours winter or spring.
Principl~s and policies involved in obtaining and maintaining a competent
cooperative working force; reconciliation of the interests of the worker and
the employer. Prerequisite: BA 222, 223. Bond.
BA 415. Regional Planning for Commerce and Industry. (G) 2 hours spring.
Man~lfacturing. and commercial industries in the Pacific Northwest; their
relation to foreign and domestic markets, personnel, raw materials, and power.
Lomax.
BA 416. Business Law. (G) 4 hours fall or winter.
Application of fundamental legal principles to typical business situations illus-
trated by selected cases..Formation, interpretation, and discharge of contracts.
The law of bankruptcy, msurance, and suretyship. Riddlesbarger.
BA 417. Business Law. (G) 4 hours winter or spring.
The law of agency, the law of negotiable instruments, the law of real-property
mortgages, landlord and tenant, and mechanics' lien law. Riddlesbarger.
BA 418. Business Law. (G) 4 hours fall or spring.
The la.w of perso~1 p~operty. sales, .bailments, and chattel mortgages; the law
o.f busme~s orgaDlzatlOn, pa;rtnershlps, corporations, unincorporated associa-
tions, busmess trusts, and JOint-stock companies. Riddlesbarger.
BA 423. Office Organization and Management. 2 hours spring.
Ele~ents of office organization, office management, office records and systems.
SpeCial ~t.udy. of .the offic~ manager as an executive, and his qualifications.
PrerequIsite: JuDlor standmg; consent of instructor. Thompson.
BA 425. Real-Estate Fundamentals. (G) 3 hours fall or winter.
Pr?b!ems relating t? t~e pu~chase, t~ansfer,. lease, and financing of land and
bUildings; home buildmg, site selection, pnnciples of house-and-Iot evalua-
tion. Open to nonmaj or students.
BA 426. Real-Estate Practice. (G) 3 hours spring.
A1!plication of the principles of land and building management from the stand-
pomt of the broker and owner-operator; real-estate practices and institutions.
Prerequisite: BA 425.
BA 427. Real-Estate Appraising. (G) 3 hours winter.
Specific facto~s affectin.g the va!ue of land and buildings; the eff~t of city
struct!u:e. zonmg, an? city plannmg.; demonstrations of various t~hniques in
appralsmg; preparation of an appraisal report. Prerequisite: BA 425.
5
3
II
16
4
3
9
16
3
5
4
16
Freshman and Sophomore Yean
(Same as General HUlmes,)
Junior Year
Penonnel Management (BA 414) or Production Management (BA 413) .._
~~l::Ma~~~=e(~A(:~)~~!.:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~-:==::::~.:::::::=:=:::::::=
History of Economic Thought (Ec 470, 471, 472) ...._._.__••.•••........_••••_
Money, Banking, and Economic Crises (Ec 413) ......•.•__._ _._......•.......
Elective&-history, economics, philo80phy...._...._.......•__.__•..._ ..•_ ..._...__......
172 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 173
BA 432. Business Statistics. 3 hours fall.
Applications of statistical methods to business and economic numerical data;
sources of data, data presentation through use of charts and tables; intro-
duction to analysis of data in solution of management problems. Ballaine.
BA 433. Advanced Business Statistics. (G) 3 hours winter.
Analysis and interpretation of data; time-series analysis, index numbers, cor-
relation; estimating, forecasting, preparation of statistical reports. Prerequi-
site: Mth 337 or Mth 325, 326, or equivalent; BA 432 or equivalent. Ballaine.
BA 434. Problems in Distribution. (G) 4 hours fall or winter.
Critical study of marketing problems. Strength and weakness of various retail
marketing channels; merits and limitations of wholesale marketing channels;
extent and adaptability of direct marketing. Prerequisite: BA 223. Comish.
BA 435. Sales Management. (G) 4 hours winter or spring.
Structure of sales organizations; sales policies; control of sales operations;
sales planning; market analysis; coordination of production and sales; selec-
tion, training, and management of salesmen. Prerequisite: BA 223. Comish.
BA 436. Retail Merchandising. (G) 4 hours fall or spring.
Retail policies and problems. Stock-control systems, buying, methods of sales
promotion, plant operation, personnel, credit, turnovers, pricing, expen..'Ie
classification and distribution. Prerequisite: BA 223. Cornish.
BA 437. Credit Management. (G) 3 hours spring.
The credit and collection problems of retail concerns. The source of credit
information, the use of agency reports, installment credit methods, and credit
control. Prerequisite: BA 222, 223.
BA 438. Industrial Purchasing. 3 hours fall or winter.
Forms of industrial and governmental buying organizations; sources of goods,
buyers' functions, purchasing procedures and methods, inspection, price
policies. Prerequisite: BA 222, 223 or equivalent. Comish, Ballaine.
BA 439. General Advertising. (G) 3 hours any term
Advertising as a factor in the distributive process; the adve~tisingagency;
the "campaign"; function of research and testing; use of medIa; newspapers,
magazines, broadcasting, outdoor advertising, direct mail, etC. Thacher.
BA 440. Advertising Production. (G) 3 hours fall or winter.
Instruction and practice in the preparation of advertisements, with emphasis
on writing advertising copy and designing simple layouts. A brief study of
typography, and of the mechanics of printing and engraving. Thacher.
BA 442. Principles of Salesmanship. (G) 3 hours spring.
Principles and techniques of personal· salesmanship; selling reactions. Frorn
the standpoints of seller and buyer. Prerequisite: BA 223. Comish.
BA 443. Space Selling. (G) 3 hours winter.
The salesmanship of advertising, including a description of the organiza~ion
and methods of the advertising department of newspapers and other pubhca-
tions. Prerequisite: BA 439. Not offered 1944-45.
BA 444. Advertising Problems. (G) 3 hours winter.
The student is given an opportunity to cultivate his judgment through con-
sideration of actual marketing and merchandising problems, in the solution of
which advertising may be a factor. Thacher.
BA 445, 446, 447. Retail Advertising. (G) 1 hour each term.
Study of management problems of the retail advertising department. Advanced
practice in layout, copy, and production of retail advertising for newspapers,
radio, and direct mail. Prerequisite: BA 439, 440. Short, Thacher.
BA 450, 451. Traffic Management. (G) 3 hours each term, fall and winter.
The services, organization, management, charges, traffic, and public relations
of railroad and airway carriers; theory and application of railroad rates.
Interstate Commerce Commission cases. Lomax.
BA 453. Business Policy. (G) 3 hours fall.
Coordination of the specialized work given in the school; the interdependence
of different departments of a business concern. Open to upper-division majors
who have had or are taking Business Law. Daniel.
BA 459. Finance Management. (G) 5 hours winter or spring.
Financial problems involved in promotion, organization, obtaining permanent
and working capital, bank loans, commercial-paper borrowing, management
of earnings, administration policies, and reorganization. Burrell.
BA 460. Bank Management. (G) 3 hours winter.
Banking principles and practice. Problems in commercial banking; analysis
of various types of bank loans and investments, bank liquidity, expansion and
development, etc. Prerequisite: BA 222 and Ec 413.
BA 463. Investments. (G) 3 hours fall.
Economic principles governing capital and interest; classification and develop-
ment of methods for evaluating various kinds of investment securities;
formulation of an investment policy. Prerequisite: BA 222, 223. Burrell.
BA 464. Investments. (G) 3 hours winter.
Detailed study of the special phases of investments, including taxation,
brokerage services, and the stock markets; brief study of the relation of
investments to business cycles and forecasting. Prerequisite: BA 463. Burrell.
BA 465. Investment Analysis. (G) 3 hours spring.
Application of investment principles to the analysis of specific securities in
the industrial, public-utility, and railroad fields. Individual corporation reports
and their relation to security valuation. Prerequisite: BA 463, 464. Burrell.
BA 466. Business Cycles. (G) 3 hours fall.
Study of economic changes; classification and analysis of business-cycle
theories. The availability, use, and limitations of business barometers in
forecasting; their possible application to the business enterprise. Burrell.
BA 467. Public-Utility Management. (G) 3 hours spring.
Production, distribution, and finance problems of public utilities; rates, ac-
counting methods, flotation of securities, public relations, and consolidations.
Prerequisite: BA 221, 222, 223. Not offered 1944-45.
BA 471, 472, 473. Foreign-Trade Technique. (G) 3 hours each turn.
Export and import procedures, ocean shipping, marine insurance, financing of
foreign shipments, commercial treaties, tariffs; particular stress on the busi-
ness practices involved. Prerequisite: BA 221, 222, 223. Lomax.
BA 474. Foreign Exchange and International Finance. (G) 3 hours spring.
An analysis of foreign-exchange principles and practices involved in the
financing of export and import shipments. Not offered 1944-45.
BA 475, 476, 477. Foreign-Trade Marketing. (G) 3 hours each term.
Channels of distribution; marketing the world's staple commodities; analysis
of major trade territories of the world, particularly as outlets for products
of Oregon and other Pacific states. Prerequisite: BA 471, 472, 473. Lomax.
BA 479. Casualty Insurance. (G) 3 hours fall.
Organization of companies, risks covered, and contracts, in accident insurance
of all types. Automobile, plate glass, elevator, public liability, steam boiler,
burglary, robbery, forgery, etc. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Daniel.
174 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 175
BA 480. Life Insurance. (G) 3 hours winter.
Types of life insurance, contracts, rate making, reserves, selections of risks,
life insurance and the state. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Daniel.
BA 481. Property Insurance. (G) 3 hours spring.
Nature of coverage, types of underwriters, types of contracts; analysis of the
policy contract, special endorsements, and factors determining rates and ad-
justment of losses. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Bond.
BA 482. Social and Economic Aspects of Insurance. 3 hours spring.
Study of the impacts of insurance upon the life of the people. Investments of
insurance companies; creation and preservation of estates; economic and social
effects of insurance. Prerequisite: BA 480. Daniel, Kelly.
BA 483, 484, 485. Accounting Theory and Practice. (G) 3 hours each term.
The theory of accounting records and statements; statement of affairs, depre-
ciation, analysis of profit-and-loss accounts, receiverships, balance-sheet con-
struction and problems. Required of students majoring in accounting. Burrell.
BA 486. Municipal Accounts and Audits. (G) 3 hours fall.
Principles of fund accounting and budgetary control. Oregon laws and de-
cisions of the attorney general relative to accounts, finance, and auditing of
municipalities. Audit procedures incident to municipal accounts. Stillman.
BA 487, 488. Advanced Cost Accounting. (G) 3 hours each term, winter and
spring.
Intensive study for students desiring to enter the field of cost accounting or
other professional accounting work. Principles and cost procedures, with
application to practical problems. Prerequisite: BA 111, 112, 113. Stillman.
BA 490, 491, 492. Advanced Accounting Theory and Practice. (G) 3 hours each
term.
Application of the technical phases of accountancy. Professional training in
practical accounting theory and auditing. Prerequisite: BA 483, 484, 485.
Required of accounting majors. Kelly.
BA 493. Income-Tax p,rocedure. (G) 3 hours fall.
Income-tax laws of the United States and state of Oregon. The facts involved
in making up the various returns; use of the various sources of information.
Prerequisite: senior standing; BA 483, 484, 485 or equivalent. Kelly.
BA 494, 495. Auditing. (G) 3 hours each term, winter and spring.
Auditing procedure involved in connection with assets and liabilities, including
intangible assets and contingent liabilities, accounts showing net worth, closing
of an audit, and preparation of audit reports. Prerequisite: BA 490. Kelly.
BA 496, 497, 498. Accounting Systems. (G) 3 hours each term.
Installation of cost systems, and methods of accounting control. Report writing,
including technique, style, and form. Problems and research. Prerequisite:
senior standing. Not offered 1944-45.
GRADUATt COURSES
Courses numbered 400-499 and designated (G) may be taken for graduate credit.
BA 501. Advanced Commercial Research. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Examination and criticism of typical studies in business research. Methods oi
procedure adapted to various types of business problems. Practice studio
applying methods of business research.
BA 503. Graduate Thesis. Terms and hours to be arranged.
BA 507. Graduate Seminar. Terms and hours to be arranged.
BA 520, 521, 522. C. P. A. Problems. 5 hours each term.
Intensive study of problems and questions asked by examining boards and in
the American Institute of Accountant's examinations. Training in correct
analysis and correct form, and speed in solving problems. Kelly.
SECRETARIAL SCIENCE
By action of the State Board of Higher Education in February 1941, the
University was authorized to offer lower-division service courses in secretarial
science. Major work in this field is allocated to the State College.
I,OWER-DIVISION SERVICit COURSES
SS 111,112, 113. Stenography. 3 hours each term.
Gregg s.horthand..S~udentsmust also take SS 121, 122, 123, unless they have
had eqUIvalent trammg. Students who have had one year of high-school short-
hand may not take SS 111 for credit. 4 recitations. Smith, Thompson.
SS 121, 122, 123. Typing. 2 hours each term.
Touch typing; rhythm drills, dictation exercises; arrangement of business
letters. Students with one year of high-school typing may not take SS 121 for
credit. 5 hours laboratory; 1 hour home assignment. Smith, Taylor.
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 177
School of Education
}AM£S RA1.PH }£W£LL, Ph.D., LL.D., Dean of the School of Education; Direc-
tor of High-School Teacher Training.
LUCIA MAlI.IA L£IGHTON, Secretary to the Dean.
IDA MAY Pop£, A.B., Placement Secretary.
PROF£SSORS: HUFFAK£R, HUNTER, }EWELL, KII,LGALLON, KNOLLIN, UxGHTON,
MACoMBtR., MOLL, MORRIS, SHELDON (emeritus), STETSON, H. B. Woo~.
ASSOCIATE PROF£SSORS: GAlI.NETT, HOYMAN, KERNS, WOODRUFF, ZANJt.
ASSISTANT PROFtSSORS: B£RNARD·, BOUSHEY·, R. U. MooRt, SHAFtR, SHU-
MAK£R.
INSTRUCTORS: AK£Rs, BUBB, H. B. DAVIS, FIRTH, GEROT, GRt£R, HAMLOW, HEN-
DRICKSON., HOLADAY., KERLEY·, KOONS, McKINNEY·, MULLING·, NELSON,
SCULLY, SHtRMANt, WILLIAMSON, WILMOTt, ZIMMERMAN.
ASSOCIATES: ARNOLD, DuRtnt, LETTOW, NIMMO, StARS, THORNTON, WILLIAMS.
A LL professional preparation for teaching within the State System of ~igh~rEducation except preparation for strictly elementary-school teachmg, ISorganized' under the School of Education. The school is concerned. espe-
cially with the preparation of teachers for the hi~h schools of Oregon, and With the
promotion of high standards of secondary educatIOn. . .
The School of Education operates on both the University and the State Col-
lege campuses. Preparation for high-school teaching in the ~arious fi~lds is diyided
between the two institutions in accordance with the allocation of maJo~ curncula.
The director of high-school teacher training, with offices on the. Univ~r~lty campus,
has administrative control over all high-school teacher educatIOn wlthm the State
Sy&em. . '
At the University are given general education courses, profeSSIOnal work
in educational administration, and major curricula preparing fo.r teaching. of
literature, languages, social sciences, bi~l~gical. science,. gener3:1 SCience, phYSIcal
science mathematics arts business administration, mUSIC, phYSical educatIOn, andapprov~d combinatio~s of 'subjects. The University also offers training to prepare
teachers for work with atypical children. .
At the State College are given major curricula preparing for teachmg of
biological science, general science, physical science, mathematics, agricu!tur~. home
economics, industrial arts, secretarial science, and approved combInations of
subjects, and for educational and vocational guidance.. . .
In planning its curricula the School of EducatIOn recognizes three qual!fi-
cations for a good teacher: (1) mastery of subject matter; (2) an unders~ndmg
of child and adolescent psychology, and of professional problems and techniques;
(3) a broad and liberal education.
• On leave for military service.
t On leave of absence 1943·44.
[ 176]
Major Requirements. Candidates for a bachelor's degree with a major in
education must complete 36 term hours of work in education courses. Two terms (6
tenn hours) of General Psychology may be counted toward fulfilling the 36-hour
requirement. To be recommended for a degree with a major in education, students
transferring from other institutions must complete at least 12 term hours of work
in education at the University.
Baccalaureate Degrees. Students majoring in education may become candi-
dates for the following baccalaureate degrees: Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of
Science, or Bachelor of Education. For the B.A. or B.S. degree the student must
tulfill all University requirements for these degrees, in addition to major require-
ments. For the B.Ed. degree the student must fulfill general University require-
ments for graduation, and the requirements for a major in education, stated above.
Graduate Work. Graduate work in education, leading to the Master of
Arts, Master of Science, Master of Education, Doctor of Philosophy, and Doctor
of Education degrees, is offered at the University through the Graduate Division.
The requirements for the M.Ed. and D.Ed. degrees differ from the requirements
for the M.A., M.S., and Ph.D. degrees as follows: (1) teaching experience is
required; (2) less time is spent on the technique of research; (3) the curriculum
is carefully planned and integrated to prepare men and women for immediate
service in administrative and advanced teaching positions. There is no foreign-
language requirement for these degrees.' The regulations governing graduate
study are stated under GRADUATE DIVISION in this Catalog.
School Administration. Under the organization plan of the Oregon State
System of Higher Education, training foJ;' educational administration is allocated
to the University. The program in this field is differentiated from the program for
students preparing for classroom teaching principally at the graduate level. During
his undergraduate years, the student takes courses in education and in subject
fields required for teacher certification, and satisfies University requirements
for a baccalaureate degree. In his fifth year, the student planning to prepare
himself for educational administration should take Ed 472, 473, 474, in addition
to courses required for a teacher's certificate. This sequence satisfies the general
academic requirement for the Oregon administrative credential-12 term hours
of preparation in addition to that required for a teacher's certificate. (Candidates
for the elementary principal's credential who have had teaching experience may
take Ed 472, 473, 474 during their senior year.)
Since the state of Oregon issues six different administrative credentials, each
requiring the completion of specific courses, all students planning to prepare for
administrative work should secure further information from the School of
Education.
In addition to courses satisfying the minimum requirements for an adminis-
trative credential, the School of Education offers a program of graduate work
in the field of administration, leading to master's and doctor's degrees.
Curriculum Studies. The Curriculum Laboratory, established by the School
of Education in 1937, provides excellent facilities for specialized study of the
public-school curriculum and for practical research on curriculum problems. The
equipment of the laboratory includes: (1) the most recent and important courses
of study, units, and other curriculum materials available in the United States;
(2) a comprehensive collection of elementary- and secondary-school textbooks;
(3) a complete file of standardized tests and other instruments of pupil eval-
uation; (4) a large collection of free and inexpensive pamphlets, maps, exhibits,
178 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 179
and other materials suitable for use in the classroom; (5) selected professional
books on the curriculum; (6) bibliographies on various phases of the curriculum.
Through the Curriculum Laboratory, the School of Education provides con-
sultant services on curriculum problems to the school systems of Oregon, by
means of extension courses, curriculum and evaluation surveys, and curriculum
conferences.
Clinical Teaching. The DeBusk Memorial Clinic for exceptional children
is maintained by the School of Education to help children with learning difficulties
and to train teachers for clinical work with exceptional children in the public
schools. The clinic confines itself to the treatment of children of normal intelligence
who have special disabilities in reading, spelling, or arithmetic. Work in speech
correction is carried on in cooperation with the Division of Speech and Dramatic
Arts of the Department of English.
. The DeBusk Clinic grew out of a reading clinic held on the campus in the
summer of 1928, under the direction of Dr. Burchard Woodson DeBusk. Dr.
DeBusk continued to direct the clinic and the training of clinical teachers until
his death in 1936. The clinic was formally named in his memory in 1937.
The instructional program for students interested in work in this field provides
a sound theoretical foundation and an opportunity for practical training. The
student should take the following courses, in addition to courses required for
teacher certification: Child Psychology (Ed 460); Psychology of Exceptional
Children (Ed 462, 463) ; Reading Process (Ed 464) ; Diagnostic and Remedial
Techniques (Ed 465, 466) ; Mental Tests (Ed 564, 565, 566) ; Psycho-Educational
Clinic (Ed 409); Educational Research (problems in remedial teaching) (Ed
SOl).
The following courses outside the special field are suggested: Methods of
Social Work (Soc 424); Measurement in Secondary Education (Ed 475);
Advanced Experimental Psychology (Psy 451, 452, 453); Clinical Methods in
Psychology (Psy 431, 432); Abnormal Psychology (Psy 413); Educational
Statistics (Ed 515) ; Philosophy of Education (Ed 586) ; Advanced Educational
Psychology (Ed 561, 562, 563) ; Speech Pathology (SD 486, 487,488) ; Speech
Clinical Practice (SD 489, 490).
Bureau of Educational Research. Through the Bureau of Educational
Research the faculty of the School of Education investigates educational problems,
frequently at the request of school officials. The bureau is often called upon for
advice concerning educational tests and their use. School systems are aided in the
study of their peculiar problems. Expert building and financial 'surveys are made
for various cities and counties of Oregon. Cooperative testing programs have
been carried through several of the larger systems of the state.
Supervised Teaching. The School of Education provides an opportunity
for supervised high-school and junior-high-school teaching in all the major
fields allocated to the University. Supervised teaching cannot be done at the
University in fields in which the University does not offer major work. Student
teachers observe teaching by expert instructors, work out their own lesson plans
under the guidance of the supervisors, and teach high-school classes under close
supervision. Credit for supervised teaching is granted only on the approval of
the director of supervision.
Teacher Placement Service. A Placement Service is maintained by the
School of Education for the placement of graduates of the University who are
prepared and qualified to teach in the secondary schools. The Placement Service
compiles and makes available to school officials full information concerning the
preparation and experience of graduates who desire teaching positions. The Place-
ment Service also furnishes students information concerning the certification
requirements and school laws of other states, and will recommend graduates for
certification in other states, on the endorsement of the dean of the School of
Education and the University Registrar. The following fees are charged by the
Placement Service:
~~;~~f~~la:~r~gi';t;;;ti;;;;:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~~:::::::::::::~~~~::'f gg
Charge for late payment of registration fee _. _.•.......__ 1.00
Credential fee _..... .25
Credential fee for out·of·state certification _.._ __ _.. 2.00
The schedule of dates for registration and payment of registration fees may
be secured at the Placement Service office. The credential fee is charged if creden-
tials are sent at the request of the applicant, but not if they are sent at the initia-
tive of the Placement Service or at the request of a prospective employer.
State Teacher's Certificate
ALL teachers in the high schools of the state of Oregon must hold a high-schoolteacher's certificate, issued by the State Superintendent of Public Instruction.To be eligible for a one-year certificate, graduates of the University must
satisfy the following requirements:
(l) A total of 45 term hours of college work after meeting the requirements
for the baccalaureate degree.
(2) A minimum of 40 term hours of work in education, 15 term hours of which
must be in upper"division or graduate courses taken during the last three terms
of preparation·. This work must be distributed as follow~:
Term hours
Secondary Education (Ed 311) 3
Educational Psychology (Ed 312) _ 3
Principles of Teaching (Ed 313) : 3
Special Teaching Methods (Ed 408) 3
Supervised Teaching Methods (Ed 408) 3
Oregon School Law and System of Education (Ed 316) 2
Advanced overview of education (EI 511, Ed 543, or Ed 586) _ 3
Electives in education 17
(3) Oregon History (Hst 377), 2 hours.
(4) A minimum of 3 hours in General Psychology (prerequisite to Ed 312).
Under regulations adopted by the Oregon State Board of Education in
January 1941, new teachers employed in approved high schools may be assigned
to teach only in those subject fields in which they have completed adequate college
preparation. The State Board of Education has set the following minimum
standards of subject preparation:
ENGLISH: 36 term hours, including at least 9 term hou... in composition and rhetoric (it
is recommended that a substantial amount of work in speech be included in this training).
LANGUAGE' the equivalent of 30 term hours of college preparation in each language taught
• During the war emergency the State Superintendent of Public Instruction is author.
ized to issue emergency certificates. For full information concerning these certificates. inquire
at the School of Education.
180 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 181
24
40-41
• During the junior year, a voice recording is taken of all students who plan to prepllI'<l
for teaching. An acceptable recording is required for admission to supervised teaching aDd
for recommendation.
Bio1og:ical Sciences
General Biology (Bi 201) _.................. 4
General Botany (Bi 204. 205) 8
General Zoology (Bi 201, 203); or Human Physiology (Bi 311, 312, 313) 8-9
Electives in biological sciences (G 381, 382 is acceptable as an elective)............ 4-3
36
Term hours
Design I & II (AA 166, 167, 168; AA 266, 267, 268) _ _ _.... 12
Representation I & II (AA 169, 170, 171; AA 269, 270, 271) 6
Color Theory (AA 163, 164, 165) _ _........................... 3
Figure and Costume (AA 298) .........•....................................._................•............_ 3
Lower·Division Drawing (AA 291) __.. 6
Art Education (AA 414, 415) _.. 6
Students wishing to prepare for placement in art In combination with other
academic subjects should consult the dean of the School of Education early in
the sophomore year.
Art
Business Administration
Constructive Accounting (BA Ill, 112, 113) ..................................•..................._.. 12
Ollice Organization and Management (BA 423) _ _ _ 2
Business Law (BA 416. 417).................................................................................... 8
One of the following courses: Retail Accounting (BA 211) ; Principles of Cost
Accounting (BA 212); Elements of Finance (BA 222): Elements of
Marketing (BA 223) _ _.............. 3-4
Typing (SS 121. 122, 123) _ _............ 6
Stenography (SS Ill, 112, 113) (60 words per minute performance)................ 9
Subject Preparation
THE University will not recommend a graduate for a teaching position whohas not prepared himself, through suitable University courses, for the teach-ing of at least two subjects. To insure better opportunities for placement, it
is desirable that students intending to teach qualify for the supervision of an
extracurricular activity and, if possible, for teaching in a third subj ect field.*
One of the student's subject fields must be a field in which the University offers
supervised teaching, namely: art, biological sciences, business administration,
elementary science, English, French, German, Latin, library, mathematics, music,
physical education, physical sciences, social sciences, or Spanish. Exception to
this requirement may be made in the case of students transferring from other
institutions, who have completed courses in special methods and supervised teach-
ing before entering the University.
Certain courses offered by the several schools and departments of the Uni-
versity, which do not satisfy education or subject requirements, are of great help
to teachers. Students should consult members of the faculty of the School of
Education concerning such supplementary training that would be of particular
value in relation to their individual training programs.
Listed below are courses which the University requires for minimum subject
preparation in the several teaching fields; these courses satisfy the subj ect-
preparation standards of the State Board of Education (see pages 179-180). It is
important to note, however, that in most cases they satisfy the minimum require-
ments only. Students should consult members of the faculty of the schools or
departments in which they are taking subject-preparation courses concerning
additional courses they should elect to strengthen their preparation.
Major Teaching Fields
To be recommended by the University for a teaching position, a student in
satisfying the minimum subject requirements in the fields in which he intends to
teach must take certain specified courses. These courses are listed on pages 181-184.
Believing that a broad knowledge in the fields of English, social studies,
mathematics, natural science, and the fine arts should be a part of the equipment
of every teacher, whatever his subject field, the State Board of Education has
recommended that, beginning with the school year 1943-44, the college preparation
of all new teachers employed in state-approved high schools should include the
following:
ENGLISH: 24 term hours in literature. composition, lpeech, dramatics. SOCIAL STUDI": 24
term hours in history, political science, economics, sociology, geography, philosophy. (A
maximum of 6 term hours in library science may be applied toward aatisfying the recommend-
ation in English or social studies.) SCIENCE AND MATHElIIATICI: 17 term hours, including 9
hours in biological science and 8 hours in physical science and mathematics or in either of
these fields. ARTS AND CRAFTS: 6 term hours in music, or in plastic, graphic, or industrial arts
(equivalent performance standards may be accepted if approved by the teacher·training institn·
tion).
Students wishing to qualify for certification and placement should confer with
members of the faculty of the School of Education not later than the end of the
second term of their sophomore year.
Application for certification must be made to the State Superintendent of
Public Instruction. An official record of the applicant's preparation, required as a
basis for certification, will be submitted to the State Superintendent by the Uni-
versity Registrar, on request.
The holder of a one-year state certificate, after six months'. successful
teaching experience in this state and upon the recommendati6n of the city school
superintendent or county school superintendent under whose supervision the
applicant last taught, will receive a five-year state certificate authorizing him to
teach in the high schools or junior high schools of this state.
A five-year certificate may be renewed when the holder thereof has taught
successfully for a period of 24 months during the life of such certificate, or has
completed 15 term hours in courses approved by the State Board of Education in
a standard college or university. When a teacher who is regularly employed by
a school board has been granted a leave of absence by such board, the school
months included in such leave of absence shall be counted the same as months
of teaching in determining eligibility for renewal of a five-year certificate.
The holder of a one-year state certificate, or a five-year state certificate, or
a state life certificate, is authorized to act as city superintendent of the schools
of any city.
The following fees are payable to the State Superintendent of Public Instroc-
tion at the time application for certification is made:
One·year certificate _..__..•.._ ....•.._ _._ _ ....•............_._.._..__ $2.00
Five·year certificate _..•_.__ _............................ 2.00
Renewal of five·year certificate .........................................................•........•........... 2.00
(high·school credits evaluated in terms of college hours may be accepted in meeting the
minimum requirements). SOCIAL STUDIES: 36 term hours, including at least 18 term houri in
American and European or world history, and a total of at least 10 term hours in two or more
of the following subjects·-government, economics, sociology, geography. MATHEMATICI: 15
term bours of college mathematics. CO....ERCE: Shorlhand. 18 term hours (may include high-
school or business·college work evaluated in terms of college hours or equivalent performance
standards); Typing, 6 term hours (may include high·school or business·college work); BooII-
keeping, Business Training, Commercial Law, 24 term hours in accounting and busineu
administration. NATURAL SCIENCE: Elementary Science, 24 term hours In the natural Bciencea,
including at least 9 term hours in physical science and 9 term hours in biological science;
Biology. 18 term hours; Physics, 12 term hours; Chemislry, 12 term hours. PHYaICAL EDU'
CATiON AND HEALTH EDUCATION: 12 term hOllrs in physical education and 12 term hours in
health education. HO"E ECONO.. ,CS: 24 term hours.
182 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 183
A minimum of 27 term hours in the natural sciences, including:
A year sequence with laboratory in physics or chemistry _.... 12
A year sequence with lahoratory in hotany or zoology _ __ _............ 9
Geology __ __.._••........._ _.•....._.__ _ __..__..__.. _ _ 6
Term hows Termhonrs
.• I!, fulfilling lower·division I!hysical.educaHon requirements, the candidate should select
sections In PE 180 from the following: modern dance, swimming, square dancing, tennis, bas-
ketball, and volleyball.
Elementary Science
English
English Composition (Rbt Ill, 112) _ _ _.._ _.........•.........._
Survey of English Literature (Eng 101, 102, 103) or Appreciation of Literature
(Eng 104, lOS, 106) .
Shakespeare (two terms of Eng 201, 202, 203) _.....•................_ _ _
American Literature (Eng 260) _.....•......_ .
English Composition for Teachers (Rht 324) _ _.,
Oral English for Teachers (SD 334) and Direction of School and Community
Plays (SD 340), or eQuivalent...................•......................._ - .
Upper.division courses in English literature, selected in consultation with the
head of the Department of English _ _ _ - .
French
The equivalent of 30 term hours, including high.school credits. Evaluate high.
school credits in terms of college hours. Suggested courses (which should in·
clude RL 314, 315, 316) :
Second·Year French (RL 4, 5, 6) __•............................_ _ .
French Literature (RL 311, 312, 313) _•...._ _._ _ ....•.._ .
French Composition and Conversation (RL 314, 315, 316) .
German
The equivalent of 30 term hours, including high·school credits. Evaluate high.
school credits in terms of college hours. Suggested courses:
Second·Year German (GL 4, 5, 6) _...•..........._ .
German Conversation and Composition (GL 3341 335, 336) .Modern German Novel (GL 412) or Die DeutSChe Novelle (GL 331) _ .•
German Poetry (GL 333) ............................•.........................................................
Claasical German Drama (GL 411) or Modern German Drama (GL 332)
Latin
The equivalent of 30 term hours, including high.school credits. Evaluate high.
school credits in terms of college hours. Suggested courses:
Cicero and Vergil (Lat 4, 5, 6) _...........................................•..__ _ ..
Latin Literature: The Augustan Age (Lat 101, 102, 103) _ _
Ovid: Metamorphoses (Lat 314, 315) ...................................•........._ .
Library
Elementary Reference Work (Lih 381) _..__ __ _ .
Book Selection and Evaluation (Lih 382) ........•................__ _.•......................._
Books for School Libraries (Lih 383s) _.•............_ _ __ -
School Lihrary Administration (Lih 384) _ _........•......... •.• .
6:~f~'1'n:(iI~"i8~~~b..~~~~.::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::==::::::::=:::::::::
Classification and Suhject Headings (Lih 387s) _ __..•..._._.....•
Children's Literature (Lih 388) .................................•_.......•..._ _ -
Mathematics
Elementary Analysis (Mth 101, 102, 103) or equivalent _ _ _ _.._ •.
Differential and Intellral Calculus (Mth 201, 202) or equivalent .
Advanced Euclidean Geometry (Mth 415) or Elements of Projective Geometry
(Mth 316) - -_..........•....._ .
• Supervised Teaching (Ed 415) in library may be substituted for Lih 385.
6
9
6
5
3
6
7
42
1Z
9
6
1Z
6
3
3
3
12
9
6
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
24
1Z
S
3
23
Music
VOCAL
Theor! I (Mus 111, 112, 113) _ _ _..............•..•..._._ _ _
Chora Conductillll (Mus 323, 324, 325).............•._._ _ _ __.._.•....__._.
Ensemhle (chorus) _ _•........_ .._._....•..__ _
Appreciation of Music (Mus 127, 128, 129) _ _ _.._ _ __•__._.
;Applie<:l music: The ~tudentmust he able to demonstrate ahility in singing and
In PlaYIng accompanIments.
INSTRUMENTAL
Theory I (Mus 111, 112, 113) ......................................................•........._.... _
Instrumental Conducting (Mus 320, 321,322) _._ _ __..__._.__._
Ensemble (orchestra or hand) _ _
Stringed Instruments (Mus 332, 333, 334) or Wind and Percussion Instrn·
ments (Mus 335, 336, 337) _ _...•_ _ _._...........•._ _ _
Applied music: The student must he able to demonstrate playing ability upon a
melodic string or wind instrument.
Physical Education
PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR. MEN
li!~j~~~J:~~j;~~1f~~~l=~~~~~~
PHYSiCAL EDUCATION FOR W014EN-
Physical·Education Activities (PE 324, 325, 326) .
Physical·Education Activities (PE 424, 425, 426) _ _..__
First Aid (PE 252) .
Principles and Practices of Physical Education (PE 341) .•••••........•:::::::::::::::::::
Class Techniques (PE 342) .§>:~i~:~~~a~d(~~mj~~)t~~.~~~~..~~..:.~~.~~~~..~.~~~.~~~ ..~:.~..~~~~.:::::~:::~::::::::
HEALTH EDUCATION
~~~:~ ~~~~~i~:i(M131~~~:...~.~.~!.::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
Princifles of Dietetics (FN 225) _ _ _ _..•....._ _.
iichoo lfealth Education Core (PE 361, 362, 363) _ ....•._•.•...._ :.
ealth nstrnction (PE 464) _ _...•._ _ .
Physical Sciences
genera: ~~e!l!i.try (Ch 104, lOS, 106) _ _._ _ _
enera YSlcs (Ph 201, 202, 203) ...........•.._ _.......•........_._ _.._
Social Sciences
History ?f the United States (Hst 201, 202, 203) _.....•.•............
Europ~ since 1815 (Hst 341, 342, 343) or World History (Hst 204, 205, 206) ....
A mInimum of five hours each from at least two of the following: American
Governments (PS 201. 202) ; Principles of Economics (Ec 201, 202 203)·
General Sociology (Soc 204, 205); Introductory Geography (G';" 105:
106, 107) ........................•......................................................................... .
Electives in political science, economics, sociology, or geography.......•..::::::::.:::
12
6
3
6
27
12
6
3
3
24
2
2
2
2
2
4
6
3
3
26
6
6
3
3
3
3
3
27
9
3
2
9
3
26
12
12
24
9
9
10
8
36
184 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 185
Description of Courses
Sequence of Certificatio~ Courses
Term boura
The equivalent of 30 term hours, including high·school credits. F;valuate hil:!h.
school credits in terms of college hours. Suggested courses (which should In·
clude RL 347, 348, 349 or RL 353,354,355) :
Second·Year Spanish (RL 14, 15, 16) _ 12
Spanish Literature (third year) (RL 341, 342, 343) ;-.. 9
Spanish Composition and Conversation (RL 347, 348, 349) or CommerCJaI
Spanish (RL 353, 354, 355) _ _ 6
LOwER-DIVISION COURSES
*Ed 111. Methods of Study, 2 hours any term.
No-grade course. Specific methods of study applied to vari?us subject fields.
General principles of note taking and stu~y schedule; fiXing study habits;
evaluations of various broad fields of learnmg. Shumaker.
---.This is a service course, not a proft:ssiC?nal cour~e, and. will not count toward fulfillment
of requirements for certification or for a major In educatiOn.
• This is a service course, not a professional course, and will not count toward fulfiUment
of requirements for certification or for a major in education.
*Ed 112. Mental Hygiene. 3 hours any term.
Intended to help the student make adjustments to conditions of University life
through cultivation of proper habits of study and of intellectual activity. The
habits, attitudes, and proper functioning of a normal mind. Killgallon.
*Ed 113. University Education and the Student. 3 hours any term,
Intended to help the student plan his University career more intelligently and
to pursue it more effectively. The scholarly, cultural, and professional values
of the University's offerings in the various fields of learning.
UPPER-DIVISION COURsEs
Students may he admitted to upper·division courses in education onty with the consent
of the School of Education. A grade·point average of 2.00 for the student's first two yesrs of
University work is required for admission to all 300 courses; a grade·point average of 2.25 for
all work after the sophomore year is required for admission to Ed 408 and Ed 415. Ed 311, 312
313 are prerequisite to all 400 and 500 courses in education, unless an exception is indicated
in the course description. In admitting students to these courses, the faculty of the School
of Education gives additional consideration to psychological rating and teaching personality,
and, in douhtful cases, to marked improvement in scholarship during the junior year.
Ed 311. Secondary Education. 3 hours any term.
Study of the problems of the high school from the standpoint of the teacher;
consideration of its aims, program, functions, and characteristics. Stetson.
Ed 312. Educational Psychology. 3 hours any term.
The laws of learning and their application in the classroom; motivation in
learning, transfer of training, memory, forgetting. Prerequisite; two terms
of General Psychology. Huffaker.
Ed 313. Principles of Teaching. 3 hours any term.
Study of the actual classroom teaching process, including classroom organ-
ization and management, planning teaching units, evaluating pupil learning,
and similar problems. Prerequisite: Ed 312. Shafer.
Ed 316. Oregon School Law and System of Education. 2 hours any term.
An analysis of the Oregon school system and of the laws on which the system
is based. Problems of Oregon schools, plans proposed for their solution, and
trends in educational development in the state. Prerequisite: Ed 311. Huffaker.
Ed 390. Character Education. 3 hours fall or winter.
The place of character in the social purposes of education; the dynamic func-
tion of the feelings; the conditioning of interests; the function of ideals; the
formation of habits, the integration of habits and attitudes.
Ed 391. Group Thinking. (G) 3 hours spring.
Nature and method of democratic participation in the group thought life.
How groups may confer in cooperative efforts to discover new roads to new
and better goals. The technique of leadership in group thinking.
Ed 401. Educational Research. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Research and investigation in various fields of education. Registration by
permission of the faculty member or members in whose field the investigation
lies.
Ed 405. Reading and Conference. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Ed 408. Special Teaching Methods. 1 to 3 hours any term (6 hours maximum
allowed toward education requirement for certification).
Planned to fulfill the state certification requirement for work in special
methods; to be taken in conjunction with Ed 415. Not more than 3 hours of
credit may be earned in anyone field.
Art-Kerns.
Commerce-Zimmerman.
6
3
9
3
3
2-3
26-27
Nonmajor Teaching Field
Home Economics (supervised teaching not offered at the University)
Clothing Construction (CT lll, 112, 113) _......•......._......•..-_.-
Clothing Selection (CT 114, llS, 116) _.............•....- ..
~~~t~~[;~l~!::~~fl[M~i·~~~~:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::=::::::::::~::::::::=
Home Planning and Furnishing (CT 330.}
Textil.... (CT 125).................................................. 0 from thill ~up
Principles of Dietetics (FN 225)........................ ne course •• -
Family Relationships (HAd 222) .
THE courses required by the State Board of Education for certification as ahigh-school teacher should be taken, both by education ma!ors and b! non-majors, in the following sequence. The order should be varied only With. the
approval of the School of Education. It should ~e no~ed that, be~u~e of requl:ed
prerequisites and sequential arrangement of certificatIOn courses, It IS not pOSSible
to complete the 40 term hours of professional work in less than four terms; stu-
dents are advised to spread the work over six terms or more.
Sophomore Year: General Psychology.
Junior Year: Secondary Education (Ed 311), fall or winter term; Educational
Psychology (Ed 312), fall or winter term; Principles of Teaching (Ed 3131,
spring term; Oregon History (Hst 377).
Senior Year: Oregon School Law and System of Education (Ed 316).
Semor Of" Graduate Year: Special Methods (Ed 408); Supervised Teaching
(Ed 415), 6-12 hours.
Graduate Year: Advanced overview of education (Ed 511, Ed 543, or Ed 586),
after Ed 415; education electives, 13-17 hours during year,
Education majors should take sufficient additional elective hours in education,
before the end of the senior year, to satisfy the 36-hour major requirement for a
baccalaureate degree. Two terms of General Psychology (6 term hours) may be
counted toward the satisfaction of the major requirement, but may not be counted
toward the 4O-hour professional requirement for certification.
Spanish
186 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 187
English-Koons.
Foreign Language-Firth.
Health, Physical Education, Recreation-Knollin, Woodruff.
Mathematics-Moore.
Music, Instrumental-Stehn.
Music, Vocal-Gamett.
Science-Williamson.
Social Science-Akers.
Ed 409. Psycho-Educational Clinic. (G) Terms and hours to be arranged (9
hours maximum credit).
Practice, under supervision, in diagnostic and remedial treatment of lea~i~g­
disability cases at elementary, high-school, and college levels. PrerequIsite:
Ed 460, 462, 466, except by special permission. Killgallon.
Ed 410. Principles and Practice in School Health Education. (G) 2 hours fall.
Theory and practice of high-school health programs in the United States and
in Oregon. For students in school administr:,-tion and nursing education. Pre-
requisite: Ed 311, 312, 313 or graduate standmg. Hoyman.
.Ed4l1. Health Instruction of the School Child. (G) 2 hours winter.
Procedures for a graded hea!th program, includin~ heal~h ~aterials, hc;a~th
methods, appraisal; comparative study of health umts. Pr!manly for admmls-
trators. Prerequisite: Ed 311, 312, 313 or graduate standmg. Hoyman.
.Ed 412. Sanitation of the School Plant. (G) 2 hours spring.
School health standards in lighting, heating, ventilation, schoolroom equil)-
ment, fire protection, water supply, sewage ~isposal, and the school site. Pre-
requisite: Ed 311, 312, 313 or graduate standmg. Hoyman.
Ed 415. Supervised Teaching. 1-12 hours any term (12 hours maximum).
Supervised experience in the many phases of actual teaching. Students should
plan their programs so that one-half day for one term may be devoted to su-
pervised teaching. Shafer.
Ed 431. Developing Appreciation of Literature. 3 hours.
Development of a technique. ~f teachin&: literary appreciation..Practical me~­
ods and materials. PrereqUisite: expenence as a ~eacher of hterature, semor
standing with a major in English, or consent of mstructor. Moll.
Ed 433. Developing Art Appreciation. 3 hours.
The social aims and functions of art. Types of appreciation. Use of classroom
equipment, tests, a~d ref~rence ~te~ial. Prerequisite: experience as a teacher
of art, senior standmg With a major m art, or consent of mstructor. Zane.
Ed 440. History of Education. (G) 3 hours fall.
A general review of the growth and development of education and i~s relati?n
to the civilization of the times; emphasis on development of educational phil-
osophies. Jewell.
Ed 441. Comparative Education. (G) 3 hours winter.
The school systems of the chief countries of the ~odem world, in re~a~ion
to certain vital problems of adjustment-economlc, moral, and pohtlcal.
Special attention to developments since World War I. Jewell.
Ed 460. Psychology of Childhood. (G) 2 hours fall.
Psychological factors in the growth and development of ~he child. ~evelop­
ment of physical activities, speech, mental processes, emotional beha!lor, and
socialized activities. Prerequisite: Ed 312 or General Psychology. Killgallon.
• This course will not count toward the state certification requirement for teachers of
health and physical education. For courses satisfyinl" this requirement see PE 361, 362, 363,
PE 464.
Ed 461. Adolescence: Growth and Development of the IndividuaL (G) 3 hours
fall.
Proct;sses throug~ whi~h the ~ormal human being reach~s maturity, acquires
effective use of hiS bodily equipment and learmng capacity, and makes satis-
factory personal and social adjustments. Prerequisite: Ed 312. Jewell.
Ed 462, 463. Psychology of Exceptional Children. (G) 2 hours each term
winter and spring. '
The slow learner, the gifted, the physically handicapped, the speech defective
the behavior problem, the nonreader, the poor speller, etc. Prerequisite: Ed 3li
or General Psychology. Killgallon.
Ed 464. The Reading Process. (G) 2 hours.
Meanin~ and development of factors related to reading, including perception,
word blmdness, eye movements, rate, comprehension, vocabulary, intelligence
and handedness. Prerequisite: Ed 312 or General Psychology. Killgallon. '
Ed465,466. Diagnostic and Remedial Techniques. (G) 2 hours each term.
Difficulties in reading, spelling, and arithmetic among children at the primary-
and elementary-school levels j reading difficulties of high-school and college
students. Techniques of diagnosis; remedial procedures. Killgallon.
Ed 467. Hygiene of the Child. (G) 3 hours.
Factors of mental, physical, and emotional development which affect the child's
adjustment to school and society j personality defects and disorders; heredity
and environment in the growth of the child. Killgallon.
Ed 468. Hygiene of Learning. (G) 3 hours.
Fa~tors and condi~i?ns whi~h make for mental dev~lopment, incl?ding those
w~lch make for dISIntegration as well as those which make for mtegration.
Killgallon.
Ed 469. Remedial Reading in High School. (G) 3 hours.
Designed for junior and senior high-school teachers. Analysis of reading'
typical reading difficulties of secondary-school children; diagnostic and reme:
dial methods. Killgallon.
Ed 470. The Junior High School. (G) 3 hours.
Causes leadin~. to the d~velopment of the junior high school; special purposes
and Opportunities of thiS type of school; problems of organization, adminis-
tration, and instruction. Stetson.
Ed 471. School Activity Program. (G) 3 hours spring.
Theories involved in extraclass activities; objectives, organization and su-
pervision j student participation in social control; major and minor ~ctivities'
problems of coordination, finance, and teacher personnel. Stetson. '
Ed 472. Basic Course in School Organization. (G) 4 hours fall.
Ed 472, 473, 474 required for all majors in school administration. Ed 472 deals
with or~!1ization of both grade and hi~h schools j emphasis on small system.
PrerequIsite: Ed 311, 312, 313 or teachmg experience. Huffaker, Stetson.
Ed 473. Basic Course in School Administration. (G) 4 hours winter.
Relations of the principal to the school board, school finance, school records
and accounts, school building programs, pupil accounting, the teaching staff.
Prerequisite: Ed 311, 312, 313 or teaching experience. Huffaker, Stetson.
Ed 474. Basic Course in School Supervision. (G) 4 hours spring.
Purpose an~ plans for supervision, use of tests, diagnosis of pupil difficulty,
etc., as applied to both elementary and secondary schools. Prerequisite: Ed
311.312,313 or teaching experience. Huffaker, Stetson.
188 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
,
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 189
Ed 475. Measurement in Secondary Education. (G) 3 hour~.
Construction and desirable uses of various sta!ldard tests and scales for
measuring achievements in secondary-school subjects. Such elements of sta-
tistical method taught as are necessary for intelligent use of the tests. Stetson.
Ed 480. PupU Personnel Work. (G) 3 hours winter. .
Nature and causes of problems in adolescent ~ev~lopment and adjustment;
procedures and techniques in case work; organizatIOn of personnel work; the
qualifications, training, and duties of personnel officers. Stetson.
Ed 485. Foundations of Curriculum. (G) 3 hours. .
The implications of basic social, philosophical, and psychological fac~ors In
curriculum planning and development; appraisal of the present curriculum
and significant proposals for its improvement.
Ed 486. Course-of-Study Construction. (G) 3 hours. . .
General principles o~ <:~urse-of-stu~y c~>nstruction; se~ection and organtT:l~lo~
of materials and activIties; evaluatIOn In terms of puptl growth. PrerequISite.
Ed 485, teaching experience, or consent of instructor.
Ed 487. Unit Construction. (G) 3 hours.
How to plan and teach a unit; study of the unit concept an~ different t~~ of
units; selection, organizati~n, and d~velopment of mater!als and actlvltles.
Prerequisite; Ed 485, teaching experience, or consent of Instructor.
Ed 488. Curriculum Laboratory. (G) 1to 3 hours any term (6 hours maximum) .
Workshop experience for those actively engaged in the production of ~r­
riculum materials. Prerequisite: Ed 485 ; Ed 486 or Ed 487; or consent of in-
structor.
Ed 492. Social Education. (G) 3 hours.
The structure and functioning of society, as a backgro~d. for the st?dy ~d
evaluation of education in its varied forms; the con~rlbutlon o~ SOCiological
principles and findings to the improvement of educational practices. Stetson.
Ed 497. Adult Education. (G) 3 hours. ..' .
History and philosophy of the movement; ItS. alms, rangmg from the ~peclfic­
ally vocational to .t~e cult~ral. Rep.resentatlve work and methods 10 adult
education. PrerequIsite: semor standmg.
GRADUATE COURSES
Coones numbered 400-499 and designated (G) may be taken for graduate credit.
ltd 501. Educational Research. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Members of the faculty will supervise research by qualified grad.uate students.
Registration ~y p~rmission of .t~e faculty member C?r m.embers I~ whose field
the investigatIOn hes. PrereqUisite: graduate standmg In edUcatIon.
Problems in Adult Education. . .
Problems in Affective Phases of Education-Leighton.
Problems in College Teaching-Stetson.
Proble1llS in Curriculum and Instruction. .
Problems in Educational Psychology-Huffaker, Klllgallon.
Problems in History of Education-Jewell, Sheldon.
Problems in Measurements-Huffaker.
Problems in Philosophy of Education--Jewell, Sheldon.
Problems in Pupil Evaluation.
Problems in Remedial Teaching-Killgallon.
Problems in School Administration-Huffaker, Stetson.
Problems in School Finance-Huffaker.
Problems in Secondary Education-Stetson.
Problems in Social or Moral Education-Jewell.
Ed 503. Thesis. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Ed 505. Reading and Conference. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Ed 507. Education Seminar. 1 hour any term.
Students and faculty members investigate and report on problems related to
a central theme chosen for the year. Required for graduate majors' open to
qualified seniors on consent of instructor. Stetson. '
Ed 511. Modern Educational Principles and Problems. 3 hours any term.
A general survey, at graduate level, of recent developments in all fields of
education. Emphasis on an evaluation of current trends in the various fields.
Required of all candidates for the master's degree in education. Huffaker.
Ed 512. Research Procedures and Thesis Writing. 3 hours winter.
The nature and procedures of research in education; the special techniques of
thesis writing. Open to graduate students ma; oring in other fields. Does not
take the place of later individual supervision of thesis. Stetson.
Ed 515, 516, 517. Educational Statistics. 3 hours each term.
Tech!1i~ue in quantitative and experimental methods. Calculus not required.
AdmiSSion after fall term only on consent of instructor. Prerequisite: grad-
uate standing. Huffaker.
Ed 543. History of American Education. 3 hours fall.
The intellectual development of America with special reference to education.
Knowledge of American history prerequisite. Open to seniors on consent of
instructor. Jewell.
Ed 544, 545. History of American Education: Seminar. 3 hours each term.
Intensive study, largely by the seminar method, of the movements and ideal
current during the educational awakening in America, 1815-1870. Prerequi-
site; Ed 543.
Ed 554. Theories of Higher Education. 2 or 3 hours fall.
Concepts of li~eral education, ~cholarship,. cultural and general education;
theory of vocattonal and professIOnal educatton. Open to seniors on consent of
instructor. Stetson.
Ed 555, 556. Curricula and Instruction in Higher Institutions. 2 or 3 hours each
term, winter and spring.
Objectives; organization of courses; curricular plans; techniques of teaching'
evaluation procedures; experimentation in college teaching. Open to senior;
on consent of instructor. Stetson.
Ed 557. The Liberal-Arts College. 2 or 3 hours fall.
Origin and early objectives of the liberal-arts college; present incorporation
in independent colleges, state universities, and junior colleges' curricular de-
velopments. Open to seniors on consent of instructor. Stetson. '
Ed 558. Professional and Vocational Higher Education. 2 or 3 hours winter.
Developm~nt,organization, and functions of land-grant institutions, indepen-
dent techmcal schools, and professional schools; vocational functions of junior
colleges. Open to seniors on consent of instructor. Stetson.
Ed 559. University Education. 2 or 3 hours spring.
The functions of a university; organization, with respect to liberal-arts col-
leges .and professional schools; the graduate school; state systems. Open
to semors on consent of instructor. Stetson.
Ed 561, 562, 563. Advanced Educational Psychology. 2 hours each term.
Review of some modern viewpoints in educational psychology; discussion
of useful experimental material. Prerequisite: graduate standing in educa-
tion. Huffaker.
Ed 564 565 566 Mental Tests. 2 hours each term.Histo~ and principles of mental tests; practice in giv~ng, scor.ing, and inter-
preting group and individual mental tests. Open to quahfied seniors on consent
of instructor. Killgallon.
Ed 570. Intellectual Problems of Education. 3 hours fall. . .
Analysis of the elements of thinking; how education ma~ alter ?r ~ondltJon
them. The relation of sp~cial subject-matter fields to straight thinkmg. Pre-
requisite: graduate standing.
Ed 571, 572. Affective Phases of Education. 3 hours each terr~. winter and
spring. . . .fi f ct
The nature of appreciations, attitudes, ~nd ideals; the!r S!gnl ca~ce aM ah~
of the personality and for s?Cial intelhge~ce and social integration. et
of developing these personahty factors. Leighton.
Ed 586. Philosophy of Education. 3 hours winter. .
Study of the broad fundamental pripciples. and problems of educatIOn, as
evaluated by the various schools of phJ1osophlcal thought. Jewell.
Ed 587. Problems in Philosophy of Education. 3 h~urs spring. .,
The pressing problems in contemporary educatl<~nal theory! prinCipal COll-
temporary educational movements; the philosophies underlying these move-
ments. Jewell.
Ed 588. Modem Educational Philosophers. 3 hours spring.
Study of the more prominent educational philosophers: Bagley. Bode, Clu1ds,
Dewey, Home, Judd, Kilpatrick. Jewell.
190
•
PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
School of Journalism
GIlOIl.Gg STANLF;Y TURNBULL, M.A., Acting Dean of the School of Journalism.
tEII.IC WILLIAM ALLF;N, A.B., Dean of the School of Journalism; Manager of
University Press.
MARGAR£T DICK LAWRANCF;, B.A., Secretary of the School of Journalism.
PROl"F;SSORS: E. W. ALUNt. W. F. G. THACHF;R, TURNBULL.
ASSOCIATt PROJ'F;SSORS: GODFREY·, R. C. HALL, HUI,TllN·, PRIO;:.
ASSISTANT PROFF;SSORS: SCHF;NKt, WF;BB.
INSTRUCTOR: SHORT.
LteTURER: NASH (emeritus).
A DEPARTMENT of journalism was organized at the University in 1912,and was raised to the rank of school in 1916. The School of Journalismhas three purposes: to guide students intending to enter the profession of
journalism toward a broad and liberal education; to provide professional prepara-
tion for the various branches of journalism, advertising, and publishing; and to
contribute, insofar as an educational institution can, to the progress and improve-
ment of the American press. In addition to its professional curriculum the School
of Journalism offers service courses for majors in other fields.
Admission. There are no special requirements for admission to the School
of Journalism, beyond regular University entrance requirements. Enrollment in
Elementary Journalism (J 111, 112, 113) is, however, restricted to students who
rank in the fifth and higher deciles in the entrance placement examination or in
high-school record, or who are admitted by special consent of the instructor. High-
school courses in journalism are not required. The high-school student is advised
to devote himself to obtaining a substantial preparation in Latin, French, or Ger-
man, and in history, science, mathematics, and other solid branches of knowledge.
Skill in typewriting and shorthand is an advantage but not a requirement.
Curriculum. The School of Journalism adheres to the theory that a liberal
education is the best training the University can provide for a journalistic career.
Professional courses are closely correlated with work in the social sciences and in
literature, and are designed and taught as an integral part of a sound cultural edu-
cation. With the advice of the faculty, the journalism major elects a program of
studies in liberal arts and sciences, with courses in history, economics, sociology,
political science, philosophy, science, language, and literature which will give him
a grasp upon the problems of modern life.
Through a carefully organized system of advising, the school supervises the
student's entire program. Somewhat different curricula are planned for different
students after a personal interview and after acquaintance with the individual
student's abilities and ambitions. The three principal types are: (a) for writing
and editing, (b) for publishing and advertising, and (c) for executive manage-
ment. There is also opportunity for specialization in newspaper photography and
in typography and fine printing. A considerable portion of the students in the
.. On leave for military OT civilian war service.
t Deceased MaTch 5, 1944.
t On leave of absence, spring te1"m. 1942·43.
[ 191 ]
192 PROFESSIONAL CHOOLS SCHOOL OF JOURNALISM 193
17-18 17-18 17-18
14-17 14-17 14-17
Description of Courses
Senior Year
N
-Investigatipve Mbleetbod. inSEhditing (J 481, 482, 483)........................................ 5 5 5
e..opaper ro. m. and . op Management (J 411, 412, 413)...................... 3 3 3SDgg~ted. electlves--:-F;ngllob Novel, Am.erican Novel, Typography, E ••
ttma~I"8" ~n. Printing Job~, Internattonal Trade, International Eco.
nomiC PoliCies, «;:onservation of Natural Reso\lfces, Economic Prob.
1emo of .the Pacific, .Recent Germany Recent Russia, Europe oince
1919, Hls~orY of China and Japan, international Organization and
World PolitiCO 6-8 6-8 6-8
4
3
2
3-4 10--11
3
2
4-5
r-Term hoqra-----,
F W S
3 3 3
2 2 2
3
Jqnior Year
~~~Jhfn~(Ylj~~~j~~W6):::::::::::::=:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::....
p~~caF~~ertt~Wlr 11 ~39) ::::~:~ff~~P~:~;(l2i)s?:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
S~~e~:d ele:~llo~2e~, 4~~nt~~:'a-':"d"E~';'-;;;;;i~"c~i;;;,"'P:;;bii;;"Ff:
nance, I.:abor Problem., Twentletb.Century Literature, Criticism
Europe .lDce 1815, Cbaracter and Personality, Criminology, Philo.';
phy .
LOwllR-DIVISION COURSllS
JIll, 112, 113. Elementary Journalism. 2 hours each term.
~he American newspaper; its place in the social order; its methods and tech-
mques. Fundamentals of reporting, interviewing news analysis note taking
news gathering, news writing. Price, Turnbull. ' , ,
Eng 213,214,215. Short-Story Writing. 2 hours each term.
Desi~~ed to develop proficiency in the art of writing the short story. Pre-
requIsite: consent of Il1structor. Thacher.B.A., B.s., B.1., M.A., M.S. Degrees
Suggested Curriculum. in Journalism
school have had practical experience in newspaper work before coming to the
University. Such students are not required to repeat training they have already
had, beyond a term to ascertain whether their training has been sound, but are
directed to courses best suited to their stage of development.
Groups of advanced students write and edit a complete newspaper each day.
These class papers cover the city of Eugene intensively in competition with
Eugene's daily paper. They receive the news of the world over the Asso-
ciated Press and the United Press wires. They also use news, feature, and picture
services supplied to the school by Science Service, N.E.A., I.N.S., etc. The stu-
dents maintain a mat file from which illustrations may be obtained. Daily editorials
are prepared. In short, the whole job of a newspaper editorial office is carried
out, under the guidance and constructive criticism of instructors. J ournalisrn
students also get valuable practical experience through working on the ORllGON
DAILY EMllRALD, the University student paper.
Courses in advertising are offered by the School of Journalism in cooperation
with the School of Business Administration.
Equipment. The School of J oumalism is located in the Journalism Building,
a three-story brick structure erected in 1922. The school owns a liberal supply
of typewriters for the use of journalism students. It has several copy desks, one
being a testimonial gift from the newspapers of Oregon, expressing appreciation
of the work of the school. Current files of many newspapers are kept in the school
library. Teletype equipment has been recently installed.
Students in typography and newspaper-management courses do their labora-
tory work at the University Press, a model printing plant established specifically
for instruction in journalism. The Press is housed in a separate building, erected
near the Journalism Building in 1925. The John Henry Nash Fine Arts Press,
a department of the University Press devoted to fine printing, is endowed by the
State Editorial Association.
Freohman Year
3--4 3-4 3--4
3 3 3
4-6 4--4 4-6
1 1 1
1 1 1
---------
14-17 14-17 14-17
Conrses marked (-) are required of all majors. Otbero are suggested by the adviRr after
consideration of the otudent'. needs.
r-Term boun------,
F W S
Elementary Journalism (] 111, 112, 113).......................................................... 2 2 2
Survey of Englisb Literature (Eng 101, 102, 103); or Pbysical·Science
Socij~:~c~~~.~..~.~.~:..~.~~~.~~~!.::=::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::=::::=::::::::::::::::::::::=::::
Foreign language, mathematics, or philosophy .
Physical Education _ .
Military Science (men) or Health Education (women) .
Sophomore Yesr
Backgrounds of Publishing (] 311, 312, 313).................................................... 3 2 2
Foreign language or social science (hIstory, economico, sociology, politi·
cal science, !l"eography, psychology, pbilosopby)........................................ 4 4 4
Pbysical EducatIOn _ _.......... 1 1 1
Military Science (men) 1 1 1
Suggested electives-Shakespeare, Literature of tbe Modern World, Sbort
Story, Principles of Economics, World History, English History,
American Governments, General Psychology, General Sociology,
General Anthropology _ _ _ _. 6-9 6-1. 6-11J
------
15..18 14-18 1....18
UPPtR-DIVISION COURStS
J 305. Reading and Conference. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Individual work with honors students to meet special situations such as desire
to pursue some specialty inte~sively, desire to work by other than classroom
methods, and deSire to pursue mdependent research.
J 311. Backgrounds of Publishing. 3 hours fall.
Pri~ting: history, t~ditions, techniques. Graphic-art processes: art mediums,
etchmg, halftones, itthography, offset, gravure. Laboratory. Hall, Short.
J 312. Backgrounds of Publishing. 2 or 3 hours winter.
Ne~spaper advertising:. local, ~e~eral, classified, legal. Techniques of space
sellmg. Elementary retail advertlsmg: layout, copy, use of mat services, rates
contracts. Laboratory. Hall, Short. '
J 313. Backgrounds of PUblishing. 2 or 3 hours spring.
Wee.kly newspaper management:. income sources, newspaper-business law,
o~cl~1 newspapers, P?stal regulatIOns, newspaper merchandising, commercial
prmtmg, cost accountmg and bookkeeping. Laboratory. Hall, Short.
----,---:-c;-
I Advertioing otudents take Reporting in tbe oophomore year.
194 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF JOURNALISM 195
J 331, J32, 333. Reporting. 3 hours each term.
Study of community affairs, courts, and public offices. News sources. Cover-
age by students of local news in competition with local newspaper. Work: of
city editor and rewrite man. Telephone reporting. Price, Turnbull. . •
J 334, 335, 336. Copyediting. 2 hours each term.
Students serve in rotation as copyreader, news editor, exchange editor, librar~
ian. Analysis of news, study of news values. Editing and headline writing.
Copy furnished by Reporting class and by wire services. Price, Turnbull.
J 401. Research. Terms and hours to be arranged.
J 405. Reading and Conference. Terms and hours to be arranged.
J 407. Seminar. Terms and hours to be arranged.
J 411, 412, 413. Newspaper Problems and Shop Management. (G) 3 hours each
rerm. .
Managerial problems of country and small city newspapers; advertising aDd
rate structures; circulation promotion and audits;. financing and evaluating
newspapers; newspaper accounting; equipment; etc. Short.
J 420. Law of the Press. (G) 3 hours.
Libel,right of privacy, contempt of court, literary property (including copy-
right), constitutional guarantee of freedom of the press, Federal regulations;
other phases of law bearing on the press. Price.
J 421, 422, 423. Articles and Features. (G) 2 hours each term.
Writing magazine and Sunday articles. Literary markets. The use of phot~
graphs, drawings, diagrams, maps, etc. Students expected to sell some of
their products. Allen, Price.
J 424. History of Journalism. (G) 3 hours winter.
The newspaper, the pamphlet, and the magazine during the last three hundred
years, in relation to their economic, social, and political background. The news
and interpretative functions of screen and radio. Turnbull.
J 439. General Advertising. (G) 3 hours any term.
Advertising as a factor in the distributive process; the advertising agency;
the "campaign" ; the function of research and testing; the use of media; news-
papers, magazines, broadcasting, outdoor advertising, direct mail, etc. Thacher.
J 440. Advertising Production. (G) 3 hours fall or winter.
Instruction and practice in the preparation of advertisements, with emphasis
on writing advertising copy and designing simple layouts. A brief study of
typography, and of the mechanics of printing and engraving. Thacher.
J 443. Space Selling. (G) 3 hours.
The salesmanship of advertising, including a description of the organization
and methods of the advertising department of newspapers and other publica-
tions. Not offered 1944-45.
J 444. Advertising Problems. (G) 3 hours spring.
The student is given an opportunity to cultivate his judgment through con-
sideration of actual marketing and merchandising problems, in the solution oi
which advertising may be a factor. Thacher.
J 445, 446, 447. Retail Advertising. (G) 1 hour each term.
Study of management problems of the retail advertising department. Ad-
vanced practice in layout, copy, and production of retail advertising for news-
papers, radio, and direct mail. Prerequisite: J 439,440. Short, Thacher.
J 451, 452, 453. Graphic Journalism. 2 hours each term.
Limited to selected upper-division majors. Instruction in the use of the camera
to enable the student to take news pictures. Study of the use of pictures in
the press. Webb.
J 459, 460. Principles of Journalism. (g) 2 hours fall and winter.
!m adva~ced study. of the press, intended for nonmajors preparing for careers
m educa~lonal, ?usmess, O!' governmental administration, social work, group
leadershIp, phYSIcal educatIon, etc. Prerequisite: senior standing. Price.
J 461. Influence and Measurement of Public Opinion. (G) 2 hours spring.
Infl~ence of ?pinion by newspaper, magazine, motion picture, and radio; soci-
?logtcal, pohtlcal, .a!1d psychologIcal principles involved. Techniques of opin-
Ion polls. PrerequIsIte: J 459, 460 or senior standing in journalism. Price.
J 464, 465, 466. Typography. 1 hour each term.
Advanced work in printing. Prerequisite: J 311, 312,313. Hall, Nash.
J 471,472. Estimating on Printing Jobs. 1 hour each term.
Elective for seniors who expect to work in smaller cities. Prerequisite'
courses in publishing and printing. Hall. .
J 481,482,483. Investigative Methods in Editing. (G) 5 hours each term.
Discovery of enlightened opinion on public affairs. Application of social sci-
enc~s to pr~blems ~f the day.. Editorial writing. Broadcasting. Methods by
whIch an edItor attams authentic points of view. Allen.
GRADUATll COURSES
Courses numbered 400·499 and designated (G) or (g) may be taken for graduate «edit.
J 503. Thesis. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Allen.
J 505. Reading and Conference. Terms and hours to be arranged.
J 507. Seminar. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Fo~ students having the necessary preparation for specialized original investi-
gation. Allen.
SCHOOL OF LAW 197
School of Law
ORLANDO JOHN HOLLIS, B.S., J.D., Acting Dean of the School of Law.
tWAYN!t LYMAN MORS!t, LL.B., J.D., Dean of the School of Law.
LOIS INMAN BAK!tR, M.A., Law Librarian.
LOIS J!tAN POTTER, Secretary to the Dean.
PROF!tSSORS: HOLLIS, HOWARD", MORS!t, SP!tNC!tR*, ]. D. BARNETT (emeritus).
ASSOCIAT!t PROF!tSSOR : O'CONN!tLL.
ASSISTANT PROF!tSSOR: HARTWIG*.
SPItCIAL L!tCTUR!tR: RAY.
THE University of Oregon School of Law was established in 1884 as a nightlaw school in the city of Portland. It was moved to the Eugene campus in1915, and reorganized as a regular division of the University. At that time
entrance requirements were increased from high-school graduation to two years
of college work. The School of Law was admitted to the Association of American
Law Schools in December 1919; the standards of the school were approved by the
American Bar Association in August 1923.
Admission to the School of Law. Under the rules of the Association of Amer-
ican Law Schools member schools must "require of all candidates for any degree
at the time of the commencement of their law study the completion of one-half of
the work acceptable for a bachelor's degree granted on the basis of a four-year
period of study by the state university or the principal colleges or universities
in the state where the law school is located." The University of Oregon School of
Law requires, in addition, the fulfillment of all requirements for the Junior Cer-
tificate, granted by the University on the completion of lower-division work.
The attention of students intending to transfer to the University from
other institutions and to enter the School of Law is called to the following Uni-
versity regulation: Every person applying for admission to the University
must submit complete records of all school work beyond the eighth grade. For
failure to submit complete records, the University may cancel the student's
registration. This regulation applies to work taken at other law schools,
whether or not the student wishes to transfer credit.
Prelegal Curriculum. Students planning to enter upon the professional study
of the law are required to complete a minimum of two years of prelegal work.
Those who are in a position to do so are advised to spend three years in prelegal
work. In either case, a prelegal student should arrange a program of study which
will meet all the general University requirements for the Junior Certificate by the
end of the second year. In addition to general University requirements, the pre-
legal student is required to complete Constructive Accounting (BA 111, 112, 113).
Upon entering the University, each prelegal student is assigned an adviser
from the faculty of the School of Law. A prelegal student is allowed considerable
freedom of choice in selecting his courses, as long as his program provides a sub-
stantial cultural background. The prelegal adviser, after considering the student's
* On leave for military or civilian war service.
t Resigned January 27, 1944.
[ 196]
high-school record and any available evidence of his native abilities will assist
him in working out a program of study that will provide such a backgr~und.
Law students may, under University regulations, count a maximum of 48
term hours (a year's work) in professional law courses toward fulfillment of the
requirements for a baccala?reate degree. A student taking three years of prelegal
work may, therefore, obtam the B.A., B.S., or B.B.A. degree at the end of his
first year in. the School of Law (fourth year in the University), provided all other
degree requIrements are met.
Registration and Fee•• Law students register and pay their fees at the time
set in the University calendar for undergraduate registration. Students who have
not completed all work for a bachelor's degree pay the regular undergraduate
registration fees. Law students who have earned the bachelor's degree pay the
graduate fee, but are not allowed an extension of time for registration and payment
of fees, as are regular graduate students.
Degree. and Graduation Requirements. The School of Law offers standard
curricula leading to the Bachelor of Laws and Doctor of Jurisprudence degrees.
A total of at least three years' resident study in this or in some other law school
of recognized standing is required of every applicant for a degree, at least one
year of which must be spent at this University. The School of Law reserves the
right to withhold recommendation for a degree for any student who, in the opinion
of the faculty of the school, does not possess the character and abilities essential
to the maintenance of the public trust with which the legal profession is vested.
Bachelor of Laws. Students who have met the requirements for the Junior
Certificate in this University, or the equivalent in another institution of rec-
ognize? collegiate rank, and who have successfully completed courses in law ag-
gregatmg 120 hours and have otherwise satisfied the requirements of the University
and of the School of Law, will be granted the degree of Bachelor of Laws (LL.B.).
For the LL.B. degree the student must have a minimum grade average of Cover
the full three years of his work in the School of Law.
Doctor of Jurisprudence. The degree of Doctor of Jurisprudence (J.D.) will
be granted to students who, in addition to fulfilling the requirements for an LL.B.
degree:
(1) Obtain (at I~st one year before completing work for the law degree) the Bachelor
of Arts, Bachelor of SCience, or Bachelor of Business Administration dClfree or an equivalent
degree from this University or some other institution of recognized collegIate 'rank.
(2) Earn a minimum average grade of,B in the School of Law.
. .(3) Complete 3 term hours in Thesis (L 503>. involving the pret'aration under the
dIrection of the faculty of the School of Law, of a thesis or series of legal Writings ofhigh merit.
. (4) Comply with such other requirements as the law faculty may from time to time
lDIpose.
Transferred Credit. A student as a rule may transfer not to exceed two
year~ of credit earned in other law schools of recognized standing, provided the
credIt was earned subsequent to the completion of the prescribed two years of
academic work. The right to rej ect any and all such credit is reserved.
In determining whether a student who transfers credits from another law
school has complied with the minimwn grade average of C required for the LL.B.
degree, the following rules are applied :
. (1) If the grades.of the student earned elsewhere, when expressed in terms of the Uni.
verslty of Oregon gradlDg system, are not equivalent to a grade of C· then both the grades
earned elsewhere and the g~!Ies earned at the University wi11 be con~idered in determining
whether the student has a minImum average of C.
(2) If the grades earned elsewhere, when expressed in terms of the Univeraity ,rading
s>:stem, are !'qual t? or bette~ ~han a grade of C. then only the grades earned at the UDlversity
wJ1l be cODSldered In determInIng whether the student has a minimum average of C.
198 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF LAW 199
In determining whether a student who transfers credit from another law
school has complied with the minimum grade average of B required for the J.D.
degree, the following rules are applied :
(l) If the andes earned elsewhere, when expressed in terms of the University grading
Iystem are not equivalent to a grade of B, then both the grades earned elsewhere and the
grades'ea=ed at the University will be considered in determining whether the student baa •
minimum average of B.
(2) If the Krades earned elsewhere, when expressed in terms of the University ,ra<ii;ae
Iy.tern are equal to or better than a grade of B, then only the grades earned at the UnIverSIty
..ill be'eonoldered in determinlng whether the Itudent bas a minimum average of B.
Facilities. The School of Law is housed in Fenton Hall, a three-story brick
structure, with a fireproof annex in which the Law Library is located. Fenton
Hall named in honor of the late William David Fenton, Oregon attorney and
benefactor of the school, was formerly the University Library. The building was
extensively remodeled in 1938 to provide a permanent home for the School of Law.
The Law Library contains more than 31,778 volumes. Its collections include
gifts from the libraries of Lewis Russell, Judge Matthew P. Deady, Judge Robert
Sharp Bean, Judge W. D. Fenton, and S. D. Allen. Judge Fenton's gift, known as
the Kenneth Lucas Fenton Memorial Library, contains about 8,000 volumes. The
Robert Sharp Bean Memorial Library contains about 1,000 volumes.
Oregon Law Review. The OIlEGON LAW REVttw is publis?ed quarterly under
the editorship of the faculty of the School of Law, as a servIce to the members
of the Oregon bar and as a stimulus to legal research and productive scholarship
on the part of students.
Order of the Coif. The Order of the Coif, national law-school honor society,
maintains a chapter in the University of Oregon School of Law. The Order of
the Coif was founded to encourage high scholarship, and to advance the ethical
standards of the legal profession. Members are selected by the faculty during
the spring term each year from the ten per cent of the third-year class who rank
highest in scholarship. Character, as well as scholarship, is considered in selecting
students to membership.
Phi Delta Phi Lecture Series. A series of lectures by prominent members
of the Oregon bar is sponsored each year in the School of Law by Phi Delta Phi,
professional legal fraternity. Through these lectures, the school is able to present
to law students many special topics and problems of the profession which do not
fall within the scope of any of the regular courses.
Prizes and Awards. The following prizes and awards are given annually
to students in the School of Law: American Law Book Prizes; Bancroft-Whitney
Prize; Nathan Burkan Memorial Prizes; Lawyers Cooperative Prizes. For de-
scriptions see pages 72-73.
Description of Courses
The School of Law assumes that its primary d.dy is o'wed to the people r1 the
stale of Oregon. Fo,. Ihis reason, special emphasis is placed on O,.egon substantive
law and on 0,.e,90" procedure. E(Uh course is organised to give the student a
thorOtlgh foandotioll in the fundamental principles of the common la·w. and Oft
understaMing of the modification of common-low principles in O,.egon by jlldicial
decisio1ls and staflties.
The curriculum is arranged as for as possible to present the fUJldame1ltal topics
'of the low duriItg the first year, OM the more specialised subjects during the
second and third years.
FIRST-YEAR COURSEs
L 412, 413, 414. Contracts. 3 hours each tenn.
Formation of simple contracts; consideration; third-party beneficiaries; as-
signments; the Statute of Frauds; performance and breach; illegality; dis-
charge. Costigan, Cases on Contr(Uts (3rd edition). Hollis.
L 417. Criminal Procedure. 3 hours.
Jurisdiction; venue; initiating prosecution; arrest, extradition, preliminary
hearing, bail, grand juries, indictment, arraignmehts; trial and proceedings
after verdict. Mikell, Cases on Criminal Procedure. Not offered 1944-45.
L 418. Legal Bibliography. 1 hour fall.
Legal reference materials; legislative enactments; judicial precedents; classes
of law books; training in their mechanical use. Baker.
L 419. Common-Law Procedure. 4 hours fall.
Introductory study of procedure in actions at law. The court system; methods
6f trial and appellate review;· detailed study of common-law actions and plead-
ings.Keigwin, Cases in Common Law Pleading (2nd edition). Hollis.
L 420, 421. Rights in Land. 3 hours each term, winter and spring.
Estates in land; concurrent ownership; remainders, reversions; uses, executory
. interests; perpetuities; descent; air space; nuisance; lateral support; waters;
easements; licenses; profits. Bigelow, Cases on Rights in Land. O'Connell.
L 422, 423, 424. Torts. 3 hours each term.
Intentional invasions of interests of personalty and property; negligence, caus-
ation, plaintiff's fault as a bar to recovery; fraud and deceit: defamation;
trover and conversion. Bohlen, Cases ~ Torts (3rd edition). O'Connell.
L 425, 426. Criminal Law. 3 hours each term, fall and winter.
Nature of crime; source of criminal law ; mental element; intent and motive;
parties; the act; attempts; specific crimes; felonious intent; jurisdiction.
Harno, Cases on Criminal Law (2nd edition). Ray,
L 428. Personal Property. 3 hours spring.
Possession of unappropriated or abandoned chattels, lost chattels, bailments,
liens, pledges, accession and confusion, gifts, fixtures. Fraser, Cases ond
Readings on Property (vol. II). O'Connell.
L 429. Equity I. 3 hours winter.
General nature and scope of equity; injunctions; historical introduction;
powers of courts of equity; principles governing the exercise of equitable
pOwers. Cook, Cases on Equity (3rd edition). Hollis.
SECOND-YEAR COUllSES
L 431. Code Pleading. 4 hours fall
(a) Code pleading-actions; parties; the complaint; demurrers; the answer;
the reply. (b) Procedure before trial. Sunderland, Cases and Malerials ()IJ Cod,-
Pleading. Hollis.
L 432. Titles. 4 hours fall.
Methods of conveyancing; deeds-writing, signature, seal, delivery, accept•.
ance; surrender; description; rents; covenants; estoppel by deed ; recording.
Kirkwood, Cases on Conveya1lCes (2nd edition). O'Connell.
L 434. Equity II. 4 hours spring.
General scope of remedy of specific performance fulfillment of conditions.
express and implied; Statute of Frauds; equitable conversion; defenses to.
specific performance. Cook, Cases on Eqvily (3rd edition).
200 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
SCHOOL OF LAW 201
L 436, 437. Billa and Notes. 3 hours fall, 2 hours winter.
The Negotiable Instrume~t~ Law; operative facts of ne~ot~~i~ity; trans.fer,
holders in due course, equItIes; the contractual element, IlabllJtles of parties;
discharge. Britton, Cases on Law of Bills and Notes (3rd edition).
L 439. Creditor's Rights. 4 hours spring.
Enforcement of judgments; attachment, garnishment; fraudulent conveyances;
assignments' creditors' agreements; receivership; bankruptcy. Hanna and
McLaughlin: Cases on Creditors Rights (3rd edition).
L 440. Insurance. 3 hours.
Insurance organizations; state supervision; insurable interest;. risk, warran-
ties, representation, concealment; coverage; the contract; waIver, estoppel;
elections; claims. Not offered 1944-45.
L 444. Quasi Contracts. 3 hours.
Obligations not contractual in fact but enforced as such, including such topics
as payment of money by mistake, duress, or fraud, and waiver of tort. Wood-
ruff, Cases on Quasi Contracts (3rd edition). Not offered 1944-45.
L 446. Domestic Relations and Persons. 3 hours spring.
Rights duties, liabilities, and privileges existing in the relationships of parent
and child, infancy, husband and wife, marriage, divorce, and separation. Mad-
den, Cases on Domestic Relations.
L 447; 448. Partnership and Corporations. 4 hours winter, 3 hours spring.
Partnerships, limited partnerships, joint-stock associations, business trusts,
corporations; powers of management; claims against the enterprise; solvent
dissolution. Magill and Hamilton, Cases on Business Organization (vol. II).
O'Connell.
L 450..Agency. 3 hours fall. .. .
Nature of; creation; agent's duty to principal; rights of agent against princi-
pal; claims of third persons; ratification; undisclosed principal; termination.
Magill and Hamilton. Cases on Business Organization (vol. I).
L 451. Mortgages. 3 hours winter.
Real and chattel; legal and equitable; title, possession, rents and profits, waste,
foreclosure; redemption; priorities; marshalling; extension; assigrunent; di,-
charge. Osborne, Cases on Property Security. O'Connell.
L 452,453. Sales ~f Personal Property. 3 hours winter, 2 hours spring,
The transaction; the' Statute of Frauds; transfer of property; acquisition of
property rights by third persons; documents of title; financing methods; rights
and duties of parties. Bogert and Britton, Cases on Sales. Hollis.
TH IRl>-YEAR COURSES
L 456. Willa! 3,hours spring.
Testamentary capacity and intent; execution; incorporation by .. reference;
revocation; republication, revival; grant and revocation of probate; powers of
executors and administrators; debts and legacies. Costigan, Cases on Wills.
L 45'7. Damages. 3 h.ours. .. .
General principle~; procedural application; nominal and.~emplary ;compen-
satory; avoidable consequences; certainty; liquidated; damages in particular
actions. Crane, Cases on Damages. Not offered 1944-45.
L 458, 459.· Conftict of. Laws. 3 hours each term, wi,nter and spring.
Theoretical basis of·decisions; jurisdiction; foreign judgment$; rights under
foreign law in torts, contracts, sales, security transactions, business organiza-
tions, family law. Lorenzen, Cases on Conflict of Laws (4th edition). Hollis.
L 460, 461. Trial Practice. 3 hours each term, winter and spring.
, J urisd~ction; ve!lue; procc:ss; j~ents; juries; introduction of evidence;
exceptIOns; findmgs; verdIcts; motIOns after verdict. Viesselman Cases and
Materials on Trial Practice. Moot court spring term. Hollis. '
L 463. Water Rights. 3 hours.
Riparian rights; pri<;lr. a:pp.ropriation; .us.e; P?lution; ~ge as prerequisite
to a cau~e of actl.on; Inltlatmg appropriatIOn rights; prioritIes; loss and trans-
fer; dramage. Bmgham, Cases on Water Rights. Not offered 1944-45.
L 464. Appellate Practice and Federal Practice. 3 hours.
The jurisdiction and procedure of appellate and Federal courts Not offered
1944-45. .
L 467. Administrative Law. 3 hours spring.
H~s!ory ~nd d~velopment; c~ea~ion, purpose, personnel, powers, duties of ad-
mmlstratlve tribunals; constitutIOnal and legal limitations . review' procedure.
Stason, Cases and Materials on Administrative Tribunals.'O'C~ll.
L 468. Suretyship. 3 hours fall.
Formation of the contract; the surety's defenses' the surety's rights· exon-
eration, indemnity, subrogation, contribution. A:.ant Cases 0fI the Law of
Suretyship and Guaranty (2nd edition). '
L 470. Jurisprudence. 3 hours.
Schools of jurisprudence: natural-law, historical, idealistic utilitarian social-funct~onal: prag~atic, analytical; logic and law; law and ~ial scienc'e. Hall,
ReadIngs In lu,.,sj>n4dence. Not offered 1944-45.
L 471. Legislation. 3 hours spring.
Gr<;lwt~ and provin~ of. legislation ; forms; reform legislation; limitations on
legIslation; the legIslatIve process and constitutional control' initiative and
referendum; drafting; interpretation; curative legislation. '
L 472. Trusts. 4 hours fall.
N~ture of trust; express, resulting, and constructive; charitable' cestui's rem-
edles; transfer of trust property; liability of trustee; investment· extinguish-
ment. Scott, Cases on Trusts (3rd edition). O'Connell. •
L 474. Admiralty. 3 hours.
Jurisdiction; mariti!Ue Ii,,:ns; rights of maritime workers; affreightment con-
tracts; charter parties; pIlotage; towage; salvage' general average' collision
and limitation of liability; procedure. Not offered 1944-45. '
L 475. Probate Administration. 3 hours.
Executors and administrators; settlement of estate' notice to creditors inven-
t?ry an~ aI?pra.isement, collection and care of asset;, taxes, payment of'obliga-
tlons, dIstributIOn. Not offered 1944-45.
L 476. Labor Law. 3 hours.
History; combina!ions; le~islative interf~rence; strikes; trade agreements;
boycotts; Federal mterventlon; employer mterference. Landis, Cases on Labor
Law. Not offered 1944-45.
L 477. Legal Ethics. 1 hour winter.
Organization of bench and bar; functions of the legal profession in the admin-
!st~t.ion of. justise; illegitim~te .legal practices; canons of professional and
JudICIal ethICS. HICks, OrganIzatIon and Ethics of Bench and Bar.
L 478, 479. Evidence. 3 hours each term, fall and winter.
Presum~tions; burde!l <;If proof; judi~ial notice; hearsay, opinion, and char-
acter eVldenc~; admIssIons; real eVIdence; best-evidence rule; parole-evi-
dence rule; wItnesses. Morgan and Maguire, Cases on Evidence. O'Connell.
202 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
L 481. Trade Regulation. 3 hours.
Intimidating and molesting, disparaging competitor's goods or services, ap-
propriating trade values, inducing breach of contracts, boycotting,unfair
price practices, unfair advertising. Not offered 1944-45.
L 482. Taxation. 4 hours winter.
Purposes for which taxes may be levied; distribution of tax burden; jurisdic-
tion' taxes: property, inheritance, estate, income, franchise, excise; collection;
rem~ies.Magill and Maguire, Cases on Taxation (3rd edition).
L 484. Constitutional Law. 4 hours fall.
Constitutions: written and unwritten; adoption and amendment; relations
between Federal and state governments; legislative, executive, and judiciary;
the individual and the government.
L 487..Law of Municipal Corporations. 3 hours.
The nature, constitution, powers, and liabilities of municipal corporations.
Casebook to be selected.
L SOl. Legal Research. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Open to third-year students, by special arrangement only. The student works
under the supervision of the instructor in whose field the problem is selected.
Not more than 3 hours per term or a total of 9 hours' credit may be earned.
L 503. Thesis. Terms and hours to be arranged.
A maximum total of 3 hours' credit may be earned.
Medical School
DAVID W. E. BAIRD, M.D., Dean of the Medical School.
RICHARD BENJAMIN DILLtHUNT, M.D., Dean Emeritus of the Medical School.
RALF COUCH, A.B., Executive Secretary of the Medical School.
THE University of Oregon Medical School, located in Portland, was estab-lished in 1887. Since 1913, when the medical department of Willamette Univer-sity was merged with the University of Oregon Medical School, it has been
the only medical school in the Pacific Northwest.
Curriculum in Medicine. The Medical School, which is rated Class A by
the American Medical Association, offers a standard professional curriculum in
medicine leading to the M.D. degree. Since facilities for instruction provide for
the acceptance of only a limited number of applicants, completion of premedical
requirements does not guarantee admission to the Medical School.
A student entering the Medical School without a Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor
of Science degree must complete the work required for one of these degrees in the
Oregon State System of Higher Education, or in the institution at which he
received his premedical preparation, before entering upon the work of the third
year in the Medical School.
The University of Oregon, Oregon State College, and most of the colleges
and universities of the Pacific Northwest recognize credit earned by a student
during his first year at the Medical School as credit earned in residence toward
the bachelor's degree.
A suggested premedical curriculum for students planning to enter the Medical
School is presented under COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS in this Catalog.
For the duration of the war, premedical and professional medical curricula
have been accelerated and correlated with Army and Navy programs of medical
training.
Curricula in Nursing Education. As an integral part of the Medical School,
the Department of Nursing Education offers a four-year curriculum leading to '
the B.A. or B.S. degree in nursing education. The first four terms of the curriculwn
are taken either at the University of Oregon, Eugene, or at the State College,
Corvallis; the last eleven terms are taken at the Medical School. The department
also offers advanced curricula leading to certificates in public health nursing,
obstetrical nursing, orthopaedic nursing, pediatric nursing, surgical nursing, and
nursing supervision.
A suggested preparatory curriculum for students planning to study nursing
education is printed under COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS in this Catalog.
Medical School Catalog. A separate catalog, containing detailed informa-
tion on organization, faculty, facilities, requirements, and curricula of the Medical
School, including the Department of Nursing Education, may be obtained on
request,
[ 203 ]
SCHOOL OF MUSIC 205
School of Music
TBEOOORJl KRATT, Mus.M., Mus.D., Dean of the School of Music.
GLADYS W. HAY, Secretary to the Dean.
PROI'l:SSORS: EVANS, HOPKINS, KRATT, McGREW, NILSStN, ]ANt THACHER, REX
UNm;RWOOD.
ASSOCIATIt PROFESSORS: GARNltTT, AURORA P. UNDERWOOD.
ASSISTANT PaOn:SSORS: ARTAU, ELSTON, SnHN.
INSTRUCTORS: C. R. BUBB, CALKINS, SORENSON.
ASSISTANT: ]UNGltRS.
ADEPARTMENT of music was established at the University of Oregon. in 1886. The School of Music was organized in 1902. The school was ad-mitted to membership in the National Association of Schools of Music in
1930. Requirements for entrance and for graduation are in accordance with the
standards of the association.
The University of Oregon undertakes through the School of Music the pro-
fessional and cultural training of talented young men and women in the field of
music. The curricula include not only systematic and progressive instruction in
the structure, history, appreciation, and practice of music, but also instruction in
those branches of higher learning which bear most directly upon music, and without
a knowledge of which success in the higher domain of music is impossible.
Instruction is offered in the following fields: organ; piano; violin; cello;
harp; orchestral and band instruments; voice; instrumental and choral conducting;
composition; structure, history, and. appreciation of music; public-school music.
The instruction is designed to meet the requirements of: (I) students whose major
interests lie in a complete mastery of the subject; (2) those who are studying music
as a secondary subject; and (3) those either in the School of Music or in other
departments in the University who wish to add to their enjoyment of music and to
the enrichment of their lives through the re-creation of music for their own satis-
faction.
The School of Music seeks to develop not only performers but also musicians.
On the practical side, stress is laid on everything that can contribute to an ab-
solute mastery of the instrument from the purely technical point of view.
Technique, however, is looked upon as a means rather than an ;end. Notice is
taken of the fundamental defects in most preliminary instruction, and suitable
remedies are provided.
The work outlined in the various curricula, weiland faithfully performed,
augmented by ,experience and continued serious study, will provide a substantial
foundation upon which to build a professional career.
Equipment. The School of Music is housed in abuilding especially planned
for musical instruction. The walls are of double construction, padded to minimize
sound interference. In the studio wing are ten studios with Steinway grand
pianos, thirteen practice rooms with standard upright pianos, a lecture room
seating about 80, an ensemble room, and offices. Another wing contains
[ 204 ]
an auditorium (seating about 600 and with stage accommodations for tl5 persOll5) ,
a lounge, a sun parlor, and an enclosed promenade. The auditorium is equipped with
a Steinway concert grand piano and a four-manual Reuter organ.
A room in the Music Building has been equipped as a music library. The room
contains a Steinway grand piano, a Capehart reproducing machine, 824 records,
251 scores, and 129 volumes of musical biography, criticism, etc., given to the
University by the Carnegie Corporation; the Phi Beta library of rare scores; and
the Mu Phi library of recorded music.
In addition to the Carnegie gift, the School of Music owns three reproducing
machines, a recording instrument, two radios, a baloptican, approximately 800
records, 500 books, and 3,000 scores.
Musical Organiutions. The University Choral Union, the University Sym-
phony Orchestra, the University Band, and smaller ensembles offer membership to
all students in the University who can qualify. These organizations afford un-
usually good opportunities, under the direction of members of the faculty of the
School of Music, for sight reading and for experience in choral, orchestral, and
band routine. The value of thorough and careful study of a large amount of choral
and instrumental literature through membership in such organizations cannot be
overestimated by the serious student of music.
Concerts and Recitals. Every opportunity possible is given to students to
hear good music and to acquire the experience of public appearance. Faculty and
student recitals are presented throughout the year. Concerts are given by the
musical organizations listed above. In 1942-43, the Choral Union, the University
Symphony Orchestra, and student soloists presented Purcell's "King Arthur" and
Wagner's "Tannhauser."
The Associated Students of the University bring artists of international fame
to the campus each year for concerts. The following artists appeared under the
auspices of the Associated Students in 1943-44: Marj orie Lawrence, Roth String
Quartet, Piatagorsky, Pinza, Bidu Sayao.
Admission to the School of Music. In addition to the University require-
ments for admission to freshman standing, students must have completed sufficient
preparatory study in music to enable them to carry the work outlined for the
freshman year of the particular curriculum in which they are interested.
Degrees. The Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science, and Bachelor of Music
degrees are granted by the School of Music. Graduates of the School of Music, or
of other institutions offering equivalent work, may register in the Graduate Di-
vision for graduate work in music leading to the following advanced degrees:
Master of Arts, Master of Science, or Master of Music.
Graduation Requirements. Candidates for the degrees offered by the School
of Music must comply with the University regulations as to residence and regis-
tration, and complete the work of one of the curricula outlined.
In the senior year, candidates for the Bachelor of Music degree are required
to present a public recital, including the following :
Ort/a.. Sittderoll. Passacaglia and fugue bl Bacb; sonatas by Guilmant; movemeata hOlD
sympbonies by Widor and Vierne; and selectIons from the more important works of modern
eomposen.
Pi.,", SI.dndl. A concerto or chamber music of advanced dlJlicalty; a Beethoven _ta
or any polyphonic work of similar grade; at leaat two Chopin etudes; and aelectiollA froaa
the works of modern writer..
Violi.....d C,11t> S,.d""I. A Bach sonata; a concerto; and aelectiOll8 hom the IIIOt"C
important works of some of the leading compolIeI"II.
206 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF MUSIC 207
CURRICULUM IN MUSIC LEADING TO THE B.A. OR B.S. DEGREE
,---Pert~
One Two
lesson lessoDS
per week per week
$30.00 $50.00
30.00 50.00
30.00 50.00
25.00 45.00
This curriculum is designed for students majoring in music who wish to place equal
emphasis on cultural and professional objectives.
The candidate for the B.A. or B.S. degree with music as a major must complete in applied
music the equivalent of the applied·music requirement for the lirst two yean of the curricu·
lum leading to the Bachelor of Music degree.
2
2
1
9
14
1
1
3
3
4
2
1-2
I
14
2
2
1
9
I
I
3
3
4
2
1-2
I
14
2
2
1
9
1 I I
1 1 1
3 3 3
444
444
1 1 1
1-2 1-2 1-2
1 1 1
------
16-17 16-17 16-17
I
1
3
3
4
2
1-2
I
222
222
Z 2 2
I I I
999
-----_.
16 16 16
P'reaIunaD Year
~~~~;t~~~~~~~
Ke,-board Harmony (Mus 214 215 216) _- _._-.__ -_ .
Applied Music (instrumeRt or'voi"';) -.-- - -.----..--'-..
Ensemble (chorus, orchestra, or band)':::::::::::=::::::::::::=::::==:,~::
Junior Year
~~i~/s~~~:..:N~f;s~~~;;;Ji43·15..·3i6·)····-··..···..···..···· .
Applied MUSIc (Instrument or..,') " - - •.- ..._ ..
Ensemble (chorus, orchestra or b':,dy..---....·-..·--· ·-· -----·- ···
•Academic electives : _.::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~:::::::::::::
lIis~ of M.usic: (Mus 422, 423, 424)Applied MUSIC (mstrument or voice) _ _ .
~~c(~=:~~~~~.~..~..~~~~~::=:~=:~~::::::::::~::::=:::::=:~::=::::::
Freshman Year
Senior Year
Sophomoce Year
r-T_~
I'l!f.lIica1 E?ucatlon _ __ _.... F1 W S.l«ilitary SCIence (men) Health Ed tio ( -- - - _-....... I 1
English Composition (Rht 111 11~1('i13) omen) _ _........ 1 I 1
·Gioup ~uirement .• ......-:_._..:....._ ....----.---.-.---.- 3 3 3
TheorY. I JMua 111,.112, 113)._.......=::.:::=--=-..·----·..-- 3 3 3
AppreCIatiOn of MuSJc (Mus 127 128 129) - ..- ..---..--..-.. 4 4
Applied Music (instrument or wice) , .-.-- ---- --..-.-. 2 2 2
Enaemble (chorus, orchestra or bandy:-·-..·-..· -· ··- ·-_· ·- ·- 1-2 1-2 1-2
• ...-.- - - _ _- - _-- 1 1 1
1H11H11H7
Physical Education .Mi1i~ry Science. (!Den), H~alih·Edumii;;-;{·(;o;;;e;;·)·· ················· ···· ..
Enghsli ComposItIon (Rht III 112 113) .
~1!i~~r.~!4~~~i~i~~_--:-~~=:~:~~~~t~
16-17 16-17 16-17
• Candidates for the B A degree h ld . . .h':";- i~n~ academic elec:tive; i~ ot;der t~ 1~fill ~~~~:uf:::.::t:~~:~~t'3n a:e~~~~~~e6
for t!te B.S~~~ea~:0~l3r:e~~ ~~~~~d;~qut;>r;.;~:t langduage'dno':ll1allly ?/foura). Candidates
phYSIcal or socIal' to' f th . s an aea emlc e ectives In the lield of the
'lCience or social ~CleencesF ~tlsl y e r"!luU'ements. for this degree: a total of 36 hou:r8 iaSCI nce. orelgn ana-uage 18 not reqwred for the B.S. degree.
50.00
50.00
45.00
45.00
50.00
30.00
25.00
30.00
25.00
30.00
Piano
Hopkins, George ..•..••.••..••._ _ _•.••._ __
Thachu, Jane _ __ __._ _ _ _ _
~~t~~~~~~~..~~..:::::::::=::::::::=::=::-:.:::::::::=::::::::::::::::::::::-:.
Voice
~~~.,;..Si:dEii·~b.;th·::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
Violin
Unden.ood, Res _ _ __.•._ .
Harp
calkins. Doris Helen .
0'l::ns, John Stark __ _ _ _ _._
Wind IDStruments
~*:;J,~h;.,,:din;;;d·:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~~:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: ~~:gg !g:8J
Bubb, Charles 15.00 30.00
Private practice rooDl5 may be reserved for the following fees: $4.00 per term for one
hour per day; $7.00 per term for two hours; $10.00 per term for three bours; $12.00 per term
for four bours.
voic~ Sttllkrlu. An aria from ILD opera or an oratorio l a group of classic 8Ongs; and
a eroUP of modern songs.
Students majoring in composition must submit, in the senior year, such orig-
inal compositions in the smaller and larger forms as may be required by their
instructors. .
Students who select a legitimate orchestral or band instrument for major
study toward the Bachelor of Music degree must, in their senior year, demonstrate
not only a thorough command of the instrument but also the ability to play
satisfactorily at sight excerpts from symphonic compositions of the nineteenth
century.
Before graduation all candidates for the Bachelor of Music degree must be
able to play at sight piano accompaniments of moderate difficulty.
Fees. Special fees are charged for courses in applied music. These fe~s are
due at the time of registration.
Curricula in Music
B.A., B.s., B.M., M.A., M.s., M.M. Degrees
STUDENTS are advised not to concern themselves in advance with the detailsof their study program. The adviser to whom the student is assigned willexplain fully the general University requirements, school requirements, and
desirable electives. Ample time is available for a thorough discussion of each stu-
dent's qualifications and needs, in order tliat his program may be a consistent and
profitable one.
208 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
SCHOOL OF MUSIC 209
Sophomore Year
Frelhman Year
,--Term hour.......-.,
F W S
1 1 I
1 1 1
333
3 3 3
4 " 42-4 2-4 2-4
1 1 1
Physical Education ...........•....................................................................._ .
Military Science (men), Health Education (women) .
English Composition (Rht 111, 112, 113) ................•....•............_ _..
~E&~p~~}~~g~!L~~~~~~~~:~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~:~~~~
CURRICULUM IN APPLIED MUSIC LEADING TO THE B.M. DEGREE
This curriculum is designed for students whose talent and ability j';stifr intensive profes-
sional training in music. with emphasis on performance. One of the applled·music subjectl
(organ. piano. voice, violin, cello, or an orchestral or band instrument) must be carried
throughout the four years. Students majoring in voice must complete at least two years of the
same foreign language.
Junior Year
,--Term houn-------
F W S
1 1 1~t+i~;~~~:?~~~~l¥l¥ ~ ~ ~Ke~d Harmony (Mus 214, 2~5, 216) ············_·········_········...... 1-2 1-2 J-Z.
A ylied Music. (instrument or VOIce) _........•..- ,..... 1 1· '·l
E::emble (chorus, orchestra. or band) _-_··············_··········_·········....•. _
15-17 15-17 15-17
INSTaUJIltNTAL OPTION
Senior Year
Certification Requirementl
A student in order to obtain a state teacher's certificate in Oregon. li:t comP!4~
term hours of ';'ork beyond the requirements for. a. ~ccala~te td1.ree{ w' mUlt Inc
15 term hours in education courses at the Ilpper-diVIs,on or • __11& e eve.
--~note (0). page 207.
2
2
"1
4
3
1
1
3
4
1
2
2
2
I
16
2
2
4
1
4
3
17
2
2
4
1
4
3
1
I
3
4
1
2
2
2
1
16
2
2
4
1
4
3
17
2
2
4
1
4
3
1
1
3
4
1
2
2
2
1
16
2
2
4
1
4
3
17
1 1 1
1 1 I
333
4 4 4
1 1 1
222
2-4 2-4 2-4
1 1 1
15-17 15-17 15-17
15-17 15-17 15-17
15-17 15-17 15-17
Sophomore Year
PhYlical Education .
Military Science (men) _ .
Group requirement (psychology advised) _
Theory II (Mus 211, 212, 213) .
Keyboard Harmony (Mus 214, 215. 216) _ .
Appreciation of Music (Mus 127, 128, 129) _ .
Applied Music (instrument or voice) .
Ensemble (chorus, band. or orchestra) ..
Junior Year
Counte'1"'int I (Mus 311. 312! 313) .
Hannomc and Structural Ana ysis (Mus 314, 315. 316) .
Applied Music (instrument or voice) _.......•.•....................•......
Ensemble (chorus, band, or orchestra) _ ..
Academic electives .........................................................•................._ .
Music electives u._ _..
16 16 16
CURRICULUM IN COMPOSITION LEADING TO THE B.M. nEGREE
Senior Year
Composition I (Mus 414. 415, 416) ..................•.................................................
History of Music (Mus 422. 423. 424) .............................•...._ .
~~~~:tl~(.,~~r~:.s~':,'::~~: ~~cb~~~~)·:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
Academic electives ......................................•..................._...................................•
Music electives _ _ u_ .
This curriculum is designed for students whose major interest is in creative work, and
..hose talent and ability justify intensive traini~ in theory and composition.
Freshman Year
Physical Education 1 1 1
Military Science (men). Health Education (women).................................... 1 1 1
English Compolition (Rht 111. 112, 113).......................................................... 3 3 3
Group requirement .....................................•................_........................................ 3 3 3
Theory I (Mus 111, 112, 113) _ _ _ 4 4 4
Applied Music ................•.......................................................•..................._.......... 2-4 2-4 2-4
Ensemble (chorus, band, or orchestra).............................................................. 1 1 1
Sophomore Year
PhYlical Education .
Military Science (men), Health Education (women) .
Group requirement (psychol"!l:y recommended) _ .
Theory II (Mus 211. 212, 213) _ _ _.................••
Keyboard Harmony (Mus 214, 215~216) _ _ .
Counterpoint I (Mus 311, 312, 313} _ _ _ .
Appreciation of MUlic (Mus 127, 128, 129) _ _ _•..•_•..•..._
~=tl~(~~;:··t;;;d~;;;·ri~tt;):::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
3
1
1
2
1-2
2
6
3
3Secondary Edllcstlon (Ed 311) ..............................•......·····•···•·•· _.,.- .
Educational Psychology (Ed 312) ....•.....•._......•...._···········_··..·-········_.......•..
Principles of Teaching (Ed 313) _.._ _ _.................... 1 1
Wind and Percllssion Instruments (Mus 335, 336, 337) _ - _..····•· 1S~ed Instruments (Mus 332. 333, 334) _.•...•.-.························... 1
Instrumental Conducti~ (MilS 320, 321, 322) _.•.......··························..···· IJ Ij
Applied Music (instrument) -........................................ 2 2
Ensemble (chorus, band. or orchestra) ....•................··························....-........... 6 6
• Academic electives ,.........................................•......................... _
16-17 16-17 16-17
VOCAL OPTION
Ore on School Law and System of Education (Ed 316) .•.........................····· 2 2~~~~~~i::jS¥';:C~i~:t (~J~i·sY::=:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: ~ ~ ~
SJlCCial Teachinjr Methods (Ed 408) - 2 2 2
History of MIlSlC (Mus 422. 423. 424) ................•........•........._···_··········._........ 1-2 1-2 1-2
~[;:~(~~::~~::;;:::::::::::::~:::::::=:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::-..J- .J ~
15-16 15-16 15-16
INSTaUJIltNTAL OPTION
Or on School Law and System of Education (Ed 316) ..•._ ·.·········•···· 2 2
Or:on History (Hst 377) _....•....·••··__····-··_········· _ _ - 3 3 3
Supervised Teaching (Ed 415) _·······_·_······..····__···..__..•....• 2 2 2
Special TeachinJ Methods (Ed 408) ....•........._ ·.·__········•··..··_·-····_··......... 2 2 2
g~~~::~~i:.u(M~~3~9~~~o~3~·I~~~~::::::::::::::::::::::::=::::::::::::::::::::::: IJ 1-~ IJ
~~~~~tl~(~~~r~~..~l:'e~~:~. ·;;;··b;;~d)·:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: 2 2 2
Music electives _ _ __1 __2 __2
15-16 16-17 14-15
VOCAL OPTION
Secondary Education (Ed 311) ......•..•......•..•...·.············_······__·····...................... 3 3
Educational psychology (Ed 312) _ ·.-··········..········••·····..........•....• 3
Principles of TeachiDl( (Ed 313) ...................•...._·······_·_····__·······_-....._....... 3 3 3
P blic·School Music (Mus 317. 318.319) ......•......._.••...·...·...··..··········_··.......... 2 2 2C~oral Conducti~ (Mus 323, 324, 325) ....................•.•.........·.-·····__··-·····.-.. 4 4 4
• Academic electives ..............•..........................................)...........•....._ _..... 2 2 2
Public.School Music Voice Cia.. (Mus .lSI, 352. 353 ...............•...................• 1-2 1-2 1-2
~~.=tl~(~~~;~!.:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::__1 __1 __1
16-17 16-17 16-17
210 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
SCHOOL OF MUSIC 211
1un1or Year
r--Term hour---..
F W S
Harmonic and Strnctural Analysis (Mus 314, 315, 316} _ ....•_ .._...._._... ~ ~ ~
Coun~nt II (Mus 411, 412, 413} _._•...._ _ ....• 2 2 2
CompO!"tion I (Mus 414,415. 416} ..._ ....._ _. •.._.•._._....__.._ 4 4 4
Apphed Music _......•._ - ..••_ ..-_ _ .•.- .•-.-._.._-_.__.- 1 1 I
Ensemble (chorus, hand, or orchestra} __ _ _ __ _ _._.... 4 4 4
Electives ._ _._._....•_.•...__..__.........•.•..__._._•. _
15 15 15
Senior Year
CompositiOll II (Mus 514, 515, 516} __ _ _._ _ _..•...._.. ~ ~ ~
Orchestration (Mus 329, 330, 331} __ _ _._..•.....__ __..........•...._ 2 2 2
History 01 Music (Mus 422, 423, 424}._.•.••.__..•_•..•.•......•• •...•...... 2-4 2-4 2-4
Applied Music _ _ _- - -- - -.... 1 1 1
Ensemble (chorus, band, or orchestra} __ _._._.__•...•_ .._._.._ __.....• 6-4 6-4 6-4
ElectlTes _._ _ __ _ _ _ _
15 15 15
Description of Courses
LOWER-DIVISION COURses
Mus 111,112,113. Theory I. 4 hours each term. ..
Thorough ground work in the elements of musical scien~e-melodlc, harmonIC,
and rhythmic. Major and mino! chords, .key~, scales, mtervals, and cadences
studied in singing, writing, playmg, and dIctatIon. Evans.
Mus 114, 115, 116. Theory. 2 hours each term.
Intended for nonmajors. 3 recitations a week.
Mus 117, 118, 119. Ear Training, Sol£eggio, Dictation. 2 hours each term.
Mus 127 128 129. Appreciation of Music. 2 hours each term.
A n~t~hnical study of the development of music, stre~~ing the. elements ~
musical understanding; study C!f r~presentative compOSItIons, WIth emphaSIS
on their musical and historical SIgnIficance. Kratt.
Mus 190. Lower-Division Individual Instruction. 1 to 4 hours any ~erm..
Individual instruction in piano, voice, or~an, violin, cello, harp, stnnged Instru-
ments, orchestral instruments, and band Instruments.
Mus 195. Band. 1 hour each term.
Six hours maximum credit. Stehn.
Mus 196. Orchestra. 1 hour each term.
Six hours maximum credit. Rex Underwood.
Mus 197. Choral Union. 1 hour each term.
Six hours maximum credit. Kratt.
Mus 211, 212,213. Theory II. 4 hours each term.
Continuation of Theory 1. Study of harmonic resources;. secondarr-seven.th
and augmented-sixth chords through enharI!1?nlc modulatIon and hIgher dIS-
cords. Introduction to counterpoint. PrerequIsIte: Mus 111, 112, 113. Evans.
Mus 214,215,216. Keyboard Harmony. 1 hour each term. .• .
Application of theoretical principles to the keyboa~d; exercIses. I!,! modulatiTI'
transposition, and development of extempore plaYIng. PrerequISite: Mus ,
112, 113. Garnett.
)lus 235, 236, 237. Essentials of Music History. 2 hours each term.
Designed to give the student a practical knowledge of the significant events
in music history, and an acquaintance with composers who haTe influenced
the development of music. Artau.
UPP!Ul-DIVISION COURSES
lius 311, 312, 313. Counterpoint I. 2 hours each term.
Practical study of simple counterpoint, beginning with the various "species,"
introducing modal writing, and including the composition of original two-
and three-part inventions. Prerequisite: Mus 211, 212, 213. Hopkins.
lius 314, 315. 316. Harmonic and Structural Analysis. 2 hours each term.
Thorough study of formal analysis, including the phrase unit, period, two-
and three-part song forms, developed ternary forms, sonata, symphony, con-
certo, etc. Evans.
Mus 317, 318,319. Public-School Music. 3 hours each term.
Survey of methods and materials used in teaching music in the public schools
with emphasis upon junior and senior high-school music. Garnett.
lius 320, 321, 322. Instrumental Conducting. 2 hours each term.
The principles of conducting and training instrumental organizations. Prac-
tical experience in conducting campus organizations. Stehn.
Mus 323, 324, 325. Choral Conducting. 2 hours each term.
The principles of conducting and training choral organizations. Practical
experience in conducting campus organizations. Garnett.
lius 329, 330, 331. Orchestration. 2 hours each term.
A study of the instruments of the orchestra, together with practical study of
the art of scoring for the various choirs and for full orchestra. Required for
candidates for the B.M. degree with a major in composition. Rex UnderwooJ.
Mus 332, 333, 334. Stringed Instruments. 1 hour each term.
A study of the stringed instruments of the symphony orchestra. For public-
school music students only. 2 recitations a week. Rex Underwood.
Mus 335, 336, 337. Wind and Percussion Instruments. 1 hour each term.
A study of the wind and percussion instruments of the orchestra and band.
For public-school music students only. 2 recitations a week. Stehn
li(w 340, 341, 342. Accompanying. 2 hours each term.
Practical problems in accompanying. Students must also be registered for
upper-division work in piano or organ. Prerequisite: consent of dean. Aurora
P. Underwood.
lius 343, 344, 345. Chamber Music. 1 hour each term.
Prerequisite: consent of dean. Rex Underwood, Stehn.
Mus 351, 352, 353. Public-School Music Voice ClaSs. 2 hours each term.
Study of the voice problems of public-school music. Garnett, Nilssen.
Mus 354, 355, 356. Band Arranging. 2 hours each term.
Scoring for combinations of wind instruments, from quartets to full sym-
phonic bands; special emphasis on arrangements for school bands of various
degrees of advancements. Stehn.
Mus.390. Upper-Division Individual Instruction. 1 to 4 hours any term.
Mus 395. Band. 1hours each term.
Six hours maximum credit. Stehn.
212 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF MUSIC 213
Mus 396. Orchestra. 1 hour each term.
Six hours maximum credit. Rex Underwood.
Mus 397. Choral Union. 1 hour each term.
Six hours maximum credit. Kratt.
Mus 405. Reading and Conference. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Mus 407. Seminar. (G) Terms and hours to be arranged.
Ed 408. Special Teaching Methods. 2 hours each term.
This course parallels practice teaching in the junipr and senior high school.s.
Observations, reports, and conferences C?n. material and procedures used m
choral and instrumental groups. PrerequIsite: c~>nsent of Instructor. Garnett,
Stehn.
Mus 411, 412, 413. Counterpoint II. (G) 2 hours each term.
Treatment of the chorale in figurated counterpoint; double, triple, and quad-
ruple; various forms of canon; the fugue in two, three, and four voices; appli-
cation to composition in general. Prerequisite: Mus 311, 312, 313. HopkinS.
Mus 414, 415, 416. Composition I. (G) 2 hours each term.
Composition in the smaller forms for piano, voice, and other instruments.
Prerequisite: Mus 311, 312, 313; Mus 314, 315, 316. Elston.
Ed 415. Supervised Teaching. 1-10 hours any term (12 hours maximum).
Prerequisite: consent of the School of Education.
Mus 422, 423, 424. History of Music. (G) 2 hours each term.
Primitive music and musical instruments. Survey of the musical literature
of the classical period; relation of musical expression to other movements
of the period. Romanticism as it finds expression in music. Artau.
Mus 425, 426, 427. Music of the Eighteenth Century. (G) 2 or 3 hours each term.
Music of the eighteenth century in the light of the literary, historical, and
artistic background of the period of Gluck, Handel, Bach, Haydn, Mozart,
etc. Prerequisite: Mus 422, 423, 424 or equivalent. Artau.
Mus 428,429,430. Proseminar in Musicology. (G) Hours to be arranged.
Study of the methods of research in music, and application of research tech-
nique tp particular musical problems. Thesis required. Prerequisite: Mus 422,
423, 424 or equivalent. Artau.
Mus 431, 432, 433. Advanced Conducting. (G) 2 or 3 hours each term.
The routine and technique of conducting. Problems of the symphony orches-
tra and choral groups. Score reading. Actual practice in .conducting. Pre-
requisite: Mus 211, 212, 213 or equivalent, and consent of Instructor. Kratt.
GRADUATE COURSltS
Courses numbered 400-499 and designated (G) may be taken for araduate credit.
Mus 501. Research. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Mus 503. Thesis. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Mus 505. Reading and Conference. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Mus 507. Seminar. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Mus 511, 512, 513. Applied Counterpoint. 2 or 3 hours each term.
A practical study of the writing of the strict and free-style fugue, both v~1
and instrumental. The application of larger contrapuntal forms; passacag]m
and contrapuntal variations. Prereqllisite: Mus 411, 412, 413. Elston.
Mus 514, 515, 516. Composition II. 2 hours each term.
A continuation of Mus 414, 415, 416, applying larger forms and instrumental
combinations. Prerequisite: Mus 414, 415, 416; consent of instructor. Elston.
Mus 517, 518, 519. Advanced Harmony. 2 or 3 hours each term.
A study of the harmonic practices of the late nineteenth and twentieth cen-
turies. Written work, analysis, and theoretical research. Prerequisite: Mus
211, 212, 213; Mus 414, 415, 416. Elston.
Mus 520, 521, 522. Interpretation of Symphonic Literature. 2 or 3 hours each
term.
Study of symphonic literature. Presupposes proficiency in techniques of con-
ducting, a major instrument, and knowledge of theory and history of music.
Prerequisite: Mus 431, 432, 433 or equivalent; consent of instructor. Kratt.
Mus 523,524,525. Interpretation of Choral Literature. 2 or 3 hours each term.
Detailed study of choral literature. Emphasis on the conducting problems
of each individual work. Interpretation, tradition, etc. Prerequisite: Mus 431,
432, 433 or equivalent; consent of instructor. Kratt.
Mus 526, 527, 528. Composition III. 2 or 3 hours each term.
Intensive work in the larger forms; variation, rondo, and sonata-allegro
forms; symphonic form. For students who are candidates for advanced de-
grees in composition. Prerequisite: Mus 514, 515, 516. Elston.
Mus 590. Individual Instruction. 1 to 4 hours any term.
Individual instruction in piano, voice, organ, cello, harp, stringed instruments,
orchestral instruments, and band instruments at the graduate level. Thacher,
Evans, Hopkins, Rex Underwood, Artau, Nilssen.
SCHOOL OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION 215
School of Physical Education
RALPH W AUlO LEIGHTON, Ph.D., D.Sc., Dean of the School of Physical Education.
MAXINE GREDVIG, Secretary to the Dean.
PRO"tESSORS: ALDEN (emeritus), HAYWARD (eme:itus), KNOLLIN, LEIGHTON, F.
N. MILLER, HARRIET W. THOMSON, WASHKE .
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: N. P. E. ANDERSON·, HOn,IAN, WooDRUH. •
ASSISTANT PRO"ttSSORS: BAKER, BERRY, BOUSHEY·, HOBSON, MASSEY·, McGEE,
OLIVER. PE'!'ROSKEY, SIGERSETH, WILSON.
INSTRUCTOR~: CoRLEY., CORNELL, DORoTHA E. MOORE, WAHL·, J. A. WARREN.
ASSISTANTS: ALDERSON, CATHERINE JONES, RACHEL MEANS.
THE School of Physical Education offers p~ofessio~al trainin~, both undfthgraduate and graduate, and service courses m phYSical ~ducahon anfd h~ 1. Graduates of the School of Physical Educaho~ hold pro ~sslOna
. ~ucatlon. . ches' hi h-school teachers of phYSical education and~~:~~~~u~~i:~~l~ti~ec~:sof hi?h~sChool ~thletics; school supervisors ~flh~~~
h sical education' commumty recreation and playground ma~gers, ea~nd p Y C A and other youth-organization work; directors of re-~~ri~';;::;~~or;~~~e'ph~sical education; workers in the field of physical therapy;
college and university teachers. . .
d aduate Major Curricula. Two undergraduate major cur.rlcula .areoffer~dn;::are designated Curriculum I and Curriculum II in the outhnes print-
ed below. f . 1 k in physicalCurriculum I represents a strong program of pro esslOna. wor .'
ed t' d health education' it provides excellent preparation for teachlrg I~th~~:~~?d~nd for coaching, a~d a sound basis for graduate s:ud~heC~rSic~e~e
satisfies all requirements for the professional B.P.E..defgr~ or or. ~ts' for th~
By proper choice of electives, the student may satls y t e reqUireme
B.A·g::~:lum II leads to the B.A. or B.S. degree. It prepares the stu~ent for
coaching and high-school teaching .of physical.education and head·lth ~:tpl~~g' :~~
. 't th ugh hberal electives, for a more IverSI~~~~11se~~i~f~~~;: ~urr~~ulum I. Students followin~ this curriculu~ ~~y pre-
themselves for work in recreation programs or WIth youth orgamza 10~S, or
:-:; satisfy cultural or specialized interests. In som~ caCses, s~u~ents /iroceed;;gr~~
graduate work in physical education ~fte~ completmg urrlcu urn may
quired to make up undergraduate deficiencIes.. . fl' . hould
Students planning to meet the certifica~lO~ requlreme?ts. or ,teac unR s
consult the School of Education at the begmnmg of the JUnior )ear.
Graduate Study. The School of Physical Education offers gradual~ work
leadin to the M.A. or M.S. degree. Advanced students may work f?r the Doctor
f Ed~cation degree by meeting the requirements for that degree I.n the School
~f Education and by carrying a heavy program in physica~ ed\lca~lO~ a=,,'\,f~i~:
nate field. The graduate student's program may place emphaSIS upon. () ,
• OD leave lor military service.
[ 214 ]
tration of programs, buildings, and grounds; (2) school health education; (3) cor-
rective activities and physical therapy; (4) recreation; (5) anthropometry; (6)
anatomy, physiological growth factors, and physiological training and conditioning
factors. Graduate programs are organized to include courses selected from
those listed in the Catalog, seminars, and independent study and research.
Service Courses. The School of Physical Education offers credit COUrses for
all students in the University. These courses are organized as instruction in skills
and in the principles of physical conditioning and health.
The University requirements for the Junior Certificate include five terms of
physical education and a course in health education. For the duration of the war,
every male student in residence at the University is required to take a course each
term in physical education for the development of physical fitness, unless excused
by the dean of the School of Physical Education.
Courses which fulfill the requirement for the Junior Certificate are: PE 180
(five terms) for women; and PE 190 (five terms) for men. (Not more than one
hour of credit may be earned in these courses in anyone term.) Women students
satisfy the health-education requirement with PE 114, 115, 116. Men students
satisfy this requirement with PE 150. Either men or women may satisfy the re-
quirement with PE 250. Majors or other students preparing for the teaching of
physical education satisfy the physical-education requirement with professional
physical-education activity courses.
The student's program in physical education is adjusted to his need and abil-
ities after a health examination, given each entering freshman by the Health
Service and the School of Physical Education. Whenever possible, the work is
adapted to remedy physical defects.
Elective service courses (regularly scheduled classes) in physical activities
are provided for juniors and seniors. A total of not more than 12 term hours
may be earned toward graduation in lower-division and upper-division service
courses in physical education. Not more than one hour may be earned in anyone
term.
Fees. Payment of the regular University registration fee entitles every stu-
dent to the use of gymnasium, pools, and showers, to the use of gymnasium and
swimming suits and towels, and to laundry service. Students are urged to make
full use of the gymnasium facilities for exercise and recreation.
Intramural Sports. As a part of its program, the School of Physical Educa-
tion sponsors a comprehensive program of intramural sports. The purpose
of the program is to spread sports participation and athletic competition as widely
as possible among the students of the University. Individual and group competi-
tive sports for men are organized under the guidance of the department for men.
The department for women provides a wide variety of sports for womenstudents.
Student leadership for women's athletics is furnished by the Women's Athletic
Association.
Facilities. The University's buildings and playfields devoted to physical-edu-
cation instruction and recreation occupy a 42-acre tract at the southeast corner of
the campus. The Physical Education Building, erected in 1936, provides offices,
classrooms, study halls, and seminar rooms for the school and gymnasium facilities
for men. The building is planned especially for the professional training of teachers
of physical education, as well as for the recreational needs of students. The men's-
swimming pool is in a separate building in the northeast section of the campus.
The women's gymnasium and the women's swimming pool are in Gerlinger
Hall, west of the Physical Education Building across University Street. There:
are special playing fields for women south and west of Gerlinger.
216 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION I
Curricula in Physical Education
LOWER·DIVISION CURRICULUM
Freshman Year
UPPER.DIVISION-CURRICULUM II
Junior Year
UPPER·DIVISION-CURRICULUM I
Junior Year
~~~i~~i~-:i'~~~~:c~~~iet41:··342:··343)":::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: ~ ~ ~
School health education (PE 361, 362, 363)...................................................... 3 3 3
~1~7:ei.~::~.~~~~::..~~.~ ..~.~.~.~.=.~~: ..~:~~.::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::--.! --.! .~
LOWJ<R'DlVISlON COURsEs
PE 114, 115, 116. Health Education. I hour each term.
Study of the major problems of individual and community health which con-
front the college student; the basic scientific principles of healthful living.
Required of aU freshman women. 1 period.
PE 150. Health Education. I hour any term.
Study of the major problems of individual and community health which con-
front the college student; the basic scientific principles of healthful living.
Required of all freshman men. 1 period. Hoyman.
PE 180. Elementary and Advanced Physical Education. I hour each term,
six terms.
A variety of activities taught for physiological and recreational values. Spe-
cial sections for restricted and corrective work. A total of five terms required
during the freshman and sophomore years for all University women. 3 period•.
PE 190. Elementary and Advanced Physical Education. I hour each term,
six terms.
A variety of activities taught for physiological and recreational values.
Special sections for restricted and corrective work. A total of five terms
required of all men during the freshman and sophomore years. 3 periods.
PE 250. Personal Health. 2 or 3 hours any term.
Exercise, nutrition, infection and resistance, special senses, mouth hygiene,
sex hygiene, rest and sleep, fresh air and sunshine. Will satisfy the health-
education requirement. May not be taken by women who have had PE 114, liS,
116; men who have had PE ISO may take PE 250 for 2 hours credit only.
Hoyman.
PE 251. Community Health. 3 hours winter or spring.
Water supply, food and milk sanitation, ventilation, sewage disposal,
lighting, housing, health agencies, health laws, health problems in war-
time, insect and rodent control. Hoyman.
PE 252. First Aid. 3 hours any term.
American Red Cross first aid; lectures, demonstrations, and practice leading
to standard and advanced first-aid certificates. Candidates for instructor's
first-aid certificate selected from students in this course.
UPPJ<R-DlVISI0N COURSJ<S
PE 380. Physical Education for Juniors and Seniors. I hour each term, six
terms.
A variety of activities taught for physiological and recreational values. Elec-
tive for junior and senior women. 3 periods.
PE 390. Physical Education for Juniors and Seniors. I hour each term, six
terms.
A variety of activities taught for physiological and recreational values. Re-
quired for aU upper-division and graduate men students for the duration of the
war. 3 periods.
PROFESSIONAL COURSES
Description of Courses
SERVICE COURSES
LOWI!R-DlVISION COURSI!S
Bi 111, 112, 113. Human Biology. 3 hours each term.
Introduction to human biology, designed especially for majors in physical edu-
2
3
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Adjoining the Physical Education Building to the south is McArthur Court,
the basketball pavilion and athletic center of the Associated Students. McArthur
seats 6,500 spectators at athletic events and 8,000 persons when used as an assem-
bly hall. . .. .
Playing fields stretching east and south of the Physical Education BUilding
provide excellent facilities for outdo?r class instruc.tion and for i?tramu~al and
intercollegiate sports. Hayward StadIUm, the Associated Students athletic field,
has seats for 20,000 spectators. North of Hayward Stadium are twelve standard
concrete tennis courts.
~~';;~":i~:i'~~~~sa(~iti;~I:"342:"343):::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: ~ ~ ~
School health education (PE 361, 362, 363)...................................................... 3 3 3
Human Physiology (Bi 311, 312)........................................................................ 3 3 •
IClectives __5 __5 __
16 16 16
Senior Year
No specific course re<jluirements. The student and h!s adviser wilt plan. the
program best SUIted to the student's needs and InteresQ from phY.IC:al·
education and other University ollerinca _ _.................. 16
r--}:erm tvOlU~
Introduction to Health and Physical Education (PE 121).............................. ~ 2 2
i=::~~~~~:{~r!.~?~:~~?:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: 3 3 4
English Compositio~ (Rht 111, 112, 113)........................................................ 3 3 3
Military Science (MI1111, 112, 113) (men) 1 1 1
Electives _ __4 __6 __5
15 15 15
Sophomore Year
Physical·education activities 2 2 2
Essentials of Physica (Ph 101, 102, 103) _ _............. 2 2 2
Elementary Chemistry (Ch 101, 102).................................................................. 4 4 3
~rl:i:I~I~}'1{;et<e':f~VtN"2i'sY::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: 2
General Psychol",y (Psy 201, 202) 3 3 1
Military Science (Mit 211, 212, 213) (men) _..... 1 1
Electives : __4 __4 __'
Senior Year
l~;~ltr~~~~i~~t~:a4:1~~;Ht;::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: ~ ~
Human Anatomy, Kinesiology, Physiology of Exercise (PE 471, 472, 3
Electi~~)....::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::--.! __5~
16 16 16
218 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION 219
cation. Special consideration in the spring tenn to immunology and bacteriol-
ogy. 2 lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory period each week.
PE 121. Introduction to Health and Physical Education. 2 hours fall.
Designed to give the student an overview of professional service in the fields
of health, physical education, and recreation-their nature, scope, and func-
tions.
PE 124, 125, 126. Physical-Education Activities (Women). 2 hours each term.
For majors. Instruction and practice. Fall: elementary body-conditioning
activities, field hockey; winter: tumbling, elementary swimming; spring:
folk dancing, tennis.
PE 127. Cross Country (Men). 2 hours fall.
For majors. Conditioning exercises, group drills.
PE 128. Elementary Tumbling and Apparatus (Men). 2 hours winter.
For majors. Principles of conditioning.
PE 129. Track and Field (Men). 2 hours spring.
For majors. Basic principles of conditioning and form for track and field
events.
PE 224, 225, 226. Physical-Education Activities (Women). 2 hours each term.
For majors. Instruction and practice. Fall: body conditioning and swimming;
winter: elementary modern dance, advanced swimming; spring: advanced
modern dance, track and field.
PE 227. Elementary Aquatics (Men). 2 hours fall.
For majors. Elementary swimming, diving, water polo.
PE 228. Elementary Combatives (Men). 2 hours winter.
For majors. Wrestling, boxing, judo.
PE m. Team Sports (Men). 2 hours spring.
For majors. Soccer, speedball, hockey.
UPP.t:R-DIVISION COURSES
PE 324, 325, 326. Physical-Education Activities (Women). 2 hours each term.
For majors. Advanced practice and teaching techniques. Fall: soccer, speed-
ball, folk dancing; winter: body-conditioning activities, tumbling, apparatus,
low-organization games; spring: swimming, track and field, softball.
PE 327. Advanced Aquatics (Men). 2 hours fall.
For majors. Swimming, diving, water polo, life saving.
PE 328. Advanced Tumbling and Apparatus (Men). 2 hours winter.
For majors.
PE329. Team Sports (Men). 2 hours spring.
For majors. Baseball, softball.
PE 341. Principles and Practices of Physical Education. 3 hours fall.
An interpretative study and analysis of the principles and practices of physical
education, through their historical development and in their present application
and significance. Leighton.
PE 342. Class Techniques in Physical Education. 3 hours winter.
Organizing and conducting physical-education classes in the secondary
schools; attendance, roll call, pupil assistance in large classes, checking out
and in of equipment, showering, records, use of bulletin boards. Woodruff,
Wilson.
PE 343. Organization and Administration of Physical Education. 3 hours
spring.
Planning and organizing the use of buildings, grounds, and recreational areas
for the physical-education programs; purchase and care of equipment· budget-
ing equipment and operating costs. Leighton. '
PE 346. Principles of Camp Leadership. 3 hours winter.
For students tr<;Lining for camp counselin~. ~rinciples of organization; pur-
poses and functIOns of camps; general prmclples of youth-organization pro-
grams.
PE 358. Safety Education. 3 hours spring.
Basic principles of safety education; current safety programs, methods
source materials, visual aids. Individual and group projects in the organiza~
tion of materials for teaching safety education in public schools. Washke.
PE 359. Problema of the Athletic Trainer. 2 hours winter.
Bandaging, massage, and other specialized mechanical aids for the prevention
of athletic injuries. Analysis of types of injuries; emergency procedures.
PE 361. Community Health Problems. 3 hours fall.
Designed primarily for health teachers in the public schools. Basic community
health problems important in health instruction. Prerequisite: junior stand-
ing in physical education, or consent of instructor. Hoyman.
PE 362. Personal Health Problems. 3 hours winter.
For health teachers in the public schools. Hygienic care of the body and other
personal health problems important in health instruction. Prerequisite: junior
standing in physical education, or consent of instructor. Hoyman.
PE 363. Preventive Hygiene. 3 hours spring.
Nature, prevention, and control of common communicable diseases consid-
ered in relation to health-education instruction in the public sch~ls. Pre-
requisite: junior standing in science or physical education. Hoyman.
PE 370. Red Cross Home Nursing. 2 hours any term.
Follows the outline of the standard American Red Cross home-nursing
course. To receive credit, the student must pass the examination for the Red
Cross home-nursing certificate. 1 lecture, 1 two-hour laboratory period.
PE 403. Thesis. Tenns and hours to be arranged.
Thesis based on student's own investigation. Subjects chosen after consul-
tation with adviser. Credit determined by quality of work done.
PE 405. Reading and Conference. Tenns and hours to be arranged.
Reading and assignments in connection with other courses for extra credit.
Honors reading. Enrollment only with consent of instructor.
PE 415. Supervised Direction of Camps and Playgrounds. 1 to 6 hours any
term (9 hours maximum credit).
Supervised experience in direction of group recreation and group education
for students who are not working toward a teacher's certificate. Wood-
ruff.
PE 424, 425, 426. Physical-Education Activities (Women). 2 hours each term.
For majors. Advanced practice and teaching techniques. Fall: modern dance'
winter: basketball, badminton, small-court games; spring: archery, tennis. '
PE 427. Team Sports (Men). 2 hours fall.
For majors. Six-man football and touch football; basketball.
PE 428. Advanced Combatives (Men). 2 hours winter.
For majors. Boxing, wrestling, judo.
220 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION 221
PE 429. Individual Sports (Men). 2 hours spring.
For majors. Golf, tennis.
PE 444. The School Program. 3 hours fall.
Practical construction of physical-education and intramural programs, on
the basis of accepted principles, criteria, and functions; emphasis on integra-
tion with the total school program. Woodruff, Wilson.
PE 445. Tests and Measurements in Physical Education. 3 hours winter.
Use of tests and measurements in physical education; evaluation of objectives,
programs, and student achievement through measurement techniques. Leigh-
ton.
PE 446. Corrective Physical Education. 3 hours spring.
Common corrective problems among elementary- and secondary-school
pupils' correction through adaptations of the physical-education pro-
gram,' individual attention, reference to specialists. Prerequisite: PE
471,472. Thomson.
PE 450. Football Fundamentals. 2 hours winter.
Individual offensive and defensive play for each position. Stance, starts, charg-
ing, blocking, tackling, interference runnin.g, passing, kicking. Team offensive
and defensive fundamentals. For prospective coaches. Warren.
PE 451. Football Coaching. 2 hours spring.
Rules, systems of play, strategy, responsibilities of the coach, public relations,
conference organization. Warren.
PE 452. Basketball Fundamentals. 2 hours sprIng.
Individual fundamentals; foot work, drills, dribbling, passing, shooting, back-
board play, individual offense and defense; defensive team plays. For pros-
pective coaches. Hobson. .
PE 453. Basketball Coaching. 2 hours fall.
Coaching methods and problems. Fundamentals of team play; comparison
of systems; strategy; training, conditioning; rules; officiating; selection of
men for positions. Hobson.
PE 454. Baseball Fundamentals. 2 hours fall.
Batting, base running, sliding; ho",! to play each positio~. Offensive and de-
fensive team plays, squeeze plays, hlt-and-ru~ plays, backmg-up plays, coach-
ing assignments, battery work. For prospective coaches. Hobson.
PE 455. Baseball Coaching. 2 hours spring.
Review of fundamentals, with emphasis on methods of instruction; problems
and duties of the baseball coach, including baseball strategy, rules and um-
piring, baseball psychology, training, conditioning. Hobson.
PE 456. Track Coaching. 2 hours winter.
Principles of training' development of performance for each track event. Se-
lection of men for different events; conducting meets, officiating. Hayward.
PE 460. IJIlstructor's First Aid. 3 hours.
American Red Cross first aid; lectures, demonstrations, and practice leading
to the instructor's first-aid certificate. Prerequisite: PE 363 or Red Cross
requirements.
PE 464. Health Instruction. (G) 3 hours fall.
Methods and materials in health instruction for junior and senior high schools.
Special emphasis on the construction of health teaching units for secondary
schools. Prerequisite: PE 361, 362, 363 or consent of instructor. Hoyman.
PE 465. School Health Service. (G) 3 hours winter.
Purposes and procedures of health service in the schools; control of common
communicable diseases; technique of pupil health appraisal by the teacher. Pre-
requisite: PE 361, 362, 363 or consent of instructor.
PE 471. Human Anatomy. 3 hours fall.
Gross anatomy; the skeletal and muscular structure, the circulatory, respira-
tory, digestive, and neural systems, and their functioning in physical activi-
ties. Prerequisite: 2 years of biology, senior standing. Berry.
PE 472. Kinesiology. 3 hours winter.
Body mechanics, applied to calisthenics, gymnastics, and athletics. Prerequi-
site: PE 471. Berry.
PE .w3. Physiology of Exercise. 3 hours spring.
Physiological effects of muscular exercise, physical conditioning, and train-
ing. Significance of these effects for health and for performance in activity
programs. Prerequisite: PE 472. Berry.
PE 481, 482, 483. Theory and Practice of the Dance. (G) 2 hours each term.
Fall: dance history; winter: the theory of the dance; spring: development
since 1900, the dance in education, dance production. Prerequisite: senior
standing and one year of dance, or consent of instructor.
PE 499. Community Recreation. 3 hours winter.
Theories of play; basic individual and social needs for group recreation;
nature and functions of recreation; principles of program and persOlUlel or-
ganization. Berry.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400-499 and designated (G) or (g) may be taken for graduate credit.
PE SOL Research in Health and Physical Education. Terms and hours to be
arranged.
PE S03. Thesis. Terms and hours to be arranged.
PE S05. Reading and Conference. Terms and hours to be arranged.
PE 506. SpJ!cial Problems. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Study of selected problems in the field of physical education, health education,
or recreation.
PE 507. Seminar. Terms and hours to be arranged..
A seminar dealing with some special aspect of health, physical education, or
recreation is conducted each term. Open to qualified graduate students and
required for all candidates for advanced degrees.
PE 515. History and Theories of Physical Education. 3 hours fall.
The history of physical education from the Greeks to modern times. Special
emphasis on modern developments, and on current professional organization
and relationships.
PE 521, 522, 523. Corrective Physical-Education Studies. Hours to be arranged.
Fall and winter: basic problems and procedures of corrective physical educa-
tion; spring: teaching methods. Prerequisite: PE 471, 472 or equivalent.
Thomson.
PE 531, 532, 533. Physical-Therapy Studies. Hours to be arranged.
The agencies, their uses; specific studies and techniques of importance to
physical educators. Thomson.
PE 543. Advanced Health Instruction. 3 hours spring.
Organization of the public school health-instruction program for health teach-
PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
ers, supervisors, and coordinators. Basic steps in the development of the pro-
gram. Prerequisite: PE 464 or consent of instructor. Hoyman.
PE 551, 552, 553. Administration of Physical Education. 3 hours each term.
Organization and administration programs; correlation with the total school
program; equipment and building needs. Fall, physical education; winter,
health education; spring, recreation. Leighton, Hoyman.
PE 556. Administration of Buildings and Facilities. 3 hours winter.
Building layout and equipment; the relationship of the various functional
unit~quipment service, dressing facilities, activity spaces, administrative
units, permanent and dismantleable equipment.
PE 561. Physiological Growth Factors. 3 hours fall.
The relationship of child growth and development (physical, nutritional, en-
docrine, and environmental) to the school situation and to the physical activity
of the child. Prerequisite: 9 hours of physiology or equivalent.
PE 562. Anthropometric Measurements in Physical Education. 3 hours winter.
Principles and methods of anthropometry as applied to physical growth and
development. Instruments and techniques of measurement; methods of ap-
praising physical status; review and analysis of recent research.
PE 563. Training and Conditioning for Athletics. 3 hours spring.
A physician's analysis, for the coach and teacher of physical education, of the
physiological effects of the specialized and strenuous activities involved m
interscholastic and intercollegiate athletic competition.
PE 571, 572. Affective Phases of Education. 3 hours each term, winter and
spring.
The nature of appreciations, attitudes, and ideals. Their significance as factors
of the personality, and for social intelligence and social integration. Methods
of deyeloping these personality factors. Leighton.
Department of Military Science and Tactics
WILl,IAM: S. AVl':RILL, B.S., Major, Infantry; Professor of Military Science and
Tactics; Head of Department.
Reserve Officers Training Corps
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: FIRST LIEUTENANT R. D. DAVIS, FIRST LuUTENANT
J. B. SULLIVAN.
INSTRUCTORS: STAFF SERGEANT KANGAS, STAFF SERGEANT McEACB:F;RN, SER-
GEANT BURKE.
Army Specialized Training U"it
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: MAJOR WOODBURY, CAPTAIN BECKMAN, CAPTAIN HAR-
KINS, CAPTAIN PATTERSON, CAPTAIN PETERSEN, CAPTAIN RONNOW, FIRST
LIEUTENANT NEAR, FIRST LIEUTENANT SWANTON, SECOND Ln:uTENANT
MANSON, SECOND LIEUTENANT SISSON.
Army Air Forces Technical Training Detachment
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: CAPTAIN CABLI!;, SECOND LIEUTENANT PUNCHES.
THE Department of Military Science and Tactics was organized during WorldWar I as a regular instructional division of the University and a unit ofthe Reserve Officers Training Corps of the United States Army. In addi-
tion to military instruction of civilian students, the department is responsible for
the administrative direction of the Army technical training programs established
at the University during 1943-44, and for the military training of soldiers assigned
to the University under these programs.
The program of military instruction for civilian students includes a two-year
Basic Course and a two-year Advanced Course. The Basic Course consists of
military drill and classes designed to provide an understanding of Army procedures
and the principles of national defense. The Advanced Course, to which selected
upper-division students are admitted, leads to a reserve commission in the United
States Army, if successfully completed. A few men are selected each year for
commissions in the regular Army. (The Advanced Course has been discontinued
for the duration of the war.)
All physically fit male students under 26 years of age, who are citizens of the
United States, are required to take the two-year Basic Course during their fresh-
man and sophomore years, unless excused. A standing committee of the University
faculty investigates and passes on applications for exemption. The committee takes
into consideration as grounds for exemption: physical incapacity, conflicting out-
side employment, and conscientious objections to military service.
Students enrolled for work in military science and tactics are not in the mili-
tary service, and assume no military obligations.
Students are equipped and uniformed at the expense of the United States
government.
Description of Courses
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
Mil 111, 112, 113. First-Year Basic Course. 1 hour each term.
Orientation; fundamentals of leadership; National Defense Act; citizenship;
military courtesy and discipline; sanitation and first aid; military organiza-
tion; scouting and patrolling; rifle and rifle marksmanship. 3 hours a week.
[223 )
224 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
MU211 212,213. Second-Year Basic Course. 1 hour each term.
Prhtciples of leadership and command; physical training; infantry weapons;
combat training; musketry; elements of topography and map readmg. 3 hours
a week.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Mil 311, 312, 313. First-Year Advanced Course. 3 hours each term.
Not offered 1944-45.
Mil 411,412,413. Second-Year Advanced Course. 3 hours each term.
Not offered 1944-45.
Wartime Military Programs
JAMES HENRY GILBERT, Ph.D., Coordinator of Army Academic Programs.
WILL VICTOR NORRIS, Sc.D., Academic Director of Army Programs.
ELON HOWARD MOORE, Ph.D., Associate Academic Director of Army Programs.
ANDREW FLEMING MOURSUND, Ph.D., Associate Academic Director of Army
Programs.
Army Specialized Training Unit
T HE purpose of the Army Specialized Training Program has been expressedby General George C. Marshall, chief of staff of the United States Army, inthese words: "The Army has been increasingly handicapped by a shortage
of men possessing desirable combinations of intelligence, aptitude, education, and
training in fields such as medicine, engineering, languages, science, mathematics,
and psychology ... With the establishment of the minimum Selective Service
age of 18, the Army was compelled to assure itself that there would be no interrup-
tion in the flow of professionally and technically trained men who have hitherto
been provided in regular increments by American colleges and universities.
"The Army Specialized Training Program was established to supply the
needs of the Army for such men. The objective of the program is to give specialized
technical training to soldiers on active duty for certain Army tasks for which its
own training facilities are insufficient in extent or character. To that end the Army
has contracted with selected colleges and universities for the use of their facilities
and faculties in effecting such training of selected soldiers in courses prescribed by
the Army."
A.S.T. programs established on the University of Oregon campus during
1943-44 under Army contracts include: the basic-phase curriculum (No. BE-I),
foreign area and language studies (No. 71), and the preprofessional curriculum
in preparation for training in medicine and dentistry (No. P-l).* In addition, a
special group of soldiers, who had completed the first year of the R.O.T.C. Ad-
vanced Course at the University of Oregon before being inducted into the Army,
returned to the campus in the fall of 1943 for four months of intensive instruction
similar to the work of the basic-phase curriculum.
In March 1944 the basic-phase and foreign area and language programs were
terminated. The preprofessional program will be continued.
Basic-Phase Curriculum No. BE-I
The basic-phase curriculum was organized by the Army to serve two pur-
poses: (1) to provide essential preparation for a wide variety of advanced technical
training programs; and (2) to provide a sound basic educational background that
would enhance the usefulness of men of superior ability as part of the enlisted per-
sonnel ofa highly mechanized modern Army.
The three-term curriculum, as outlined below, shows, in the first column, the
subjects prescribed by the Army and, in the second column, the University courses
in which trainees were enrolled, and for which they have received University credit.
• In addition to these programs on the. University campus in Eugene. both Army and Navy
professional medical programs are in operation at the University of Oregon Medical School in
Portland.
[225 ]
226 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
WARTIME MILITARY PROGRAMS 227
Psy 201m, 202m. General Psychology. 3 hours each
tt"rm.
Hst. 203m. History of the United States. 1 hour.
Geo 107m. Introductory Geography. 2 hours.
Ph 203m. General Physics. 5 hours.
(Rht 113m. English Composition. 1 hour.
~ Rht 216m, 218m. Advanced Writing. 1 hour eachl term.
PE 190m. Physical Education. 1 hour each term (3
terms).
University Courses
Bi 202m, 203m. General Zoology. 4 hours each term.
{
Bi 337m. Embryology. 4 hours.
Bi 338::' Comparative Anatomy. 4 hours.
Ch 231m. Qualitative Analysis. 5 hours.
Ch 226m, 227m. Organic Chemistry. 5 hours each
term.
{
Ch 232m, 233m. Quantitative Analysis. 5 hours each
term.
or •
Ch 440m, 441.m. Physical Chemistry. 5 hours each
term.
University Courses
{
Geo 226m. Geography of Europe. 4 hours.
Geo 314m, 315m. Regional Geography. 2 hours each
term.
Hst 341m, 342m, 343m. Europe Since 1815. 4, 3, 2
hours.
SSc 211m, 212m. European Society. 3, 4 hours.
PE 190m. Physical Education. 1 hour each term (3
terms).
Psychology (AST 904, 905)
Area Study (AST 265, 266, 267)
Army Subjects
Quantitative Analysis
or
Physical Chemistry
Physical Education
Army Air Forces Technical Training Detachment
English (AST 111, 112, 113)
History (AST 133)
Geography (AST 163c)
Physics (AST 306)
PreproFessional (Premedical, Predental)
Curriculum No. P-I
The Army preprofessional curriculum provides accelerated preparation for
admission to professional study of medicine and dentistry. Selected trainees are
assigned to curriculum P-l after completion of two terms of the regular basic-
phase curriculum, for three additional terms of preprofessional training.
The curriculum, as outlined below, shows, in the first column, the subjects
prescribed by the Army for these three terms, and, in the second column, the Uni-
versity courses in which trainees are enrolled, and in which they receive University
credit.
Army Subjects
Biology (AST 951, 952)
Embryology (AST 95·4)
or
Comparative Anatomy (AST 953)
Quali~tiveAnalysis (AST 211)
Organic Chemistry (AST 261, 262)
Physical Education
Premeteorological Program "C"
THE Army Air Forces premeteorological program was originally intendedspecifically for the training of meteorologists. The aims of the program havesince been broadened; graduates will be placed in a wide variety of assign-
ments or advanced training for which the program provides sound basic prepar-
ation. The four-term program "e" established at the University will be completed
in May 1944.
University Courses
J Mtb 100m. Intermediate Algrebra. 3 hours.
I Mtb 106m. Plane Trigonometry. 3 bours.
Mth 200m. Analytical Geometry. 5 bours.
Mth 205m. Calculus. 5 hours.
Ph 201m, 202m, 203m. General Physics. 5 hours each
term.
Ch 104m, 105m. General Chemistry. 2, 4 bours.
AA 151m. Mechanical Drawing. 2 or 3 hours.
Hst 201m, 202m, 203m. History of the United States.
1 bour each term.
{
Geo 105m, 106m. Introductory Geography. 1 bour
each term. 2 hGeo 107m. Introductory Geograpby. 1 or ours.
{
Rht 111m, 112m, 113m. English Composition. 1 hour
each term. .
SD 131m. Extempore Speakmg. 1 hour.
PE 190m. Physical Education. 1 hour each term (3
terms).
Army Subjects
Foreign Area and Language Studies, Advanced Phase
Curriculum No. 71
The purpose of the curriculum in fore~n,,~~ei~~~~/::=~~ii:e~h: c~:~~~~
the official Army outline of the program~we and to give the trainee a sound know-
of the colloquial spoke~ f~r~ °lf a la~:~ i~ used." "Graduates of the ... progr~m
ledge of the area In w. IC ; te ~~r making use of their knowledge of a fo~el~n
may expect to be asslgne 0 Y rt they are being trained for combat duties In
language and area. Fo~ ~~tmo~l:eneral areal knowledge is of extreme impor-
which their language aClhl y a b' trained for administrative, policy making
tance. In fewer numbers t ey are elng
position~." . d to the University for the study of Spanish, Italian,
Tramees were asslgne .
Portuguese, Norwegian, .ant Russlao~tlined below shows in the first column, the
The three-.term curriCU urn, as d . the second colum~ the University courses
subjects pres.crlbed by the Alrlm
ed
y
, a"ct '. m hich they received University credit.
in which tramees were enro ,an In W
University Courses
{
RL 11m, 12m, 13m. First·Year Spanish.4, 5, 4 h'4ursS
RL 14m, 15m, 16m. Second·Year SpanIsh. 5, ,
Language Study (AST 215, 216, 217) hours.
rRL 31m 32m, 33m. First-Year Italian.. 4, 5, 4 hoursS~ RL 34m; 35m, 36m. Second-Year Itahan. 5, 4,
Language Study (AST 215, 216, 217) l hours. .
{
RL 41m, 42m, 43m. First·Year Portuguese. 4, 5, 4
hours. 5 4 5
Language Study (AST 215, 216, 2~7) RL 44m, 45m, 46m. Second·Year Portuguese. , ,
hours.
rGL 11m, 12m, 13m. First-Year Norwegian. 4, 5, 4hours. N . 5 4 5
Language Study (AST 215, 216, 217) ~ GL 14m, 15m, 16m. Second-Year orweglan. , ,l hours.
rAL 11m 12m, 13m. First·Year Russian, 4, 5, 4 hour~.~ AL 14m', 15m, 16m. Second-Year RussIan. 5, 4,
Language Study (AST 215, 216, 217) l hours.
Physical Education
Chemistry (AST 205, 206)
Engineering Drawing (AST 001)
History (AST 133)
English (AST 111)
Geography (AST 163)
Army Subjects
Intermediate Algebra and
Trigonometry (AST 406)
Analytical Geometry (AST 407)
Calculus (AST 408)
Physics (AST 304, 305, 306)
The curriculum as outlined below, shows, in the first column, the subjects
prescribed by the Army Air Forces, and,. in ~e second co~umn, ~he l!niversi~y
courses in which trainees are enrolled, and 10 whIch they receive Umverslty credit.
Vector Analysis and Mechanics
(AFTC II)
American History with Training in
Oral and Written Composition
(AFTC V)
228
Army Subjects
Mathematics (AFTC I)
Physics (AFTC III)
Geography (AFTC IV)
Physical Education
UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
University Courses
{
Mth 105m. College Algebra. 3 hours.
Mth 106m. Plane Trigonometry. 3 hours. .
Mth 200m. Analytical Geometry. 4 hours.
Mth 201m, 202m, 203m. Calculus. 4, 3, 5 hours.
Mth 432m. Advanced Calculus. 4 hours.
{
Mth 431m. Advanced Calculus (Vector Analysis). 3
hours.
Ph 451m. Analytical (Vectorial) Mechanics. 4 hours.
) Ph 201m, 202m, 203m. General Physics. 2, 5, 5 hours.
1 Ph 411m. Advanced General Physics. 5 hours.
{
Geo 105m, 106m, 107m. Introductory Geography. 2,
2, 1 hours.
Geo 219m. Cartography. I hour.
Hst 201m, 202m, 203m. History of the United States.
I hour each term.
Hst 474m. American Foreign Relations. 1 hour each
term.
Rht 111m, 112m, 113m. English Composition. 1 hour
each term.
Rht 216m. Advanced Writing. 1 hour.
SD 130m, 131m, 132m. Extempore Speaking. 1 hour
each term.
SD 321m. Advanced Public Discussion. 1 hour.
PE 190m. Physical Education. 1 hour each rm (4
terms).
Graduate Division
OLOF LARSELL, Ph.D., Sc.D., Dean and Director of the Graduate Division, Oregon
State System of Higher Education.
GEORGE REBEc, Ph.D., Counsellor of the Graduate Division, Oregon State System
of Higher Education.
HOWARD RICE TAYLOR, Ph.D., Associate Dean of the Graduate Division, in charge
at the University.
WILLIBALD WENIGER, Ph.D., Associate Dean of the Graduate Division, in charge
at the State College.
JEANNE GAYLORD WHITE, Secretary to the Dean.
CLARA LYNN FITCH, Secretary of the Graduate Division at the University.
ESTHER SIGRID LOCKREN, B.A., Secretary of the Graduate Division at the State
College.
Graduate Councils
General Graduate Council. OLOF LARSELL, H. R. TAYLOR, WILLIBALD WENIGER,
W. G. BEATTIE, J. R. JEWELL, E. L. PACKARD, FLORENCE BLAZIER, P. M.
BRANDT, S. H. GRAI', THEODORE KRATT, D. C. MOTE, R. R. HUESTIS, E. S.
WEST.
University Graduate Council. OLOF LARSELL (chairman), H. R. TAYLOR (vice-
chairman), W. G. BEATTIE, R. R. HUESTIS, C. L. KELLY, THEODORE KRATT,
R. W. LEIGHTON, E. H. MOORE, F. L. STETSON, PIERRE VAN RYSSELBERGHE,
HOYT TROWBRIDGE, L. A. WOOD.
Medical School Graduate Council. OLoF LARSELL (chairman), R. A. FENTON,
H. F. HANEY, M. C. RIDDLE, E. S. WEST, RUTH WHEELOCK.
State College Graduate Council. OLOF LARSELL (chairman), WILLIBALD WENI-
GER (vice-chairman), W. G. BEATTIE, FLORENCE BLAZIER, P. M. BRANDT,
L. C. BRITT, W. H. DREESEN, S. H. GRAF, E. G. MASON, D. C. MOTE, C. W.
SALSER.
Graduate Study
IN the discipline of undergraduate education the primary aim is to preparethe student for cultured living and intelligent citizenship, and in techniquesleading to a professional career. In graduate study the dominant aim is the
development of the scholar, capable of original thinking and of creative achieve-
ment in the advancement and extension of knowledge. Hence, a graduate degree
indicates more than the mere completion of a prescribed amount of advanced
study; it indicates that the student has shown both promise and performance in the
field of independent scholarship.
Graduate study in the Oregon State System of Higher Education is defined
to include all study beyond the bachelor's degree, in other than strictly professional
curricula. By professional curricula are meant clearly defined and sharply spe-
cialized curricula, such as those in law and medicine, leading to professional
degrees.
[229]
230 GRADUATE DIVISION GENERAL REGULATIONS 231
Advanced degrees were conferred occasionally at the University from the
earliest days. In 1897 definite requirements of resident work were established
for the master's degree. Graduate instruction was placed under the administra-
tive control of the Graduate School in 1899-1900.
At the State College, the first advanced degree (A.M.) was conferred in
1876; in 1910 graduate study was placed under the administrative control of a
special standing committee of the faculty.
In 1933 all graduate work in the State System was coordinated under the
Graduate Division.
Organization of Graduate Division
THE Graduate Division has jurisdiction over all graduate study in the StateSystem leading to other than strictly professional degrees. The GraduateDivision is administered through the graduate dean, the associate graduate
deans at the University of Oregon and Oregon State College, and the graduate
councils at the University, the State College, and the University of Oregon Medical
School.
A State System General Graduate Council formulates policies for the im-
provement and coordination of the program of graduate instruction and research
of the State System as a whole, and facilitates cooperation between the institutions
in the development of common procedures in the administration of graduate work
and uniform standards of graduate scholarship. The membership of the General
Graduate Council includes the graduate dean, the associate deans, the dean of
general research, the dean of general extension, the dean of education, and repre-
sentatives from the institutional graduate councils.
The institutional graduate councils have jurisdiction over the policies and
procedures of grad.uate work within their respective institutions. The actual
formulation of departmental graduate programs and the working out and direction
of the programs of individual students are responsibilities of the departments; but
no department has authority to waive or supersede the general rules or require-
ments of the Graduate Division.
Institutional Allocation of Graduate Work
O N the basis of the allocations of curricula in the Oregon State Systemof Higher Education, all graduate study leading to advanced degrees atthe institutions of the State System has been allocated by curricula or
major subjects as follows:
University of Oregon--
Liberal arts and sciences, and the professional fields of architecture and
allied arts, business administration, education, journalism, law, medicine
(at the Medical School in Portland), music, and physical education.
Oregon State College-
The biological sciences, the physical sciences (including mathematics),
and the professional and technical fields of agriculture, education, engin-
eering, forestry, home economics, and pharmacy.
In certain fields graduate work may be carried on at the Portland Extension
Center, leading to degrees, through the Graduate Division, from the University or
the State College.
Students may be enrolled for maj or work on one campus and for minor wOkk
on another.
General Regulations
~REE classes of graduate students are recognized: (1) those wishing toI become candidates for a master's degree; (2) those wishing to become
candidates for a doctor's degree; and (3) those wishing merely to take
work beyond the requirements for the bachelor's degree. Students of the first
and second classes follow programs organized in conformity with the rules stated
below. Students of the third class register for the courses they desire, with the
understanding that the institution is under no implied obligation to accept credit
earned as credit toward a degree. Whether a student is adequately prepared to
enter a particular course is determined by the instructor in charge and the head of
the department.
Admission. A graduate of any accredited college or university is admitted
to the Graduate Division by the registrar of the institution which he wishes to
enter, upon filing an application for admission and an official transcript of his
·college record (including undergraduate and graduate work). Such admission,
however, does not of itself entitle a student to become a candidate for a degree.
Admission to candidacy for an advanced degree is granted only after the student
has demonstrated, by passing a qualifying examination, the thoroughness of his
previous preparation and his ability to do work of graduate character.
Graduate credit will not be granted for undergraduate work taken in excess
of the requirements for the bachelor's degree.
Preparation Required for Graduate Study. Preparation for a graduate
major must be an undergraduate maj or in the same subj ect, or a fair equivalent.
Preparation for a graduate minor must be at least a one-year sequence of upper-
division work in addition to foundational courses in the subject. Graduate credit
may not be earned in courses for which the student does not show proper prepara-
tion by previous record or special examination.
Study Program and Load. Graduate students beginning work toward a
degree will be expected to work out, in tentative form at least. a complete pro-
gram of study leading toward the degree desired. This program should allow
sufficient time for completion of the thesis. Work on the thesis should be begun as
early as possible.
The normal load for a graduate student devoting all of his time to graduate
study is 15 term hours (including course work and thesis). The maximum load
is 16 term hours. For assistants, scholars, and fellows, the maximum load is 10
term hours. Assistants receiving a fractional stipend may carry a maximum of
15 term hours of work, but are advised to limit their study programs in proportion
to the amount of service rendered. All graduate students who devote part of their
time to other occupations will be expected to limit their programs in a similar
fashion, according to the share of their time available for graduate work.
The graduate program of each candidate should include a substantial amount
()f work with at least three faculty members offering graduate instruction.
232 GRADUATE DIVISION
GEN.ERAL REGULATIONS 233
Grade Requirements. A grade-point average of 3.00 (a B average) is re-
quired for every graduate degree. Grades below C are not accepted for graduate
credit.
Graduate Courses. All courses numbered in the 500s carry graduate credit,
as do those in the 400s which have been approved by the Graduate Council.
Approved courses in the 400s are designated in the catalogs by (G) or (g) follow-
ing the course title. Courses designed (G) may form a part of either a major
or a minor; courses designated (g) may be taken toward a minor only. Graduate
students taking courses in the 400s are expected to do work of a higher order and
broader scope than the work of undergraduate students in the same courses.
Fees and Deposits. Graduate students registered for seven term hours of
work or more pay a fee of $32.50 a term. Graduate students do not pay the non-
resident fee. Graduate students registered for six term hours or less pay the reg-
ular part-time fee of $4.00 a term hour but not less than $10.00 a term. Payment
of the graduate fee entitles the student to all services maintained by the University
for the benefit of students.
Graduate students must make a $5.00 deposit once each year at the time of
first registration. See page 59.
Master of Arts and Master of Science
Credit Requirement. For the departmental Master of Arts or Master of
Science degrees, the student must complete a program of study totaling not less
than 45 term hours in courses approved for graduate credit. Approximately two-
thirds of the work (30 term hours) must be in the major. One-third (15 term
hours) may be in: (1) a related minor; (2) appropriate service courses; (3)
suitable complementary courses in the major; or (4) some combination of (2)
and (3).
Residence Requirement. For all master's degrees the residence requirement
is one academic year of full-time study, or equivalent. (Work taken in summer
sessions will count toward the satisfaction of the residence requirement.) Graduate
or research assistants may satisfy the residence requirement by five terms of work.
Students who have taken graduate work at another institution may lighten their
load by transferring credit; but transferred credit will not shorten the residence
requirement.
A maximum of 15 term hours earned in graduate courses in the Portland
Extension Center or at Oregon State College may be counted as credit earned in
residence toward the departmental master's degree. If adequate course offerings
are available, all of the work toward the Master of Arts (General Studies) degree
may be taken at the Portland Center.
Transferred Credit. A maximum of 15 term hours of graduate work done
at another accredited institution, or in extension courses approved for graduate
credit, may be transferred, provided that: (1) the work fits into a logical program
for the degree; (2) the transfer is approved by the major department and by the
Graduate Council; (3) grades of A or B have been earned. Credit granted for
work done at another institution is tentative until validated by work in residence.
(See also "Time Limit" below.)
Language Requirements. For the Master of Arts degree, the student must
show, by examination or by adequate undergraduate courses (two years of college
work in one language), a reading knowledge of one foreign language, preferably
French or German. By petition to the Graduate Council, a student may be permitted
to substitute another language, if it is equally relevant to his program of graduate
studies. For the Master of Science degree there is no foreign-language require-
ment, unless a language is needed in the individual student's program.
~ourse Requirements. For the Master of Arts (departmental) and Master
of ~clence degrees at least one year sequence in the 500-599 series (normally of
semmar or research nature and for approximately 3 hours of credit per term) I
reqUIred. s
Ti~e Lim.it.. All work counted toward the master's degree (including work
for W?IC~ credit IS transferred from another institution, the thesis, and the final
exammatlOn) must be completed within a period of five years.
Qualifying Examination. A student wishing to become a candidate for a
ma~t~r's degr~e is. ~iven a qualifying examination designed to test his basic
tra~nmg an? hl~ abIlIty to pursue studies at the graduate level in his chosen field.
ThIS exammatlOn may be oral or written or both. It must be taken before the
student. ~as completed 15 term hours of graduate work. If satisfactory knowledge
and abIlIty are demon~trated, the student is formally advanced to candidacy for
th~ ~~gree sought, subject to the approval of the associate dean of the Graduate
DIVISIOn.
The qualifying examination for the master's degree is scheduled by the major
school. or department; the date must be reported to the graduate office at least one
week m advance.
Gr~duates of the University who have taken the bachelor's degree with
~onors m. the. field of the graduate major are ordinarily exempt from the qualify-
mg exammatlOn for the master's degree.
Thesis. Every candidate for a master's degree must present a thesis. A first
draft. must be ~pproved by the candidate's advi'ser before the student will be
permitted to r~glster for the final hours of Thesis. Not later than two weeks before
the date of hiS. final examination, the candidate must present to the graduate
offi~e three copIes of the completed thesis, signed by the thesis adviser, and six
copIes of an abstract not more than 500 words in length.
The t~ree ~opies of the .thesis are filed unbound and are bound at the expense
of the Umverslty. T.wo copies are deposited in the Library, and one becomes the
property .of the. major department. One of the Library copies is available for
general cIrculatIOn.
Full information concerning the prescribed style for theses may be obtained
on request at the office of the Graduate Division.
!"inal Examinatio~. A final oral examination of not less than two hours is
req.Ulred of e:ver~ candIdate for the master's degree; when deemed desirable a
~rItten ex~mmatlOn.may also be required. For the master's degree, the examina-
mg commltt~e consists of at least three members of the faculty (two in thstude~t'sm:"Jor field, one in the minor field). Normally, at least one member of th:
commlttee.ls a ~aculty member not directly connected with the candidate's studies.
At the. Umversl~y, a student presenting a thesis and passing a final examination of
exceptlO~al merIt may, by vote of the examining committee, be awarded a master's
degree With honors.
The examination com~ittee is nominated by the student's adviser, subject
to the approval of the aSSOCIate dean of the Graduate Division who is ex officio a
member of all examining committees. '
Master of Arts (General Studies). See page. 239.
Doctor of Philosophy
. G~neral Re~uirements. The degree of Doctor of Philosophy is granted
pnmarIly for attamments and proven ability. Requirements of time and credit are
234 GRADUATE DIVISION
GENERAL REGULATIONS 235
secondary; this degree does not rest on any computation of time or C?umera-
tion of courses; but no candidate will be recommended for the degree until he has
satisfied the minimum requirements of residence and study.
It is the policy of the Graduate Division not to accept as a candidate for the
Ph.D. any person whose academic training, both undergraduate and graduate, has
been exclusively at the institution from which the degree is sought.
A student will not be admitted to study toward the doctorate until he has
completed all work for the master's degree.
Qualifying Examination. Early in the first term of his doctoral work, the
student takes qualifying examinations in his major and minor subjects. The exam-
inations may include questions on any work done at another institution for which
transferred credit is requested.
Graduate Program. The student plans his doctoral program with the as-
sistance of his major adviser. As soon as he has passed his qualifying examina-
tions, his program is presented for approval to an advisory committee, appointed
by the associate dean of the Graduate Division.
The program should consist of studies in a major field and, in addition, closely
related studies in a minor field or a substantial amount of work in several related
fields. The minor or part of the cognate studies must be in some other than the
major school or department. A student electing a formal minor should devote ap-
proximately forty per cent of his time to the minor. The selection of work in minor
or cognate fields is subject to the approval of the Graduate Council.
Residence. For the doctor's degree, at least two years of full-time work
beyond the master's degree are required, of which at least one year (usually the
last) must be spent in residence on the campus of the University of Oregon or
the University of Oregon Medical School.
Preliminary Examinations. The student working toward the doctor's degree
must pass a group of comprehensive preliminary examinations (oral or written,
or both) in his major and minor subjects not less than one academic year before
he expects to receive the degree. Advancement to candidacy is contingent on passing
these examinations.
Languaie Requirements. For the Doctor of Philosophy degree, a reading
knowledge of French and German must be demonstrated by a formal examination
in each language. These examinations should be taken as early as possib.le .after
the beginning of graduate work, and must be passed before the prellmmary
examinations may be taken. Another foreign language may, with the approval of
the Graduate Council, be substituted for either French or German if, in the opinion.
of the student's advisory committee, it will be of more value in his program.
Thesia. Every candidate for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy must submit.
a thesis embodying the results of research, and giving evidence of originality
and ability in independent investigation. The thesis must be a real contribution
to knowledge based on the candidate's own investigations. It must show a.
mastery of the literature of the subject, and be written in creditable literary
form. It is expected that the preparation of an acceptable thesis will require at.
least the greater part of an academic year.
Five copies of the thesis, approved by the adviser, must be deposited unbound,
in the graduate office not less than four weeks before the time set for the final
examination. Ten copies of an abstract of the approved thesis (not longer than.
1,500 words) must be filed two weeks before the examination.
Final Examination. The final examination for the degree of Doctor of
Philosophy may be written in part, but must include an oral examination, usually·
of three hours' duration. The oral examination is open to all members of the
faculty and to advanced graduate students. The date of the oral examination
is. publicly .announced at ~east,one ~eek befor~ it is held. The examining com-
mittee consIsts of t~e candIdate s adVISOry committee and other members, including
at lea~t 0ll;e not .dlrectly connect.ed with the major or minor department. The
committee IS. nommated by the major department or school, subject to the approval
of the. associate d~n of the Graduate Division. Five members of the examining
commIttee ~re deSIgnated to read the thesis and determine its acceptability. Unani-
mous vote IS necessary for approval.
At the oral examination the candidate is expected to defend his thesis and
to show a satisfactory knowledge of his major and minor fields. The written
e~amination, if given, is expected to cover aspects of the major and minor fields
With which the thesis is not directly concerned.
Ol:her Gradual:e Degrees
Mast~r of Education. To be admitted to graduate study toward the Master
of ~ducatlOn degree, the student must have had teaching experience. The thesis
tOPIC should emphasize applied or professional aspects of educational problems.
In a!1 other respects, the requirements for the M.Ed. degree are similar to the
requirements for the M.S. degree.
Master of Fine Art•. The requirements for the degree of Master of Fine
Arts i~clude the compl~tion of an extended creative project of professional char-
ac~e.r, mstead of a theSIS. Normally, candidates having a high degree of creative
abilIty may expect to spend about two years on this project and correlated course
work befc;rre rece.iving the degree. Since, however, the degree is awarded primarily
f?r creatlye achIevement, there will be considerable individual variation in the
time required. The student chooses his project and related courses with the advice
of ~ conunittee of members of the faculty of the School of Architecture and
AllIed Arts.
. Master of Music. Work leading to the degree of Master of Music is offered
m three. fields: composition, instrumental music, and vocal music. To be admitted
to candidacy for the M.M. degree in the field of composition, the student must
demonstrate the requisite skills and abilities for creative work and must submit
two ori~inal compositions. To be admitted to candidacy for the degree in the
fie!d of mstr~~~ntal or vocal ~usic, the student must demonstrate the requisite
skJlls and ablhues for profeSSIOnal performance and must submit a completere~e~tory. The :·t.hes~s" for the M.M. degree ma; be either a research paper, an
ongmal compositIOn m the large form, or a public instrumental or vocal perform-
ance. The st~dent of vocal music .must demonstrate a reading knowledge of at
least two foreign languages and satisfactory diction in a third.
Doct~r of Education. To be admitted to graduate study toward the Doctor
of. Education degree, the student must have a master's degree and must submit
eVidence of success!ul pr?fessional experience. Three full years of graduate work
(l35 term hours), mcludll1g work toward the master's degree, are required for the
D.Ed..degree. This work must be distributed as follows: education, 60 term hours;
work 111 a field or fields closel~ related to the major aim of the student's graduate
program, ~ term hours; electIVes, 20 term hours; doctoral thesis, 15 term hours.
Th,ere IS no foreign-language requirement for the D.Ed. degree, unless the
student s program demands an acquaintance with foreign literature.
. The student working toward the D.Ed. degree takes the following examina-
tlons: (1) a qualifying examination, given before he has completed two terms of
236 GRADUATE DIVISION
GRADUATE WORK AT THE UNIVERSITY 237
work toward the degree; (2) divisional examinations, covering his major field in
education and related fields, given after he has completed 90 term hours of work;
(3) a final examination, similar in scope and procedure to the final examination
for the Ph.D. degree (see page 234).
Assistantships, Scholarships, and Fellowships
A VARYING number of graduate and research assistantships, scholarships,and fellowships are awarded annually to graduates of accredited universitiesand colleges who have superior records in their undergraduate work. All
persons holding these positions are expected to register in the Graduate Division,
and to become candidates for advanced degrees. Assistants, scholars, and fellows
pay the same fees as other graduate students. Application should be made before
March 15. Application blanks are furnished on request by the Graduate Division.
The University will welcome the submission of Graduate Record Examination
scores by students applying for assistantships, scholarships, or fellowships. Fur
information about this examination write to Graduate Record Examination, 437
West 59th Street, New York City.
Graduate Assistantships. A graduate assistant renders services amounting
to not more than 18 hours a week-reading papers, handling laboratory and quiz
sections, etc. He is permitted to enroll for a maximum of 10 term hours of course
work. A graduate assistant commonly completes the work for a master's degree in
two years. The stipend is $660 a year. Appointment is for one year; reappointment
may be made for one additional year.
A part-time graduate assistant receives $330 a year. His maximum course load
is IS term hours.
Research Assistantships. A research assistant aids a faculty member in
carrying on a research project. Compensation and enrollment limitations are the
same as for a graduate assistant.
Graduate and Research Scholarships. Scholarships are awarded to students
whose promise is considered exceptional. Ordinarily, award of a scholarship is
based on the student's record during a previous year of study and service at the
institution. Required services and enrollment limitations are the same as for
assistants. The stipend is $780 a year.
Graduate and Research Fellowships. A fellow is normally a person pro-
ceeding toward the doctorate, with at least one year of markedly superior work
toward that degree completed. The graduate fellow gives instructional assistance
in his department. The duties of a research fellow are similar to the duties of a
research assistant; a fellow is, however, expected to assume greater responsibility
in connection with the research project to which he is assigned. Fellows are al-
lowed to enroll for a maximum of 10 term hours of course work. The stipend IS
$912 a year.
State Scholarships. A limited number of scholarships covering tuition and
laboratory and course fees are available to graduate students in the institutions
of the Oregon State System of Higher Education. All applicants, to he eligible,
must be in need of financial assistance, and must show evidence of superior
scholarship. Application should be made to the Registrar of the University, on
official blanks furnished by his office, and must be filed before April 1.
Arthur P. Pratt ~chola:ship.The Arthur P. Pratt Scholarship is awarded
annually to a graduatmg. sem.or of the University of Oregon, as an aid to post-
g:aduate s~udy <l;t the Umversl~Y. In choosing a Pratt scholar, a faculty committee
gIves consIderatIOn to scholastIc record, character, good citizenship, and promi3e
as a graduate student. The scholarship is endowed through a gift from Mr. John
G. Foster of Eugene, and is named in honor of Mr. Arthur P. Pratt of Los An-
geles, California.
Graduate Work at the University
G RADUATE wo~k <l;t the University is carried on under the auspices ofthe Grad~ate J?lvlslOn, and un~er the direction of the Graduate Council
of the ~nlverslty and the assocIate dean of the Graduate Division. Corre-
spondence relatmg to graduate work in the fields allocated to the University should
be addressed to the Graduate Division, University of Oregon, Eugene, Oregon,
or to the department concerned.
The University is authorized to grant the following advanced degrees through
the Graduate Division:
Doctor Of Phil~sophy: Chemistry, Economics, Education, English, History,
MedIcal SCIences, Psychology, Romance Languages, Sociology.
Doctor of Education: Education.
Master ?f Arts (D~~artm~ntal):Anthropology, Architecture, Art, Biology,
Buslfo1ess Admlmstratlon, Chemistry, Classics, Economics, Education,
EnglIsh, G~ology and Geography, German, History, Journalism, Land-
scap~ Archl.tecture, Math~matics, Medical Sciences, Music, Pacific Basin
StudIes, PhIlosophy, PhYSIcal Education, Physics, Political Science, Psy-
chology, Romance Languages, Sociology.
Master of Arts (General Studies).
Maste: ?f Sc!ence: Ant~ropology, Architecture, Art, Biology, Business Ad-
minIstratIOn, ~hemlstry, Economics, Education, English, Geology and
. Geo~raphy, .Hlstory, Jo~rnalism, Landscape Architecture, Mathematics,
MedIca! SClence~, Mus~c: Paci~c Basin Studies, Philosophy, Physical
EducatIon, PhYSICS, PolItIcal SCIence, Psychology, Sociology.
Master of Fine Arts: Art and Architecture, Landscape Architecture.
Master of Architecture: Architecture.
Master of Business Administration: Business Administration.
Master of Education: Education.
Master of Landscape Architecture: Landscape Architecture.
Master of Music: Music.
Graduate Work at the State College
G RADUATE work .a! ~he State College is carried on under the auspicesof the Graduate DIVISIon, and under the direction of the Graduate Council
of the State College and the associate dean of the Graduate Division. Corre-
spondence relating to graduate work in fields allocated to the State College should
be addressed to the Graduate Division, Oregon State College, Corvallis, Oregon,
or to the department concerned.
238 GRADUATE DIVISION MASTER OF ARTS (GENERAL STUDIES) 239
The following advanced degrees are granted by the State College through
the Graduate Division:
Doctor of Philosophy: Agriculture, Bacteriology, Botany, Chemistry, Ento-
mology, Geology, Mathematics, Physics, Zoology.
Doctor of Education: Education.
Master of Arts (Departmental) : Bacteriology, Botany, Chemistry, Educa-
tion, Engineering, Entomology, Geology, Home Economics, Mathe-
matics, Mining Engineering, Pharmacy, Physics, Zoology.
Master of Arts (General Studies).
Master of Science: Agriculture, Bacteriology, Botany, Chemistry, Educa-
tion, Engineering, Entomology, Forestry, Geology, Home Economics,
Mathematics, Mining Engineering, Pharmacy, Physics, Zoology.
Master of Education: Education.
Master of Forestry: Logging Engineering, Technical Forestry, Wood
Products.
Engineer: Chemical Engineering (Ch.E.) ; Civil Engineering (C.E.) ; Elec-
trical Engineering (E.E.); Forestry, including Logging Engineering,
Technical Forestry, and Wood Products (F.E.) ; Mechanical Engineer-
ing (M.E.) ; Mining Engineering (Mi.E.).
A major may be selected from among several fields within a department
or may involve two or more related departments.
Graduate Work at the Medical School
THE University of Oregon Medical School offers graduate instruction leadingto the Master of Arts, Master of Science, and Doctor of Philosophy degreesin the medical sciences: anatomy, bacteriology, biochemistry, pathology,
pharmacology, and physiology. The Medical School admits as candidates for
graduate degrees in these fields only those students who are preparing for a
professional career in medicine or allied fields, such as dentistry, nursing, and
work as a medical or dental technician. Work toward these degrees is offered
as an integral part of the program of the Graduate Division, and is subject to the
rules and regulations of the Graduate Division. Graduate degrees earned at the
Medical School are conferred by the University of Oregon, upon recommendation
of the faculty of the Medical School.
In addition to opportunities for graduate study and research in the pre-
clinical departments, arrangements may be made for special study of clinical
problems by experimental methods, through the cooperation of the preclinical
and clinical departments. In some cases, students doing work of this kind may
qualify for graduate degrees.
Graduate Work at the Portland Center
IF adequate course offerings are available for an integrated program in thefields in which the student wishes to work, he may complete all the require-ments for the Master of Arts (General Studies) degree at the Portland
Center. In a number of fields, one-third of the work for the Master of Arts
(departmental) or the Master of Science degree may be earned in Portland.
Graduate work beyond the master's degree is not offered at the Portland Center.
Graduate degrees earned at the Portland Center are awarded by the University
or the State College according to major subject in harmony with the allocation
of curricula and degrees. '
Master of Arts (General Studies)
IN addition to the regular Master of Arts (departmental) degree the Univer-~ity and t.he St~te College offer the degree of Master of Arts (Gen~ral Studies)
In fields In which graduate work is allocated to the institution. This degree is
granted for achievement in cultural scholarship, not for specialized work in one of
the traditional ,fields of learning. The student pursues a program of study selected
from the offerings of several departments. The requirements are flexible but the
work must be integrated and organic. The'student's thesis provides the f~s which
determines the selection of courses for his program. On the recommendation of
the student's adviser, the foreign-language requirement may be waived.
The general-studies program at the University is supervised by a special
committee of which Dr. Elon Howard Moore is chairman.
In addition to courses chosen from the offerings of the several University
schools and departments, the following courses are available for the general-studies
student:
GSt 501. Research in General Studies. Terms and hours to be arranged.
GSt 503. Graduate Thesis. Terms and hours to be arranged.
GSt 505. Reading and Conference. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Part IV
Research
Extension
Enrollment and Degrees
Indexes
Research
ADVANCEMENT of human knowledge and technical and technologicalservice to the commonwealth are recognized functions of institutions ofhigher learning. Research in the Oregon State System of Higher Edu-
cation is encouraged and assisted through the General Research Council and
divisional councils, and by such special institutional agencies as the Commonwealth
Service Council of the University of Oregon and the Agricultural Experiment
Station and the Engineering Experiment Station of Oregon State College.
General Research Council
General Council E. L. PACKARD (chairman), OLOF LARSELL (vice-chairman),
A. L. ALBERT, W. F. ALLEN, C. B. BEALL, O. K. BURRELL, R. R. HUESTIS,
R. W. LEIGHTON, R J. MAASKE, W. E. MILNE, W. A. SCHOENFELD, H. R.
TAYLOR. WILLIBALD WENIGER.
Language, Literature, Art Divisional Council. C. B. BEALL (chairman), LOUIS
ARTAU, F. M. COMBELLACK, J. L. FAIRBANKS, R. D. HORN, J. M. KrnzEK,
E. C. A. LESCH, G. F. LUSSKY.
Social Science Divisional Council O. K. BURRELL (chainnan), G. A. BAKKUM,
VERA H. BRANDON, L. S. CRESSMAN, W. H. DIlUSEN, J. W. ELLISON, J. T.
GANOE, C. L. HUFFAKER, R. W. LEEPER, K. J. O'CONNELL, WALDO SCHU-
MACHER, H. G. TOWNSEND, G. S. TURNBULL, L. A. WOOD.
Natural Science Divisional Council W. E. MILNE (chairman), W. B. BoLLltN,
B. E. CHRISTENSEN, P. M. DUNN, NATHAN FASTEN, S. H. GRAF, E. T.
HODGE, R. R. HUESTIS, A. H. KUNZ, D. C. MOT£, ETHEL I. SANBORN, E. T.
STUHR, WILLIBALD W£NIGER, E. S. WEST, JESSAMINE C. WILLIAMS, H. B.
YOCOM.
Medical Science Divisional Council W. F. ALLltN (chairman), N. W. JONES,
OLOF LARSELL, F. R. MENNE, F. R. MOUNT, H. J. SIWlS, E. S. WEST.
THE General Research Council was established as an interinstitutional or-
• ~~nization by the State Board of Higher Education for the purpose of
stimulating the development of research among the staff members of the
State System whose projects do not fall within the organized programs of other
research agencies at the University and State College.
By subsequent action of the State Board, four divisional councils have been
designated as follows: Language, Literature, Art; Science; Social Science;
Medical Science. The divisional councils are advisory bodies assisting in the
encouragement of research in their respective fields, in the development of cooper-
ative research, and in the examination and evaluation of all projects for which
research funds are requested.
The dean and director of general research is chairtJlan of the General
Research Council and the budgetary officer. The General Research Council is
concerned with the general policies affecting the research interests of staff
members. It prepares annually and submits a budget for the support of general
research. The council is authorized to make grants-in-aid to approved research
projects initiated by staff members of the institutions of the State System. The
General Research Council also assigns research assistants, research scholars,
and research fellows to approved projects requiring the technical assistance of
[243]
244 RESEARCH UNIVERSITY RESEARCH AGENCIES 245
graduate students. Assistantships, scholarships, and fellowships carry stipends of
$660, $780, and $912, respectively. Appointments are made jointly by the Research
Council and the Graduate Division.
University Research Agencies
COMMONWEALTH SERVICE COUNCIL
CALVIN CRUKBAKER (chairman), L. S. Bu, J. H. GILBERT, C. L. HUl1FAKER, W. C.
JONES, V. P. MORRIS.
Bureau of Business Research. V. P. MORRIS (chairman), O. K. BURRELL, E. G.
DANIEL.
Bureau of Educational ReseMch. C. L. HUl1FAKER (chairman), J. R. JtwELL, H.
M. SHAl1ER.
Bureau of Municipal Research and Service. W. C. JONES (chainnan), W. C. BAL-
LAIN!!, J. H. GILBERT, HERMAN KEHRLI. H£RY:AN KEHRLI, Director; H. R.
ENNOR, Assistant Director; MARY BARNES, Research Assistant; ORVAL ETTER,
Research Assistant.
LBGISLATIVE SERVICB AND REFBRENCE BUREAU
D. E. CLARK, J. H. GILBERT, O. J. HOLLIS, W. C. JONES, V. P. MORRIS.
RESEARCH studies undertaken as a direct, practical service to the state aresponsored and encouraged by the University through the CommonwealthService Council. Functioning bureaus and committees are organized to act
under the council in special fields and projects.
It is the purpose of the council to plan and to initiate programs of com-
monwealth service, and to coordinate the activities of the several service bureaus
and committees. The council has power to select projects and prpblems for study
and to assign them to members of the University staff or to bureaus or com-
mittees most capable of handling them. All service bureaus and committees are
responsible to the council for reports on their projects and activities. It is in-
tended that the council should have a broad, comprehensive grasp of the needs
of the state for service studies, and of the resources of the University for meeting
these needs.
Each functioning unit of the Commonwealth Service Council acts as a bud-
getary group, and makes its own budget requests for research and for the publica-
tion of studies.
Bureau of Municipal Research and Service. The Bureau of Municipal
Research and Service sponsors a comprehensive program of research and service
in the field of local government. Studies range from basic surveys of local gov-
ernment in Oregon to studies of special community problems, undertaken at the
request of Oregon cities. The bureau has also cooperated with the governor
and the State Legislature on important surveys in the broader field of state
government and welfare. Among the services provided are: a Municipal Refer-
ence Library, a consultant service on special problems of municipal government,
weekly radio programs on municipal problems over KOAC, a series of mimeo-
graphed information bulletins. The program of the bureau is carried on in cooper-
ation with the League of Oregon Cities, of which the director of the bureau is
executive secretary.
Legislative Service and Reference Bureau. The Legislative Service and
Reference Bureau of the state of Oregon was established by act of the State
Legislature in 1919. The law provides that the bureau shall consist of five mem-
bers o~ the fac,~lty of the University of Oregon, appointed by the governor, and
shall Include the heads of ~he departments of law, economics, history, and
~ommerce, or the correspondmg departments." The duties of the bureau are:
Upon request of any member or members elect of the legislature or upon request
of the s~ver~1 st~te departments, to conduct research into questions of importance
and legIslatIve Interest and to compile, chart and index the results of such
research for pub.lic use. Upon re.quest of members or members elect of the legis-
I~ture, to ~raft bIlls fo~ presentatIon to the Oregon legislature, avoiding all ineffec-
tIve wordmg and conflIct with other laws,"
Bureau of Business Research. See SCHOOL 011 BUSIN£SS ADMINISTRATIoN.
Bureau of Educational Research. See SCHOOL OF EDUCATION.
GENERAL EXTENSION DIVISION 247
General Extension Division
Corresp~ndenu Study
B.A., Head of Correspondence Study; Assistant Professor ot
Extension
THROUGH extension services the benefits of all. the st.ate i~stitutions ofh' h education are brought to the people of the state In theIr own com-Ig~: All divisions of the State System of Higher Education seek throu~b
mum les. ossible so far as resources and facilities permit, t~ ~erve the entIre
every ~~nst~nsion ~ctivities of the several institutions .are a~n:'I~lIstered through
state. ~ tension services: the General ExtenSIon DIVISIon ~nd th~ ~t;d­
twoI cCoordmatt~.d exExtens'lon Service * The latter includes all extensIon actIvitIes
era oopera Ive .
carried on jointly with the Federal government.
AdministraJion
G "ftT B"ATTI" B A Acting Dean and Director of General Exten-tWILLIAM ILB...... « «,." .
. d Summer Sessions; Professor of education. .
slon an . . G lEt Ion'
E S.....·",NS D Ed Administrative ASSIstant In enera x ens ,HENRY UGENE .«y« , • ".
Associate Professor of EducatIon. .
MARY E. KENT, B.A., Eugene Office Manager; Assistant Professor of ExtenSIon
Teaching.
MOZELLE HAIR,
Sociology.
DOROTHY S. JONES, Record Clerk.
H£LtN K. KILPATRICK, Record Clerk.
CARMEN W. YOKUM, B.S., Mimeograph Clerk.
State-Wide Extension Classes
HENRY EUGEN~ STEvENS, D.Ed., Administrative Assistant in General Extension.
ELSIE M. IsoroFF, B.A., Secretary.
Portland Extension Center
MARGARIlT MORRISON SHARP, Administrative Assistant.
. MAURINE CHURCHILL, Secretary.
MABLE HOLMES PARSONS, M.A., Professor of English.
ALFRED PoWERS, B.A., Professor of Journalism. .
HENRY EUGENE STEVENS, D.Ed., Associate Professor of Education; Adviser in
General Studies. .
PERCY M. COLLIER, B.A., LL.B., Associate Professor of Enghsh.
PHILIP WOOD JANNEY, B.A.• C.P.A., Associate Professor of Business Admin-
istration.
--- • S . i charged with extendinl to the residente
• The Federal Cooperative Extens,0d' e~~"blesinfonnation of the Stat~ College and of
of the state the benefits, advantages,. an av. . I d home economics This service
the United States Departmen~ of Agnculturo; In agr~~~~u~~ :~sistance in those s~bjects which
includes all forms of cohoperatlv~ off·~hgd:· ~~s~hec~irect needs of the people of the state, par-
can be adapted, throug exte~s,C!nme '. I ra1 and bome interests of Oregon.
ticularly in enlarging and enrlchDlnltEdthe '!lfku ~::'e Dean and Director of General Extension ont JOHN FIlANCIS CBA"U, . ., WI c
July I, 1944.
[246]
Radio Station KOAC
ALLEN MILUR. B.S., Program Manager; Associate Professor of Radio Speech.
ZELTA FEIKE ROD~NWALD, M.S., Director of Womeri's Programs; Assistant Pro-
fessor of Home Economics Extension.
RICHARD E. FUSON, M.A., Announcer.
MARGARJl:T H. WHITE, Secretary.
Visuailnstruction
WILLIAM CURTIS REID, Ph.D., Head of Department; Associate Professor of Visual
Instruction.
RUTH P. ADAMS, Secretary.
In-Service Extension in Elementary Education
HARVltY EDGAR INLOW, M.A., LL.B., Head of Department; Professor of Elemen-
tary Teacher In-Service Extension Education.
Summer Sessions
WILLIAM GILBERT BEATTIE, B.A., Acting Director of Summer Sessions; Director
of Portland Summer Session.
VIRGINIA S. PEJl.RY, Secretary of Summer Sessions.
~E General Extension Division of the Oregon State System of HigherI ~ducation serves the people of the state through adult education by means
of extension classes, correspondence study, visual instruction, and radio, and
administers the summer sessions of the institutions of the State System. Its work
is organized into the following departments: at Eugene: Correspondence Study,
State-Wide Extension Classes; at Corvallis: Visual Instruction, Radio Station
KOAC; at Portland: Portland Extension Center; at Monmouth: In-Service
Extension in Elementary Education.
A State-Wide Campus. Through the General Extension Division the cur-
ricula, personnel, and facilities of all the state institutions of higher education are
made available in some degree to every citizen, group, and community in Oregon.
The activities of the General Extension Division are closely coordinated with
those of the Federal Cooperative Extension Service and all other organized service
agencies in the state,
Portland Extension Center. General extension in Portland is carried on
through the Portland Extension Center. More than a hundred evening, late af-
ternoon, and Saturday morning courses in twenty-six different departments and
professional schools were offered during the academic year 1943-44. The work of
these classes is of standard college or university grade. Resident credit at the Uni-
versity, the State College, or the state colleges of education may be earned through
these courses. Courses may be taken at the Portland Extension Center for graduate
tredit toward a master's degree at the University or the State College. Detailed
information is published in the Portland Extension Center Announcements.
State-Wide Extension Classes. Through its program of state-wide extension
dasses, the General Extension Division provides the people of the state of Oregon
with opportunities for college instruction and educational growth in their home
communities. Courses will be organized in any community which can furnish a
suitable meeting place for a class and can give assurance of an enrollment large
~nough to pay, through course fees, the cost of providing an instructor. The state-
248 EXTENSION
ENROLLMENT BY CURRICULUM AND CLASS, REGULAR SEI8IONS, 1942-43.
Summary of Enrollment and Degrees Granted
1942-43
* These totals do not include enr01lment at the University of OrC!f(on Medical School In
Portland. Enr01lment at the Medical School for 1942·43 totaled 713, Includin& 358 medical
student•. and 355 nnrsing students. For a detailed analysis of Medical School enrollment .ee
the MedIcal School Catalog. '
665
606
350
-291
96
3,113
3,208
Total
Total1 Women 1
I 1,410 I
I 1,3~~ I
Men I Women I
360 I 305 I
331 I 275 I236 114
-207 -84
Men
1,798
47
1,751
Session I
ENROLLMENT IN SUMMER SESSIONS, 1942
Net totals, excluding duplicate _ 1
Totals 1
Rank I
Curriculum \ \ Sp., I Sub· IFr. So. Jr. Sr. total Total
C01lege of I,.i1?e.ral Arts:
Gr. Ad.
LoWer' DtTlslon..... u ........u •••••••••••• 593 497 14 1,104
General Arts and Letters ............ 1 1 2
General Science 1 2 3
General Social S~i;;;~e·:::~::::::::::. 2 4 6
t~~:t~~:~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 1 1 213 7 5 256 4 3 132 2
Economics 4 10 3 17
Ena-liAb ......::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::.. 26 44 10 80
Geology and Geography ............. 2 4
"2 6Germanic Languages .................. 2 1 5
~~:h~~~ii·~;·..:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: 4 11 6 211 1 9 11
~t~~ci~.:. ..:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: 1 1 1 32 2
Political Science ..............._ ........ 1 5 6
Psychology .................................... 7 12 6 25
Romance Languages .................. 1 8 4 13
Sociology ...................................... 14 22 3 39
Total, C01l. of Liberal Arts I 593 497 I 86 I 142 I 53 1 14 I .....•.. I 1,385
School of Arch. and AlIied Arts...... 125 99 23 29 3 279
School of Bus. Administration........ 286 257 64 106 6 5 724
School of Education........................... 20 20 3 25 15 1 84
~~~ ~~ ~~~~i~~::::::::::::::::::::::::: 91 88 29 29 1 1 23975 64 20 10 4 1 174
School of Music................................. 53 34 5 15 6 113
School of Physical Education.......... 81 56 14 20 10 1111
X:i~!.~~~~~~~:.·.:·.·.·.:·::::·:.·.:·:.·.·.· ...·.·.·......:.'.:::: 1 "i8 128
Totals
··..•·..•·..•···....·•......••••..··1 1,324 I 1,115 244 I 376 I 96 1 53 I ........... I 3,208
ENROLLMENT BY SEX AND RANK, REGULAR SESSIONS, 1942.43*
%:,aJ:~~d~~feen~~d~;;t~·..:::::::::::::::::::~:=:::::::::::==::::::::::::::::::::::::::1
wide extension program includes both courses for college credit and noncredit
courses.
Correspondence Study. Study at home under competent supervision is
possible for any adult through carefully organized courses of instruction prepared
by members of the faculties of the Oregon State System of Higher Education.
These lesson outlines take the place of lectures and class exercises given to stu-
dents in residence. More than two hundred courses in a wide variety of subjects
are offered. Courses may be taken without credit by persons who enjoy the in-
tellectual stimulus of organized, directed study, or they may be taken for credit
toward a college degree. There are no special entrance requirements for corre-
spondence courses; any adult who has sufficient preparation to profit from them
may enroll. Complete information is published in a special Correspondence Study
Catalog.
Visual Instruction. The Department of Visual Instruction of the General
Extension Division provides glass and film slides, microscope slides, and motion-
picture films suitable for educational use by schools, community clubs, and other
organizations. A special catalog is published listing the material available. This
department is maintained jointly by the General Extension Division and the Fed-
eral Cooperative Extension Service.
Radio Station KOAC. Radio Station KOAC is Oregon's public-owned
station of which the State Board of Higher Education is the managing agency.
The station is located at Corvallis, Oregon, on the campus of Oregon State
College, the licensee and operator of the physical plant. The General Extension
Division of the State System of Higher Education directs the program service.
Program talent is drawn from the University of Oregon, Oregon State College,
the Oregon colleges of education, and from various departments of the state gov-
ernment. In addition, many other public agencies, organizations, and individuals
contribute frequently to broadcasts from the station. The station, established in
1925, is operated in the interest of the Oregon public. The programs are free from
commercialism. KOAC operates with 5,000 watts power daytime, 1,000 watts
power evening, on a frequency of 550 kilocycles by authority of the Federal Radio
Commission. Announcements of radio programs are issued periodically, and will
be furnished on request.
Summer Sessions. The summer sessions of the several institutions, although
a phase of resident instruction, are administered under the General Extension
Division. At the University, the State College, and the three state colleges of
education, the 1944 summer sessions have been organized as full summer quarters,
made up of two five and one-half week sessions. The summer program of the
Portland Extension Center includes a fun eleven-week quarter of evening classes
and a six-week daytime summer session. Both undergraduate and graduate courses
are offered at the University, State College, and Portland sessions. Information
concerning the summer sessions is issued in separate bulletins.
[249]
ENROLLMENT IN GENERAL EXTENSION DIVISION
]uly I, 1942·]une 30, 1943
Enrollment I Undergraduate \ Graduate IMen IWomenI Total Men IWomenI Total TotalMen IWomenl Total
Index of Names
(Subject Index, page 254)
(250]
* This total does not include 57 certificates granted, as follows: 8 in Nursing SuperYision.
1 in Obstetrical Nursi1l8, 1 in Pediatric Nursing, 46 in Public Health Nursi1l8, 1 ill Surgical
Nursing.
NOTB: Eight under.rraduates too~ w\'rk in J:lo!h Sprillll'fieid and ~utrene. The ta~le credits
tIaem to both citieol. WIth these duplications eliDl1uted, the state·wIde class total IS 511 and
grand total is 4,792.
Dillehunt, R. B., 22, 203
Dixon, H. H., 22
Doltz, Henrietta, 22, 128
Donald, J. T., 78
Douglass, M. H., 16,22
Dreesen, W. H., 229, 243
Dunlop, Genevieve, 78
Dunn, P. M., 6, 243
DuRette, Marguerite, 37,176
Durgan, W. T., 78
Earl, V. D., 15, 17,22
Ellison, J. W., 243
Elston, Arnold, 22, 204
Emerson, Lena C., 81
Ennor, H. R, 22, 244
Erb, D. M., IS, 18, 100
Ernst, Alice, 22, 104
Ernst, R. H., 23, 104
Etter, Orval, 37, 244
Evans, J. S., 23, 204
Fairbanks, J. L., 243
Fallis, C. G., 23, 139
Fansett, E. C., 17, 77
Farmer, A. J., 165
Fasten, Nathan, 243
Faust, L. M., 23, 163
Fenton, R A., 23, 229
Findly, Elizabeth, 16, 23, 104
Finley, Knox, 23
Finseth, L. S., 5
Firth, Margaret E., 23, 176
Fischer, Rachel, 146
Fish, Andrew, 23, 119
Fitch, Clara, 229
Foote, A. H., 17
Foote, Hanna M., 16
Foster, Martha, 16
Franca, H. C. de, 23, 139
Franchere, H. C., 23, 104
Franchere, Ruth, 23, 104
Frasier, Brownell, 23, 146
Freeman. Olga A., 23, 125
French, D. R., 23, 100
Fristrom, R. M., 37, 130
Frohnmayer, (,tto, 78
Furnish, Nellie E., 85
Fuson. R E., 247
Gage, D. D., 23, 163
Ganoe, J. T., 23, 119,243
Gardiner, Alice, 16
Garner, Mabel K., 46
Garnett, Maude, 23, 176, 204
Gerot, Alice, 23, 176
Ghent, K. S., 24, 125
Gilbert, J. H., 6, 15,24,85,
100, 225, 244
Gilbertson, Laurel, 17
Gilfillan, F. A., 6
Gilmore, Elaine N., 17
Godfrey, G. H., 16,24, 191
Good, o!a'a, 24
Gould, Fforence, 24, 104
Graf, S. H., 229. 243
Greer, Virginia, 24, 176
Groesbeck, R C., 5
Gropp, A. H., 37, 96
Guy, Minnie, 17
(251]
Bubb, C. R., Jr., 20, 125, 176,
204
Burke, R. c., 20, 223
Burrell, O. K., 20, 163, 243,
244
Byrne, C. D., 5, 6, 7
Cable, C. D., 20,223
Cahill, F. V' l 20, 132Calkins, DorIS H., 20, 204
Callahan, Paul, 37
Carpenter, Marguerite, 16
Caswell, A. E., 20, 130
Caverhill, Beverly, 16
Chambers, R. E., 20, 130
Chance, A. W., 20
Cherry, H. K., 163
Chester, Marjorie F., 20, 104
Christensen, B. E., 243
Church, Myrtle, 16
Churchill, Maurine W., 246
Clancy, C. W .• 21, 93
Clark, D. E., 15, 21,119
Clark, R. D., 21, 104
Clark, W. W., 165
Clarke, Helen J., 37, 135
Clarke, Sally A., 37, 135
Clifton, Lucille, 21, 104
Codding, C. C•• 78
Collier, P. M., 246
Collins, E. H., 21, 130
Collins, P. V., 37, 119
Collins, R. L., 7
Combellack, F. M., 21, 98,
243
Combellack, Rose, 21, 104
Comish, N. H., 21, 163
Conner, W. J., 21, 125
Constance, C. L., 17, 21
Corley, Vaughn, 21, 214
Cornell, A. B., 17,21,214
Costello. G. R., 21, 125
Couch, Ralf, 21, 203
Cox, R M.• 78
Craig, W. M., 7
Cramer, 1. F., 6, 246
Cramer, T. P., 7
Crane, Christina A., 21, 139
Cressman, L. S., 21, 47, 92,
243
Cronise, Ralph, 78
Crosland. H. R, 21, 135
Crumbaker, Calvin, 21, 100,
244
Cushman, R E., 22, 138
Cuthbert, F. A., 22, 146
Dahlberg, W. A., 22, 104
Daniel, E. G., 22, 100, 163,
244
David, N. A., 22
Davis, H. B., 22,176
Davis, R G., 22, 223
Dearborn, R B., 6
DeCou, E. E., 22, 125
DeCou, Elizabeth F .• 17
Dedrick, D. S., 22, 96, 130
Detling, L. E., 22, 47, 93
Dick, Edwin, 78
Adams, Adeline A., 16
Adams, P. P., 18, 146
Adams, Ruth P., 247
Akers, B. J., 18, 176
Albert, A. L., ..143
Alchian, A. A., 18, 100
Alden, Florence D., 18, 214
Alderson, Mary G., 37, 214
Alkire, Esther, 18, 125
Alkire, George, 37, 96
Allen, E. W., 6, 15, 18, 191
Allen, W. F., 18,243
Anderson, N. P. E., 16, 18,214
Andrews, Berne E., 18, 114,
119
Andrews, R. C., 18, 96
Arnold, Marian, 37, 176
Artau, Louis, 19,204, 243
Avakian, Victoria, 19, 146
Averill, W. S., 19,223
Bailey, Elsie, 19, 104
Bailey, J. E., 16
Bailey, R G., 19, 130
Baird, D. W. E., 6, 7, 15, 19,
203
Baker, Lois I., 16, 196
Baker, W. R., 19,214
Bakkum, G. A., 243
Ball, L. C., 19, 163
Ballaine, W. C., 19, 163,244
Barker, B. B., 15, 19
Barker, Beatrice J., 16, 19
Barnes, Mary, 37, 244
Barnett, H. G., 19, 92
Barnett, J. D., 19, 132, 196
Barnett, J. G., 165
Barrett, Kathryn, 19, 104
Barrett, Myrna, 16
Beall, C. B., 19, 139,243
Beattie, W. G., 6,229,246,
247 .
Beck, L. F., 19, 135
Beckman, F. W., 19, 223
Bee, L. S., 19, 143,244
Belknap, G. N., 7, 16, 19,46
Bernard, H. W., 19, 176
Berry, Elmer, 20, 214
Bilderhack, J. B., 20
Black, F. G., 20, 104
Blackaby, Earl, 78
Blazier, Florence, 229
Bollen, W. B., 243
Bond, J. H., 20, 163
Bork, iI. A., 6, 7
Bosworth, Myrtle A., 7
Boushey, E. E., 20. 176,214
Bowen, R. P., 20, 139
Boyer, C. V., 20, 104
Bradley, Leota, 16
Brandon, Vera H., 243
Brandt, P. M., 229
Breen, Quirinus, 20, 119
Britt, L. C., 229
Brooke, lone E., 16
Brooks, A. A., 7
Brown, Elizabeth W .. 15
Brown, Eyler, 20, 146
Bryan, R. W., 20
519
486
115
601*
1
2
1
3
58
1
1
20
19
5
3
1
162
304
1
9
3
1
1
2
3
60811,340 11,948
139 I
11,212 11,121 I2,333
8 I
41 11,95912,841 14,800
59611 31911 915 I 121 21 I 331
135 I 376 I S11 I
, ,
42 ...... 42 .._.. ...... ...- 42 42
.. 41 113 154
·..·S 41 113 1'5432 168 200 3 2 35 170 205
.. 13 14 27 ...... ...-- ...... 13 14 27
.. 2 19 21 ....-. 2 19 21
.. 4 39 43 1 2 3 5 41 46
.. 1 23 24 -..... ....- _.... 1 23 24
Extension ClaNes: ... 1
Portland Center I
State·Wide Clasaes
Csmp Adair .
COrYallis .
Eutrene _.._
Marsh6eld .....•..
Ontario .
Salem .
Spri1l86eld ..
To~, state·wide/
Total, correspond· I I I
ence .tudy ._....... 1,212 1,121 2,333 ......
c lies ............
Correscndence IStu y: 695 671 1,366 695 671 1,366New registrants .... ....... ...... .......Students regi.tered
Ibefore Jul)" I,1942, who are 517 450 967 517 450 967.till enrolled _ ..... .._.... ...... ....-
Grand Total, exten· I
aion cla..e. and cor·
re.pondenee study 1,943 2,816 4,759 16 25
SUMMARY OF DEGREBS GRANTED, 1942-43
Total. _ 1
Total , _ 1
Bachelor's Degreea
Bachelor of Arts ..
Bachelor of Science ..
g:~~~~ ~i ~~~~~;:'Admi;;i;trati~~..::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
Bachelor of Education .
Bachelor of Journalism .
Bachelor of Landscape Architecture .
Bachelor of Laws , _ , ..
Bachelor of Music ; : ..
Total Degreea Granted 1
Advanced Degrees
g= ~~ ~':~cc.:(h~~~'llr;)":::~:::::::~::::::::=:::::::==::~~~~:::~~:::::::
g~~: ~: i3~:~fo~Y..::::::~::::=::::::::::::=::::::-~::::::::::=:::::::::::::::::~::::::
~~~~: ~~ ~~ic~h~.w~a·"T·::::::::::=::::::::::::::::::::=::::::=::::::::::::::::::=:::
Kaster of Arts in Public~ice (hollorary) _ .
S:~: ~ ~i~:a~:~:::=::::::::::::::::=::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
Master of Fine Arts _ .
Master of Music .
252 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON INDEX OF NAMES 253
Hack, Doris, 17,77
Haggerty, William, 78
Hair, Mozelle, 246
Hall, R. C., 17,24, 191
Hallam, Bertha B., 24
Halteman, A. E.,.37, 125
Hamilton, Lola R., 37, 125
Hamlow, D. C., 24, 176
Hand, J. R., 24
Haney, H. F., 24, 229
Hanton, Arthur, 165
Harkins, J. W., 24, 223
Harlan, Ray, 78
Hartwig, L. E., 24,196
Hay, Gladys W., 204
Hayden, W. S., 24, 146
Hayward, W. L., 24, 214
Heichel, Julia R., 24, 139
Hendrickson, R. C., 24, 176
Herbert, Elzle V., 7
Herman, R. E., 7
Hilton, Henrietta, 16
Hine, J. M., 37, 96
Hines, Caroline, 24, 135
Hobson, H. A., 25, 214
Hodge, E. T., 243
Hoffmaster, Emma G., 17
Hoke Mac,S
Holaday, Joseph, 25,176
Hollis, 00 J., 6, IS, 18,196,
244
Holmer, A. F., 17
Hoopman, Caroline 0., 25
Hopkins, George, 25, 204
Horn, R. D., 25, 104, 243
Houck, Mabel, 16, 146
Houston, J. H., 78
Howard, C. A., 6
Howard, C. G., 25, 196
Hoyman, H. S., 25, 176,214
Huber, R. B., 25, 104
Hudson, H. E., 25, 146
Huestis, R. R., 25, 47, 93,
229,243
Huffaker, C. L., 25, 176,243,
244
Hulten, C. M., 25, 191
Hunt, G. J., 37, 96
Hunter, F. M., 5, 6, IS, 18,
176
Huser, Mary S., 25, 123
Hutchison, Margaret H., 15
Hutton, J. H., 25
Inlow, H. E., 247
Isotoff, A. L., 25, 114
Isotoff, Elsie, 246
Jackson, Marie H., 7
Jameson, S. H., 25, 143
Janney, P. W., 246
Jerard, B. S., 78
Jessup, Bo E., 25, 104, 129
Jette\ G. S., 25, 146
Jewe I, J. R., 6, 15,25, 176,
229,244
Jewett, S. G., 41
Johnson, C. L., 25, 139
Johnson; Jean 0.,37,104
Johnson, L. H., 15,26
Jones, Catherine M., 37, 214
Jones, Dorothy S., 246
Jones, N. W., 243
Jones, W. C., 26, 132,244
Joyce, T. M., 26
Juhl, Eileen M., 15
Jungers, Odelia C., 37, 204
Junker, Ella P., 26, 123
Kamerad, Bessie, 26, 125
Kangas, T. H., 26, 223
Kaarhus, Torkel, 26, 117
Kaseburg, P. W., 78
Keene, C. W., 78
Kehrli, Herman, 26, 132, 244
Kelly, C. L., 26, 163,229
Kendall, Jean, 26, 146
Kent, Mary E., 246
Kerlee, Gladys, 15
Kerley, V. E., 26, 176
Kerns, Maude 1.,26,146,176
Kerr, W. J., 6'
Kiehle, F. A., 26
Kierzek, J. M., 243
Killgallon, P. A., 26, 176
Kilpatrick, Helen K., 246
Kimeldorf, D. J., 26, 93
Kingery, L. B., 26
Kittoe, E. D., 26, 104
Kleinsorge, R. E., 5
KnoJlin, E. R., 26, 176,214
Knowlton, C. 0., 78
Koch, D. H., 26, 130
Koons, Martha, 27, 176
Kossack, C. F., 27, 125
Krasnowsky, F. H., 27,130
Kratt, Theodore, 6, IS, 27,
204,229
Kremer, E. P., 27,117
Krenk, M. A., 27, 104
Krieg, Clarice, 16, 27
Krijanovsky, V. D., 27,119
Kiimmel, J. F., 47
Kunz, A. H., 27, 96, 243
Landros, Edna, 27, 98
Larsell, Olof, 6, IS, 27, 229,
243
Laurs, Peter, 78
Lavaska, Anna, 27
Lawrance, Margaret D., 191
Lawrence, E. F., 6, 15,27,146
Leeper, R. W., 27, 135,243
Leighton, Lucia M., 176
Leighton, R. W., 6, 15,27,
176, 214,229,243
Lesch, E. C. A., 27, 104, 243
Lettow, Helen, 37, 176
Lewis, Arline, 38, 125
Lewis, D. L., 17
Lewis, Lucy M., 6, 7
Lienkaemper, George, 27, 130
Lindstrom, J. 0., 15,27
Little, R. No, 28, 130
Lockren, Esther S., 229
Lomax, A. L., 28, 163
Lucas, L. S., 28
Lucas, R. W., 78
Lund, Jeannette, 28, 125
Lussky, G. F., 28,117,243
Lyon, R. M., 28, 119
Maaske, R. J., 6,243
MacCallum, Ada Po, 28,139
Macduff, Alice B., 17,28
MacKinnon, Mildred P., 38,
104
MacLean, Mary, 38, 119
Macomber, F. G., 28, 176
Macy, G. S., 78
Maddaus, Ingo, Jr., 28, 125
Manson, V. Fo, 28, 223
March, J. A., 16
Marks, Wo L., 5
Martin, Vivian U., 38, 114
Mason, E. G., 229
Massey, W. Wo, 28, 214
McClain, Mabel, 38, 119
McCloskel' J. C., 28, 104
McCosh, J. D., 28, 146
McEachern, Do K., 28, 223
McGee, J. M., 28, 96
McGee, L. A., 28, 214
McGrew, Rose E., 28, 204
McKinney, M. R., 28, 176
Means, P. B., 29, 138
Means, Rachel N., 38, 214
Menne, F. R., 29, 243
Merriam, J. C., 29
Merriam, W. B., 29, 114
Mikkelson, Sam, 17
Milam, Ava B., 6
Miller, Allen, 247
Miller, Elaine R" 16
Miller, F. N., 16,29,214
Miller, Marian H., 16,29
Mills, R. V., 29, 104
Milne, Wo E., 243
Minshall, Stanley, 29, 130
Mohr, J. N., 78
Moll, E. G., 29, 104, 176
Moore, A. R., 29, 93, 129, 135
Moore, Dorotha E., 29, 214
Moore, E. H., 29, 143,225,
229
Moore, Mary M., 29, 96
Moore, R. U., 29, 176
Moore, T. E., 29, 104
Morris, True, 16
Morris, V. P., 6, 15,29, 100,
163, 176,244
Morse, Wo 1::", 29, 196
Moshofsky, !'lell C., 15
Mote, Do C., 229, 243
Mount, F. R., 243
Moursund, A. F., 29, 125, 225
Mulling, L. C., 30,176
MundIe, T. F., 30, 104
Murphy, Evelyn J. J., 17'
Narro, Esiquio, 30, 139
Nash, J, H., 30, 191
Near, D. H., Jr., 30, 223
Nelson, Augusta C., 30, 139
Nelson, Go B., 30, 176
Neves, Regina C., 30, 139
Newhous."J Hazel, 30, 114
Nichols, 1';. B., 30, 139
Nilssen, Sigurd, 30, 204
Nirnmo, Louise, 38, 176
Noble, H. J., 30,119
Norris,W. V., 30,130,225
O'Connell, K. J.,30, 196, 243
Ogle, C. L., 78
Oliver, G. A., 30, 214
Olney, Helen, 30, 125
Olschki, Leonard, 30, 119
Onthank, K. W., IS, 17,30
Osgood, E. E., 31
Overhulse, Mrs. Boyd, 78
Packard, E. L., 6, 229, 243
Pallett, E. M., 15,17,31
Palmer, D. L., 31
Parsons, Mable H., 246'
Patterson, Paul, 78
Patterson, W. W., 32,223
Patton, Patti, 16
Peck, A. L., 31 146
Peery Virginia S.,. 247
Pennington, D. E.,31, 96
Petermann, K. F., 31
Perkins, Mary H., 31, 104
Peterson, E. L., 31, 130
Peterson, T. S., 31, 125
Peterson, P. C., 31, 203
Petroskey, Helen M., 31, 214
Phillips, Margery, 38, 96
Poling, D. V., 7
Pollard, Lancaster, 38, 119
Pollock, Robert, 78
Poole, A. R., 31L 125,130Pope, Ida M. 11,176
Potter, Lois Jo, 196
Powers, Alfred, 6, 246
Price, Wo C., 31, 191
Punches, M. G., 31, 223
Putnam, J. F., 78
Ranous, C. A., 31, 104
Rauch, S. E., 31, 125, 130
Ray, L. L., 31,196
Rebec, George, 31, 129, 229,
Redford, Walter, 6
Reid, W. C., 247
Reynolds, D. C., 7
Reynolds, Marjorie, 16, 32, 46
Riddle, M. Co, 229
Riddlesbarger, W. P., 32, 163
Ridings, Marie, 32, 125
Riechers, Mildred, 38, 114
Riehl, Arthur, 32, 146
Rigby, Emma M., 38, 93
Rise, Bernice M., 16, 32, 104
Robinson, H. W., 17, 32 104
Robinson, Margie, 17 '
Rodenwald, Zelta F., 247
R'i~fhiero, Antonietta, 32,
Rodighiero, J. B., 32, 139
Rondeau, S. R., 7
Ronnow, D. C., 32, 223
Rowland, J. J., 32, 125
Rowley, Harold, 7
RUhl, R. Wo, 5 '
Runte, Violet, 17
Sackett, Beatrice W., 5
Salser, C. W., 229
Samel, Gladys, 16
Sammons, E. C., 5
Sanborn, Ethel 1., 243
Schenk, H. S., 32, 191
Schmidt, F. G. G., 32,117
Schoenfeld, Wo A., 6, 243
Schroeder, E. A., 78
Schumacher, Waldo, 32, 132,
243
SCf2'ering, Hazel P., IS, 17,
Scobert, W. G., 32, 125
Scott, A. M., 165
Scully, Grace Mo, 32, 176
Sears, Gertrude, 38, 176
Sears, H. J., 32, 243
Secoy, C. R., 32, 96
Seitz, C. V., 16
Seider, Marie W., 15
Selling, Laurence, 33
Seybolt, Ottilie T., 33, 104
Shafer, H. M., 33, 176,244
Sharp, Margaret M., 246
Sheldon, H. D., 33, 119, 176
Sherman, Dorothy M., 33, 176
Shinn, Fo Lo, 33, 96
Short, Frank, 33, 163, 191
Shumaker, L. K., 17,33,176
Sigerseth, P.O., 33, 214
Sipe, E. P., 33, 93
Sisson, Jo C., 33, 223
Smith, E. W., 5
Smith, Janet Mo, 17
Smith, Jessie M., 33, 163
Smith, M. E., 6, IS, 33, 81
Smith, Savenna G., 33', 146
Smith, W. D., 33, 47, 114
Soehren, Helen L., 33, 104
Soderwall, A. L., 33, 93
Sorenson, Ferdinand, 33, 204
Spencer, C. E .• 34, 196
Spencer, Watrlne, 17
Sprouse, J. A., 165
Stadelman, G. P., 77, 78
Stalsberg, Co K., 15
Stamm, Betty Mo, 16
Staples, H. C., 78
Staples, L. W., 34, 114
Starbuck, A. B., 78
Starr, M. A., 34, 130
Stehn, John, 34, 125,204
Stetson, F. L., 34, 176,229
Stevens, H. E., 246
Stillman, A. B., 34, 163
Stoddard N. T., 77
Stovall, y. C., 34, 114
Strand, A. L., 6
Strohm, J. G., '34
Strong, C. W., 34, 96, 130
Stuhr, E. T.~243
Sullivan, C. J., Jr., 34 129
Sullivan, J. B., 34, 22i
Sundt, Nancy M., 34, 117
Sutherland, Jean, 34, 146
Swanton, T. B., 34, 223
Taylor, H. P., 38, 104
Taylor, Lorene M., 34, 163
Taylor, H. R., 15,34, 135,
229,243
Thacher, Jane, 34, 204
Thacher, W. F. G., 34, 104
163, 191 '
Thompson, Anna M., 34,139
Thompson, Lucile Lo, IS, 17
Thompson, Ruth M., 34, 163
Thomson, Harriet Wo, 35,214
Thornton, Edith, 38, 176
Thurmond, Phil, 165
Tingle, Lillian E., 35, 123
Torrey, Gordon H., 38, 119
Townsend, H. G., 35, 129,243
Troost, Margaret, 16
Trz2'9bridge, Fo H o, 35, 104,
True, E. K., 35, 146
Turnbull, G. S., 6, 16,35, 191,
243
Turnipseed, Genevieve G., 6
7, 16 '
Tyler, Leona E., 17,35,135
Underwood, Aurora, 35, 204
Underwood, Rex, 35, 204
Van Rysselberghe, Pierre, 35
96,229 '
Van Vactor, W. Eo, 38, 104
V:,rgas-Baron, Anibal, 35, 139
Vincent, A. M., 35, 146
Vogel, Lou, 16
Wahl, J. J., 35,214
Walgren, P. A., 7
Walker, F. D., 35, 104
Walta, Florence M., 38
Walton, Pauline E., 16
Warner, GertrUde B., 35, 46
Warren, J. A., 35, 214
Warren, Willis, 15, 16,35,
104
Wasem, lone, 16
Washke, P. R., 35, 214
Watkins, R. E., 35
Watts, Marian Po, 16,35
Webb, C. C., 36, 191
Webb, Lyman, 38, 130
Weinzirl, Adolph, 36
Weniger, Willibald, 229, 243
Wentworth, Lois R., 36
West, E. S., 36, 229, 243
Wheelock, Ruth, 229
White, Margaret Ho, 47
Whiting, A. F., 36, 47, 92
Wilkinson, Jack, 36, 146
Willcox, W. R. B., 36, 146
Williams, Astrid Mo, 36, 117
Williams, Basil, 78
Williams, Jessamine C., 243
Williams, Mildred H., 38 176
Williams, R. C., 17 '
Williams, R. 0., 78
Williamson, S. E., 36, 176
Wilmot, Veola P., 36, 176
Wilson, Go M., 36, 214
Wilson, L. E., 36, 130
Wolfsehr, Helen, 38, 93
Wood, F. E., 36, 125
Wood, H. B., 36, 176
Wood, K. S., 36, 104
Wood, L. A., 36, 100,229,243
Wood, Mabel A., 36, 123
Woodbury, C. C., 36, 223
Woodruff, Janet, 37,176,214
Wright, Gordon, 37, 119
Wright, L. 0., 37, 139
Wright, Marion H., 37, 139
Wyatt, Harold, 37
Yocom, H. B., 37, 47, 93, 243
Yokom, O. D., 78
Yokum, Carmen W., 246
Zane, N. B., 37, 146, 176
Ziefle, Adolph, 6
Zimmerman, Karl, 38, 96
Zimmerman, Lois 1., 37, 176
SUBJECT INDEX 255
[254]
Subject Index
Medical School, 44, 88, 203, 238
Medicine, Preparatory C;urriculum, 88
Mental Hygiene, 185
Mental Tests, 136, 137, 190
Merchandising and Marketing, 168
Meteorology, 131, 132,227
Military Programs, 9, 223, 225
Military Requirement, Men, 53, 223
Military Science and Tactics, 223
Municipal Reference Library, 44
Municipal Research and Service, 49, 244
Museum of Art, 46
Museum of Natural History, 47
Music, Public-School, 183,207
Music, School of, 76, 204
Music, Teacher Training, 183,207
Natural History Museum, 47
No-Grade Courses, 57
Nonresident Tuition, 59, 61
Norwegian, 119
Nursing Education, 90, 128, 203
Nursing Education, Certificates, 54
Nursing, Home, 219
Nutrition, 124
Oregon Business Review. 49
Oregon Flora, 94
Oregon Geography, 116
Oregon Geology, 114
Oregon History, 120, 122
Oregon Law Review, 49, 198
Oregon Literature, 106
Oregon School Law, 185
Oregon State Board of Higher Education! 5
Oregon State Museum of Anthropology, 47
Oregon State System of Higher Education. 8
Oregon State System Officers, 6
Oregon State Teacher's Certificate, 179
Oriental Art, Warner Collection of, 46
Oriental History, 122, 123
Oriental Religion. 139
Pacific Basin Studies, 88
Painting, 148, 154, 159
Palaeontology, 115
Parliamentary Procedure, 110
Parsonnel Research, Bureau of, 62
Personnel Work, 91, 134, 171, 188
Phi Beta Kappa, 75
Philosophy, 129
Philosophy of Religion, 139
Photography, 131, 195
Physical-Education Requirement, 53, 215
Physical Education, School of, 214
Physical Education, Teacher Training, 183
Physical Examination, 52, 67,215
Physical Sciences, Teacher Training, 183
Physical Therapy, 221
Physics, 130
Physiology, 94, 95, 96, 221, 222
Placement Examinations, 52
Plar Writing, 109
Pohtical Science, 132
Political Theory, 129, 134
Portland Extension Center, 238, 246, 247
Portuguese, 142
Predental Curriculum, Army. 227
Prelaw Curriculum, 196
Prelibrary Curriculum, 112
Premedical Curriculum, 88
Premedical Curriculum, Army, 227
Premeteorological Curriculum, Army, 227
Prenursin~ Curriculum, 90, 128
Press, Umversity, 17, 192
Printing, 193, 195
Prizes, 72
Psychological Examination, 52
Psychology. 135
German, 117
German, Teacher Training, 182
Grading System, 57
Graduate Division, 229
Graduate Fee, 59,232
Graduate Study, Admission to, 51,231
Graduate Work, Medical School, 238
Graduate Work, Portland Center, 238
Graduate Work, State College, 237
Graduate Work, University, 237
Greek,98
Group Requirements, 53, 81, 82
Health Education, 186,217,219,220,221
Health Education Requirement, 53,215
Health Service, 16, 67
Herbarium, 47
Higher Education, 189
History, 119
History 01 University, 41
Home Economics, 123
Home Economics, Teacher Training, 184
Honor Societies, 75
Honors, Bachelor's Degree with. 55
Household Administration, 124
Housing Regulations, 65
Income of University, 42
Industrial Management, 169
Insurance, 127, 173, 174,200
Interior Design, 148, ISO, 157, 161
International Law, 134
International Relations, 91, 122, 134
International Trade, 102, 165,168,173
Italian, 141, 142
Japanese, 90
Journalism, School of, 191
Junior Certificate, 53, 82
Junior Certificate with Honors Privileges,
53,82 .
KOAC Radio Station, 109.247,248
Labor, 102, 103, 201
Landscape Architecture. 148, 152, 158
Latin, 99
Latin, Teacher Training, 182
Latin, Vulgar, 142
Law, Business, 171
Law, Constitutional, 135,202
Law, Elementary, 133
Law, International, 134
Law of the Press, 194
Law, Oregon School, 185
Law Review, Oregon, 49, 198
Law, School of, 196
Lectures, 76
Legislative Service and Reference Bureau, 244
Liberal Arts, College of, 85
Library, 16, 43
Library, Law, 44, 198
Library, Municipal Reference, 44
Library, Museum, 44, 46
Library Training, 45, 113, 182
Living Expenses, 64, 65
Loan Funds, 67
Lower Division, 81
Lower-Division Advisers, 62 82
Lower-Division Certificate, 54,82
Marketing and Merchandising, 168
Marine Biology, Institute of, 93
Master of Arts (General Studies), 239
Master's Degree, Requirements for, 232, 235
Mathematics, 125
Mathematics, Teacher Training, 182
Matriculation Fee, 59
Mechanical Drawing, 157
Faculty, 18
Family, 124, 143, 200
Fashion Illustration, 162
Federal Extension Service, 246
Fees, 58
Fees, Graduate, 59, 232
Fees, Music, 206
Fellowships, 69, 236
Finance, 168, 170
Finance, Mathematics of, 126
First Aid, 217,220
Foods and Nutrition, 124
Foreign Area and Language Studies, Army,
226
Foreign Trade, 102, 165, 168, 173
Forensics, 76
Fraternities, Social, 64, 77
French, 140
French, Teacher Training, 182
Freshman Week, 63
General Extension Division, 246
General Research Council, 243
General Studies, 239
Geography, 114
Geology, 115
Geology, Museum, 47
Dance, 221
Deans and Directors, State System, 6
Deans, University, 15
DeBusk Memorial Clinic, 178
Degrees, 52, 232, 237
Degrees Granted, Summary, 1942·43,250
Deposits, 59, 61
Doctor's Degree, Requirements for, 233, 235
Dormitories, 16, 64
Dramatic Arts, 76, 109
Drawing, 148, 154, 159
Economics, 100
Education, School of, 176
Educational Administration, 177, 187
Educational Research, Bureau of, 178, 244
Employment Service, 63, 66, 178
English, 104
English K, 52, 53
English Requirements, 53, 108
English, Teacher Training, 182
English, Written, 108
Enrollment, Summary of, 1942·43,249
Entrance Examinations, 52
Extension Center, Portland, 238, 246, 247
Extension Division Enrollment, 1942·43,250
Extension Division, General, 246
Extracurricular Activities, 75
(Index of Names, page 251)
Climatology, 116
Clinical Teaching, 178
Clothing, 124, 162
College Teaching, 189
Commerce, Teacher Training, 163, 181
Commonwealth Service Council, 244
Condon Museum of Geology, 47
Constitutional History, 122
Constitutional Law, 135, 202
Correspondence Study, 54,246,248,250
Course Numbering System, 56
Criminology, 144, 199
Curriculum, Public School, 177, 188
Calendar, Academic, 10
Campus, 12, 42
Cartography, 116
Certificates, 53, 82
Chemistry, 96
Child Care and Training, 124
Child Welfare, 143, 144
Childhood, Psychology of, 186
Children's Literature, 113
City Planning, 159
Classics, 98
Academic Calendar, 10
Academic Regulations, 50
Accounting, 167, 170, 174, 175
Administrative Officers, 15
Admission, 50
Adult Education, 188
Advanced Standing, Admission with, 51
Advertising, 166, 167, 172, 194
Advisers, 62, 82
Aesthetics, 130
Alumni Association, 17, 77
American Archaeology, 93
American Education, 189
American Geography, 116, 117
American Government, 133, 134
American History, 120, 121, 122
American Literature, 105, 106, 108
American Philosophy, 129
Anatomy, 95, 221
Anglo-Saxon, 106
Anthropology, 92
Anthropology Museum, 47
Anthropometry, 222
Archaeology, American, 93
Architectural Design, 147, 149, 157
Architectural Physics, 131
Architecture and Allied Arts, School of, 146
Army Air Forces Technical Training
Detachment, 227
Army Programs, 9, 223, 225
Army Specialized Traimng Unit, 225
Art, 76, 146
Art Education, 149, ISS, 161. 181
Art, General, 149, 156, 161
Art Museum, 46
Art, Teacher Training, 149, ISS, 161,181
Arts and Letters, General, 86, 90
Assistantships, 236
Astronomy, 131
Athletics and Sports, 75,215
Auditors, 60
Awards, 72
Bachelor's Degree, Requirements for, 54
Bachelor's Degree with Honors, 55
Bacteriology, 94
Biology, 93
Biology, Institute of Marine, 93
Biology, Teacher Training, 181
Board and Room, 63
Board of Higher Education,S
Botany, 93 _ .
Business Administration, Teacher Training,
Bu1s~~~s~81d;"inistration,School of, 163
Business and Law Curriculum, 169
Business English, 109
Business Research, Bureau of, 164, 244
256 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
Psychology, Educational, 185, 189
Psychology of Childhood, 186
Psychology of Religion, 139
Public Opinion, 134, 195
Public.School Music, 183,207
Public Service, Training for, 133
Publications, Official, 48
Publications, Student, 77
R.O.T.C., 223
Radio, 110, 111 112,131
Radio StatIOn KOAC, 109,247,248
Real Estate, 171
Recreation Leadership, 219, 221
Red Cross, 217, 219, 220 '
Regulations, Academic, 50
Regulations, Housing, 65
Regulations, Scholarship, 57
Religion, 138
Religion, Sociology of, 143
Research, 243
Research Council, General, 243
Research Publications, 48
Rhetoric, 108
Romance Languages, 139
Room and Board, 63
Russian, 90
Safety Education, 219
Scandinavian, 119
Scholarship Regulations, 57
Scholarships, 69, 236
School Administration, 177, 187
Science, General, 87, 91
Science, History of, 130
Science, Teacher Training, 181, 182, 183
Sculpture, 149, 154, 160
Secretarial Science, 164, 175
Selling, 166, 167
Short·Story Writin'!, 108, 109, 193
Shorthand, 164, 17
Sigma Xi, 75
Social Science, General, 87, 91
Social Sciences, Teacher Training, 183
Social Work, 144
Sociology, 143
Spanish, 141
Spanish, Teacher Traini,,¥, 184
Special Students, AdmissIon, 51
Speech and Dramatic Arts, 76, 109
Speech Pathology, 110, 112
Staff, University, 15
State Board of Hill"her Education,S
State System of Higher Education, 8
State System Officers, 6
State Teacher's Certificate, 179
Statistics, 102, 103, 126, 127, 128, 137, 172,
189
Stenography, 164, 175
St15~tural Design in Architecture, 148, lSI,
Student Health Service, 16, 66
Student Life and Welfare, 17, 62
Student Loan Funds, 67
Study, Methods of, 184
Summer-Session Enrollment, 1942, 249
Summer Sessions, 247, 248
Swedish, 119
Teacher Placement Service, 178
Teacher's Certificate, 179
Textiles, 124
Typing, 164, 175
Typography, 193, 195
University Press, 17, 192
Vaccination, 67
Versification, 109
Visual Instruction, 247, 248
Vocational Guidance, 62
War, University and the, 9
Wartime Military Programs, 9, 225
Warner Collection of Oriental Art, 46
Zoology, 93
Zoology Museum, 48